Capilano College

1991-1992
CALENDAR

How To Find Us

CAMPUS MAP

KEY
A BUILDING
Information and Reception, Registrar's Office, Extension
Programs and Services, Art Studios and Offices,
Administration Offices, Purchasing and Receiving, Personnel.
B BUILDING
Library, Achievement Resource Centre, Cafeteria, Media
Resources Labs and Offices.
H BUILDING
Music/Typing/Microcomputer/Science Labs, Faculty Offices
for: Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Office
Administration, Music, Business Management, Labour Studies,
Writing Centre.
I BUILDING
Art Studios, Faculty Offices.
N BUILDING
Cafeteria, Student Society Offices, Student Lounge.

* Call 984-4945 for a map indicating access for the disabled.

Capilano College 1991 -1992

LYNNMOUR CAMPUS
and Administrative Offices
2055 Purcell Way
North Vancouver B.C. V7J 3H5
Telephone (604) 986-1911
T D D (for deaf) 980-9921
FAX (604) 984-4985

Capilano College is a smoke-free environment.

SECHELT CAMPUS
5627 Inlet Avenue
P.O. Box 1609
Sechelt, B.C. VON 3A0
Telephone (604) 885-9310
Toll free from Vancouver:
987-1535
FAX (604) 987-1535

SQUAMISH CAMPUS
37827 Second Avenue
P.O. Box 1538
Squamish, B.C. VON 3G0
Telephone (604) 892-5322
Toll free from Vancouver:
986-3515
FAX (604) 986-3515

Table of Contents
Welcome to Capilano College.
3
Academic Schedule
4
Admission and Readmission
5
Admission to the College
5
Specific Requirements
5
Readmission
7
Registration
7
How to Register
8
When to Register
8
General Course Information
10
Academic Policies
....—........... 11
Fees
14
Services
16
Academic Advising
16
Achievement Resource Centre ...16
Athletics
17
Bookstore
17
Counselling
17
Disabled Student Services
18
Distance Education
18
Food and Beverage Service
18
Health Services and First Aid
18
International Office and
International Education
19
Library
20
Lost and Found
21
Parking
21
Recreation & Htness
21
Student Employment Centre
21
Student Newspaper
22
Student Society
22
Student Store
22
Writing Centre
22
Financial Aid and Awards
23
PREPARATORY PROGRAMS
Pre-College Level Courses
32
Achievement Resource Centre ...33
Adult Basic Education/
Foundations
34
Alternative Career Training
37
English as a Second Language ...38
ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY
TRANSFER PROGRAMS
39
Anthropology
43
Art History
44
Biology
46
Chemistry
49
Chinese
50
Commerce
51
Computing Science
52
Criminology
54
Economics
55
Engineering
56

English
French
Geography
Geology
German
History
Japanese
Kinesiology
Labour Studies
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Studies
Psychology
Sociology
Spanish
Thai
Theatre
Women's Studies

58
61
64
65
66
67
68
68
69
71
74
75
78
79
81
82
84
86
87
87
90

CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS 91
Applied InfoTech
92
Aquaculture
97
Art Programs
99
Studio Art
100
Art Institute
104
Clay and Textile Arts
105
Crafts Instructor Training
108
Graphic Design & Illustration ..109
Business Management
114
Administrative Management ...116
Financial Management
116
Marketing Management
117
Merchandising Management ....117
Business Computing Co-op
118
Accelerated Business
Diploma Programs
118
International Business
121
Part-Time Evening Certificate
Programs
121
C.A., C.G.A. and C.M.A..
Transfer
123
Communications ............................ 133
Early Childhood Education
135
Health and Human Services
139
Long Term Care Aide
139
Personal Care Attendant for
the Disabled
140
Landscape Horticulture
142
Legal Assistant
144
Media Resources
149
153
154
Commercial Music

Bachelor of Music Transfer
155
Music Therapy
157
Office Administration
165
Office Technology
166
Accelerated Office Training
168
Legal Secretarial
170
Medical Office Assistant
173
Outdoor Recreation
Management
175
Wilderness Leadership
176
Tourism Management
180
Tourism Management Co-op ...180
Tourism Supervisory Cert
181
SPECIAL PROGRAMS
Asia Pacific Management
Co-operative Program

183

NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS AND
COURSES
Extension Programs and Services .185
Canadian Job Strategies
185
Achievement Resource Centre
185
TRANSFER GUIDE

186

Index
204
Governance and Administration
206
Frequently Called Number
...........................Inside Back Cover

Since the Calendar is published
well in advance of the academic
year, Capilano College reserves
the right to make such changes
as necessary, including the
cancellation or adjustment of
programs or courses, and
changes in fee structure or other
regulations or services. Although every effort is made to
ensure accuracy at the time of
printing, the statements in this
Calendar are not to be regarded
as an irrevocable contract
between the student and the
College.

Frequently Called Numbers
Admissions
Adult Basic Education
Adult Special Education
Achievement Resource
Centre (ARC)
Advising Centre Hotline
Art Department
Bookstore
Business Management
C A N A S E A N Program
Counselling
Daycare
Deans:
Academic
Career/Vocational
Instructional Services
Early Childhood Education
Extension Programs
Financial Aid
First Aid
Humanities

984-4913
984-4971
984-1701
984-4945
984-4990
984-4911
984-4972
984-4960
984-1706
984-4968
984-4950
984-4921
984-4924
984-4922
984-4947
984-4901
984-4966
984-4964
984-4957

International Office
International Student Advisor
Library
Maintenance
Media Resources
Music Department
Natural Sciences
Nurse
Office Administration
Outdoor Recreation
Personnel
President
Public Relations
Purchasing
Registration
Social Sciences
Special Needs Advisor
Student Employment
Student Society
Switchboard / Reception

984-4975
984-4968
984-4944
984-4963
984-4940
984-4951
984-4955
984-4964
984-4959
984-4947
984-4929
984-4925
984-4903
984-4904
984-4913
984-4953
984-4945
984-4965
984-4969
986-1911

Capilano Welcomes You
Welcome to Capilano College
Over the last 22
years, Capilano
College has
experienced a great
deal of growth, but
two elements have
remained constant:
commitment to the
student and to
quality education.
The successes of our
Academic Studies
students
transferring to
university and our
Douglas K. Jardine, President
Career/Vocational
students entering the work force have contributed to our
excellent reputation.
To meet the needs of a changing society and to prepare
students for the future, we are continually updating our
wide array of programs and courses with the assistance of
key decision-makers drawn from business and industry.
Because the College is committed to its students and the
life-long process of learning, it has become the first choice
for many students.

About Capilano College
Since September 1968, when Capilano College first opened
its doors to just over 700 students, it has grown steadily to
become one of British Columbia's most outstanding
Colleges, with approximately 6,000 students. The College
directly serves North and West Vancouver, Howe Sound
and the Sunshine Coast, with the core of the College
located at the Lynnmour campus in North Vancouver and
campuses in Sechelt and Squamish. Approximately 40 per
cent of student enrollment now comes from outside these
regions. Capilano College offers a variety of programs
which include:
•

Academic Studies: Students take the first two years of
an Arts or Science degree, or a professional program
and then transfer to university or enter the work force.

• Career/Vocational Programs: Certificate and diploma
programs give students practical skills and knowledge
to prepare them for employment or transfer to other
post-secondary institutions.
• Preparatory Programs: After upgrading or refreshing
their skills, students can gain employment or continue
on to Career/Vocational or Academic Studies programs.
• Extension Programs and Services: Short courses,
seminars, workshops, and lectures are offered on a noncredit basis.

Our programs have gained an excellent reputation, which
we believe is largely attributable to our highly qualified,
dedicated faculty, and our success in attracting many
outstanding students.
Capilano College is more than a classroom. It plays a key
role in the civic and cultural life of the three regions it
serves and will continue to be a dynamic source of
leadership within its communities.

Emphasis on Excellence
Capilano College both encourages and rewards student
excellence through its awards and recognition programs:
• Academic scholarships to outstanding high school
graduates enrolling at Capilano
• Dean's List for full-time students with a 3.5 grade point
average or higher
• Merit List for part-time students with a 3.7 grade point
average or higher when they have successfully completed a minimum of 30 or 60 term hours at Capilano
College
• President's Award to the Career and Academic Studies
graduates achieving exceptional academic excellence
• Science and Music scholarship programs
• Scholarships for academic excellence for returning
students
• Priority registration for high school graduates with a
2.5 grade point average or better who are enrolling in
Academic Studies programs
• A n Outstanding Student program that recognizes
current students for their high academic standings or
significant contributions to the College or community
• Book Awards
• Club Optima, an academic competition open to top
Grade 12 students.

Message from the Board
Welcome to Capilano College. We believe that you have
made an important decision in choosing our College as a
place to embark on your educational future or to continue
with your academic pursuits and career goals. Capilano
College is dedicated to teaching and learning. We are
striving to instill in our students the knowledge, skills,
motivation and attitudes which will enable them to
become independent thinkers and learners. The Board
has the utmost confidence in our staff, faculty and administration who truly make Capilano the College of first
choice.

3

1991-1992 Academic Schedule
1991 FALL TERM

1992 SPRING TERM

AUGUST 1 - 9: Early Registration

J A N U A R Y 2: Career and Vocational Program Registration, (see Spring 1992 Timetable for details). Faculty
Advisors present.

A U G U S T 5: B.C. Day. College closed.
AUGUST 26: Career and Vocational Program In-person
Registration, (see Fall 1991 Timetable for details). Faculty
Advisors present.

J A N U A R Y 2,3,4,6, 7,8: Academic Program Registration, (see Spring 1992 Timetable for details). Faculty
Advisors present.

A U G U S T 26,27, 28, 29, 30: Academic Program In-Person
Registration, (see Fall 1991 Timetable for details). Faculty
Advisors present.

J A N U A R Y 9: Classes commence for all Divisions.
J A N U A R Y 22: Last day to A D D a course, or change
status from AUDIT to CREDIT or withdraw from a course
and not be invoiced for the balance of tuition fees owing.

SEPTEMBER 2: Labour Day. College closed.
SEPTEMBER 3: Classes commence for all Divisions.

FEBRUARY 13 -14: Reading break.
SEPTEMBER 17: Last day to A D D a course or change
status from AUDIT to CREDIT or withdraw from a course
and not be invoiced for the balance of tuition fees owing.

FEBRUARY 21: Final Date for payment of Balance of
Tuition Fees.
M A R C H 18: Last day to WITHDRAW from a course, or
change status from CREDIT to AUDIT, or change sections.

OCTOBER 14: Thanksgiving Day. College closed.
OCTOBER 18: Final Date for payment of Balance of
Tuition Fees for the Fall 1991 Term.

APRIL 15 - 30: Examination Period.

NOVEMBER 8: Last day to WITHDRAW from a course,
or change status from CREDIT to AUDIT, or change sections.

APRIL 17: Good Friday. College closed.
APRIL 20: Easter Monday. College closed.

NOVEMBER 11: Remembrance Day. College closed.

M A Y 18: Victoria Day. College closed.

NOVEMBER 22: Fall Graduation.

M A Y 23: Spring Graduation.

NOVEMBER 25 - DECEMBER 6: Early Registration for
Spring Term 1992 for Career and Vocational Students.
DECEMBER 4 -14: Examination Period.
DECEMBER 24 - 26: Christmas Break. College closed.

1991
'

JULY
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31

AUGUST
T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31

JANUARY
T W T F S
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31

F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29

OCTOBER
T W T

MARCH
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31

APRIL
T W T F S
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30

S

M

5

M

SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31

NOVEMBER
T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30

DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31

S

M

Introduction — Academic Schedule

4

1992

F

S

S

S

M

M

MAY
T W T

S

S

M

FEBRUARY
T W T

M

JUNE
F

S

1 ?
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31

S

M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30

Admission and Readmission
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE

graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British
Columbia.

General Requirements

Examples of equivalencies:

The College welcomes Applications for Admission from
qualified Canadian and International students.

1. United Kingdom and Commonwealth;

All new students must apply for and be granted admission to the College. A n Admission Offer is required before
a student may register in courses.
All Applications for Admission must be made on the
forms provided by the Office of the Registrar.
The following supporting documents must be submitted
before any application will be accepted:

Passes in G C E five subjects, two of which must
be at the Advanced Level. Standing equivalent
to this in the University of Hong Kong Advanced
Level Examination will be recognized.

2. Germany and Austria;
Reifezeugnis, or Abitur.

3. France;
Baccalaureat (2ieme partie) (Series A-E).

4. Japan;
Grade 12 Diploma from Koto Gakko.

- An official copy of the appropriate school leaving
certificate, (e.g. B.C. Secondary School Transcript of
Grades, General Certificate of Education, etc.).
- Official Transcripts of the academic record from all postsecondary institutions attended, whether or not work was
completed.
- Applicants whose primary language is not English must
write a standardized English test (see English Language
Requirements), and have the result submitted directly
from the testing agency to the Office of the Registrar.
- Applicants who have completed the International
Baccalaureat Diploma* will receive advanced placement
or advanced credit as appropriate in those subjects where
a grade of 6 or better was achieved.
- Applicants who have passed an Advanced Placement
Examination* administered by the College Entrance
Examination Board with a grade of 4 or better, will
receive advanced placement or advanced credit in the
subject(s) as appropriate.
* Students currently enrolled in Grade 12 should ensure
that the Office of the Registrar at Capilano College
receives a copy of their Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureat results if they wish to be considered
for advanced placement and/or advanced credit.
- All documents must be originals. Uncertified photocopies are not acceptable. Replaceable documents
submitted in support of an application become the
property of the College and will not be returned.
- International Applicants must pay an Application fee of
$100.00. This fee, which is non-refundable and is not applicable to tuition fees, must accompany the Application
for Admission.
International students are eligible for admission if they
have completed the equivalent of Secondary School

5.

China;
Senior Middle School Diploma
Score over 280 on the National Entrance Examination.

6. Other Countries;
The Office of the Registrar will respond to inquiries concerning admission from other countries on
request.

Specific Requirements
A. Academic Studies Program
1. Regular Admission.
a) Successful completion of a B.C. Secondary program
(Grade 12); or equivalent.
b) Successful completion of the ABE Provincial Diploma.
c) Successful completion of the G.E.D. (General Educational Development testing program).
2. Conditional Admission (for students just leaving
Grade 12).
If you are deficient in not more than two Grade 12
equivalent courses, you may be admittted to Capilano
College Academic Studies Program conditionally, and
allowed to register in a partial program. Concurrently,
you must take steps to complete your Secondary School
graduation requirements. Capilano College will withhold
full credit for College courses (will not provide official
transcript of courses and credits) until secondary deficiencies have been made up and the Office of the Registrar
has been provided with proof of this completion.

3. Mature Student Admission
Applicants not eligible for Regular or Conditional Admission may be granted admission on the basis of: age;
background; previous education; and general suitability
for direct entry to college-level studies.

Introduction — Admission

5

Depending on the academic background of an applicant,
academic advising may be required prior to admission
being granted, and the College may restrict the number of
courses in which such an applicant may register.

B. Career and Vocational Programs
Applicants for admission to Career/Vocational Programs
who satisfy the criteria for admission to their program
will be admitted subject to space availability. For admission requirements to Career/Vocational Programs, see the
portion of this calendar devoted to the description of
specific programs.
Senior secondary school graduation is the normal prerequisite for admission to career programs. However,
some applicants enter programs without an official copy
of their high school Leaving Certificate because of other
qualifications and experience. Some programs have
additional requirements and procedures such as interviews, testing, auditions, or portfolios.

Using the assessment factors above, applicants who, in
the judgment of the College do not have sufficient
experience or skills in written and spoken English will be
required to submit the following test scores.
Applicants must achieve satisfactory scores on the Test of
English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or the English
Language Assessment (ELA). The minimum scores for
admission are:
TOEFL 560
ELA

Further details about the above tests may be obtained
from:
TOEFL

Educational Testing Service
C N 6151, Princeton, New Jersey
08541-6151, USA

ELA

Vancouver Community College
King Edward Campus
1155 East Broadway
Vancouver, B.C.
V5T 4N3

New applications for any program will be accepted
during the twelve month period immediately preceding
the program intake date.
Selection of applicants for most programs generally takes
place four months prior to the program intake date.
Thereafter, applicants will be considered only if seats are
available in the program.

It should be pointed out that the College reserves the
right to limit admission to those applicants,who in the
opinion of the College, possess the requisite capabilities
for success.
English Language Requirements
English is the language of instruction and communication
in the College. Accordingly, an applicant whose primary
language is not English or whose previous education has
been conducted in another language must demonstrate a
command of English sufficient to meet the demands of
classroom instruction, written assignments, and participation in discussion.
The College will take into account the following factors in
assessing an applicant's facility in the English language:
- the duration of residency in an environment in which
English is the predominant language.
- the duration of study and the language of instruction in
any secondary and/or post-secondary educational
institutions.
- the results obtained in any academic secondary and/or
post-secondary courses in which a high standard of
English is required for successful completion.

Introduction — Admission

6

145

When to Apply for Admission
Generally, applications for admission to the College may
be made at any time during the year. However, early
application deadlines have been established in relation to
the formal In-person registration period for each term.
For International students, no application for admission to
the Academic Division received less than two months
prior to the commencement of a term can be guaranteed
consideration in time for admission in that term. For the
Career or Vocational Division, applications for admission
from International students must be received four months
prior to the commencement of the term in order to be
considered for that term.

A. Academic Studies Programs and Courses
Students apply for Academic Studies by the deadlines
listed below will, if admitted, be eligible to register on the
date and time listed on their Permit to Register. Students
who apply after the published deadline but before the Inperson registration period, if admitted, will be able to
register at the end of the registration period.
Term

Application

Date

Deadline

Acceptance Mailed

Fall 1991

March 31,1991

May 31,1991

Spring 1992

September 30,1991

November 30,1991

Summer 1992

March 31,1992

as processed

Registration
B. Career and Vocational Programs and Courses

Academic Studies

Most Career and Vocational programs have earlier
application deadlines than those listed above. For details
please refer to the specific program in this calendar.
Generally, applications for admission to the next Fall term
should be received before March 1.

Once you have received your Letter of Acceptance and/
or Permit to Register, you may select the courses in which
you wish to register.

How to Apply for Admission
1.

Obtain an Application for Admission form from
the Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus,
or from the Sechelt or Squamish Campus Offices.
Students wishing to enter full-time Programs of study
or who need assistance, are advised to arrange an
appointment with an Academic Advisor on the
Lynnmour Campus by calling the Advising Centre at
984-4990 or by contacting the Counsellor on the
Sechelt Campus at either 885-9310 or toll free from
North Vancouver at 987-1535, or by contacting the
Counsellor on the Squamish Campus at 892-5322 or
toll free from North Vancouver at 986-3515.

2. Complete the Application for Admission form and
bring or mail it to the Office of the Registrar on the
Lynnmour Campus. Include with your application
form Official High School Transcript, Official
Transcripts from all post-secondary institutions
attended. International applicants must also provide
evidence of English language competency.

Registration is done in a priority sequence each term and
will be determined by a system of student number
coupled with Grade Point Average (GPA). Please go to
the Advising Centre or the Office of the Registrar for
details.
Y O U S H O U L D R E M E M B E R T H A T , B E C A U S E OF T H E
L A R G E NUMBER OF STUDENTS ENROLLING, T H E
C O L L E G E IS N O T A B L E T O G U A R A N T E E REGIST R A T I O N IN SPECIFIC P R O G R A M S O R COURSES
E V E N IF Y O U H A V E B E E N G R A N T E D A D M I S S I O N .
R E G I S T R A T I O N IS A L S O D E P E N D E N T U P O N
H A V I N G T H E PREREQUISITES O F I N D I V I D U A L
PROGRAMS OR COURSES.
Y O U R 'PERMIT T O REGISTER' WILL I N F O R M Y O U
OF T H E D A Y A N D T I M E Y O U WILL BE A B L E T O
REGISTER F O R Y O U R C O U R S E S .
(For example, a student whose G.P.A. is 3.0 or greater
would receive an earlier registration date than students
with a lesser G.P.A.)

How to Register
1. For Academic Programs and Courses at Lynnmour

READMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
Returning students who have previously attended
Capilano College and who fall into any of the following
three categories, must apply for readmission by completing the Application for Readmission form available from
the Office of the Registrar.

Absence from the College for one or more terms. Such a
student will be asked to state educational and other
relevant activities since the last term attended, and to
submit Official Transcripts from any post-secondary
educational institutions attended during the absence.

Voluntary withdrawal from the first term of attendance.
A new student who withdraws before completing any
course work is required to apply for Readmission if she/
he wishes to register in a subsequent term.

Completion of academic goal. A student who has
officially completed a credential (Certificate or Diploma)
in any term, must apply for Readmission if she/he wishes
to enrol in additional courses at the College in a subsequent term.

a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the
Office of the Registrar or the Squamish or Sechelt Campus. Timetables giving the times of course offerings,
room numbers and instructors are available approximately one month prior to each registration period.
b. Select the courses and sections you wish to take and
complete the registration form. The D A T E and TIME for
you to register will be on your Permit to Register. All
registration will take place In Person and payment of fees
is required at that time. Transfer information accurate to
the time of printing is to be found in the Transfer Guide
section at the back of the Calendar. Students are urged to
read this section when establishing their programs of
study.
c. Students who wish to enrol in English courses must
submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test
prior to registration, or must take the Capilano College
English Diagnostic Test prior to registration. Schedules of
English Diagnostic Tests will be printed in the first section
of the timetable and available in the Office of the Registrar
(984-4913); Squamish Learning Centre (892-5322,9863515); Sechelt Learning Centre (885-9310, 987-1535); the
Humanities Division (984-4957); or the Advising Centre
(984-4990).

Introduction — Registration

7

2. For Career and Vocational Programs and Courses

Right to Register

a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the
Office of the Registrar or the Squamish or Sechelt Campus.

A student who has not maintained a satisfactory standing
in a program in any term may be denied permission to
register in that program in a subsequent term.

b. Complete and submit registration forms and fees
payable to the appropriate coordinator for approval. For
new full-time students this will normally involve an interview and counselling. Part-time Career and Vocational
students may either mail in or bring in their registration
form and appropriate fees at any time during the early
registration period.
c. Registration can often be completed prior to the inperson registration period; however, new applicants who
have been accepted and returning students who have not
completed their registration during the early registration
period must submit approved registration forms and fees
payable to the Office of the Registrar during in-person
Registration for Career students.

3. For Courses In Howe Sound and the
Sunshine Coast
a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the
Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus or from
the Squamish or Sechelt Campus.
b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the appropriate centre.

Wait Lists
Students who register but are unable to get into a course
because it is full will automatically be included on a
chronological wait list. Students must attend the first
class of that course to either be accepted into the class or
have their names remain on the wait list.

Adding or Changing a Course
A student may enroll in a course, change sections, or
change from audit to credit status (see Academic Schedule, page 4) after the registration period but before the
final date to add a course. This must be done on a
Course Change form, be signed by the instructors involved and submitted to the Office of the Registrar.
The addition of a course or change from audit to credit
status after the final date to add a course may only be
done in exceptional circumstances and with the approval
of the Instructor, Coordinator and Registrar. Requests for
such changes after the final date to add a course should be
directed first to the Registrar.

Withdrawing from a Course or Changing from
4. For Courses on More than One Campus

Credit to Audit Status

a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the
Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus or from
the Squamish and Sechelt Campus.

Students may withdraw from a course or change from
credit to audit status after the last day of the In-Person
Registration period but before the final date to withdraw
from a course. This must be done on a Course Change
Form signed by the instructor involved and submitted to
the Office of the Registrar.

b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the Lynnmour Campus.

5. For Extension Courses and Activities
See page185 of the Calendar.

When to Register
1. Academic Studies Programs and Courses
Academic students will register at the time and on the
date as indicated on their Permit to Register.

2. Career and Vocational Programs and Courses
Career and Vocational students who have not preregistered through their Coordinator may register as
follows:
F A L L 1991 Term: August 26,1991
SPRING 1992 Term: January 2,1992

Introduction — Registration

8

Requests after the final date to withdraw from a course
require the approval of the Insructor, Coordinator and
Registrar. Approval will not normally be granted unless
the records of the College are incorrect as the result of an
error by the College, or the student is simply requesting a
change from one section to another of the same course, or
is transferring to a lower level at the request of the
instructor, or the studentis unable to meet the deadline
date because of illness or emergency circumstances.
•Note: Approval for late adds and/or late drops will not
be granted simply because the student was unaware of,
or neglected to comply with, the College's registration
policies and procedures.

Course Overload

Change of Name and/or Address

A course overload is a registration in more than 5
academic courses or more than the full requirements
specified for a Career program.

It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Office
of the Registrar of any changes in his/her name, address
or phone number. Documentation must be provided to
support a change of name request.

Students may register at their discretion for a course
overload up to a total of 21 credits as long as they have
discussed their need or wish for an overload with a
counsellor. Science students, however, are automatically
allowed to register for more than 16 credits, as long as the
total credits do not exceed 21 credits and does not arise
from registration in more than five courses.
Students may not register for a course overload until after
the Registration period.

Course Challenge Procedure
The College has a policy which allows registered College
students to request examination for achievement in
certain courses. By this procedure, a student may receive
credit for a course without taking the course. Interested
students should consult a counsellor for current information on the challenge procedure. There are certain courses
which may not be challenged. A student challenging a
course will be required to pay the normal tuition fee for
that course.

Student Number • Identification Card
When a student has been accepted and is first admitted
to the College she or he is assigned a permanent student
number. This number controls the Student's Record,
Statement of Grades and Student Identification Card.
Student Identification Cards are issued at the beginning
of the term for which a student is registered. These cards
will be available from the Office of the Registrar within
two weeks after the beginning of classes. If the card is
lost, a duplicate may be obtained from the Office of the
Registrar for $3.00.
To use the Library services of the College, to sign out
audio-visual materials or to vote in Student Society
elections, a student must have a Student Identification
Card.

Courses challenged successfully will be indicated on the
student's transcript.
NOTE: Credit for courses successfully challenged will
apply towards a Certificate or Diploma from Capilano
College; however, some other institutions may not grant
credit for some courses challenged.

Course Verification
Following the last day to add a course the Office of the
Registrar will issue Course Verification forms to each
student. IT IS T H E STUDENT'S RESPONSIBILITY T O
C H E C K HIS/HER LIST O F COURSES.
If a student believes that there is an error in his/her
registration, s/he must correct the errors with a Course
Change Form before the final withdrawal date. Failure to
correct the error may result in an "P grade on the student's transcript (or no credit being granted for work
done).

Student Responsibility
It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that his/
her registration is accurate and complete, and that
tuition fees are paid at the appropriate time. Failure to
do so may result in no credit granted for work done or
immediate de-registration for non-payment of tuition
fees.
Introduction — Registration

9

General Course Information
Course Credits

The Instructional Year

A student will receive credit only for the courses in which
she or he is officially registered according to the records in
the Office of the Registrar.

The instructional year is divided into two four month
terms, Fall and Spring, and an equivalent Summer Session
of two months (May and June).

A credit normally represents one hour per week of
classroom work per term. Most courses offered are threecredit courses. As such, they normally require three class
hours per week and may, in addition, require laboratories, seminars and tutorials.

Credit Status
A student may attend all classes, seminars, labs, etc. of the
course and pays the normal tuition fee. She or he is
required to submit assignments and sit examinations.
(See Attendance.)

Attendance
A student is expected to attend all classes in which she or
he is registered, since evaluation of progress in any course
is cumulative, based on class assignments, participation
and examinations.

Audit Status

If illness, injury, or death in the family prevents a student
from completing an assignment or examination, she or he
must notify the instructor immediately. If completing the
assignment or examination is feasible and acceptable
within the program, the student shall submit reasons
and/or documentation to the satisfaction of the instructor
within 7 days of the due date of the assignment or
examination.

A student may attend all meetings of a credit class
without receiving credit. The audit student attends all
classes, seminars, labs, etc. of the class and pays the
normal tuition fee. She or he is not required to sit examinations or submit assignments. The status of audit will be
denied by an instructor if the student has not met the
attendance requirements for that class. This denial may
be appealed through the grade appeal process. Audit
students will be accepted on a space available basis, and
are only permitted to register after the last day of InPerson Registration.

Faculty members are authorized to dismiss from a class a
student who is disruptive to the learning process.

Visitors

Course Descriptions
Full descriptions of all academic courses can be found in
the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to
read the general discipline information included in each
section carefully. It is the student's responsibility to be
familiar with the special information needed to select
academic courses. Please note that university transferable
courses for Art and Music appear under their respective
program headings in the Career/Vocational section.

Course Designation
Course Description Code: On the right hand side of each
course description there is a series of code letters and
numbers, for example, Biology 212 - Invertebrate Biology.
Biology 212

(3)

(4,3,0) (F)

Department Name.
Course Number
Number of credits _
Number of lecture hours per week.
Number of lab hours per week.
Number of other hours per week (eg. seminar,
conversation, practicum)
Term normally offered

Introduction — General Course Information
10

A person may attend a class session as a visitor for a
limited period of time, provided she or he has permission
from the instructor in advance. This privilege does not
extend to science and language labs or courses requiring
the use of machinery or materials. A visitor is not
registered, does not sit examinations, does not receive
credit and attends not more than three weeks during the
term.

Academic Policies
Grading System
Capilano College uses the following categories of grading:

Letter

Grade Point
Value

A+
A
AB+
B
BC+
C
CD
CR
F
NC

41/3
4
3 2/3
31/3
3
2 2/3
21/3
2
12/3
1

I
W
NA
AUD

0

0

-

-

Classification

Excellent

Upon the completion of the required assignments by the
specified time, the instructor will record the final grade
based on the completed work.
Students are cautioned that other institutions may include
"I" grades in the GPA calculation.
A student who registers for a course, does not attend and
does not officially withdraw may be assigned a grade
designation of "NA" at the discretion of the individual
instructor. NA grades are assigned as of the final Drop
date for the term registered in.

Good

Satisfactory
Minimal Pass
Credit Granted*
Fail
No Credit
Granted*+
Incomplete*
Withdrawn*+
Not Attending*+
Audit*

* not calculated in Grade Point Average
+ not shown on transcript

Repeating a Course
A course may be repeated for the purpose of improving a
grade. The grade for each attempt will be recorded with
the higher grade used in the computation of the Grade
Point Average. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include both grades in the GPA computation.

Grade Point Average (GPA)
GPAs are reported on each Permanent Student Record.
The GPA is the sum of the grade point hours earned in
the term, divided by the number of credit hours applicable to the Grade Point Computation.

Interpretation of Grades
"I" Grades are given at the end of a term when, in the
judgement of the instructor, the student would have a
reasonable expectation of passing the course but has not
completed the work required. An "I" grade is only
awarded where the instructor and student have arranged
for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is
noted on the class list with grades.
A student granted an "I" grade must complete the necessary assignments on the date specified by the instructor
on the grade sheet or he or she will automatically receive
a predetermined grade which reflects the work not completed.

STUDENTS WHO HAVE APPLIED FOR STUDENT
LOANS SHOULD NOTE THAT N / A GRADES DO NOT
CARRY CREDIT AND ARE TREATED AS COURSE
WITHDRAWALS. N / A GRADES REDUCE YOUR
CREDIT LOAD AND MAY CANCEL YOUR ELIGIBILITY FOR FUTURE STUDENT LOANS AND REQUIRE
EARLY REPAYMENT OF EXISTING STUDENT LOANS.
All "F" grades are recorded on the student's transcript.
These grades are assigned a value of zero in the calculation of a student's Cumulative Grade Point Average.
Students are cautioned that other institutions may not
grant transfer credit for courses completed with a "D"
grade.
Registering as an audit student does not guarantee that a
student will receive audit status. Based on attendance
and participation requirements of the instructor, an
instructor will confirm or deny the "audit" status of a
student in their course. A denial ruling is open to appeal
by the student.
The grades "CR" or "NC" are assigned to courses in
which a level of mastery is required for successful
completion. When a course is graded in this manner, the
course outline must state the necessary requirements to
achieve the grade of CR.

Official Transcript/Statement of Grades
A statement of grades is either mailed or distributed from
the Registrar's Office.
Official transcripts are issued only at the request of the
student. The student must complete a Transcript Order
Form and pay $5.00 for the first copy and $2.00 for each
additional copy.

Appeal of Final Grades
It is essential that a student take immediate action if he or
she wishes to appeal a grade. To do so he or she must
contact a counsellor not later than two weeks after receipt
of grades or Change of Grade Notification. The counsellor will discuss the grade and appeal procedure with the
student and attempt to arrange a meeting with the
General Information — Academic

Policies

11

instructor. The counsellor will provide the student with a
"Final Grade Appeal" form.
If the student wishes to pursue the appeal, the student
must do so within fourteen calendar days of the date on
which the counsellor's report is mailed. Failure to meet
this timeline will be grounds for dismissal of the appeal.
To continue the appeal, the student completes the "Final
Grade Appeal" form and submits it to the Secretary of the
Appeals Committee with a fee of $30 for each course to
be appealed.
Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee chaired
by one of the College Deans. The Committee consists of
representatives from faculty, students, and a counsellor.
During the Appeal process all term grades, including the
final examination mark, are taken into consideration. In
all cases the student is informed in writing of the Committee's decision. Should the mark be changed, the $30 fee is
refunded.

b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better.
c. Obtained at least 45 credits from the following subject
areas, including at least 6 credits in English (100 level or
higher), at least 6 credits from subjects listed in A below,
and at least 15 credits from 200 level courses.
d. All courses must be university transferable courses.
A

B

Biology
Chemistry
Computing
Science
Geography
(Physical)
Geology
Mathematics
Physics

Anthropology Japanese
Art
Music
Art History
Philosophy
Chinese
Political Studies
Commerce
Psychology
Criminology Sociology
Economics
Spanish
English
Thai
French
Theatre
Geography
Women's Studies
(Human)
German
History

Only those appeals that follow the above process will be
considered.
Human errors and omissions in the Statement of Grades
will be corrected as soon as identified without appeal or
cost to the student.

2. For a Career Studies Diploma (by program)
a. Completed the program requirements, fifty percent of
which must be completed at Capilano College.

Changes of Grade

b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better.
Time limits have been established with respect to changes
of grades.
1. No time limit for grade changes due to calculation
error.
2. One year time limit for grade change resulting from
completion of work to remove an I grade. (May be
extended in extenuating circumstances.)
3. One year time limit for grade changes made for other
reasons.

Diploma and Certificate Requirements
Students who complete their programs fill out a "Request
for Diploma or Certificate" form at the Office of the
Registrar one month before the end of the term in which
the program is to be completed.
Students who complete courses which are not part of a
program may also apply to the Office of the Registrar for
a Certificate.
To be eligible for an Associate in Arts and Science
Diploma, a student must have:
1. For an Academic Studies Diploma
a. Completed 60 credits, of which at least 30 must be
completed at Capilano College.

General Information — Academic

12

Policies

3. For a General Studies Diploma
a. Completed 60 credits at least 30 of which must be
completed at Capilano College.
b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better.
4. For a Certificate
To be eligible for a Certificate, a student must have
successfully completed the requirements of a course or
program of studies of fewer than four terms in duration,
at least fifty percent of which must be completed at
Capilano College, and they must have obtained at least a
2.0 GPA (where calculated) in the last term.
There is a $10 fee for diploma or certificate replacement.

Academic Difficulties
Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course
work during a term may be referred by an instructor to a
Counsellor. The student is encouraged to consult with
his/her instructor and Counsellor to evolve a satisfactory
plan which will remedy these difficulties.

Academic Performance
1.

A student will be placed on "Academic Probation" if
his/her grade point average is less than 1.80 over a
minimum of 12 credits attempted.

2.

A student will be advised, in writing of his/her
status and will be required to book an appointment
with an Advisor/Counsellor prior to re-registering
and will be limited to attempting up to 9 credits.

3.

A student who is permitted to register will have his/
her academic performance reviewed upon attempting a further 12 credits. If the students grade point
average over those credits is 1.80 or greater, the
student will be taken off academic probation and will
be notified in writing. The student will no longer be
under any restrictions regarding course load or
courses.
However, if the students grade point average is
below 1.80, that student will be required to withdraw
for at least one term (Fall or Spring).

4.

5.

6.

A student who has been required to withdraw must
make application for re-admission. Permission for
re-admisssion will be granted by the Registrar in
consultation with the appropriate Program Coordinator in the case of Career/Vocational students or
Associate Dean Academic Studies in the case of
Academic Studies students, and an Advisor/Counsellor, if necessary.
A student re-admitted after being required to withdraw will be limited to a maximum enrollment of 9
credits, and must achieve a grade point average of 2.0
or better on those credits attempted. A student who
does not achieve this level will be required to withdraw from the College for one full academic year and
may only be re-admitted by application to and
approval of the Appeals Committee.
Students in Career/Vocational Programs should be
aware that in some Career/Vocational Program
areas, Departmental Policies concerning Academic
Performance may modify the above policy.

Disruptive Students
In the case where the behaviour of a student or group of
students is such as to disrupt the activity of a class, an
instructional group, service area or study facility, a
member of the faculty or staff may ask the student(s) to
modify their behaviour. Should the student(s) fail to
follow this request, the student(s) will be asked to leave.
If the student(s) refuses to leave, the faculty or staff is
advised to cancel the activity or insist on an alternate
place for the student(s) to carry out the activity.

will be requested to meet with the personnel involved and
the appropriate faculty coordinator. The purpose of the
meeting is to have a commitment from the student(s) to
more reasonable behaviour in the future. In light of this
and at the discretion of the coordinator, other faculty
and/or the Dean may be invited to the meeting or
subsequent meetings.
Should the behaviour of the student(s) continue to be
disruptive, the coordinator may recommend to the Dean
that the student(s) be required to withdraw.

Cheating and Plagiarism
All forms of cheating, including plagiarism, are serious
offences and will normally result in a grade of zero on the
examination or assignment, or, at the instructor's discretion, a grade of "F" for the course. Plagiarism is the
presentation of another person's words or ideas as if they
were one's own. Intentional plagiarism is both dishonest
and a rejection of the principles of scholarship. Students
in doubt about the need for and practices of acknowledgement of sources should familiarize themselves with
proper scholarly procedures. A document explaining
these procedures is available from the Library, the
Achievement Resource Centre, or the Writing Centre.

Copyright Policy
A copy of the College Policy and Procedures regarding
Canadian Copyright Law is available in the Library and
in all departments. This policy applies to all College departments, employees and students. A shortened version
with specific application for students is available in the
Library and the Student Society office.

Examination Period
The final few days of each instructional term is designated
as an examination period. (See Academic Schedule, page
4, for exact dates). If there is to be a final examination in a
course, it will be during the examination period that the
examination will be given. Such examinations will be up
to three hours in duration. Faculty will be accessible
during the examination period to meet with students to
review their assignments and final letter grade and /or
engage in other instruction-related activities.
For some Career/Vocational programs, regularly scheduled classes will continue until the end of the examination
period. In some program areas, a special examination
schedule may be set. Students should consult with their
program co-ordinator for detailed information.

Some time between the cancelled activity and the next
meeting of the group, or use of the facility, the student(s)

General Information — Academic Policies

13

Fees
Misuse of Computer System

Tuition Fees

The misuse of a computer system (such as unauthorized
access to other computer accounts or unauthorized use of
system software) is not only unfair to other students but
can result, at the instructor's discretion, in suspension of
the offender's computer access in a course, which may
result in an "F" grade. Repeated offences may result in a
permanent revoking of all computer privileges.

The new tuition fees for the 1991/92 instructional year
will be announced in the Fall Timetable which will be
available at least one month prior to the beginning of the
Fall '91 term. It is likely that they will be higher than in
1990/1991. For details of payment of fees consult the
Timetable.

Sexual Harassment
The College makes every effort to ensure that no student
or employee is subjected to sexual harassment. Sexual
harassment is seen to be any uninvited sexual advances,
requests for sexual favours, and other verbal or physical
conduct of a sexual nature when submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for
decisions affecting employment, admission to the College
or registration in college courses, a student's marks or
grades, participation in a club, society or organization; or,
when such conduct creates an intimidating, hostile or
offensive working/teaching/ learning environment.

Student Records
All official student records are kept in the Office of the
Registrar. The information on file for a student is always
available to that student for examination. No information
on file is divulged to any agency or person other than the
student without the student's permission except for
institutional research projects approved by the College.
Students are cautioned that student loan applications and
other similar applications have such consent written in
the document.

Limit of Responsibility
The College accepts no responsibility for the cancellation
or discontinuance of any course or program or class of
instruction that may be necessary as a result of an Act of
God, fire, labour problems, lack of funds, or other similar
causes.
The College accepts no responsibility for any injury, loss
or expense sustained, arising out of or in any way connected with a student's participation in any course or
program.

As a general guideline, the basic tuition fees for 1990/91
were:
• $26.50 per credit of which $16.50 is refundable if the
course is dropped within the first two weeks of the
term.
• $42.50 non-refundable registration fee.
• $2.25 per credit Student Society Membership Fee to a
term maximum of $37.50. (This fee is optional for
courses in Howe Sound and on the Sunshine Coast.)
• $0.25 per credit Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee, to a
maximum of $7.50
• $5.00 Recreational Facility Levy for students on the
Lynnmour campus registered in 1.5 credits or more.
• $3 per credit or a minimum of $25 late payment penalty
for students who have not settled their tuition fees
account by the end of the fifth week of the term.

International Student Fees*
• $165.00 per credit.
• $42.50 non-refundable registration fee.
• $2.25 per credit Student Society Membership Fee per
term to a maximum of $37.50.
• $5.00 Recreational Facility Levy for students on the
Lynnmour campus.
• $0.25 per credit Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee, to a
maximum of $7.50

• International Student Fees are payable in full at the
time of registration and are non-refundable.

Conditions of Registration
a. All cheques and money orders are to be made payable
to "Capilano College" and accompanied by a completed
Registration Form.
b. Underpaid registrations will not be processed.
c. A charge of $10.00 will be levied for costs of handling
cheques returned by the bank for insufficient funds. The
College reserves the right to take only money orders,
certified cheques, or cash from students whose cheques
are returned by the bank for insufficient funds.
d. Post-dated cheques will not be accepted.
e. Students whose fees are to be paid by agencies, other
than Government Scholarships, are required to present a
letter to this effect at registration.

Introduction — Fees

14

f. Students with outstanding debts (e.g. overdue
materials, library fines, outstanding tuition fees) to the
College will not be allowed to register until their debts are
cleared. Students who do not clear their debts prior to the
end of the term the debt was incurred will not have their
Registration Priority changed after Permits to Register
have been issued.

Special Fee Waivers for Senior Citizens
Any person 60 years of age or over is entitled to free
tuition, and is not required to pay student activity fees or
the capital levy. Applicants for this special senior citizen
fee waiver need only produce appropriate identification
such as the Courtesy Card for senior citizens or Pharmacare card at the time of registration. Senior citizens must
pay the $42.50 registration fee.

Transfers: In specified courses a student may transfer
from one course to another if space is available. Fees are
not transferable from one term to another.
Fee Waiver for Senior Citizens: People age 60 and over
are eligible for a 10% discount on fees for most courses.
Some co-sponsored and certain other courses are excluded from this policy. At time of registration senior
citizens are asked to provide proof of age, such as a
Pharmacare card or senior citizens' courtesy card.
Also, see "Limit of Responsibility", page 14.

For cost-recoverable courses such as Art Institute and
private music instruction, seniors must pay full fees.

Refunds
Students withdrawing from a course within the first two
weeks of a term will be refunded a portion of the tuition
fees if they have paid more than the non-refundable
deposit. In 1990/91 the non-refundable portion was $10
per credit and the $42.50 registration fee. Students withdrawing from a course after the end of the second week of
a term receive no refund.

Fees Policy - Extension Programs and Services
Department
Tuition fees charged for Extension Programs and Services
are based on the principle of recovering the cost of
instructional and related expenses.
Refunds: The College reserves the right to cancel any
course for which registration does not reach the required
minimum, and to withdraw, postpone, or combine classes
or to change instructors.
Fees are payable at time of registration. Fees paid for
courses or workshops cancelled by the College will be
refunded in full. Applications for withdrawal and refund
will not be accepted after the second session of a course
has been held and in the case of workshops of short
duration (up to three consecutive days) withdrawal
applications will be accepted no later than the day before
the workshop commences.
Refunds are subject to a 20% administration charge.
Refunds on discounted and package fees will be subject to
the 20% administration charge against the full course fee.
Any departure from the foregoing policy will be stated in
the course or workshop description. Under no circumstances will refunds be given after the end of a course of
workshop.

Introduction — Fees

15

Services
ACADEMIC ADVISING AND EDUCATIONAL
PLANNING
Personnel
Marni BUSH, Educational Planning Assistant
Jeri KROGSETH, B A . (UBC) B.C. Teacher's Cert. Advisor
Drena M c C O R M A C K , Educational Planning Assistant
Kerry M U R T A G H , B.A. (SFU), B.C. Teacher's Cert. Educational Planning Assistant
Greg SHARPE, Department Head
Myla W A T E R M A N , Educational Planning Assistant
Advisors visit secondary schools in the College region
and throughout the Lower Mainland each Fall and Spring
to speak to student groups about opportunities at Capilano College. High school students planning to enter the
College may take advantage of early admission interviews at their school by contacting their school counsellor
for appropriate dates.
Prospective students may contact the Advising Centre for
information on all College programs and courses. Appointments can be made with an Advisor throughout the
year for assistance with educational planning and program development.
Appointments may be made at the reception desk in M
Building or by calling the Advising Hot Line at 984-4990.
Drop-in advising is also available.

ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
Faculty
John BROOKS, B.A. (SFU)
Kam DASTOURI
Ruth D ' H O L L A N D E R , B.C. Teaching Cert., B.Ed.
(McGill), M.Ed. (McGill), C.A.S. (Harvard)
Bev HILL, B.Ed. (UBC)
Brian JARRETT, B.A. (Hons. (SFU), L.LB. (UBC)
Joyce JARRETT, B.Sc. (Hons) (SFU) M.Sc. (SFU)
Paul JONES, B.A. (Hons.) (UBC), B.C. Teaching Cert.,
M.A., M.Ed. (UBC)
Wendy L Y N N , B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc. (Waterloo)
Wendy Strachan, B.Ed. (McGill), M.A. (Michigan State),
P h D . (SFU)
Dennis WRIGHT, B.Sc. (Idaho), M.Sc. (Brigham Young),
Ph.D. (Arizona State)

Support Staff

Library in B Building. Students who have specific
learning difficulties are encouraged to talk over their
concerns with A R C Faculty.
At present, the Achievement Resource Centre offers the
following services:
a. Scheduled workshops on study skills to help you
succeed at college: (See page 33).
b. Personal assistance if you are doing well but want to
do better, or if you require personal attention with
learning problems.
c. Professional assessment of your learning difficulties.
d. Assistance in using computer resources available in the
Centre.
Resources available are:
1) Hardware - Apple He, Macintosh, IBM- compatibleComputers, 2 typewriters.
2) Software - word processing, spelling, vocabulary and
keyboarding skills.
3) Self-paced learning programs on cassette and video to
improve your study and learning skills.
In the A R C you can also pick up written study tips.
For more information, call 984-4945 or drop by the
Achievement Resource Centre, Building "B", accessed
through the library.

The Mathematics Learning Centre
The Achievement Resource Centre and the Mathematics
Department provide the facilities and services of the
Mathematics Learning Centre (MLC) for all students at
the College. The Centre is located at the south end of the
first floor of J Building 0107). During scheduled hours
throughout the week, students may obtain individual
assistance with math problems from the Lab Supervisor
or Mathematics instructor on duty. The M L C has two
study areas, one for quiet, individual study and the other
for group study. A library of math reference texts is
located in the quiet study area. The Mathematics Department's self-paced learning courses in arithmetic, algebra,
precalculus and calculus are offered in the Math Learning
Centre. A math video room is equipped with four VCRs
and has tapes on topics in algebra, precalculus, calculus
and statistics. The M L C is equipped with four microcomputers and has some mathematical software available for
student use.

Special Needs Services

Achievement Resource Centre - Lynnmour

Special Needs Services, a component of the Achievement
Resource Centre, provides the support services necessary
for students with physical, hearing, and visual disabilities
to take part in College programs. Some of these services
are:

Students wanting to increase their learning efficiency are
invited to use the services and facilities of the Achievement Resource Centre (ARC), accessed through the

1) Transition to College: Assistance in making the
transition from high school/community to college (funding, transportation, housing referrals, etc.).

Kim E M A N U E L
Lynne H A M I L T O N , Divisional Assistant

Introduction — Services

16

2) Orientation: Orientation to Capilano College; campus
maps, (Braille and standard) and information on campus
accessibility.

with and compete against the best College athletes in
Canada. Inter-collegiately, Capilano College competes in
Soccer, Basketball, Volleyball, Golf and Badminton.

3) Registration: Assistance with admission and registration procedures.

Each year, our many exceptional athletes, working with
the experienced Blues coaching staff, have combined to
produce several B C C A A championship teams. Capilano
College is proud of the accomplishments of its student
athletes and of its growing reputation for athletic excellence.

4) Assessments: Formal and informal assessments to
identify learning strengths and needs; instructional
recommendations based on assessments; instructor
notification and consultation about a disability.
5) Counselling/Advising: Personal and academic
counselling, course planning, etc.
6) Health: Health care, assistance with medication, a
place to rest, etc.

Our Athletic Programs are housed in the College's new
Sportsplex facility. The Sportsplex is the finest facility of
its kind in British Columbia and is located in the SouthWest corner near the south campus parking lot. For
further information see page 21.

7) Upgrading/Development: Specific study skills development: reading dynamics, memory improvement, time
management.

For complete program information, consult Neil Chester,
Coordinator ofAthletics, or the staff at the Sportsplex.

A complete listing of the resources is available as well as a
campus map indicating wheelchair accessible paths and
washrooms. Call 984-4945 or drop by B102.

BOOKSTORE

Achievement Resource Centre - Squamish and Sechelt
A R C programs and services are also offered in these
locations. Contact the local College receptionist for more
information: in Squamish 986-3515 (toll free from North
Vancouver) or 892-5322 (local); in Sechelt 987-1535 (toll
free) or 885-9310 (local).

Writing Centre
See page 22

ADULT SPECIAL EDUCATION RESOURCES
Capilano College enhances educational opportunities for
adults with disabilities in its community through Adult
Special Education programs and services.
To best serve your needs please call the Adult Special
Education Contact Line at 984-1701 and you will be
referred to the appropriate person.

ATHLETICS
Faculty
Neil CHESTER, B.A.P.E., B.Ed., (U. of Sask.), M.P.E.
(UBC)
Capilano is a full member of the British Columbia Colleges Athletic Association, which is the governing body
for all inter-college athletics in British Columbia. Provincial champions are determined annually with winners advancing to a national final. This affords our College's
highly skilled student athletes the opportunity to meet

The Bookstore, located in R building offers required and
recommended texts, stationery, and some sundry items.
A postage stamp machine is located in the Bookstore.
Canada Post boxes are located on both North and South
campuses.

COUNSELLING
Faculty
Robert BAGSHAW, B.Comm., M.A. (UBC), M.A.
(Colorado) (on leave)
David JONES, B.A., M.A. (Dalhousie (on leave))
Yvonne M C C O L L , B.A. (Simmons), M.Ed. (Harvard)
Ethelyn MCINNES-RANKIN, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
Susan MITCHELL, B.S.Ed. (N. Illinois), M.A. (UVic)
Gary SIEGRIST, M.B.A. (SFU)
Marie T O O M P U U , B.A., M.S.W. (Western)

General Information
The services of trained counsellors are available to all
students in the College. Counsellors assist students in
educational planning and provide information and consultation in the solution of academic problems. Counsellors are often helpful in dealing with personal problems
as well, and have a real interest and expertise in this area
of student life. The College counselling objective is to
facilitate the activities of students moving toward selfdirection in decision-making and planning. Counsellors
can also assist with career planning, and vocational
testing is available for students by appointment. Other
services available to students are workshops in such areas
as career planning, stress management, assertive communication skills, understanding intimate relationships, procrastination and a computer assisted career choice system.

Introduction — Services

17

Appointments to see a counsellor may be made through
the front desk located in the M building or by calling 9844990. Drop-in counselling is also available Monday
through Friday from 9 am - 4 pm. As well, appointment
time is available Monday through Thursday each week to
8 p.m.
Those living in the Pemberton-Howe Sound Region
requiring the assistance of a counsellor should contact the
Squamish Campus. Appointments may be arranged by
calling 892-5322.
Sunshine Coast Region residents should call the Sechelt
Campus, 885-9310, for information.

Knowledge Network
The third component of the Open Learning Agency, the
Knowledge Network also offers a wide range of credit
and non-credit courses. For further information, call 6602000 (toll-free 1-800-663-1678).

Open Learning in British Columbia
In addition to the courses offered by the Open Learning
Agency, there are many more open learning courses
offered by British Columbia's colleges and universities.
The Open Learning Agency can advise which courses are
available, but specific enquiries should be directed to the
sponsoring institution.

CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE
The College assists students considering career options by
providing information and reference materials on a wide
variety of occupations. The Centre is located in the M
building and houses a collection of self-help books,
vocational literature, calendars from Canadian and
foreign universities and colleges, and brochures and free
information on campus and community resources.
Career information is available on video as well as
Capilano College course outlines. For assistance in the
Centre, contact the Advising Centre/Counselling receptionist in the M building.

DISABLED STUDENT SERVICES
Students with disabilities wishing information and/or
assistance in enrolling in College programs are invited to
contact the Special Education Coordinator for Transition:
Jolene Bordewick at 986-1911, local 2586 or 984-1701.
Further Special Needs Services are available through the
Special Needs Advisor in the Achievement Resource
Centre, see page 16 or Adult Special Education Resources
page 17.

FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE
The main cafeteria, located in building N, offers full hot
meal service during the Fall and Spring terms from
approximately 8:00 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. daily except
Fridays when it closes at 3:30 p.m. (The grill closes at 1:30
p.m.) For special events, catering services are available.
Contact the Food Services Director, North Campus
Cafeteria.
The smaller cafeteria, located in building B, offers limited
hot foods and snack items from approximately 8 a.m.
through 8:30 p.m. Monday through Thursday; Friday
8 a.m. through 3:30 p.m. (The grill closes at 2 p.m.)
Vending service offering limited food, beverage and
confectionery items is available in Building N (North
Campus), B (South Campus), and H Building.
Limited dining space (seating and circulation) does not
allow for the use of either cafeteria for special functions
during the period the food service is in operation, unless
the function is designated by the College's administration.

HEALTH SERVICES AND FIRST AID
DISTANCE EDUCATION

Personnel

Open Learning Agency
Open College and Open University

Dr. Thais H A L L , B.A. (UBC), M.D. (UBC)
Dr. Bill MACKIE, M.D. (UBC), CCFP
Donna S A V A G E , R.N., B.Sc.N. (UBC), Ind. First Aid
Brenda JARVIS, R.N., Ind. First Aid
Beverly H A N S E N , Ind. First Aid

The Open College and Open University, two components
of the Open Learning Agency, offer a wide variety of
credit and non-credit courses through open learning
methods. Courses and programs can lead to one of
several college diplomas or certificates or to a university
degree. For information on course offerings and transfer
credit, visit or write to the Open Learning Agency's
Student Services office at 7671 Alderbridge Way,
Richmond, B.C. V6X1Z9, or call 660-2221 (toll free 1-800663-9711).

Located in the M building on the North Campus, the
Health Services and First Aid Department is concerned
with maintaining the good general health of all individuals on campus, and with providing a safe and healthy atmosphere in which to work and study. Emphasis is
directed toward prevention of disease and injury and
attainment of a healthy lifestyle. The following services
are offered:
1. First Aid - come to M103 or phone local 2964. If no
answer, call the College switchboard "0".

Introduction — Services

18

2. Health Counselling - offered on nutrition, weight
control, immunization, birth control and other health
related matters.
3. Physical Health Care - such as vision check, hearing
tests, blood pressure check, pregnancy tests.
4. Diagnosis and Treatment of Illness—appointments
with College Physicians may be made in person at M l 03,
or by phoning 984-4964.
5. Pamphlets and Teaching Aids on various topics are
available in the reception area of Health Services.
6. Regular meetings of the Health and Safety Committee
are held. Complaints or suggestions regarding hazards or
potential hazards can be submitted in writing via the
Student Representatives.
7. Referrals to outside agencies or individuals can be
made through Health Services.

INTERNATIONAL OFFICE AND INTERNATIONAL
EDUCATION
Personnel
Marjorie CROFT, International Administrative Assistant
Linda CURRY, LO. and Associate Dean's Secretary
Jon L. JESSIMAN, Associate Dean and Head
David JONES, International Student Advisor
Louise K R O H N , Contract Services Coordinator
Ethelyn MCINNES-RANKIN, International Student
Advisor
Edwin W O N G , C A N A S E A N Project Manager
Telephone: (604)984-4975
Telex: 04-54247
Fax: (604)984-1705
Office: A 209, South Campus
The International Office has responsibility for international education, programs and initiatives at Capilano,
operating within the Division of Student and Instructional
Services, assisted by the International Education Advisory
Committee, a campus-wide representative committee
which meets monthly to provide direction to and coordination of Capilano projects.

1. International Student Information
The College welcomes Applications for Admission from
well-qualified students who are normally resident in
countries outside Canada. In 1990, there were approximately 130 international students studying regular
courses at Capilano. The majority of them are enrolled in
university transfer programs in the Academic Studies
Division, while others are taking specialized courses in
the Career/Vocational Division.
Normally, to be considered for admission, applicants

should possess the equivalent of Secondary School
graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia. Students wishing assessment of their academic credentials should contact the Office of the Registrar.
In certain programs, enrollment limitations are in effect
both for international students and for Canadian citizens
and residents. Entry to these programs is competitive and
is based on academic standing and other published
criteria. In accord with provincial government policy,
international students are subject to higher tuition fees
than Canadian students.
See page 5 for detailed application information.
The International Student Liaison Advisors on campus
give help to international students both prior to and after
their admission to the College and will provide assistance
to applicants with student visa requirements, location of
home accommodation, social and special programs, educational counselling and orientation. They are located in
the M Building on the north campus. All other student
services at the Lynnmour Campus are also available to
international students.
Interested students should note closing dates for applications for Fall, Spring, and Summer terms in an earlier
section of this Calendar. All applications for admission
should be directed to the Office of the Registrar and
should be accompanied by a $100 (Can.) application fee.

2. International Programs
In the 1991-1992 academic year, the following programs
will be undertaken:

A. Asia Pacific Management Co-op Program
This program, unique in Canada, enrolled its first class in
1987 and was an immediate success. A two year diploma
program in Asia Pacific studies and business, it is open to
students who normally have completed an undergraduate
degree from a recognized university or those who are
sponsored by their employer.
Combining an examination of culture, history, language,
business, politics, and economics of Pacific Rim regions
over the course of a full time, eight-month intensive
period at the College, and followed by a co-operative
work experience of twelve months, usually overseas,
graduates become immediately involved in working with
industry in development and trade-related business. See
page 183 in this Calendar for details.

B. CANASEAN Project
C A N A S E A N is another unique program at this College,
specifically designed to meet the needs of businessmen
and women in Canada and from countries forming part of
the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN).

Introduction — Services

19

Begun in the mid-1980s as a seminar/workshop series, it
now has two separate phases: in the Fall term, A S E A N
managers take part in a four month intensive training/
placement program working on campus and with local
enterprises, and in the Spring term, a further group of
A S E A N executives meet with Canadian counterparts in
similar industries.
This project is wholly funded by ministries of the federal
and provincial governments. Interested applicants
should contact the Project Manager.

C. International Business Program
New in 1990, the College offers a one year certificate
program in International Business through its Business
Management Department as one attempt to meet the
increasing need in Canada to better equip men and
women for global enterprise and trade. Particular focus is
provided in areas of Canadian/U.S.A trade and Southeast
Asian business.
Students normally would have some post-secondary
education at the college or university level and interested
applicants should see page 121 of the Calendar for further
detailed program information.

0. Other Programs
From time to time, the College offers specific programs
designed to meet the needs of particular groups, industries, governments or agencies. In 1990-1991, these
include programs in international tourism management,
English Language culture and small business entrepreneurship. These are normally arranged through the International Office and the Contract Services Department.

3. Other International Courses
A number of individual programs offered in the Academic and Career Divisions have specific courses providing international content. Some of them are optional,
while others are an integral part of the curriculum leading
to a college diploma or certificate. Examples of these will
be found in the relevant sections of this Calendar in
Business (Marketing Management), Labour Studies,
Geography and History.
The Modern Languages Department currently schedules
first and second year university level courses in French,
German, Japanese,Mandarin, Chinese and Spanish as well
as first year level in Bahasa Indonesian and Thai. English
as a Second Language courses provide foreign and new
immigrant students a variety of intermediate and advanced courses to help improve competency in English
for work, daily life, and post-secondary study.
English Language training is also offered in the summer;
these home-stay programs are designed for groups only.

Introduction — Services

20

4.

International Exchanges

The College has been active for a number of years in
promoting exchanges with colleges, universities and other
agencies outside Canada. Currently, exchanges involve
students from Capilano and Aichi Gakusen in Japan and
faculty and students from China Management Training
Centre in Chengdu, in the People's Republic of China.
Capilano College and Aichi Gakusen College of Toyota
City, Japan established a special relationship in 1983
which provides for the exchange of students between the
two colleges.
Up to three Capilano female students study and work at
Aichi Gakusen from late September until mid-winter.
Each student is provided with a scholarship of Y750,000
(approx. Cdn. $7,500), a Vancouver-Tokyo-Nagoya round
trip ticket and free tuition in a special program of studies
specifically tailored to the individual student. The total
value of the scholarship is approximately Cdn. $20,000 for
each student.
Formal agreements have been signed with other postsecondary educational institutions in China, Malaysia and
other countries of the Pacific Rim which will continue to
enhance opportunities for exchange.
As a member of a number of international education
training associations in Canada and the United States, the
College is able to provide a variety of opportunities for
students and faculty to study, travel, or work overseas.

5.

International Projects and Initiatives

With a particular focus on Pacific Rim endeavours,
Capilano College is involved in development activities in
Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Japan, Indonesia,
Vietnam and the People's Republic of China. Current examples include graduate training of management instructors from the China Management Training Centre, the establishment of a pilot centre for enterprise development
in Kuala Lumpur, a marketing research project related to
Canada-China trade and a tourism development initiative
in Thailand and Malaysia.
For further information on any of these international
activities or other international education opportunities,
contact the Head of the International Office as indicated.

LIBRARY
Faculty
Karin H A L L , B.A. M.L.S. (UBC)
David LAMBERT, B.A. (U of A), M.L.S. (UBC)
Annette LOREK, B.A., M.L.S. (MCGILL)
George MODENESI, B.A., M.L.S. (UBC)
Sidney MYERS, B.A. (UBC), M.L.S. (Western)

Reference Services
All students receive a library orientation class during the
first year English, Psychology, or Communications
course. Other courses often include a class in the use of
library materials specific to the subject area. Individual
research assistance and electronic search services are also
available. Ask at the reference desk.

and 4 only. For exact locations consult the map on the
inside cover.
The following parking regulations, which have been
designed to meet the Fire Marshal's instructions, are in
effect:
a. No restrictions apply to Open Parking areas on the
North and South campuses.

Circulation Services

b. No parking is permitted in a Fire Zone.

Students are required to present current Capilano College
I.D. to borrow library materials.

c. Vehicles may park in a Loading Zone for up to 30
minutes while loading or unloading. Vehicles parked in
excess of this time period are subject to the College
to wring policy (see f below).

Loan periods are:
Books:
Reference books:
Periodicals:
Newspapers:
Reserve materials:
Films & Videos:
Audio tapes:
A V equipment:
Records & CD's

two weeks
in-library use only
in-library use only
in-library use only
varies from 3 hours to 1 week
2 days; book in advance
1 week (except reserve cassettes)
varies; book in advance
in-library use only

Note: Overdue fines of $1.00 per hour charged on reserve
materials; $1.00 per day for daily loans and on recalled
books and other materials.

Audio-visual Equipment & Media Production Services
A wide range of equipment including film projectors,
cassette recorders, video players, slide projectors and C D
players are available for use in the library or may be
booked for classroom presentations. Photocopiers,
microform reader/printers, and computers are also
available for student use.
Media materials are produced for students at the cost of
production materials. Assistance in the design and
production of A V materials is provided for self help
clientele. Ask at Media Production Services.

Sechelt & Squamish
A small collection of reference and information materials
to support courses and programs offered is housed at
each regional campus. Access to the entire college library
collection is provided by a microfiche catalogue of
holdings. Inter-campus loans, telephone reference, and
facsimile transmission services are provided.

LOST AND FOUND
Students may inquire about lost or found items in the
Student Society office, located in N building, or the
Library, located in B building.

PARKING
Parking is available to all students in parking lots 1,2,3,

d. Reserved parking permits may be made available to
handicapped students so that they may park closer to
their classes. Requisitions for handicapped parking
permits may be obtained from the College Nurse or the
Special Needs Advisor.
e. All traffic and parking signs must be observed.
f. Vehicles parking in unauthorized areas will be towed
away at the owner's risk and expense.

RECREATION AND FITNESS
Sportsplex Manager, Joseph IACOBELLIS, B.P.E., M.P.E.
(UBC)
The Sportspex, one of the finest multipurpose facilities in
the province, houses the intramural programs, the
athletics gym-based programs, extension courses in sports
and recreation and a general activity drop-in program for
those choosing a less structured schedule. Each of these
programs offer a variety of activities which will satisfy the
recreational needs of our student body. For detailed
information about specific programs offered in the
Sportsplex each year contact the Facilities Manager or the
Sportsplex staff.
The Fitness Centre is located adjacent to the Sportsplex in
the west corner of the south parking lot. This smaller
facility contains showers, locker rooms, saunas, and a
general exercise area, complete with weight-training
equipment.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT CENTRE
Personnel
Judith H A L L , Employment Advisor
Lynne SOMERVILLE, Employment Assistant
Greg SHARPE, Head of Advising & Student Employment
The goal of the Student Employment Centre is to place all
students who register with the Centre into compatible
work environments. The Centre, part of the Advising
Department at the College, is responsible for working
with program coordinators and interested students to
achieve this goal.
Introduction — Services

21

In meeting with major firms in the Lower Mainland on a
regular basis, we strive to increase both the quality and
quantity of employment opportunities available. We
serve current students, graduates, stop-outs and alumni
for summer, part-time and full-time career employment.
We provide advice and assistance in many areas of
employment and offer support with a wide variety of job
search techniques such as resume writing and interview
preparation.
Students interested in using the services offered at the
Centre are invited to visit us in the M Building on the
North campus or to call 984-4965.

STUDENT NEWSPAPER
The student newspaper at Capilano College is the Capilano Courier, published every other week. The Courier is
run by an independent staff of student volunteers, and is
totally autonomous from the student society and College
administration. It is a full member of Canadian University
Press, a co-operative news and support resource organization of more than sixty campus papers from across
Canada.
Since the Courier is written, organized, and laid out on
campus, there is always a need for help. Students are
encouraged to take part in news and feature writing,
reporting, editing, layout, photography, artwork, desktop
publishing, graphic design, and advertising. The newspaper is not a "class project" and therefore offers the chance
for all students to participate in the democratically run
collective staff.
The Courier welcomes input from the entire College
community. Classified ads (which are free to students,
staff, and faculty), letters to the collective, and other
contributions can be submitted to their offices.

STUDENT SOCIETY
Every student who registers for credit courses at Capilano
College must pay Student Society fees, thus becoming a
member of the Student Society. Included in this fee is
membership within the Canadian Federation of Students,
Canada's national representative student organization.
The Student Society is a registered non-profit society,
incorporated under the Societies Act of British Columbia,
coordinated by an elected board of student directors.
Main goals of the Student Society are:
1. To organize students on a democratic, cooperative
basis in order to provide a framework within which
students can communicate, exchange information, and
share experience, skills, and ideas for advancing students'
interests.
2. To facilitate cooperation among students in organizing
events which supplement the learning experience,

Introduction - Services

22

provide for human needs, and develop a sense of community in British Columbia, Canada, and the world.
3. To bring students to discuss and cooperatively achieve
necessary educational, administrative, and legislative
change in order to achieve the goal of a post-secondary
education system which is rationally planned, high
quality, and accessible to all.
Through general meetings of the entire student body and
a structure of committees open to all students, the
direction of the Society is decided and its' goals met.
Student Society affairs run from charity fundraisers to
educational forums to social events to student workstudy
jobs. Daily operations are handled by the full time staff
collective and the executive committee of elected students. Elections occur on campus each semester and all
students may participate.
In addition, the Student Society maintains a number of
services to aid students day-to-day. Inexpensive photocopies, a free student phone, a used textbook sale, a laser
printer/binding/resume service, a housing registry and a
student saver consumer discount program, are some of
the services offered.
The Student Society General Office is located in N
building next to the Students' Lounge and is open from
9:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Monday to Friday. For further
information call 986-1813 or 984-4969.

STUDENT STORE — CAP CORNER
There is a store located at the north side of B building, in
student society space run by the Merchandising Management students.
This small shop serves as a laboratory for the Merchandising students to practise the skills learned in the program.
The store sells items such as stationery, gifts, clothing,
candy, and bus passes. Capilano College sweats are a
popular item.

WRITING CENTRE
Located in H470, the English Department Writing Centre
provides:
1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing
assignments
2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts,
information sheets, exercises, and software
3) an English instructor available to answer any specific
writing questions you might have on such topics as
researching, grammar, and analysis
4) a tutorial service where you can look at your E D T
results and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or
graded assignments with an English or ESL instructor
5) a computer room where you can do grammatical
exercises and word processing

Financial Aid and Awards
Personnel
Connie GIBBS, B.A., M.Ed. (UBC), Department Head
Zulekha PIRANI
Sheila ROSEN, B.F.A. (UBC) Financial Aid Advisor
Valerie KENDRICK
The Financial Aid Office, located in the M building (North
Campus) may be contacted for information and assistance
regarding the B.C. Student Assistance Program, Bursaries,
Scholarships, and Loans. Applications for financial aid
administered by the Financial Aid Office are available.
For complete information on Financial Aid Awards please
obtain the "Awards & Financial Aid: A Student Guide"
brochure from the Office. The Financial Aid Advisor is
available to discuss financial assistance and provide
financial advising. The office sponsors workshops on
personal money management and distributes a free
brochure called Student Money Management. Please
check our office hours which are posted in the M building, phone 984-4966.

Capilano College Foundation
The Capilano College Foundation was formed in 1970 to
build community support for Capilano College. As a
volunteer community organization established under the
Societies Act, the Foundation raises and administers
funds to assist students and enhance the development of a
well-balanced learning environment. Working together
with Capilano College's Resource Development Office,
the Foundation seeks to expand its Scholarship and
Bursary Program to recognize and support deserving
students who need assistance to reach their educational
goals. For information, or to make a tax deductible
contribution, please contact: Randi Duke, Executive
Director. Phone 984-1709, Fax: 9844985.

STUDENT ASSISTANCE
The B.C. Student Assistance Program
The following information is subject to change. This
program is the major source of student financial assistance and is a combination of Federal Canada Student
Loan and B.C. Provincial Government Loan. Equalization
grants are available to students who meet special criteria.
The amount of aid awarded is based on a standard means
test. The maximum student aid available for a standard
34 week (two term) school year is $7,140 for students
without dependents and $10,710 for students with
dependents. The Canada Student Loan and B.C. Student
Loan are interest-free while the applicant is a full-time
student and for six months after full-time studies. At the
end of six months a student must begin repayment of the
loan, with interest, to the bank. If at any time during the
interest-free period or subsequent repayment period the

student again enrolls in full-time study, the student must
file a Schedule II (for the Canada Student Loan) and a
Certificate II (for the B.C. Student Loan) with the bank to
return their outstanding loans to interest-free status.
Eligible applicants are Canadian citizens or landed
immigrants who qualify as B.C. residents.

Students who fail to make satisfactory scholastic
progress may be ineligible for student loans and grants.
Students who are dissatisfied with their award are
entitled to an appeal. Please make an appointment with
the Financial Aid Advisor.
A detailed brochure and applications are available at the
Financial Aid Office.
Applications should be made by the early deadline date
of July 1 as delays are common.

Students who have applied for student loans should
note that N/A grades do not carry credit and are treated
as course withdrawals. N/A grades reduce total credit
load and may cancel eligibility for future student loans
and require early repayment of existing loans.
Work-Study Program
The Work-Study Program, a part of the British Columbia
Student Assistance Program, is designed to provide oncampus work experience for students requiring financial
assistance while attending college. A limited number of
part-time on-campus jobs, averaging five to ten hours per
week, may be available. The program is open only to
students demonstrating financial need under the terms of
the B.C. Student Assistance Program. For further details
contact the Financial Aid Office, 984-4966 or the Student
Society Office, 984-4969.

B.C. Loan Remission Program
Students who received B.C. Student Loans and successfully completed studies in their chosen field after August
1,1987 and before July 31,1990, and whose total debt is
less than $12,000, may be eligible for some remission
(forgiveness) of their negotiated BCSL. On behalf of
approved applicants the government will pay the forgiveable portion of the loan directly to the lending institution
where the student negotiated B.C. Student Loans.
Students who receive loans in excess of $12,000 through
BCSAP during the period of their first degree may qualify
for Loan Remission. For subsequent degrees the ceiling
increases. The degree must be completed in a timely
fashion and students must satisfy "personal responsibility" (as defined by BCSAP) during each loan application
period in order to qualify. For further information contact

the Financial Aid Office or call the toll-free number to Victoria:
1-800-742-1818.

Introduction — Financial Aid and Awards

23

Interest Relief Plan

Margaret Campbell Bursary

The Government of Canada will pay the interest on fulltime and part-time Canada Student Loans on behalf of
debtors who are experiencing financial hardship due to
inability to find employment or to temporary disability.

A n award is made possible by the North Shore Business
and Professional Women's Club in recognition of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution to the
North Vancouver Community and as past president of
the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional
Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students
enrolled at Capilano College in at least three courses.

A detailed brochure and applications are available at the
Financial Aid Office.

B.C. Youth Foundation
Interest-free loans are available to full-time students who
are B.C. residents and under 30 years of age. Students are
requested to apply first to the Canada Guaranteed Student Loan Plan (B.C. Student Assistance Program.) A
suitable adult guarantor is required. Loans may be for
fees, books and/or a monthly allowance for living costs.
Deadline: Open

B.C. Chapter (C.A.M.T.) Bursary
Many members of the B.C. Chapter of the Canadian
Association for Music Therapy received their Music
Therapy training at Capilano College. They now offer an
annual $100 bursary to a Music Therapy student who is
achieving reasonable grades and is in financial need.

Adult Basic Education Grants

Canadian Federation of University Women of North
Vancouver

Students registered in ABE, ESL and A C T programs may
be eligible for non-repayable grants to cover fees, books,
and transportation. Contact Financial Aid for details.
Deadline: Open

The recipient of the $200 scholard ship/bursary is to be a
mature female student who is either a resident of North
Vancouver or a graduate of a North Vancouver Secondary
School (School District #44).

BURSARIES

Capilano College Faculty Association

N.B. - Bursaries are non-repayable grants based on need
and satisfactory standing.
The following bursaries are administered by the Financial
Aid Office. Applications forms are available and should
be submitted before the deadlines.
Unless otherwise noted, deadline dates are
October 31 (Fall term) and January 31 (Spring term).

Birks Family Fondation Bursaries
The Birks Family foundation offers bursaries to full-time
students in financial need who are engaged in any
academic program leading to a diploma, and who
demonstrate that they are deserving of financial assistance. The amounts available and the number of awards
may vary from year to year.

Rosalind Brossard Memorial Bursary
This bursary is provided to assist a student with financial
need in the Long Term Care Aid program. Rosalind
Brossard, a former student at Capilano College had an
outstanding talent in the Long Term Care Aid field. The
bursary is provided by her family and friends in memory
of her.

Introduction — Financial Aid and Awards

24

Three bursaries of $300 will be awarded in each of the Fall
and Spring terms. Financial need is the main criterion.

Chapter AQ P.E.0. Sisterhood Bursaries
Chapter A Q P.E.O. Sisterhood provides for one or more
bursaries of varying amounts to be awarded to female
students who demonstrate financial need.

Credit Union Foundation Bursaries
The Credit Union Foundation of British Columbia
annually offers bursaries totalling $500 to academic,
technical or vocational students. Students who might
otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by
reason of financial hardship are elgible to apply for these
bursaries. The recipients are to be Canadians residing in
British Columbia and in attendance at Capilano College.

Credit Union Pioneers Memorial Bursaries
The Credit Union Foundation of British Columbia
through the Credit Union Pioneers' Memorial Fund, offers
bursaries annually totalling $300 to a student or students
in trades training programs. Students who might otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by reason of
financial hardship are eligible to apply for these bursaries.
The recipients are to be Canadian, residing in British
Columbia and in attendance at Capilano College.

Delta Kappa Gamma International Alpha Province
Bursary
The Delta Kappa Gamma Society International is an
honour society of women educators whose goals are to
assist women in all areas of education. The society offers a
bursary to a female student with financial need.

Management student registered in the second year of the
program. Selection will be based on financial need,
academic achievement, and demonstrated leadership
capabilities.

Stephen Leskard Bursary Fund
Educational Enhancement Fund
This fund provides for bursaries of varying amounts to
students in need who have demonstrated satisfactory
scholastic standing.

Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary
The Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary was established
in honour of Kathleen who was a student in the Legal
Assistant Program. This $300 award is granted on the
basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a
student in the Legal Assistant Program in the Spring term.

Howard/Yano Award
The Howard/Yano architectural firm is a long-standing
company with a reputation as one of the top post-secondary architectural firms in the province. They designed
both the " H " building at the College and the recreational
facility. This $300 award will be given to a student in an
academic program. Howard/Yano prefers that the
candidate have an interest is architecture but such interest
would not necessarily be a prerequisite.

I.O.D.E. Lions Gate Chapter Bursary
Founded in 1900 in Canada, the IODE is a national
women's organization with over 600 chapters in every
province and both territories. The Lions Gate chapter has
established a $500 bursary for Music Therapy students
who combine scholastic excellence and financial need.

Bob Irvine Award
Bob Irvine, a retired Capilano College employee, has
established an endowment that will provide one or more
awards to individuals who have had difficulty getting
assistance from other sources. The A.B.E. department will
select the student from among those who satisfy the
following criteria: must be a current student at Capilano
College, a current or past student in the A.B.E. program;
must be thirty years of age or older; and must have
demonstrated significant progress in his or her studies.

John "Stein" Kramer Memorial Bursary
This memorial bursary fund has been established in
remembrance of John "Stein" Kramer. "Stein" was an
Outdoor Recreation student in the graduating class of
1985 who was killed in a helicopter crash in June 1987.
The bursary will be awarded to an Outdoor Recreation

In 1985 Stephen Leskard retired after a long and distinguished teaching career at Capilano College. A founding
member of the College's Art department, his efforts and
professional work contributed greatly to the development
of all three Art programs. Bursaries from this fund will be
allocated to students in the Foundations of Visual Communications and first year Graphic Design and Illustration programs. Candidates will be judged on their artistic
abilities. Financial need of the candidates is paramount.

Mary Neil Memorial Bursary
The Canadian Federation of University Women - West
Vancouver Chapter, has endowed an award in memory of
Mary Neil, a former president and active member. She
was a much loved and respected member of the club and
had a life-long interest in education. The bursary is
presented annually to a mature women student studying
full-time or part-time who has satisfactory academic
standing, demonstrated financial need and who is
registered in the academic program.

North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club
Award
A n award is made possible by the North Shore Business
and Professional Women's Club in recognition of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution to the
North Vancouver Community and as past president of
the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional
Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students
enrolled at Caplano College in at least three courses.

Office and Technical Employees Union Bursaries
The Office and Technical Employees' Union, Local 378,
provides two bursaries of $300 to be awarded on the basis
of financial need to full-time students in the Spring term.

Operation Link Bursary Fund
These bursaries are awarded to Business Management
students. Funds for Operation Link are provided by
voluntary contributions of employers participating in
Business Management's work practicum program.

Maureen Piekaar Bursary
This bursary was established in memory of Maureen
Piekaar, a teacher in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to an

Introduction—Financial Aid and Awards
25

M O A student who is in financial need and has a satisfactory standing of 70% or better in the first term of the M O A
program.

John Percy Williamson Memorial Fund

Real Estate Foundation

Women Mean Business - North Shore

The Real Estate Foundation has endowed a permanent
award to provide scholarships and bursaries to students
enrolled in real estate related courses at the college.
Students may be studying in full-time or part-time
programs. Applications should be directed to Financial
Aid.

A $300 bursary is made available in the Fall term to a
mature woman returning to school, a resident of the
North Shore, who intends to study business.

Royal Canadian Legion Branch 60 (West Vancovuer)
Bursary
A $500 bursary will be applied against tuition in the
Spring term for a single parent living on the North Shore,
preference given to a West Vancouver resident.

Student Society Bursaries

Bursaries will be awarded in the Spring term. A minimum G P A of 2.3 (C+) is required. Deadline: January 31

George Raven Wood Fund
A number of bursaries will be awarded in both Fall and
Spring terms. A minimum G P A of 2.3 (C+) is required. A
limited number of first term students may be considered
in exceptional cases but must provide a letter of recommendation from an instructor. Bursaries are available to
part-time and full-time students.

SCHOLARSHIPS

The Student Society provides several bursaries annually
to full-time and part-time students. Financial need is the
main requirement.

Scholarships are generally administered by the Registrar's
Office unless otherwise noted. Please direct inquiries to
984-4912. The Registrar's office is located on the first floor
of A building.

Vancouver Foundation Bursaries

Adult Basic Education Association of B.C. Achievement

For more than twenty years the Vancouver Foundation
has been providing financial assistance to students
enrolled in post-secondary institutions in British Columbia. Under the block grant scheme, lump sums are
provided to 23 post-secondary institutions for disbursal
by respective financial aid personnel to deserving students. These grants, administered through the institution's financial aid office, are to assist full-time students
who have identified vocational or academic objectives,
demonstrated ability to reach those objectives, and who
(along with their families when possible) are contributing
towards their educational costs, but still require and merit
further financial assistance.

Award

Vancouver Municipal and Regional Employees Union
Bursary
The Vancouver Municipal and Regional Employee's
Union provides a bursary based on financial need for
dependents of V M R E U members. Students state on the
general bursary application for the Spring term that they
want to be considered for the V M R E U bursary and
provide their parents' names.

Weldwood of Canada Bursary
A $500 bursary will be awarded to a needy 2nd year
student in the Business Management Program.

Introduction — Financial Aid and Awards

26

This $100 award will be granted to a student registered in
the Adult Basic Education program. Adult Basic Education faculty shall select the recipient.

Aichi Scholarship
Capilano College and Aichi Gakusen College of Toyota
City, Japan established a special relationship in 1983
which provides for the exchange of students between the
two colleges. Up to three female students are able to
study and work at Aichi Gakusen from late September till
the following March. Each student is provided with a
scholarship worth approximately $7000, a VancouverNagoya round trip ticket and free tuition in a special
program of studies specifically tailored to the individual
student. The total value of the scholarship is approximately $20,000 for each student. For further information,

contact the Deans' Office, S.I.S. 2nd Floor, A Building.
Athletic Scholarships for Soccer Athletes
Scholarships are awarded based on leadership, character,
and demonstrated exceptional athletic ability.
In addition, preference is given to students who attend
Capilano for their second year of studies. Apply to Joseph

lacobellis, Department of Athletics.

Bachelor of Music Audition Scholarships
Two Awards of $200 will be offered to students who
indicate excellent performance potential. Contact the
Coordinator of the Music Transfer Program for information.
Bachelor of Music Transfer Program Scholarship
An Award of $200 will be offered to a student with a high
GPA and performance potential in the 2nd year of the
Music Transfer Program.
B.C. and Yukon Community Newspapers Associations
Scholarships are awarded annually, as available, to
journalism and graphic arts students who are nominated
by the Coordinator of their program.
B.C. Council of Garden Clubs Award Scholarship Trust
Fund
An award of $500 will be presented to a student in Landscape Horticulture. The recipient must be a Canadian
student who has demonstrated interest and ability in the
field of horticulture. Contact the Coordinator of the
Landscape Horticulture Program for application details.
B.C. Tel Awards
Two awards of $625 will be provided in the Spring term
to students completingfirstyear who intend to continue a
second year at Capilano College. The awards are based
on high scholastic performance andfinancialneed. Applicants must submit a general bursary application form
to the Financial Aid Office by January 31.
Canadian Daughters League Bursary
The Canadian Daughters League Assembly 12 has
endowed a permanent award to provide bursaries for
students in the music transfer program. Students must
have satisfactory academic performance and demonstratedfinancialneed.
Campney & Murphy Scholarship - Legal Secretarial
Program
This Scholarship will be available to a second term
student based on scholastic achievement, financial need
and career potential. Apply to the Program Coordinator.
Canada Scholarships
Canada scholarships worth $2000 each and renewable for
up to four years ($8,000) are provided by the federal
government to outstanding full-time students who are
pursuing undergraduate degrees in natural sciences. The
Science faculty will nominate scholars in the fall from all
applications received. Applications are available through

the high school and must be submitted to the Registrar's
Office, by June 19.
Canadian Information Processing Society Scholarship
Program
The Vancouver Section of the Canadian Information
Processing Society has established a scholarship fund and
offers a $300 scholarship to students at Capilano College
who are enrolled in an information systems program. The
student must be active in student and community affairs
or demonstrate a variety of outside interests; must have
better than average written and verbal communication
skills; must have a GPA of at least 3.0; and must be in the
latter portion of the program. Contact Business Management for application procedures and deadline information.
Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarships
These scholarships - sixteen in total - are awarded to
outstanding high school graduates who enroll at Capilano
College. One scholarship in theformof a tuition fee
waiver for two consecutive academic terms in a program
of study of the student's choice is made available through
each of the 16 high schools in the College region. Each
high school chooses the Capilano College Board Entrance
Scholarship recipient based on criteria of demonstrated
superior scholastic achievement in Grades 11 and 12 in
courses of study relevant to the program of studies the
student wishes to pursue at this College.
Capilano College English Scholarship
Tuition waivers and book prizes are available to the
winners of an essay contest which is open to all Grade 12
students who will be graduating in the current year and
who plan to register in Academic Studies at Capilano
College in the Fall. Deadline: April 15. Contact the English
Department for more information.
Capilano College English Scholarship - Second Year
Tuition waivers are available to the winners of an essay
contest which is open to students planning to register in
the second year of Academic Studies. Contact the English
Department for more information. Deadline: April 15,1991.
Capilano College Fee Waiver Scholarships for Returning
Students
Several scholarships will be awarded to outstanding
returning full-time students who have completed one
year at Capilano College. The scholarships will be in the
form of fee waivers for second year. Candidates will be
automatically selected by Grade Point Average.

Introduction — Financial Aid and Awards

27

Capilano College Foundation Scholarships for Highest
Academic and Career Students
Four $600 scholarships will be awarded annually to the
highest achieving full-time students in the Academic and
Career programs as determined by Grade Point Average.
Selection is automatic. Scholarships are limited to
returning students and are intended to help defray tuition
fee and book costs.

Capilano College Student Trust
The employees of Capilano College have endowed an
award to provide scholarships and bursaries for college
students. Application is made to the Financial Aid Office.

Capilano Suspension Bridge Scholarship
A $600 scholarship will be awarded annually to a fulltime student returning to the third term of the Tourism
Management Program. The student recipient must have
achieved the highest G P A in the first term of the program.

Michael Carr Memorial Award
This award is given annually by the Adult Basic Education faculty to a student who has demonstrated hard
work and dedication to improve grades. The successful
candidate should emulate the characteristics of former
student Michael Carr: hardworking, energetic, and
involved.

Certified General Accountants Association of B.C. for
Accounting/Business Students
offers two scholarships equivalent to the first year's
tuition (approximately $600) to students graduating from
an accounting /business program who has been admitted
to the C G A program from Capilano College. Apply to the
Business Management Program Coordinator before April
15th.

Provincial Athletic Award Program
Awards of $500 will be available to student athletes
eligible for full provincial funding under the B.C. Student
Assistance Program.

Data Processing Management Association Scholarship
An annual scholarship of $100 is available to a student
who demonstrates high scholastic standing within the
program, has better than average communication skills,
and who exemplifies good team practices.

Davis and Co. Legal Secretarial Scholarships
A $300 scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding
student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial
Program.

Introduction — Financial Aid and Awards

28

English Academic Scholarships
All Grade 12,1990 graduates from any secondary school
in North Vancouver, West Vancouver,Howe Sund, Sunshine Coast, Burnaby and Vancouver School Districts who
are registered in the first year Academic Studies at
Capilano College are eligible to apply. Scholarships will
be awarded on the basis of an essay competition. Essays
must be submitted no later than April 21st to the Scholarship Committee Department of English. Scholarships will
be announced no later than 30 May 1991. Contact English
Department for details. A second series of scholarships
will be available to students enrolled at Capilano in 4 or
more Academic Division courses including at least one
2nd year English course each term. The scholarships are
in the form of tuition fee waivers.

English 2nd Year Tuition Award
A $250 Award is offered to students who have completed
by the end of Summer Session, 27 Credit hours at Capilano College and achieved an overall G P A of at least B-,
with at least B+ in two first-year academic English
courses. Apply to Coordinator of the Humanities Division
before May 15.

Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship - English and
Communications
This scholarship, donated by the West Vancouver Memorial Library and West Vancouver Municipal Employees
Association, will be awarded to a student in a Fall Term
course which emphasizes the development of a student's
creative skills and abilities in the use of the English
language. Faculty in English and Communications will
determine the winner of this scholarship. Contact the
Coordinators in the Communications or English departments.

The Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence
Dr. Paul Gallagher, former Principal of Capilano College,
was noted for his scholastic achievement, qualities of
leadership, enthusiastic approach to work and leisure,
warmth and compassion towards others and his belief in
the innate goodness of people. In his honour the College
Board has established the Paul Gallagher Scholarship for
Excellence. The recipient of this Scholarship will exemplify the universal qualities of excellence espoused by Dr.
Gallagher.
Applicants must be Canadian citizens or landed immigrants and must have completed at least 15 credit hours
of course work at Capilano College prior to taking up the
Scholarship.

The value of the Scholarship consists of a direct payment
to the College of tuition fees and other set charges and an
allowance of $250 per term towards the cost of books and
other educational expenses. The Scholarship may be held
for a maximum of two terms. Application forms are
available from the Financial Aid Office and must be
submitted to the Office of the Registrar no later than
December 31.
Humanities Scholarship for Excellence
A $500 award is offered to students entering a full-time
Humanities course load at Capilano College direct from
high school. Applicants must have completed a full
Grade 12 curriculum, including courses in English 12 and
one or more languages. For applications and information
contact the Humanities Division, 984-4957 at the College.
Deadline: June 5.
Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia
A $300 scholarship is available to a full-time student at
Capilano College completing the first year of the University Transfer program, who is proceeding to second year
or to a university in the commerce option, has a good
record in the accounting classes completed, has maintained a second class standing overall, has financial need
and is interested in becoming a Chartered Accountant.
Rita Johnson Memorial Award for Mature Women
Students
This award was established in honour of Rita Johnson,
who worked in the Women's Access Centre at Capilano
College. She was working towards a Master's degree in
Counselling at UBC. Rita began post-secondary studies in
her middle years after raising four children, and the
Memorial Award was established to assist mature women
students enrolled in either part-time or full-time studies in
any field of post-secondary study. Preference will be
given to mature women who have an interest in academic
studies and who have a demonstrated interest in and
awareness of women's issues. Applicants may be (or plan
to be) part-time or full-time students. Student applicants
should have at least a 'B' average. Prospective student
applicants should demonstrate an active interest in returning to school and/or paid employment.
Applications are available at the Financial Aid Office in M
Building and can be submitted at any time.
Harold Klrchner Scholarship - $200
Two graduating scholarships will be presented annually.
One scholarship of $200 will go to the top scholastic
Career Program graduate, and one scholarship of $200
will go to the top scholastic vocational Program graduate.

Landscape Horticulture Award
A $500 Award based on scholastics, program participation, and financial need, is offered to students in Landscape Horticulture. Apply to the Coordinator of Landscape
Horticulture in December. Submit application before January
15.
Constance MacGregor Memorial Scholarship - Social
Sciences/Canadian Studies
The Capilano College Foundation has established this
$400 scholarship in recognition of the generous support
received from the Estate of the late Donald Anderson
MacGregor. The purpose of the scholarship is to recognize the increasing importance of the study of Canadian
affairs in post-secondary institutions. To be eligible to
apply, a student must have achieved an excellent standing
in the study of Social Science, particularly in relation to
Canadian affairs.
Merchandising Management Awards
Retail Management offers a number of awards for both
the two year and the accelerated program. Contact the
Coordinator of Merchandising Management for information.
Music Scholarship Fund
Scholarships for students in Music Transfer, Music
Therapy, and Commercial Music will be awarded to
students who demonstrate academic achievement. Apply
to the Coordinator of Music Programs.
George North Memorial Fund
The family and friends of George North have established
a permanent endowment in his memory to assist students
in the Labour Studies Program. Inquiries should be
directed to the Coordinator of Labour Studies.
North Vancouver Community Arts Council Scholarship
The North Vancouver Community Arts Council Scholarships for tuition fees are available to up to two outstanding full-time students for one term each per academic
year. Eligible candidates must have studied at Capilano
College in the two preceding terms. Full-time students in
the following programs are eligible:
Graphic Design & Communication
Clay & Textile Arts
Fine Arts
Bachelor of Music
Commercial Music
Creative Writing

Introduction — Financial Aid and Awards

29

The North Vancouver Women's Liberal Commission
Award
A tuition fee waiver scholarship is available to any
student in any program who has enrolled in at least one
Women's Studies course. Candidates must have financial
need. Candidates must submit a 500 word essay on "How
Equality can be Achieved". The scholarship will normally
be available for one term but can be renewed upon
reapplication provided the applicants' academic standing
is satisfactory. Applications are available at the Women's
Studies Department, the Financial Aid Department and
the North Shore Women's Liberal Commission. The
Deadlines are September 15 and December 15.

Science Faculty and Staff Scholarships
The Natural Sciences Division at Capilano College offers
several $500 scholarships each fall. Eligible students are
those who:
• are taking a full grade 12 course load
• expect to graduate with high marks
• plan to enroll in a full-time Natural Sciences
Program at Capilano.

Applications are available from the Natural Sciences Division.
Deadline: May 15
Science Textbook Publishers' Awards
The Natural Sciences Division, in cooperation with
textbook publishers, awards several first year science
textbooks to students with high grade point averages
entering a science program at the college in the fall.

2. The student must be registered in the Fall term at
Capilano College for at least 16.5 credits which must
include Math 110 and at least two of:
Biology 110
Geology 110
Chemistry 110
Physics 110 or 114
Computing Science 110
Students who think they qualify should request the
Registrar to adjudicate their credentials at the time of
registration.

Jim Duval I Memorial Bursary
The family of Jim Duvall and the Adult Basic Education
Department have established a permanent endowment to
provide bursaries for students in the ABE program at the
College.

The Caroline Smith Memorial Award
One $150 award will be granted annually in memory of
Caroline Smith.

The Society of Management Accountants of British
Columbia Scholarship - Cost and Managerial
Accounting
The Society provides an award of $500 towards remission
of the Registered Industrial Accountants fees. This award
is available to the graduating student attaining the highest
mark in Cost and Management Accounting. Contact the
Coordinator, Business Management before April 15th.

T. Buck Suzuki Memorial Scholarship
Applications are available at registration. Awards are made on The family of T. Buck Suzuki has endowed a permanent
the first day of classes.
award for full-time science students. The interest income
Science Tuition Scholarships
The purpose of this award is to recognize and encourage
scholastic excellence, to reflect the College's reputation as
an excellent institution, and to encourage outstanding
high school graduates from within the College's region to
continue their studies at Capilano College. T h e value of
each scholarship is the complete waiver of tuition fees for
the Fall term.
Any Science student registered in the Fall term who meets
the following criteria will receive this scholarship:
1. The student must have a G.P.A. of at least 3.5 in four
grade 12 courses, including: Algebra 12 and English 12
plus any two of:
Biology 12
Calculus 12
Chemistry 12
Computing Science 12

Geology 12
Geometry 12
Physics 12

Introduction — Financial Aid and Awards

30

from the endowment will be used to provide one or more
scholarships annually to outstanding students in the
science program.

Gerry Turner Memorial Award - Office Administration
Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She
was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the
Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever
she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to
promote excellence, and to improve the image of the
college in the community. This award is maintained by
Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor and even
disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the
basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a
student in the Office Administration Program in the
Spring term. Apply to the Office Administration Coordinator.

Scholastic Awards
Dean's List
Special recognition will be accorded full-time students
with a term and cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or
higher at the end of a term. For the purposes of the Dean's
List, a student writh 15 or more credits in a term, or taking
a full course load as outlined in the calendar for their
program, shall be considered full time.

Merit List
Special recognition will be accorded part-time students
with a cumulative grade point average of 3.7 or higher
upon completion of 30 or 60 credits. For the purposes of
the Merit List, a student registered in fewer than 15
credits in a term shall be considered part time.

Governor-General's Academic Medal
This award is presented to a Diploma graduate from a
program of two year's duration who has achieved the

highest cumulative grade point average, and who has
attained this grade point average on a minimum of 15
credit hours per term, or full program load as outlined in
the Calendar, during attendance at Capilano College.

Lieutenant-Governor's Medal
Awarded for academic excellence and contribution to the
College and community to a graduate in a Vocational or
Career program of less than two year's duration.

President's Citizenship Award
This award is given in recognition of the student who has
made the greatest contributions to College life.

President's Award
The President's Award is presented to one Diploma
graduate in Academic Studies and one Diploma graduate
in a Career Program who have achieved exceptional
academic excellence.

Introduction — Financial Aid and Awards
31

Preparatory Programs
This section contains information on:
• Pre-College Level Courses
• Achievement Resource Centre Credit Courses

Chemistry 030
Prerequisite: none
This course is designed for those students who have had
no previous chemistry and wish to go on in science.

• A d u l t Basic Education

• Alternative Career Training Program

English 010

• English as a Second Language

Prerequisite: none

Many students who enter Capilano College require precollege level courses to meet entry level requirements for
a particular college program, or to upgrade their academic skills from basic literacy to the Provincial Level
(grade twelve equivalent standing Diploma).

A n intensive course in basic language skills to enable the
student to proceed without difficulty through an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the
assessed needs of the students.

Students who have been out of school for a number of
years and want to resume their education often find that
the Adult Basic Education program best meets their
needs. Most courses in the program are self-paced.
Students attend classes in which they work up to five
hours a day in the classroom with college instructors. In
addition, some courses require independent study outside
of class. The level of courses in the Adult Basic Education
program ranges from Basic Literacy to Provincial (grade
twelve) level. Many of the upper-level courses, taken
alone or as part of a larger program of studies, will meet
entry requirements for Academic Studies and Career/Vocational Programs.
The pre-college level courses which are offered by a
number of Academic departments at the College are
designed to upgrade students who lack course prerequisites for Academic Studies and Career/Vocational
programs. Many of these courses are taught in two hour
classes that meet twice a week for an academic term (16
weeks). In addition, considerable independent study is
required outside of the formal instruction period. There
are also (like Adult Basic Education) some flexible selfstudy courses available in Math.

Math 009/010/011/012
Prerequisite: none
These courses are offered in the Math Learning Centre on
a self-paced format. Students are placed in the courses
based on diagnostic tests. This group of courses includes:
arithmetic, introductory algebra, intermediate algebra and
functions, trigonometry.

Math 099
Prerequisite: Math 11 with a "P" or permission (signature)
of Mathematics instructor
This course begins with a review of introductory algebra
and continues with the development of intermediate
algebra with emphasis on functions. It is meant primarily
for students who require an Math 11 equivalent and who
anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105 or 107).

Math 103
Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a "C" grade, or Math
010 or B M T H 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 099
with at least a "C-" grade.

Either the Adult Basic Education Program or the preparatory courses offered in the Academic Studies departments
may satisfy your upgrading needs. Students should
contact the Coordinator of Adult Basic Education for
more information on that program, the Advising Centre
or Counselling for information on other preparatory
courses.

A brief review of introductory algebra, plus intermediate
algebra andprecalculus, with a focus on functions,
mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms,
and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to
the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end of
the term). Primarily for students who anticipate taking
calculus course or who require a Math 12 equivalent
course.

PRE-COLLEGE LEVEL COURSES

No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107

For students who do not have some of the course prerequisites for Academic Studies or Career programs, the
College offers upgrading and flexible self-study courses.
For complete course descriptions, refer to specific sections
of Academic Studies.

Preparatory Programs - Pre-College level courses

32~~

Math 105
Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math
010 or B M T H 045 or Math 11 at least with a "B" grade.
A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs
mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and

exponential functions. Primarily for students who
anticipate taking calculus courses who require a Math 12
equivalent course.
No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107

Math 107
Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or B M T H 045 with at
least a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-".
A precalculus course deisgned for business/commerce
students.
The mathematical models/applications in this course will
be mainly business/finance oriented.
Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute
value, systems of linear equations, functions and graphs,
inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential
and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic
functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and
geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities,
summation notation, binomial theorem.

ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
CREDIT COURSES
Contact: 984^945
The Achievement Resource Centre offers two 1.5 credit
courses. Also see section on Non-credit Programs and
Courses.

ARC 010
(1.5)
Learning and Study Skills

(1.5,0,0) (F,S)

A 1.5 credit course to develop strategies for effective
study and time management.

ARC 201
(1.5)
Reading Dynamics

(1.5,0,0)(F,S)

A 1.5 credit course in which participants learn and
practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing
reading comprehension are also included.

No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107.

Preparatory Programs - Achievement Resource Centre

33

ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/FOUNDATIONS
Contact:

(Lynnmour Campus) 984-4971, Room P209
(Sechelt Campus) 885-9310 (Toll Free: 987-1535)
(Squamish Campus) 892-5322 (Toll Free: 986-3515)

J. ROSE, B.A. (Western), B.C. Teacher's Cert.
J. SOUTHERST, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert.
A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's
Cert.
R. WEDEL, B.A. (SFU), B.C. Teacher's Certl.
D. E. YOUNG, B.A. (SFU), S.R.N. (London), S.C.M.
(Scotland), Dip.. T.N. (London), M.F.A. (UBC)

Instructional Faculty
D.J. ATHAIDE, B.Sc., (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), B.C.
Teacher's Cert.
M.C. CAIRNS, B.Sc. (Math) (Calgary), Alta. Teach. Cert.
M. DEKKER, B.Sc. (Hons.) (U of A), ING. (Amsterdam)
Dip. Computer Management (Cap. Coll.)
E. FUTTERMAN, B.Sc. (California, Berkeley)
V. GIESBRECHT, B.A. (Western Washington U), M.Ed.
(UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert.
J. HIND, B.A. (1st Class Hons.) (SFU), M.A. (UBC)
P. HODGSON, B.A. (Hons), B.Ed. (Queen's) M.Ed. (UBC)
C.B. MACLEAN, B.Ed. (SFU)
B. NICHOL, B.Sc. (Brock)
J. PASS, B.A. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert.
P. PI, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (U. of Man.), B.C. Teacher's
Certificate
F. RAMSAY, B.Sc. (McGill)

BENG

Fundamental
021*

BSCI
BMTH

021*

The Adult Basic Education/Foundations (ABE) Program
enables you to upgrade your knowledge of English,
Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Social Studies/
History and Computers. You may select from one to five
subjects, depending upon your educational and occupational goals. You can pursue any of the following goals:
-personal desire to upgrade or refresh your mastery of a
subject
-secondary school qualifications demanded by employers
-vocational training (including apprenticeships)
-career training
-technical training
- academic studies (including college and university
programs)
The program operates year-round, offering students selfpaced instruction in two hour classes. Tutorial time is
available.

M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N.

Courses

General Information

Intermediate

Provincial Level

Advanced

042*

031*

040 or 041*

032*

040

031 or 032*

041 or 042 or 045*

046
042

041

BCHM

#

BPHY

041

BBIO

041 or 042
031*

BSOC
BCMP

031

041

042
Choose
2
341 and 042
BHST 042

041

* Required for Certificate or Diploma
Advanced math is a prerequisite for Provincial Level
For further details please arrange an interview with a department advisor by phoning 984-4971.

Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations

34

Choose
3

Many students benefit by enrolling in A.B.E. courses
while registered in academic or career/vocational programs at the College.
Most students can complete each course within a four
month term if they regularly attend three two-hour
classes per week. Students who need more than four
months to complete a course may re-register for the following term. Students who finish a course before the end
of the term may immediately register for the next higher
course in the given subject.
Class times are as follows:
Morning classes 8:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m.
Afternoon classes 1:30 p.m. (except Tuesdays, and
Thursdays when classes start at 2:30 p.m.)
Evening classes 7:00 p.m.

Course Descriptions
English
BENG 021

(F,S)

An introductory Fundamental course in reading, writing
and spelling.

BENG 031

(F,S,SU)

Prepares students for written work in ABE advanced
courses and provides practical communication skills with
a vocational orientation: an ABE intermediate course.

BENG 040

(F.S.SU)

An ABE course in writing various types of reports and
differentiating between a report and an essay.

Admission Requirements

BENG 041

Students should be at least 18 years old and have been out
of the public school system for a minimum of one year.
Exceptions will only be made with departmental approval.

An ABE advanced course. Students will prepare outlines,
summarize various kinds of writing, write different types
of reports, differentiate between reports and essays, and
give a researched oral report.

Registration

BENG 042

Students are interviewed before registration in order to
plan the program which best meets their educational
goals.

This is an ABE Provincial course which prepares the
student for written work in post-secondary courses and
helps to prepare the student for comprehension and
analysis of college-level written material.

(F,S,SU)

(F,S,SU)

ABE Certificates & Diploma
The ABE/Foundations Programs offers courses at four
levels as outlined in the table at left:
The Provincial Diploma, issued by the Ministry of A d vanced Education & Job Training, provides an alternate
route for adults to achieve a grade twelve standing to
post- secondary institutions in B.C.
Intermediate & Advanced Certificates are issued by
Capilano College and provide prerequisites for career and
vocational programs throughout the province.
Fundamental level instruction provides basic reading &
writing skills and number skills.
ABE Certificates also satisfy most employers' requirements. Certain high school courses may qualify as
transfer credit toward ABE certificates and the Provincial
Diploma.
The program also offers instruction for students preparing for the General Education Development (Grade 12
Equivalency) tests.
Advanced and Provincial level A.B.E. courses may also be
used for transfer credit towards a B.C. Adult Senior
Secondary School Graduation Certificate.

Social Studies
BSOC 031
A n introduction to the fundamental principles of Economics, Canadian history, government legal system and
the development of analytical and interpretive skills.
This is an ABE Intermediate level course.

BSOC 041

(F)

A study of major historical, geographic, economic,
political and sociological events in Canada and globally.
Students will learn basic skills of social analysis that will
enhance their ability to participate in the economic,
political and social concerns that are part of their daily
lives.
This is an ABE Advanced level course.

BHST 042

(S)

A survey of 20th Century History including major issues
in present day Geopolitics. This is an ABE Provincial
level course.

Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations

35

Computer Studies
BCMP 031

(F,S)

Introduces basic microcomputer concepts; hardware and
software; simple file management in DOS and use of
business software (word processing and spreadsheets).

BCMP 041

(S)

A self-paced continuation of BCMP 031 with practice in
DOS, word processsing, spreadsheet applications, an
introduction to programming in BASIC to integrated
software.

Mathematics
BMTH 021

(F,S,(SU)

Whole number decimals, fractions, and percentage. A n
ABE fundamental course.

BMTH 031

(F.S.SU)

A continuation of 021 with simple geometry and algebra.
This is an ABE intermediate course.

BMTH 032

(F.S.SU)

This ABE intermediate course gives students the opportunity to master practical mathematics at the Intermediate
Certificate level.

BMTH 041

(F,S,SU)

Business math, interpretation of graphs and formulas
used in business and industry, calculation of simple and
compound interest, payroll, taxes, and investment. A n
ABE Advanced Certificate course.

BMTH 042

(F,S,SU)

A review of basic algebra, quadratic equations, and the
use of geometry and trigonometry in the solution of
applied mathematical problems. A n ABE Advanced
Certificate course.

BMTH 045

(F.S.SU)

Graphing linear equations; systems of linear equations in
2 and 3 variables; inequalities and sets; factoring polynomial expressions, advanced fractional expressions;
concept of function; quadratic, logarithmic, and exponential functions; quadratic equations, roots, maxima and
minima; conic sections. A n ABE Advanced Certificate
course.

BMTH 046

(F,S,SU)

Solving linear, absolute value, quadratic, and rational
inequalities; analyzing, manipulating and graphing
functions; approximating the roots of a polynomial;
graphing rational functions; exponential and logarithmic
functions; trigonometric functions; analytic trigonometry;
series and sequences; complex numbers; conic sections
revisited. A n ABE Provincial Certificate course.
Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations

36

Sciences
BSCI 032

(F.S.SU)

Basic scientific principles needed to progress to higher
level science courses. A n ABE intermediate course.

BSCI 040

(F.S.SU)

Chemistry, physics, and earth science for students who
plan a non-technical career or vocation.

BBIO 041

(F,S,SU)

Preparation for studies in biology at college, university or
other post secondary courses. Students may select topics
that provide appropriate preparation for specific vocational or career programs. A n ABE advanced certificate
course.

BBIO 042

(F.S.SU)

A n intensive, self-paced course in biology for students
who are planning to go on to college, university or other
post-secondary courses. A n ABE advanced certificate
course.
NOTE: Completion of BBIO 041 and BBIO 042 gives
credit for the ABE Provincial Biology course. Equivalent
in scope or level of difficulty to biology offered in senior
secondary schools.

BCHM 041

(F,S,SU)

A n introduction to the principles of chemistry. Students
may select topics that provide appropriate preparation for
specific training. An ABE advanced course.

BCHM 042

(F.S.SU)

Introduction to principles of chemistry and laboratory
skills in measurement, recording, and treatment of data.
Equivalent in scope and level of difficulty to chemistry
offered in senior secondary schools. Designed to prepare
students for further studies in chemistry. An A B E Provincial course.

BPHY 041

(F,S,SU)

A n introduction to the principles of physics. Students
may select topics that provide appropriate preparation for
specific training. A n ABE advanced course.

BPHY 042

(F.S.SU)

Introduction to the principles of physics and laboratory
skills in measurement, recording and treatment of data.
Equivalent in scope and level of difficulty to physics
offered in senior secondary school. Designed to prepare
students for further studies in physics. A n ABE Provincial course.

ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING
PROGRAM
Contact Person: Janet Mee, Coordinator, Room L203,
Phone 984-1711 or 986-1911, local 2579.

Instructional Faculty
J. BORDEWICK, B.Sc. (Ed.) (Idaho), M. Ed. (UBC) P.D.P.
Faculty Associate (SFU)
R. HENDERSON, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
D. KIRKBY, B.Ed. (Winnipeg)
J. MEE, B. Ed. (UBC)

General Information
The Alternative Career Training Program is an employment exploration program with a unique focus and
approach. The program is based on a developmental
perspective and is committed to working with adults with
special learning needs. Students are educated to accept
the responsibilities of independent living as young adults,
as well as the demands of competitive entry-level employment, and will be able to address any social or emotional
issues which could act as barriers to employment. The
A C T Program combines in-class instruction with practical
work experience, emphasizing the development or
maintenance of skills which may be used in employment
situations. Students meet with faculty to discuss an
individual course plan that best fits their needs. Personal
goals will be set and monitored throughout the year.

Student Profile
Students who will find the A C T Program beneficial are
learning or developmentally delayed. In addition, they
may present any or all of the following characteristics:
a) difficulty grasping academic information (for example,
mathematical problem solving, reading print, writing)
b) a lower than chronological age maturity level
c) low self-esteem
d) physically handicapped (for example, neurologically
impaired; blind or visually impaired; wheelchair
dependent)
Students who will obtain the most benefit from the A C T
Program are those who have reached a moderate level of
independence (i.e. they are responsible for self-care; they
travel independently locally; they have had some work or
volunteer experience; they can articulate several areas of
interest or a willingness to try various work sites).

experience. Students are accepted in September and must
pay a registration fee for each term. Entry is by referral
and interview. Candidates must be at least 19 years of
age. Students have the option of returning for an additional year of the program.
Each candidate is interviewed by the instructional staff.
Classes admit a maximum of twelve students. Appointments for interviews may be made by contacting the
coordinator of the Alternative Career Training Program,
Capilano College, 986-1911, loc. 2579.

Course Descriptions
ACTP 001
Job Search Techniques
This course offers the student an opportunity to explore
methods and techniques which will enhance the job
search. It focuses on appropriate behaviours in the
marketplace and also includes opportunities for growth in
the areas of self-awareness and independence as they
relate to making lifestyle decisions. Computer-assisted
learning will be offered to complement this course.

ACTP 002
Practical Field Experiences
Students are provided with the opportunity to explore a
variety of field placements which are college-supervised.
Included are six practicum periods for a total ten weeks of
field work.

ACTP 003
Communications & Math for Everyday Living
This course has been designed with three components:
consumer mathematics, communications and cashier
training. It provides opportunities to maintain and
develop specific skill areas, with integration of these skills
into employment situations being the desired goal.

Electives
Students will have the opportunity to participate in a
variety of options designed to expand their interests and
experiences. These options, scheduled on Tuesday of
each week, include field trips, mobility training, counselling, fitness centre activities and computer training. In
consultation with faculty, students will choose options
which complement their individual program plans.

Admission Requirements
The program is in session for eight months (two terms),
and classes are held three days per week, with each
Thursday and Friday being spent "on site", gaining work

Preparatory Programs - Alternative Career Training

37

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE
Contact Person: Nicholas Collins, ESL Co-ordinator,
Office P214, Phone 984-1703, FAX 984-1718

Instructional Faculty

English as a Second Language (ESL) courses offer international and permanent resident students a variety of Intermediate and Advanced courses to help them improve
their competency in English for work, daily life, and postsecondary study. Courses cover reading, writing, and
speaking.
ESL courses are offered in three categories — part-time
evening, part-time day, and Academic Preparatory.

Admission Requirements
Students who wish to enrol in the Academic Preparatory
program must obtain the instructor's permission by
interview before enrolling. Interviews are held in August
and December and in the week before classes start each
term. Courses are not transferable to university.

Potential students who are not landed immigrants or
Canadian citizens may study in these courses on payment
of the International Student Fee. Contact the Registrar's
Office for information on fees and registration.
The College's Financial Aid office can provide help for
students who cannot afford tuition fees. Details are
available at registration time.

(3,0,0) (S)

(3,0,0) (F)

This course introduces students to Canadian culture so
they will have a wider base of experience living in
Canada and taking college courses. By exploring topics in
Canadian culture, they will increase their understanding
of Canadian society.

(3,0,0) (F)

This course enables Intermediate students to improve

Preparatory Programs - English as a Second Language

(3,0,0) (F)

A course in the speaking skills needed for regular college
study. Students improve their understanding of lecture
material and spoken reports. Advanced grammar studied.

ESL 051
(3)
Advanced Conversation II

(3,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ESL 050.

ESL 090
(3)
Intermediate Reading and Writing I

(3,0,0) (F)

Development of speaking and writing skills in English for
students who wish to study at the college level. Stress is
on English sentence structure, grammar, and short
writing assignments. Reading and oral comprehension
are included, as well as conversation.

ESL 091
(3)
Intermediate Reading and Writing II

(3,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ESL 090.

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Written permission of the instructor
Stress in the course is on writing, discussion and expression of ideas using correct English grammar, spelling and
punctuation. Students submit a weekly written assignment. Students who successfully complete this course
with first-class standing may be able to take English 100.

ESL 099
(3)
Advanced Reading and Writing

Course Descriptions

38

ESL 050
(3)
Advanced Conversation I

ESL 098
(3)
Advanced Reading and Writing

Special Fees and Expenses

ESL 040
(3)
Intermediate Conversation

ESL 041
(3)
Intermediate Conversation II
A continuation of ESL 040.

J. ACOSTA, B A . (Calif.), E.S.L. Cert. (San Francisco State)
N. COLLINS, B A . (London), M.A. Advanced Professional
Teaching Cert. (UBC)
M. FRY, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Professional Teaching
Cert.
R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU)

ESL 010
(3)
Introduction to Canadian Culture

their speaking skills up to the Advanced level, using both
written and oral exercises. Students practice idioms and
conversational forms.

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: Written permission of the instructor.
Students will practice writing sentences, paragraphs, and
short essays in clear, standard English. By the end of the
course, many students will have the skills necessary for
100 level English courses.
Please note that prospective E.S.L. students d o N O T
have to take a test as a requirement o f entry t o the above
courses. The Department uses the Ontario Test o f
English as a Second Language (OTESL).

Academic Studies/University Transfer
Pure and Applied Sciences Division
Humanities Division
Social Sciences Division

984-4955
984-4957
984-4953

Academic transfer courses at Capilano College provide
students with a variety of options. Students can select a
full program of study equivalent to the first two years of
university (see note on Course Selection and Advising),
and can enroll on a full-time or part-time basis. Courses
in Academic Studies are of interest both to students who
plan to transfer to a university and to students who do
not intend to continue to upper-level studies.
For those students who need extra help in basic skills, the
Academic Studies Division offers some preparatory
courses and some academic support services (see notes on
the Writing Centre and the Math Learning Centre).
Students interested in special fields of study such as
Canadian Studies, Women's Studies, or Labour Studies
can select from innovative programs in these areas (as
offered from year to year).
Academic instruction at Capilano College is both disciplinary and inter-disciplinary and is of a high intellectual
calibre. The College carefully reviews the content and the
delivery methods of its academic courses to ensure that
those courses are current and that they continue to meet
university standards.
Students in academic transfer courses should expect to
work at least two to three hours outside of class for every
hour of class time.
The College offers a basic library collection and full
media and reference services to complement the courses
of study.
The Academic Studies Division offers a range of courses
in various disciplines which are grouped in three areas as
follows:
Humanities: Art History, Chinese, English, French,
German, Japanese, Philosophy, Spanish, Thai, Theatre
Social Sciences: Anthropology, Commerce, Criminology,
Economics, Geography (Human), History, Political
Studies, Psychology, Sociology, Women's Studies
Pure and Applied Sciences: Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Engineering, Geography (Physical),
Geology, Kinesiology and Physical Education, Mathematics, Physics
Transfer courses in Music and Art are also offered (see
listings under Career Programs).

Associate in Arts and Science Diploma
Students who have completed the requirements of any
four-term College program may receive an Associate in
Arts and Science Diploma, provided they have fulfilled
the following conditions as outlined under Diploma and
Certificate Requirements (see page 12).

Transfer To and From Other Institutions
The Academic Studies Division maintains transferability
of its courses with other post-secondary institutions. The
College's representatives meet regularly with those of
other institutions to ensure that Capilano's program of
first and second year courses are fully transferable as university courses.
There is agreement among all public B.C. colleges to
accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a
program given in the admitting college, and given
suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right
to review individual course credit.
Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for
acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer
credits reduce the total number of credits which are
required at Capilano College for a certificate or diploma.
Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable
documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication
by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits
are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record.
Full information on transfer of specific courses is available
from an Advisor, Counsellor, and in the pertinent instructional division.
Transfer information accurate to the time of printing is to
be found in the Transfer Guide section at the back of the
Calendar. Students are urged to read this section when
establishing their programs of study.

Academic Course Descriptions
Full descriptions of all academic courses can be found in
the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to
read the general discipline information included in each
section carefully. It is the student's responsibility to be
familiar with the special information needed to select
academic courses. Please note that university transferable
courses for Art and Music appear under their respective
program headings in the Career/Vocational section.
Course Description Code: On the right hand side of each
course description there is a series of code letters and
numbers, for example:
English 100

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

Composition

Each course is designated by the department name and
course number (English 100). The number in brackets
following the course designation (3) indicates the number
of credits for the course.
The second set in parentheses includes the lecture, lab and
other hours for the course. For English 100 there will be 3
lecture hours, no lab hours, and 1 other hour per week.

Academic — General Information

39

The third set of parentheses indicates the term in which
the class is usually offered. Example: F - FalLS -Spring,
SU - Summer. English 100 is offered in the Fall and
Spring terms. Please check the Timetable to confirm the
term offered as this may change after the Calendar is
printed. The course title (Composition) is indicated on
the line below the department name and course number.
The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the
Academic Schedule on p. 4 for the first and last days of
classes and for the dates of the examination period.

1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing
assignments.
2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts,
information sheets, exercises and software.
3) an English or ESL instructor available to answer any
specific writing questions you might have on such topics
as research, grammar, analysis, and essay structure.
4) a tutorial service where you can look at your EDT
results, and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or
graded assignments with an English or ESL instructor.
5) a computer room where you can do grammatical
exercises and word processing.

Course Selection and Advising
Advisors or counsellors assist students in selecting the
best program of studies. The final responsibility for
course selection, however, rests with the student. All
academic students are advised to see an Advisor or a
Counsellor to plan their courses of study. Students
should consult the University Transfer Guide in this
Calendar.

English Entrance Requirements
Students who wish to enroll in English courses must,
BEFORE REGISTERING IN A N Y ENGLISH COURSE,
write either the Language Proficiency Index (administered by EMRG) or the English Diagnostic Test (EDT)
given by the English Department of Capilano College.

English Diagnostic Test
EDTs are given prior to and during the registration week
at Capilano College. These tests are administered by the
English Department and may be used for admission to
English courses offered at Capilano College only. Preregistration is required at the Office of the Registrar and a
fee of $20 is charged. Schedules of English Diagnostic
Tests will be available in:
Registrar's Office - 984-4913
Squamish Learning Centre - 892-5322 (986-3515)
Sechelt Learning Centre - 885-9310 (987-1535)
Humanities Division - 984-4957
Advising Centre - 984-4990
A schedule is also printed on the first section of the
timetable. Students who, because of exceptional circumstances, cannot attend any scheduled sittings of the test
may write the test on an individual basis. Every effort
must be made to attend the scheduled sittings, however,
and permission to have a personal sitting will be granted
only in extraordinary cases. Students wishing to write the
EDT should pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar.

Writing Centre (H406)
The English Department Writing Centre provides:

Academic — General Information

40

Math Learning Centre (J107)
This centre is equipped with math learning aids, video
tapes, diagnostic tests, calculators, microcomputers and
reference textbooks. Students taking math courses are
encouraged to make use of this centre to study math, and
to seek assistance from the faculty member or supervisor
on duty. Self-study programs are available for students
wishing to refresh or improve their mathematical skills
through the Math 12 level. Refer to the course descriptions of Math 009,010,011, and 012 and consult with a
math instructor for further information.

Self-Study Courses
In keeping with the College's policy for the development
of alternative instructional modes, it is possible for the
student to pursue studies in first-year chemistry and
mathematics on a self-study term format. Math 110
(Calculus I) is offered on a video-based format. Refresher
courses in math through the precalculus level are also
available in this self-study format.
These packaged courses, prepared for home study with
the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides, video tapes and
film loops, are designed to offer students who are unable
to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour Campus
or a satellite centre the opportunity to pursue college
courses. They are also available to students who are
attending any Capilano College campus, providing these
students with a viable alternative to the usual lecture/
tutorial instructional format. (Students should note
however that attendance on campus for chemistry labs is
necessary.)

Registration Priority
In some courses with high demand, registration priority
will be given to students who have not attempted the
course previously at Capilano College. Any student who
has attempted the course within the last year will not be
allowed to register without the instructor's permission.

Lab/Course Relationship
Many courses require that students complete a lab and/or
tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of
lab/tutorial requirements and the timetable for these
components. Students should note that it is necessary to
pass both labs and lectures.
The cost of the labs are included in the tuition fee, except
for lab manuals and some field trip costs.

Special Programs
Women's Studies Program
A Women's Studies Program, consisting of a variety of
transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has
been developed at Capilano College.
In addition to the Women's Studies College credit and
transfer credit courses, there are career and academic
courses in other disciplines of special interest to women.

Canadian Studies Specialty
Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can choose courses from the list
below. All courses hold full transfer credit and transfer
into the Canadian Studies Program at SFU. To qualify for
a Canadian Studies Specialty, complete a College diploma
with at least 24 credits from the following list. Choose
these credits from courses in at least three different
departments. Of the 24 credits you choose, at least six
must be numbered 200 or above. For a Canadian Studies
Specialty to be applied to a General Studies Diploma, an
English or Communications course is required.

Fall 1990
Anthropology 204
Anthropology 206
Biology 204
Economics 101
English 202
French 130,170,270
Geography 106,108
History 110, 205, 111
Labour Studies 100,110, 111, 115,117,119,142,170,181,
182,210
Political Studies 104
Sociology 200,201

Spring 1991
Anthropology 208
Biology 105
Biology 205
English 203
French 131,171,271
Geography 108
Geology 111

History 110, 111, 208
Labour Studies 101,110, 111, 116,131,140,181
Political Studies 104
Course descriptions appear under the appropriate
discipline.
APPLY T O T H E REGISTRAR to have the Specialty added
to your Diploma at the time of graduation.

Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program
The Ethnic and Cultural Relations Program is a two-term,
multidisciplinary program. It studies the ethnic relations
developed in the context of the multicultural and polyethnic nature of the Canadian society, the cross-cultural
interaction among Native people, the founding English
and French Canadian people, and the different immigrant
groups that constitute the Canadian "mosaic." These all
help to shape the national character and the culture of this
country. The program also examines the international
aspect of cross-cultural communication, which is of
special meaning to Canada because immigrant communities here can maintain healthy contacts with their countries of origin.
The Program includes the various disciplines involved in
ethnic studies: history, geography, anthropology, sociology, political studies and urban studies, religious studies,
communications, language and literature. There are no
special criteria for student selection, although students
must formally register for the two-term Ethnic and CrossCultural Relations Certificate, which will be awarded
upon completion of the program.
To complete the program, a student needs to receive 30
credits. Specialized courses in ethnic relations and two
English courses are required; the rest can be chosen from
a variety of electives. All the program's courses (except
Labour Studies) have transfer credit to the provincial
universities where the student can work towards a degree
in Ethnic Studies. Simon Fraser University also has
recently developed a Graduate Program in this field.
As part of Extension Programs and Services, additional
courses will be held during the evenings and will be
available for people already working in job-related fields.

First Term
REQUIRED:
English 100—Composition (or other English course if
approved).
Anthropology 204—Ethnic Relations
ELECTIVES:
Language: French, German, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese or
Thai.
Anthropology 200—Intermediate Social Anthropology or
Psychology 200—Social Psychology or
Geography 100—Human Geography.

Academic — General Information

41

Geography 106: B.C.: A Regional Analysis or
Sociology 200—Canadian Society.
History 111—Canada since Confederation or
Political Studies 104—Canadian Government.

Note: Biology 104 and Chemistry 030 or Chemistry 104
fulfill biology and chemistry entrance requirements for
the Nursing Program at BCIT. Completion of Biology 104
and Biology 113 permits students (upon entering Basic
Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC 105.

Second Term
REQUIRED:
English 103—Contemporary Literature
Anthropology 205—Immigration, Multiculturalism and
Ethnic Conflicts.
ELECTIVES:
Second term of the language course taken in first term.
Anthropology 206—Indians of B.C. or
Anthropology 208—North American Indians or
Geography 205—Pacific Rim
LSP 119 & 131—Civil Rights and Race and Ethnic
Relations at the Workplace
Geography 201—Urban Studies or
Sociology 211—Sociology of the Third World
Geography 108—Canada: A Topical Geography or
History 205—B.C.
Sociology 201—B.C. Society or
Political Studies 202—Government and Politics of B.C.

2. Science Students
Capilano College Pure and Applied Sciences Division
offers a complete first and second-year university transfer
program in biology, chemistry, computing science,
mathematics and physics, and complete first year university transfer programs in engineering, geology, kinesiology and physical education. In addition, the Pure and
Applied Sciences Division offers science transfer requirements in the following: pre-Medicine, pre-Dentistry, Engineering, Geology, Geophysics and other earth sciences,
Forestry, Agriculture, Pharmacy, Home Economics,
Rehabilitation Medicine, and Dental Hygiene. Students
wishing specific course requirements for a particular
program should contact the Pure and Applied Sciences
Division at 984-4955.

B. ENGINEERING PROGRAM (Fall 1992)
PURE AND APPUED SCIENCES:
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following options are available from a wide range of
pure and applied sciences.

Capilano College will offer a complete first-year
university transfer program in engineering. Bachelor
degree completion generally requires three additional
years of study at UBC, SFU, or UVic. For additional
information, consult the "Engineering Program" section.

C. KINESIOLOGY PROGRAM (Fall 1991)
A. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER COURSES
1. Non-Science Students
Students planning to continue studies at a university are
advised to consider the following courses to fulfill their
science requirement. It should be noted that transfer
credit for a number of these courses is limited to nonscience students. Students should refer to individual
discipline areas in this calendar.
Biology 104,105 or 113
Chemistry 104,105
Computing Science 080,102
Geology 110, 111
Geography 112,114
Math 101,102,103,105,107,108,109
Physics 104
Please check the prerequisites given in the
individual course descriptions.

42

Capilano College will offer complete first-year university
transfer program in kinesiology designed for students
planning on transferring to the Kinesiology Program at
SFU for their second year. For additional information,
consult the "Kinesiology Program" section.

D. PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM (Fall 1991)
Capilano College will offer a complete first-year university transfer program in physical education, including
performance competency courses, for students planning
on transferring to the UBC School of Physical Education
and Recreation for their second year. For additional information, consult the "Physical Education Program" section.

Anthropology
Anthropology 124

Instructional Faculty
B. BERDICHEWSKY, B.A. (U. of Chile), Ph.D. (Madrid)
K. LIND, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
R. M U C K L E , B.A., M.A. (SFU)

General Information
Students who intend to major or minor in Anthropology
should take both Anthropology 120 and 121 if they will be
attending UBC, SFU or the University of Victoria.
Women's Studies 122, Women in Anthropology, may be
substituted for Anthropology 120 or 121, minor/major
program at SFU and UVic. Women's Studies 122 also
receives 200-level credit in Women's Studies at SFU and
UVic. For students intending to major in Archaeology at
SFU, Anthropology 123 and 124 are recommended.

All Anthropology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU,
UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at
the back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions
Anthropology 120

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Introduction to Anthropology
A survey of the discipline to include an introduction to
human evolution and our place among the primates;
structure and organization of society, and the individual
and society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative
study of social institutions of non-Western cultures such
as economics, family patterns, social control in small
communities, religion and magic.
Anthropology 121
(3)
Introduction to Social Anthropology

(4,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Anthropology 120, Women's Studies 122, or
written permission of the instructor.
A n examination of Anthropological concepts and theories
of culture, as well as the analysis of cultural patterns such
as kinship, religion, politics, belief systems, language, and
the role of Anthropology in a changing world.

Anthropology 200

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Introduction to Archaeology and the Prehistoric Past
A n introduction to the theoretical foundations and methods of Archaeology, including the techniques used to
discover, reconstruct, and interpret the past. Examples
will be drawn from archaeological research around the
world.

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Intermediate Social Anthropology
A study of the social structure and organization of
various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics
of culture, the cross-cultural approach, the theoretical
issues in Anthropology.
(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Introduction to Cultural Ecology
The study of people, culture and environment. Themes
will include ecology and archaeology of early civilizations
in Mexico; adaptive strategies of hunting-gathering
people, pastoralists such as reindeer, cattle and camel
herders, peasant groups around the world; environmental
concerns from anthropology's perspective.
Anthropology 204
Ethnic Relations

(3,0,0) (F)

(3)

A study of the relations between ethnic groups including
multiculturalism and an examination of how ethnic
groups come to be defined, how they are maintained,
stereotyping, and how these processes interrelate with
other social variables such as economics, education,
violence and the family. The focus will usually be on B.C.
Students will be engaged in some primary research.
Anthropology 205
Multiculturalism

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

A study of multiculturalism, particularly in Canada.
Contemporary issues, government policies, immigration
and cultural identity.
Anthropology 206

Anthropology 123

(4,0,0) (S)

A n introduction to the theoretical foundations and
evidence for human origins as presented by Archaeology
and Physical Anthropology. The biological and cultural
evolution of humankind as indicated through a study of
evolutionary theory, primate behaviour, skeletal remains,
and archaeological discoveries.

Anthropology 202

University Transfer Credit

(3)

Archaeology and Human Origins

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Native Peoples of British Columbia
A n introduction to Native Indian Peoples of B.C. to
include the archaeological past, social organization of
different peoples, and current issues.

Academic — Anthropology

43

Art History
Anthropology 208
(3)
Native Peoples of North America

(3,0,0) (F)

A survey of the cultural history and social organization of
native peoples of the North American continent including
Canada, the United States and Mexico. A n examination
of traditional lifestyles including family, political, religious and ecological patterns; and current issues.

Anthropology 241
(3)
Archaeology Field School

(6,0,0) (SU)

A course in archaeological methods, techniques and
theories dealing with excavation, recovery, analysis and
interpretation of archaeological material. This is a
practical field course, participants acquiring such skills as
mapping, surveying, photography, computer applications, preparation of reports and interpretation. This
course usually will be in cooperation with other colleges
as a joint endeavour. (Not offered summer 1992).

Anthropology 249
(3)
(3,0,0) (SU)
Comparative Cultures: A Field Study in Anthropology
A n interdisciplinary course to consider in depth a particular geographic area and its people. Comparative institutions, cultural ecology, contemporary issues, methods of
observation and study. Students and insructor study in
the field. April/May 1992: British Columbia.

Women's Studies 122
(3)
Women in Anthropology

(4,0,0) S)

The anthropological perspective applied to women in
different cultures of the world; their role in economic,
political, religious, kinship and expressive systems.
Exploration of the work of women anthropologists and
the effect of theory on understanding women. What is
women's experience in cultures of the world? Focus:
Women of Asia.
Anthropology or Women's Studies credit is available for
this course. Please see Women's Studies for further
information.

Instructional Faculty
J. JUNGIC B.A., M.A. (UBC)
D. N E A V E , B A . (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic.
P. SINGER, B.A. (George Williams), M.F.A. (Concordia))

General Information
Art history courses are designed to enrich and broaden
the student's knowledge of culture past and present,
stimulate visual awareness and provide analytical tools
with which to decode visual images.
A major in art history can lead to careers in: architecture,
interior design, commercial art, art gallery curatorial
work, museum work, art dealing, teaching, art restoration, arts administration, art criticism, etc.

University Transfer Credit
All Art History courses offered at Capilano College are
transferable to UBC, SFU, and U.Vic. Please check the
Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for further
information.

Course Descriptions
Art History 100
(3)
The History of Art I

(3,0,0,) (F)

This course studies the history of art beginning with the
pyramids and tombs of Egypt and concluding with the
Gothic Cathedrals and Italian fresco paintings of the High
Middle Ages in Europe. A n understanding and appreciation of art are the aims of the course and through lectures
and class discussion students will develop an 'eye' for
seeing, and appropriate terms to describe the works
shown. Our involvement with the art of the past clearly
reveals how changing styles in architecture, painting, and
sculpture are influenced by the historical context and the
political, social, and religious thought of each period.

Art History 101
(3)
The History of Art II

(3,0,0) (S)

Beginning with the art of the Italian Renaissance, this
course studies the history of painting, sculpture, and
architecture to the present day. Individual artists including Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Van Gogh
and Picasso are studied in addition to the larger period
styles. Because works of art so perfectly reflect their age,
the economic, social, and religious ideas of each period
will be closely considered.

Academic — Anthropology/Art History
44

Art History 104
(3)
Introduction to Visual Literacy I

(3,0,0) (F)

This course is designed to encourage students to become
visually literate and confident in the analysis/interpretation of all aspects of the visual arts. Confrontation with a
wide range of ideas, images and media will stimulate discussion and provide a deeper understanding of the
creative process. The purposes of art will be discussed
and the relationships between art and society explored.
The interdisciplinary nature of art will be examined as
well as the achievements of Canadian artists.

Art History 105
(3)
Introduction to Visual Literacy II

(3,0,0) (S)

A continuation of Art History 104. The material will
include the art of the past as well as the current art scene.
Topics such as magic and ritual in art, the landscape and
the nude in art, the artist as observer, art and advertising,
women and art, aspects of photography and recent trends
will be explored. Canadian content will be stressed. As
in Art History 104 the emphasis will be on developing
visual literacy.

Art History 106
(3)
Introduction to Non-Western Art I

(3,0,0) (F)

This course studies the mainstreams of modern art beginning with the paintings of Jacques Louis David produced
during the French Revolution and concluding with the art
of Cezanne. Emphasis is given to individual artists, and
works by Goya, Delacroix, Monet, Van Gogh, Gauguin
and others are studied in depth. Aesthetic revolutions
and counter-revolutions are explored in conjunction with
the social and political upheavals of the 19thc.

Art History 211
(3)
History of Modern Art (20th Century)

(3,0,0) (S)

This history of 20th century art begins with the work of
Picasso and Matisse and studies the impact of revolutionary movements of art such as Futurism, Constructivism,
Dada, and Surrealism. America's post war contribution:
Abstract Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual
and Earth Art is studied as well as new directions in the
art of the '80s. The aim of this course is to demystify
modern art by studying the underlying concepts and
theories, which will reveal how closely art expresses the
ethos of contemporary life.

(3,0,0) (F)

This course introduces the student to aspects of PreColumbian art, Northwest Coast Indian art and African
art. The art, architecture and performing arts of indigenous peoples will be examined in the context of cultural,
religious and social issues. Students will learn about
civilizations that flourished in Mexico prior to the Spanish
Conquest. A section on the art of the Northwest Coast
Indian will illuminate the achievements of local indigenous cultures and their inherent relationship with the
environment In the component on African art, students
will study the early history of African art and later artistic
developments in a variety of regions ranging from
Senegal to Cameroon.

Art History 107
(3)
Introduction to Non-Western Art II

Art History 210
(3)
History of Modern Art (19th Century)

(3,0,0) (S)

A continuation of Art History 106. This course focuses on
aspects of Indian, Chinese and Japanese art. The works of
art will be examined m the light of cultural, religious,
social and political issues to emphasize the close connections between art and society. Students will gain insight
into the evolution of important periods, styles and artistic
traditions in Far Eastern Art.

Art History 220
(3)
Early Renaissance Art in Italy

(3,0,0) (F)

This course traces the origins of the Early Renaissance in
Italy, beginning with the art of Giotto and focusing attention on the creators of the new style, the architects,
sculptors and painters of Florence, Arezzo, Mantua and
Venice. The intellectual, religious and political climate of
the fifteenth century, linked to the expression in this new
art, will also be considered, as will be the emerging
importance of private patronage.

Art History 221
(3)
High Renaissance and Mannerist Art in Italy

(3,0,0) (S)

This course studies the art of the High Renaissance and
the emerging view of the artist as sovereign genius. The
work of Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael is examined in depth. Focus is then given to the artists of the
Mannerist School, whose highly subjective and artificial
style dominates the latter part of the sixteenth century.
The contributions of the Venetians as well as the architecture of Palladio will also be considered.

Academic — Art History

45

Biology
Instructional Faculty
R.G. CAMFIELD, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Monash), Ph.D. (UBC)
M.K. D A L Y , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (UBC)
D. HARPER, B.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC)
M. FITZ-EARLE, B.Sc. (Nottingham), M.Sc, Ph.D.
(Toronto), Coordinator of Biology
N.A. RICKER, B.A. (Calif.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC)
V . N . TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC)
L.K. W A D E , B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (A.N.U.), Chairman
of Pure and Applied Sciences Division

Laboratory Supervisors and Technician
D. HARPER, B.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor
A. REK, Dip. Tech. (Warsaw), Laboratory Technician
J. RICHARDSON, B.Sc. (U.Vic), M.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory
Supervisor
C. SANDERSON, B.Sc. (Hons) (Durham), Laboratory
Supervisor
B. WILLIAMSON, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory
Technician

General Information
Capilano College Biology Department offers courses to
meet a variety of educational needs. The Biology 104/105
and 104/113 sequences meet the laboratory science
requirements for Arts students as well as general interest
biology courses. Biology 104 fulfills the entrance biology
requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT.
Students who intend to enter the following professions
should enroll in Biology 108 or 110/111: Agriculture,
Dentistry, Dental Hygiene, Forestry, Home Economics,
Medicine, Pharmacy, Rehabilitation Medicine. Those
planning a major in biology or other life science, such as
Botany, Cell Biology, Ecology, Genetics, Marine Biology,
Microbiology, Physiology, Oceanography, Zoology,
should also enrol in Biology 108 or 110/111.
Students lacking Biology 11 and 12, Chemistry 11, or both
these subjects, should enroll in Biology 108 rather than
Biology 110.
A complete selection of second-year courses is available
which meet the credit transfer requirements of the three
B.C. universities. Some of these courses may be included
in the requirements for pre-professional programs, and
for specific life science programs. The student should
consult the Biology Department for details of course
requirements for various programs.
All biology courses except Biology 200 and Biology 206
require weekly laboratory periods and/or field trips.
Some courses also have extended field trips. Students'
contributions to the cost of laboratories are included in
the course tuition fee. Lab manuals for those courses
requiring them must be purchased for a nominal fee. The
student is expected to defray in part the costs associated
with field trips.
Academic - Biology

46

University Transfer Credit
All biology courses transfer to SFU, UBC, and UVic. For
more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the
Calendar.

Biological Sciences
FIRST Y E A R
Biology 108 or 110/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109
Physics 110/111 or 108/111 or 114/115
Math 110/111
English (six credits)
SECOND Y E A R
A complete selection of second-year courses which are
transferable to all three B.C. universities is available.
Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your
choice.

Course Descriptions
Biology 104
(3)
Human Biology I

(4,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: None
This is the first term of a course designed primarily as a
laboratory science elective for non-science students not
planning to take further courses in biology. The basic
concepts of human biology and the position of man as an
organism are examined. Major topics include: the
evolution of man, the structure and function of human
cells and tissues, cell division, human genetics, human
reproduction, development, digestion, and nutrition.

Biology 105
(3)
Environmental Biology

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: None
This course, designed primarily as a laboratory science
elective for non-science students, examines a wide range
of environmental issues from a biological perspective.
Basic principles of ecology are developed and the impact
of modern society on the environment is assessed. The
focus is global; however, issues of particular importance
to Canadians will be stressed. Major topics include: ecological concepts, conservation and endangered species, air
pollution and global warming, water resources and water
pollution. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit
as well as a prerequisite for Biology 204 and 206.

Biology 108
(4.5)
Basic introductory Biology

(6,3,0) (F,S)

This course is designed for the student who has either not
taken both Biology 11 and 12, or BBIO 041 and 042, and
Chemistry 11 or B C H M 042 or who has not achieved a
minimum T3' standing in these subjects. It covers both the
course content of Biology 110 and the background necessary for the student lacking Biology 12, Chemistry 11, or
both. Students lacking either of these courses are
STRONGLY R E C O M M E N D E D to take Biology 108
instead of Biology 110. Upon successful completion of
Biology 108, students are fully qualified to take Biology
111 in the Spring term.

Biology 110
(3)
Introductory Biology I

(4,3,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: None; however Biology 11 and 12 or BBIO
041 and 042, and Chemistry 11 or B C H M 042 with a minimum 'B' standing and Chemistry 11 are strongly recommended.
The standard introductory biology course for students
who plan to take further courses in science. Major topics
will include the origin of life, cell structure and function,
cell division and introductory genetics.

Biology 111
(3)
Introductory Biology II

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110
A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the
discussion of basic biological concepts including biological systems, evolution and ecology.

Biology 113
(3)
Human Biology II

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Biology 104 or permission of the instructor
A continuation of the study of human biology commenced in Biology 104. The course focuses on the
anatomy and physiology of the following organ systems:
cardiovascular, respiratory, musculoskeletal, nervous,
and urinary. Special emphasis will be given to health and
fitness as well as discussion of disease and treatment. The
laboratory sessions will provide complementary practical
study of the systems, and introduce techniques used to
make physiological evaluations (e.g. heart rate, EKG,
blood pressure, urine analysis). Completion of Biology
104 and Biology 113 permits students (upon entering
Basic Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC
105.

Biology 200
Genetics I

(4,0,0) (F)

(3)

Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111.
A n introduction to the principles and mechanisms of
heredity. Emphasis will be placed on an analytical
approach to classical genetics, genetics of humans,
quantitative genetics and population genetics. There is no
laboratory in this course.

Biology 201
Genetics II

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Biology 200. Biology 214 and/or Biology 215
are recommended.
A continuation of the principles and mechanisms of
heredity, with emphasis on the genetics of microorganisms, molecular genetics, genetic engineering and development of genetics. There is no laboratory for this course.

Biology 204
Ecology I

(3)

(4,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, or Biology 104
and 105.
A n introduction to the principles of ecology with emphasis on ecosystem and community dynamics and structure;
ecosystem concepts, components, interrelationships,
energy flow and nutrient cycling. Introduction to vegetation analysis in the B.C. context. Both plants and animals
will be considered but plants will be emphasized. Weekly
field trips examine local biogeoclimatic zone structure
and composition, while a southern B.C. field trip introduces several inland biogeoclimatic zones.

Biology 205
Ecology II

(3)

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Biology 204
A continuation of ecological principles, with the introduction and application of quantitative concepts. The emphasis will be on animal ecology including population dynamics, animal behaviour competition, and other aspects
of interactions of plant and animal populations. Weekly
field trips and a three day field trip to the Pacific Rim
National Park area will be included in the course.

Academic — Biology

47

Biology 206
(3)
Ecology of the Western Pacific

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, or Biology 104
and 105, or Geography 112 and 114, or by permission of
the Biology Coordinator.
This course examines the complex ecology and biogeography of the lands bordering the western Pacific Ocean.
Basic principles of biogeography and ecology will be
presented with reference to the regions concerned.
Selected environmental issues and biogeographic characteristics will be discussed for the following regions: the
Asian Mainland, with emphasis on Japan, China and the
Malay Peninsula and Australasia, focusing on Australia,
Papua New Guinea and New Zealand. There is no lab for
this course.

Biology 212
(3)
Invertebrate Zoology

(4,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111.
A comparative survey of the major phyla and classes of
invertebrates with emphasis upon phytogeny, adaptive
biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution.
Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. The laboratory complements the lecture
components and the course includes a three-day field trip
to the Bamfield Marine Station.

Biology 213
(3)
Vertebrate Zoology

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111.
A comparative survey of the major classes of vertebrates,
emphasizing evolutionary trends especially in development and morphology of organ systems. Adaptive
features in vertebrates are considered. The laboratory
complements the lecture component with representative
vertebrates being examined. The lab component includes
several half-day field trips.

Biology 214
Cell Biology

(3)

(4,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111 and concurrent
registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed.
A n integrated study of the structure and function of cells
and their components. Ultrastructure of cell organelles as
determined by electron microscopy will be related to the
molecular functions of cells. Emphasis will also be
placed on the techniques used to study cells, the evolutionary origin of cells and their components, and on
comparisons between specialized cell structure and
function. The laboratory exercises will use modern
methods of microscopy and separation techniques in a
detailed study of cell structures and their functions.
Academic—

48

Biology

Biology 215
Biochemistry

(3)

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Biology 214 and concurrent registration in
Chemistry 201, if not already completed.
A n examination of the fundamental principles and basic
facts of biochemistry starting with protein structure and
enzyme functions. Cell energetics, biosyntheses and
mechanisms which control cell metabolism will also be
considered. The laboratory will involve detailed experimental analyses, using the current techniques of biochemistry, of the molecular functions of cells and tissues.

Biology 220
(3)
Microbiology I

(4,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111; Chemistry 110
and 111. Corequisite: Transfer to UBC requires Chemistry
200/201.
A comprehensive treatment of introductory microbiology.
The origin, basic structure, growth and metabolism of
micro-organisms will be discussed. The lab provides
practical experience in standard microbial techniques.

Biology 221
(3)
Microbiology II

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Biology 220
A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing genetics, immunological aspects, and ecology of micro-organisms.
The role of micro-organisms in agriculture, various
industries, health and sanitation is considered.

Chemistry
Instructional Faculty
S. A L B O N , B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC)
A. B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU)
P.C. L E COUTEUR, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.)
D. F. WIRSZ, B.Sc. (Hons) (SFU), M.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC)
Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians
K.B. H A C K , B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor
B.J. MOIR. Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician
M. SAMIJA, B.Sc. (UBC)
I. SMITH,, H.N.C. (Aberdeen), Laboratory Supervisor

General Information
All chemistry courses include weekly three-hour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. The cost of the labs
is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals
and some field trip costs. Students are required to have
(and wear) safety glasses in all laboratory periods.

Two hour labs are given. Atoms, molecules, the mole,
chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. Balancing
equations, simple stoichiometry problems, solutions,
acids, bases and salts, equilibrium, gas laws.
Chemistry 104

(3)

(4,3,0) (F)

Fundamentals of Chemistry I
Prerequisite: None, but some chemistry and mathematics
recommended.
A course specifically designed for the non-science students who need first-year chemistry requirements for
nursing, home economics and physical education, etc. A
study of chemical principles, stoichiometry, the chemical
bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity; introductory
thermochemistry; gases.
Chemistry 105

(3)

(4,3,0) (S)

Fundamentals of Chemistry II
Prerequisite: Chemistry 104.

Chemistry 030 and Chemistry 104 fulfill the entrance
chemistry requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT.
University Transfer Credit
All chemistry courses, except 030, carry transfer credit to
SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer
Guide at the back of the Calendar.
Chemistry
FIRST YEAR
Chemistry 110/110 or 108/109
Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111
Math 110/111
English (six credits)
Elective (six credits)

Science Elective from math or physics

(6,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or B C H M 042 or Chem 030,
Math 12 or B M T H 046 or equivalent. Math 110 must be
taken concurrently, if not already completed. Students
with Chemistry 12 permitted to enroll in Chemistry 108
with Chemistry Department's permission. Any student
who has enrolled in Chemistry 108 or Chemistry 110 previously, will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission.
This course covers the material of Chemistry 110, and, in
addition, provides the background necessary for a
student who has not taken Chemistry 12.
Chemistry 109

(4.5)

(6,3,0) (S)

Basic Chemistry II

Course Descriptions
(3)

NOTE: Chemistry 108,109,110, and 111 students: students who lack mathematics prerequisite or corequisites
should see a chemistry instructor prior to registration to
discuss possible prerequisite waivers.
Chemistry 108
(4.5)
Basic Chemistry I

SECOND YEAR
Students planning to pursue a major or honours course in
chemistry should consult a faculty member as requirements differ with different universities.
Chemistry 200/201 and 204/205 Transfer to UBC
(consult a faculty member)
Physics 200/201 and 210/211 or 220/221 and 210/211
Math 200 and 230, and 235 depending upon university
(consult a faculty member)
Elective

Chemistry 030

A study of liquids, solids, and changes of state; oxidationreduction, electrochemistry, representative inorganic
chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic
chemistry.

(4,2,0) (S)

An introduction to Chemistry
Prerequisite: None (No university transfer credit)
This course is designed for those students who have had
no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in sciences.

Prerequisite: Chemistry 108. Math 111 must be taken
concurrently, if not already completed. Students with
Chemistry 110 permitted to enroll in Chemistry 109 only
with Chemistry Department's permission.
This course covers the material of Chemistry 111, and, in
addition, provides the background necessary for a
student who has not taken Chemistry 12.

Academic—

Chemistry

49

Chemistry 110

(3)

(4,3,0) (F)

Instructional Faculty

Principles and Methods of Chemistry I
Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 and Math 12. Math 110 must
be taken concurrently if not already completed.
A course for students who plan careers in science. A
study of stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids;
solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical
bonding; thermochemistry. This course may be completed by
guided self-study format in both fall and spring terms.
Chemistry 111

(3)

(4,3,0) (S)

Principles and Methods of Chemistry II
Prerequisite: Chemistry 110. Math 111 must be taken
concurrently, if not already completed.

B. NG., B.A. (Intl. Christian U., Japan), M.A. (London),
Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong)

Course Descriptions
Chinese 100
(3)
First Year Chinese

(3,2,0) (F)

A comprehensive introduction to Mandarin Chinese as it
is spoken in Mainland China. Emphasis is placed on basic
phonetics, vocabulary and grammar. Simple conversation,
Chinese writing and Chinese culture will be also introduced.
Chinese 100
(3)
First Year Chinese

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids, bases and
salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; organic
chemistry. This course may be completed by guided self-study
format in both fall and spring terms.

The same course content as above, but taught at a slower
pace. The course period extends over two terms.

Chemistry 200
(3)
Organic Chemistry I

Chinese 101
(3)
First Year Chinese

(4,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Chemistry 105,109 or 111. Any student who
has attempted the course previously will not be allowed
to register without the instructor's permission.

(3,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Chinese 100 or permission from instructor.

A study of nomenclature, structure, and spectroscopy of
organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, ethers, alkyl halides; mechanisms and stereochemistry.

This course will focus on students' phonetic skills,
improving verbal fluency and listening comprehension.
Students will learn more Chinese grammar and Chinese
writing to increase the ability of reading and writing.
Introduction to use a Chinese dictionary and a Chinese
word processor will prepare students for further study.

Chemistry 201
(3)
Organic Chemistry II

Chinese 200
(3)
Second Year Chinese

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Chemistry 200
Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, ketones, acids and their
derivatives, carbanions; amines; nitro, azo, diazo and
related compounds; heterocyclics; carbohydrates, protein
chemistry; polymers; natural products.
Chemistry 204

(3)

(4,3,0) (F)

(3,2,0) (F)

This course is for students who know the basics of
Mandarin phonetics and grammar and approximately 600
Chinese characters, or those who have completed Chinese
100 and 101 or its equivalent.
A further 300 characters are taught. Additional work on
writing and spoken Mandarin is provided using the
language lab, and a Chinese Computer program.

Introduction to Physical Inorganic Chemistry I
Prerequisite: Chemistry 105 with "B" standing or Chemistry 109 or 111, and Math 111.
A study of gases, thermodynamics, thermochemistry;
equilibrium, electrochemistry, solutions, quantitative
inorganic analysis. Biological applications of these topics
stressed.
Chemistry 205

(3)

(4,3,0) (S)

Introduction to Physical Inorganic Chemistry II
Prerequisite: Chemistry 204
Chemical kinetics, aspects of bonding; transition elements
and coordination complexes.
Academic - Chemistry/Chinese
50

Chinese 201

(3)

(3,2,0) (S)

Second Year Chinese
Prerequisite: Chinese 200 or permission of instructor.
Continues the work of Chinese 200.

Commerce
Instructional Faculty
N. A M O N , B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU)
G. F A N E , B.Sc. (City U.), M.B.A. (City U.), R.I.A.
J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston)
K.V. TOWSON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU)
J. WATERS, B.A. (Hons.) M.A. (SFU)
C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Toronto)
J. WILSON, B.Comm. (UBC), C A .

A Fall term Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.67 with no
grade below C - MUST be achieved to continue into the
Spring term, when the following courses will be taken:
For those with Math 108/109 (or 110/111) in Year I:
Commerce 291, 292, 294,297 and one university transfer
elective.
For those with Math 107/108:
Commerce 291, 292,294,297 and Mathematics 109.

Transfer to SFU or UVic
The College offers a two year transfer package to UBC
consisting of Year I and Year II as follows:

Year I
To enter Year I, fill out an Application for Admission
Form. Year I requires 30 credits which MUST include the
following:
a) Economics 200 and 201 - these may be taken in either
order;
b) English 100 followed by O N E of English 103,104,105,
106.
c) The Mathematics requirement is:
• If Math 12 was successfully completed with a " C "
grade or better, take Math 108 followed by Math 109
(Note: 110 and 111 can be substituted for 108/109, but
this combination is more oriented towards science than
business).
• If Math 12 was successfully completed with a grade of
"V, take Math 107 followed by Math 108.
• If Math 11 was successfully completed with a grade of
" C " , take Math 107 followed by Math 108.
• If Math 11 was not taken (or the grade achieved was
less than a "C") then Math 099 must be taken prior to
Math 107.
d) 12 credits (four courses) of electives. Students may
choose any university transfer courses at the College, but
it is suggested to spread these around rather than taking 3
or 4 courses in only one discipline.

Year II
Upon completion of Year I, students must then APPLY for
admission to the Commerce Program itself by getting a
"Commerce Program Application" from the Office of the
Registrar. There are only 35 seats available in Year II and
preference will be given to students with the best Year I
records who want to take the entire Year II Program.
Applications to the Commerce Program should be made
immediately in late spring once the Year I courses are
complete and grades received. Students who wait until
late summer may find that all spaces have been filled.
In the Fall term students admitted to Year II will take:
Commerce 290, 293 and 296, Economics 211, and one
university transfer elective.

Some courses in the UBC transfer package do not transfer
to SFU or UVic. Students wishing to transfer to either of
these institutions are, therefore, strongly urged to see a
Counsellor or Advisor before applying for admission to
Year II.

Course Descriptions
Commerce 290
(4)
Quantitative Methods for Business

(6,0,0) (F)

A study of standard quantitative methods used in business and industry, including decision theory and basic
probability. The study of computer software packages is
included.
j

Commerce 291
(4)
Applications of Statistics in Business

(6,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: C - or better in Commerce 290
The methods and applications of statistics in business;
continuous random variables; sampling; estimation of
parameters; hypotheses testing and regression analysis.

Commerce 292
(4)
Principles of Organizational Behaviour

(4,0,0) (S)

Behaviour in organizations as it affects people or individuals, their relationships with others, their performance
in groups and their effectiveness at work.

Commerce 293
(3)
Financial Accounting

(4,0,0) (F)

A n introduction to the construction and interpretation of
financial statements and reports including the balance
sheet, income statement, statement of retained earnings
and the statement of change in financial position.

Commerce 294
(3)
Managerial Accounting

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: C - or better in Commerce 293
Introduction to the development and use of accounting,
information for management planning and control and
the development of cost information for financial reports.

Academic — Commerce

51

Computing Science
Commerce 296

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Introduction to Business Management
An introduction to the wide range of interrelationships,
both internal and external, of the organization. The
development of a framework for analysis of the breadth
of issues in management and administration.
Commerce 297

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Capital Markets and Institutions
Introduction to the economic environment in which
businesses operate including the role of the Bank of
Canada. Analysis of domestic and international money
markets and institutions and the basic capital asset
valuation models.

Instructional Faculty
J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo)
K. CHIN, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC)
M. F R E E M A N , B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech.),
Ph.D. (UBC)
L.F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (Australia Nat. U.)
R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC)
U.R. KEDINC, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
E. KUTTNER, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC)
C. M O R G A N , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Memorial)
R.H. VERNER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSC), B.C. Teaching
Cert. (UBC)
C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto),
Coordinator of Computing Science
Y.L. W O N G , B.Comp. Sc., M.Comp.Sc., (Concordia)

General Information
The Computing Science Department offers computing
courses at the first and second-year university level.
Students enrolled in these courses have excellent access to
the College's computing facilities. Students planning to
major in computing science and science students fulfilling
computing science elective requirements normally take
Computing Science 110/111 in their first year. Nonscience students wishing an introduction to computers
and programming normally take Computing Science 080
or Computing Science 102.

University Transfer Credit
All computing science courses are expected to transfer to
SFU, U B C and UVIC. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar, or call the Computing Science Department.

Computing Science
FIRST YEAR
Computing Science 110/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 (UBC)
Math 110/111
Physics 110/111 or 114/115 or 108/111
English (6 credits) (UBC)
English (3 credits) or Philosophy 110 (SFU)
S E C O N D YEAR
FOR TRANSFER T O UBC:
Computing Science 222/223
Math 200/205/230
Art Electives (6 credits)
Electives (6 credits)

Academic — Commerce/Computing Science
52

Computing Science 111
(4)
Fundamentals of Computing

FOR TRANSFER T O SFU:
Computing Science 130/131/222/223/226
Math 205
Electives (15 credits)
Consult SFU calendar for prerequisites to upper divisions
courses.

Course Descriptions
Computing Science 080
(3)
Computers and their Applications

(3,0,1) (F,S)

A n introduction to the basic concepts of computer
hardware and software; applications of computers in
business, academic and personal life; social and ethical
implications of their use. Students will gain experience
with a microcomputer operating system and with various
software packages including word processors, spreadsheets and database managers. The course also includes
an introduction to computer programming. This is an
ideal first course for students with little or no computer
experience and serves as a good science option for
students in Arts or planning to go into Commerce. SFU
does not give credit for this course if it is taken after any
other computing science course.

Computing Science 102
(3)
Introduction to Structured Programming

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C" in Math 12; otherwise
Math 103 or Math 105 or Math 107 must be taken concurrently.
An introduction to computer programming using a
structured language; principles of problem solving and
algorithm design, basic techniques for representing and
manipulating problem data. The student will learn how
to design, develop and document well-structured programs. No programming experience is necessary, but
previous exposure to microcomputers is helpful.

Computing Science 110
(4)
Fundamentals of Programming

(5.3,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C+" in Math 12, and
CS 12 with a "C" or Comp 102 with a "C-" grade.
The Computing Science Department recommends that
students with only a "C" in CS 12 take Comp 102 before
attempting Comp 110.
A disciplined approach to modular program design. The
course emphasizes development of algorithms and design
of data structures. Topics covered include top-down
design, stepwise refinement, structured coding, modularization, recursion, structured data types, and an introduction to data abstraction. Programming ability in a
structured programming language like Pascal is an
essential prerequisite for this course.

(5.3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C-" in Comp 110.
A theoretical and practical introduction to concepts of
computing and machine organization. On the theoretical
side, the course deals with the issues of computability and
solvability of problems, and introduces the Turing
machine as a model of an abstract computer. Practical
experience with programming in a low-level language
exposes the student to the fundamentals of number representation, memory organization and addressing, implementation of high level language instructions, the operations of assemblers, linkers and loaders, interrupt processing, and interfacing with the operating system.

Computing Science 130
Introduction to APL

(1)

(1-3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C-" in Math 110 and
Comp 110.
An introduction to A P L (A Programming Language) both
as mathematical notation and as a computer programming language. A P L primitives and their use, arrays of
data and their manipulation, modular design of vector
solutions to problems, practical experience in writing and
using A P L programs.

Computing Science 131
Introduction to C

(1)

(1.3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C-" in Comp 110, or
competence in another programming language and the
permission of the instructor.
An introduction to the C programming language for
students with experience in Pascal or a similar language.
Comparison of C with Pascal; C program structure, data
types, operators, control structures; arrays and pointers,
structures and unions; libraries and separately compiled
modules.

Computing Science 132
(1)
Introduction to Logic Programming

(1.3,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite:: A grade of at least "C-" in Comp 080, or previous microcomputer experience and the permission of
the instructor.
A n introduction to logic as a problem solving tool and to
the logic programming language Prolog. Mathematical
logic provides a precise language for stating knowledge
and assumptions, and a method for deducing new facts
from what is previously known. Logic can also be
thought of as a programming language, quite different
from procedural languages like Pascal; rather than
describing how a machine is to perform a task, the logic
programmer need only state what task is to be performed.

Academic — Computing Science

53

Criminology
Computing Science 222
Data Structures

(4)

(5.3,0,0) (F)

Instructional Faculty
C. Hathaway, B.A. (S.U.N.Y.) M.A. (Wash U.), Mo.)

Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C-" in Comp 110.
A study of frequently used data structures, and algorithms for manipulating them. This course emphasizes
abstract data types (including lists, stacks, queues, and
trees), static and dynamic implementations of these data
types, and analysis of the algorithms appropriate to each
implementation.

Computing Science 223
(3)
Discrete Mathematics with Applications

(4,0,0) (S)

General Information
Criminology is the study of all aspects of crime from an
interdisciplinary and integrative approach. The goal of
Criminology is to reveal the complexities of criminal
behaviour and society's reaction to crime. Criminology
also offers both theoretical and practical knoweldge of the
Canadian criminal justice system.
Criminology 101 transfers to SFU, UBC, and U.Vic.

Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111.
An introduction to the foundation of discrete mathematics
and illustrations of its practical applications. Theoretical
topics include logic and proof techniques, set theory,
relations and functions, combinatorics and counting
principles, graphs and trees. These topics are important
in computing science and many other disciplines; applications include graph colouring, correctness and efficiency
of computer algorithms (including recursive algorithms),
digital circuits, formal languages.

Computing Science 226
(4.5)
Introduction to Digital Hardware

(4,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 111, Math 111
and Physics 111 or 115.
Elementary circuit theory; introduction to linear and nonlinear devices; logic gates; flip-flops; clocked logic; A / D
and D / A conversion; interfacing techniques; laboratory
experience in these topics.

Computing Science 231
(3)
Introduction to Systems Programming

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 111, Comp 131
and Comp 222.
A n introduction to the theoretical and practical issues of
operating system design. This course describes the design
and operation of single tasking and multi-user operating
systems; multi-tasking on micro, mini and mainframe
computers; file systems; resource allocation; security. The
UNIX operating system is studied as an example of these
concepts in a multi-user operating system.

Academic — Computing Science/Criminology
54

Criminology 101
(3)
Introduction to Criminology

(4,0,0) (F,S)

This course is intended to introduce students to the
analysis of the relationship between crime and society.
The core concept is that "crime" is embedded in social
structure and process and therefore must be understood
in relation to rather than apart from "normal" social
activity. A variety of classical and contemporary perspectives on the definition, causes and consequences of crime
will be explored and student analysis of contemporary
issues involving crime in Canadian society will be
encouraged.

Economics
Economics 120

Instructional Faculty
N. A M O N , B A . , (Kent), M.A. (SFU)
P. KANTROWIZ, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
M. LEONARD, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
K.W. M O A K , B.A. (UVic), M.P.A. (UVic.)
A.J. MORRIS, B.A. (Manchester), M.A. (SFU) A.C.I.S. (UK)
J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston)

General Information
Economics is a social science concerned with the allocation
of scarce resources and the production, distribution and
consumption of wealth. Economics 100 and 101 are
introductory courses which raise and explore the kinds of
questions economists deal with. They also serve as an
introduction to the study of formal economic theory in the
200-level courses.
Students who plan to major in Economics or Commerce
should complete Economics 200 and 201 before proceeding
to third year courses at UBC, SFU or elsewhere. Students
who plan to major in Economics at SFU are also advised to
complete Economics 120 and 121. Students who plan on
entering the Commerce Program should take Economics
200/201 in their first year.

University Transfer Credit
Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all
Economics courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For
details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the
Calendar.

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Involves tracing the development of conflicting views of the
nature of the capitalist economic system. Focuses on the
historical development of capitalist society and on the
divergent interpretations of the operation of capitalism as
found in the writings of such economists as Adam Smith,
David Ricardo, Karl Marx, J.M. Keynes and Milton
Friedman. Deals with contemporary economic issues and
such basic concepts as supply and demand.

Economics 101
(3)
Canadian Economics - Macro and Micro
Considerations

(4,0,0)(F)

Economic History of the Pre-lndustrial Era
A broad sweep of economic history from man's earliest
beginnings to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of
prehistoric man, the River Civilizations, Greece, Rome and
Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is
placed on the transition from European Feudalism to early
forms of capitalism.

Economics 121
(3)
Economic History of the Industrial Era

(4,0,0) (F,S)

A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent
economic growth taken in context with several countries including Canada. Contrast is made between the paths of
development of today's industrial nations and those
nations that are now attempting to industrialize.

Economics 200
(3)
Principles of Macroeconomic Theory

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: Students are strongly encouraged to complete
Economics 201 before Economics 200.
The formal Keynesian theory of national income determination and some contemporary critiques of this theory are
considered. Included is the study of the possible causes of
and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the
importance of international trade. Government fiscal and
monetary policies are examined in detail.

Economics 201
(3)
Principles of Microeconomic Theory

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: At least one 100 level Economics course is
strongly recommended.

Course Descriptions
Economics 100
(3)
Introduction to Economics

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

A n examination of the contemporary structure of the
Canadian economy of international trade and tariffs, the
effects of foreign investment and ownership; the problems
of regional disparities and poverty; the interplay of business, government and unions and federal-provincial
relations and taxation policies are considered. Focus is on
the hard economic choices the people of Canada now face.

A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour
and the operation of business firms in the market economy
under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis
of the firm's equilibrium position and the determinants of
income distribution.

Economics 211
(3)
Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis

(4,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Economics 201, Math 108 or 110.
Consumer behaviour, production, exchange, equilibrium of
the firm under different market structures, factor markets,
economic welfare. Not transferable to SFU.

Economics 212
(3)
intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Economics 211, Corequisite: Math 109
Income and employment theory, monetary theory, the open
economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Not transferable to SFU.
Academic — Economics

55

Engineering
New Program
To commence Fall Term of 1992.

Instructional Faculty
A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.A., Ph.D.
(Missouri)
J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D.
(Waterloo)
M. F R E E M A N , B.SC. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech),
Ph.D. (UBC)
A. B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU)
S. GREENSPOON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc., Ph.D.
(Waterloo)
R.HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC)
P.C. Le COUTEUR, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.)
C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto)

General Information
Capilano College offers a full first-year university program in engineering. Bachelors degree completion
generally requires three additional years of study at UBC,
SFU or UVic.

Transfer to UBC
The Capilano College first-year engineering program is
modelled after that of UBC. Students who complete firstyear engineering are eligible to be considered for admission to second year engineering at U B C provided that
they have obtained an overall grade point average of at
least 2.5.
The Faculty of Applied Science at U B C offers programs
leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.)
degree in the following areas of engineering: Bio-resource, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Geological, Mechanical,
Metals and Materials, Mining and Mineral Process,
Engineering Physics. Students will normally complete the
B. A. Sc. degree with three additional years of study at
UBC, except for Engineering Physics, which requires four
additional years.

Transfer to SFU
The School of Engineering Science at SFU offers four-year
programs leading to a Bachelor of Applied Science
(B.A.Sc.) degree in Electronics Engineering, Computer
Engineering, Engineering Physics, Biomedical and
Automation Engineering.

Academic — Engineering

56

Students who complete first-year engineering at Capilano
College with a grade point average of at least 3.0 may be
eligible for admission to second- year engineering.
Eligible students must contact SFU's School of Engineering Science to arrange for a summer course in Basic
Electronics Engineering to allow for direct entry into
semester three of the Engineering Science common core.

Transfer to UVic
The Faculty of Engineering at UVic offers programs
leading to the Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree in
Electrical, Mechanical and Computer Engineering. The
B.Eng. degree consists of eight academic and six work
terms.
Students who complete first-year engineering at Capilano
College with a grade point average of at least 2.5 may be
eligible for admission to second-year at UVic.

Admission
General
In addition to satisfying the general admission requirements for the College (see "Admission" section in this
Calendar), students must apply for admission to the
engineering program itself by submitting an "Engineering
Program Application", available from the Office of the
Registrar. This form should be received by the College
before the end of May. Enrolment will be limited to 35
students, and student selection will be made on the basis
of their academic record. Students who apply to the
engineering program after May risk having their applications denied due to lack of available spaces.

Admission from Secondary School
Students entering the engineering program directly from
secondary school must satisfy the general admission
requirements of the College (see "Admission" section in
this Calendar) and have B.C. Grade 12 graduation (or
equivalent) with at least a "B" in Math 12 and at least a "B"
average in Chemistry 12 and Physics 12.

Admission from First Year Science
Students may apply for admission into engineering after
successful completion of first-year science. Exemptions
will be given from some first year Engineering courses if
the student achieved a grade of at least "B" in the equivalent science course. In that case, the student would then
typically take a mix for first-year engineering and secondyear science courses.

Grade Requirements
Entrance requirements are higher for first-year engineering than for first-year science because the curriculum is
more difficult. (Total scheduled hours are comparable for
both programs, but engineering involves more course
work with less labs.)
Normally, students require a G P A of at least 2.5 in the
first term of the engineering program to remain in the
program for the second term. Upon completion of the
first year, students require a G P A of at least 2.5 to be
eligible for admission into second-year engineering at
UBC and UVic, and a G P A of at least 3.0 for SFU. Since
admission to engineering programs is very competitive,
students should realize that the above minimum GPA
values do not guarantee admission, and that specific
engineering options may require values well in excess of
the minimum.

Curriculum
First-Year Core (for direct entry from secondary school)
FIRSTTERM
ApSc 120
ApSc 150
Chem 110
Comp 110
Eng 100
Math 110
Phys 114
S E C O N D TERM
Chem 111
Eng 103
Math 111
Math 152
Phys 115
Phys 116

Transfer to UBC
After successful completion of the above curriculum with
a G P A of at least 2.5 the student is eligible for direct
admission into second-year engineering.

Transfer to SFU
Phys 116 should be replaced by Comp 111.
Eng 100 and Eng 103 may be replaced by other electives.
Students should consult the SFU calendar for recommended electives.

Transfer to UVic

courses if they have achieved a grade of "B" or better in
the equivalent science courses. A typical course load may
then look as follows:
First Year Science Transfer Curriculum
FIRSTTERM
ApSc 120
ApSc 150
Math 200
Math 230
Elective
SECOND TERM
Math 205
Math 231
Math 235
Phys 116

Notes:
1. The above science transfer curriculum assumes that the
student has obtained maximum exemption for equivalent
science courses. Other course mixes are possible.
Maximum exemption consists of the following courses:
Chem 110/111; Math 110/111; Phys 114/115 or 110/111.
2. The "Elective" will usually be a "complementary
studies" (i.e. non-science) elective.

Course Descriptions
APSC 120
(0)
Introduction to Engineering

(0,1,0) (F)

This course uses guest speakers, video taped material and
field trips to provide students with an orientation to a
career as a professional engineer. Attendance at scheduled activities is the only course requirement. Final
"grades" are reported as CR (Credit Granted) or N C (No
Credit Granted).

APSC 150
(3)
Engineering Graphics

(1,4,0) (F)

An introduction to engineering graphics emphasizing the
development of spatial visualization and graphical
communication skills; technical sketching and engineering drawing using projection and sectioning techniques;
principles, practices and conventions of engineering
graphics; descriptive geometry and graphical solution
methods to engineering problems; use of microcomputer
based graphics tools.

Phys 116 should be replaced by Comp 111.

First-Year for Students Transferring from First Year
Science

Other courses are described in the appropriate section in
this Calendar (e.g., Mathematics, Computing Science,
etc.).

Students who have completed first-year science
successfully may be exempted from certain engineering

Academic — Engineering

57

English
Instructional Faculty
D. BETHUNE, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UBC)
F. BROWNELL, B.A. (Wash. St. Louis), M.A., Ph.D.
(Boston)
J. CLIFFORD, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
P.L. C O N N E L L , B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (UBC)
R. COUPE, B.A. (Tasmania), Ph.D. (UBC)
P.L. COUPEY, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (UBC)
M.L. F A H L M A N REID, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Toronto)
G. N. FORST, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC)
S.R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC)
W. G O E D E , B.A. (Wisconsin), M.A. (Edinburgh), Ph.D.
(California)
G. H I N D M A R C H , B.A., M.A. (UBC)
C. H U R D L E , B.A., M.A. (UVic)
D. H. J A N T Z E N , B.A. (UBC), M.A. (York)
C. M C C A N D L E S S , B.A. (SFU), M.A. (UBC)
R. NICKOLICHUK, B.A. (Carleton), M.A. (UBC)
W.G. SCHERMBRUCKER, B.A. (Capetown), P.Grad.Cert.
in Ed. (London), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC)
R.G. SHERRIN, B.F.A., M.F.A. (UBC)
R. STEELE, B.Sc. (Colorado State), M.A. (UBC)
S. THESEN, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
A. WESTCOTT, B.A. (Alberta), M.A. (Queens), Ph.D.
(Toronto)

General Information
For first-year English transfer credit at UBC, students
must take two courses from either a) or b):
a) English 100,103,104,105,106
b) English 102,103,104,105,106
For second year English transfer credit to the universities,
English majors should take English 200-201; all other
second year students can take any two second year level
English courses.

University Transfer Credit
Unless otherwise indicated after the course description,
all English courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For
details consult the Transfer Guide in back of the Calendar.

English Placement Test
Those students who wish to enroll in English courses in
the Academic Division must submit the results of the
Language Proficiency Index Test or the College English
Diagnostic Test (EDT).
EDT schedules will be posted in the Switchboard/Reception area and the Humanities Division. Students wishing
to write the EDT pay in advance at the Office of the
Registrar and bring receipts to the appropriate test sitting.

English as a Second Language
See listing in the Preparatory Programs section, page 38.
Academic — English

58

English Writing Centre
All students registerd at the College may come to the
Writing Centre for advice on work in progress or help
with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading
service, but aims to help students develop their writing
ability.
The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space,
a collection of reference books, handout sheets and
exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining,
and editing programs.
The Writing Centre is located in H406, outside the Humanities Division. It is staffed by faculty members from
the English, Communications, ESL, and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted.

Course Descriptions
English 010
(3 SFU only)
Language Skills

(3,0,1) (F,S)

An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the
student to proceed without difficulty through an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the
assessed needs of the students.
Transferable to SFU.

English 100
Composition

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving
students intensive practice in writing for a variety of
purposes, with emphasis on the essay form. Throughout
the term progressively increasing emphasis is given to
effective organization and development of material.
Research technique and documentation is taught. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually,
in group discussion and by revision of essays.

English 102
Composition

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

A composition course designed for those who wish a
more intensive and comprehensive approach to English
Composition than offered by the usual first-year composition course (English (100).
Note: English 100 and English 102 D O N O T transfer
together as first year English.

English 103
(3)
Studies in Contemporary Literature

(3,0,1) (F,S)

A study of selected and representative 20th century
literature from the major genres. Works studied will be
chosen for their intrinsic literary merit and may, in certain
sections, also reflect a particular theme of significance in
the contemporary world. (When material is selected for

theme, the issue under consideration will be announced
during the registration period.) The chief aim of the
course, beyond broadening the student's understanding
and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original
responses in well-developed oral and written criticism.

A study of texts in all major genres by representative
authors, from the medieval period to the middle 17th
century. This course will provide the student with a
broad historical and critical frame of refernce, and the opportunity to study selected major works in detail.

English 104
Fiction

English 201
(3)
English Literature Since 1660

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

A study of selected 20th century short stories and novels,
each of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the
course, beyond broadening the student's understanding
and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original
responses to literary expression in well-developed oral
and written criticism.

English 105
Poetry

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

A study of selected major and significant minor 20th
century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit.
The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the
student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is
to encourage original responses to literary expression in
well-developed oral and written criticism.

English 106
Drama

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

A study of selected and representative plays primarily of
the 20th century. The chief aim of the course, beyond
broadening the student's understanding and appreciation
of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary
expression in well-developed criticism.

English 190
(3)
Creative Writing

(3,0,1) (F,S)

An intensive workshop course designed to help students
develop expressive skill and craftsmanship in poetry,
fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre and to develop an awareness
through written practice of at least one of the other
genres. Students are also required to submit their writing
regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point where it would
become acceptable for publication.

English 191
(3)
Creative Writing

(3,0,1) (S)

A continuation of English 190.

English 200
(3)
English Literature to 1660

(3,0,1) (F)

(3,0,1) (S)

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102) together; or instructor's
written permission.
A course similar to English 200, but covering the later
period indicated.

English 202
(3)
Canadian Literature

(3,0,1)(F)

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102) together; or instructor's
written permission.
A course designed to familiarize the student with major
representative authors from the colonial beginnings of
Canada to WW II. This course will investigate various
themes and styles which evolved through the early
literature and which are reflected in contemporary
Canadian literature.

English 203
(3)
Canadian Literature

(3,0,1) (S)

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102) together; or instructor's
written permission.
The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive
in the investigation of individual, major, modern authors
of poetry, novels and plays in Canada since WW II. This
course will study the emergence of significant contemporary themes and the Canadian response to them.

English 208
(3)
Studies in Fiction (The Novel)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's
written permission.
A study of the novel from various perspectives which
consider the evolution and diversity of the novel as a
literary form. Texts and critical approaches may vary
from section to section. The aims of the course are to give
the student an awareness of the cultural context in which
the novel came into being and into popularity, and to
study selected texts closely.

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together); or instructor's
written permission.

Academic — English

59

English 209

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

Studies in Poetry
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's
written permission.
A study of individual poets or schools of poetry selected
by the instructor and drawn from any era between
Chaucer's time to the present. Prosody, poetic forms, and
critical approaches will be studied, as well as the historical and cultural contexts of the poems and of poetic movements. The aims of the course are to increase the student's knowledge of the craft of poetry and to study
selected texts closely.

classical Greek era to the end of the 18th century, and to
provide the student with a broad historical and critical
frame of reference. Texts are considered both for their
own literary merits and in historical context.
English 213

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

Studies in Drama
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's
written permission.
A study of dramatic literature from various perspectives:
the examination of dramatic types from various periods
with reference to the history and development of dramatic forms, of sub-genres of drama, of techniques in
dramatic literature and performance, and of the relationship of literary text to performance. Major plays from
various periods and national theatres will be considered.
The aim of the course is to increase the student's knowledge of drama as an art form which has evolved out of
literary and cultural history and out of performance.
English 211
(3)
Studies in Short Fiction

(3,0,1) (F,S)

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's
written permission.
A study of the development of the short story and novella
form, through an exploration of the cultural and literary
history in which the genre developed and through a
detailed analysis of representative texts. Texts and critical
approaches may vary from section to section, although
examples from both the 19th and 20th centuries will be
studied. The aim of the course is to give the student an
understanding of the development of the genre in context
and of writers of major significance to the genre.
English 212

(3)

(3,0,1) (F)

Readings in World Literature to 1780
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's
written permission.
A course to acquaint students with a variety of major or
influential works of literature in translation from the

Academic — English

60

(3,0,1) (F)

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses (but N O T 100 and 102 together) or instructor's
written permission.
A course similar to English 212, but covering the period
from 1780 to 1920, with emphasis on the 19th century.
English 290

English 210

(3)

Readings in World Literature Since 1780

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

Creative Writing - Poetry
Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written
permission.
An intensive workshop in the writing of poetry, concentrating on furthering the student's knowledge of current
poetic forms while at the same time increasing awareness
of one's own voice, one's individual ground for writing,
and the development of one's own poetic.
Students will be expected to read a variety of contemporary work, both poems and statements poets have made
about their own poetics. Students will have the opportunity to try a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric,
the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry.
English 291

(3)

(3,0,1) (F,S)

Creative Writing - Fiction
Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written
permission.
A n intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. It will
concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the
state of current fiction and give students the opportunity
to develop an awareness of voice, word choice and
rhythm, dialogue, character, and point-of-view.
Students will be expected to read a variety of works of
contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques.
They will have the opportunity of trying out these
techniques in both short and extended forms of fictions.
See page 90 for the following course descriptions.
Women's Studies 104
(3)
Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers
Women's Studies 106
(3)
Contemporary American Women Writers
Women's Studies 107
(3)
Contemporary European Women Writers (In Translation)

French
Instructional Faculty
L. C A N T I N ORR-EWING, B.A. (Montreal), M.A. (SFU)
O. KEMPO, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC)

French 130 or French 120. (See under Intensive Oral
French courses and French courses below.) Recommended also for those who are considering taking French
130 and who need review work.

Instructional Associate
J. G A C I N A , B.A. (SFU) Teaching Cert. (SFU)
G. L A C H A N C E , B.Ed. (Montreal), B.A. (Otttawa)
H. LACOURSE, Dip. Court Interpreting (VCC)
M. L A B E L L E - M A R C O T T E , B.A. (Manitoba)

Summary of Programs
LEVEL

COURSES

Beginners' French
(0-Grade 11)

French 100/101

Univ. Preparatory
French (Grade 12)

(3,1.75,0) (F)

Intensive
Oral French

French

Prerequisite: Grade 11 or French 100/101

French
130/131

French
120/121

This is a course designed by Canadian linguists within a
Canadian context. The method emphasizes the spoken
language. May be taken concurrently with French 120.

French
170/171

2nd year
Univ. French

French
270/271

Students may opt to take a pair of courses in one program, then change to another pair of courses in a different
program. Students are also encouraged to take courses in
any two programs at the same time. It is advisable to
consult a member of the French Department before
registering.
Students who speak French like native speakers of
French, can only enroll at the French 270 level. Special
arrangements must be made with the instructor.

University Transfer Credit
All French courses are transferable to SFU, UBC and
UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back
of the Calendar.

(3,1.75,0) (F)

For absolute beginners and those who do not have Grade
11 French or the equivalent. An intensive introduction to
the French language through grammar, conversation, and
laboratory practise.

French 101
(3)
Beginners' French

Intensive Oral course has the one-day-per-week immersion approach: 4 3/4 hours of Audio/Visual class, conversation, and lab. The emphasis in the Intensive Oral
courses is on Canadian content and the audio-visual
method is used. Students are required to supply two new
tapes onto which a lesson is recorded for practise at home
during the week.

French 130
(3)
University Preparatory French I

1st year
Univ. French

French 100
(3)
Beginners' French

INTENSIVE ORAL FRENCH PROGRAM

(3,1.75,0) (S)

French 131
(3)
University Preparatory French II

(3,1.75,0) (S)

Prerequisite: French 130 or written permission of the
instructor.
A continuation of French 130 (however the student will be
expected to start writing short compositions). May be
taken concurrently with French 121.

FRENCH PROGRAMS
The following French courses meet on a twice-a-week
basis: three hours of instruction, plus one hour of conversation with a native French speaker, and 3/4 hour of
language laboratory work.

IMPORTANT
Students intending to proceed to a major or honours
program at a university should enroll in these courses.

French 120
(3)
University Preparatory French I

(3,1.75,0) (F)

Prerequisite: French 100/101 or French 11 or permission of
the instructor.
This course, together with French 121, constitutes Grade
12 French. This is a conversational approach to the
French language, including continuing instruction in basic
grammar and laboratory practise. May be taken concurrently with French 130.

Prerequisite: French 100
This course, together with French 100, covers high school
French Grades 8,9,10 and 11 and prepares the student for

Academic - French

61

French 121

(3)

(3,1.75,0) (S)

French 270

(3)

(3,1.75,0) (F)

University Preparatory French II

Second Year University French I

Prerequisite: French 120 (minimum Grade C-) or permission of the instructor.

Prerequisite: French 170/171, or permission of the instruc-

This course, together with French 120, constitutes Grade
12 French. A continuation of French 120, this course is
designed to give a limited fluency in speaking and
reading as well as writing skills. May be taken concurrently with French 131.
French 170

(3)

(3,1.75,0) (F)

tor.
A n advanced course with emphasis on written work,
including composition, translation, stylistic exercises,
dictations and comprehension passages.
Literary works chosen from the francophone literature
will be studied and will require some background
reading. This course includes cultural enrichment through
the medium of films and music.

First Year University French I
Prerequisite: Grade 12 French, or French 120/121, or
French 130/131 or permission of the instructor.
To be taken by all students intending to proceed to a
major or honours program at another institution. Continues the linguistic development of the student by means of
grammar revision, written and oral exercises, weekly
assignments, compositions on and studies of French
literary texts.
French 171

(3)

(3,1.75,0) (S)

First Year University French II
Prerequisite: French 170 (minimum Grade C-) or permission of the instructor.
A continuation of the work done in French 170, including
composition and study of French literary texts.

Academic — French

62

French 271

(3)

(3,1.75,0) (S)

Second Year University French II
Prerequisite: French 270 or permission of the instructor.
This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the
term following French 270.
A continuation of the work of French 270.

Geography
Geography 102
(3)
Environmental Geography: Global Concerns

Instructional Faculty
K. EWING, B.A., M.Sc. (Michigan)
B. MCGILLIVRAY, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
S. M A C L E O D , B.A., M.A. (UBC)
E. V A N O S C H , B. E.S. Waterloo), M.R.M. (SFU)
S. ROSS, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC)
G. WILSON, B.SC. (NY State), M.A. (UBC)

General Information
Geography courses are offered for students who are
interested in pursuing a career in Geography as well as
for those students desiring both Arts and Science electives. The study of Geography opens the doors for men
and women in a wide variety of fields including: Teaching, Urban Planning, Forestry, Resource Management,
Recreation, Economic Consulting, Mining, Fisheries,
Meteorology, and Map making. The focus of Geography
is on the environment in which we live. These courses in
Geography will give you a whole new perspective on the
world.

University Transfer Credit
All Geography courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC
and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the
back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions
Geography 100
(3)
Human Geography

(3,0,0) (F)

Different cultures in different landscapes are compared
and contrasted to our own. This course examines the
many issues of human population, perception of the
environment, diffusion of ideas, and cultural aspects of
resource use and urban growth, to give students a view
into the many concerns on the human side of Geography.

Geography 101
(3)
(4,0,0) (F)
Environmental Geography: Perception & Change
There are numerous environmental issues that reach a
crisis from time to time. This course examines how we
perceive the environment, our lifestyles, and how our
attitudes affect the environment. Such issues include our
use of water, the food we eat, herbicides and pesticides,
and our overall use of energy. This is an excellent course
for those concerned about the world we live in. Lectures,
seminars, informal discussions, and audio-visual materials are used to make students aware of, examine and
analyze some of the most serious concerns in the world
today. The environment is in jeopardy from our actions
— what can we do about it?

(4,0,0) (S)

The focus of this environmental course is the recognition
that environmental issues are not restricted to isolated
regions; rather, they have become global crises. Acid rain,
the greenhouse effect, depletion of the world's resources
are but a few of the examples illustrating the global scale
of our environmental problems. Identifying and understanding the processes responsible for the problems are
most important; however, finding solutions is also critical
to this course.

Geography 106
(3)
British Columbia: A Regional Analysis

(4,0,0) (F)

A body of information that is frequently missing from our
education is that of the province we live in. This course
informs you about B.C. — its physical environment, the
risks of living in this province, the variety of peoples, and
the economics involved in its resources. From an economic, political, historical, and cultural perspective one
leams that contemporary problems are frequently a
function of the past. For those interested in business,
teaching, or wanting a basic knowledge of B.C., this is an
excellent course.
Note: This course also serves as Canadian Studies credit
to SFU.

Geography 108
(3)
Canada: A Topical Geography

(4,0,0) (F,S)

The understanding of Canada and Canadians is becoming
more and more important to our economic and social
well-being. This course examines Canadian problems and
issues in terms of the different regions in Canada. Topics
include the changing economy, cultural diversity, urban
growth, and resource management, as we focus on the
Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, the Western provinces, and
the Northern frontier.
Note: This course carries Canadian Studies credit to SFU
and is a component of the professional development
program.

Geography 112
(3)
Introduction to Earth Environments

(4,2,0) (F,S)

A n introduction to Physical Geography using films,
lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in
landscape development. Some of the environments to be
considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial.
Maps and aerial photographs will be used to illustrate the
various features. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian
examples and the interactions between people and their
physical environment, eg. the physical and cultural
history of the Fraser River Delta; the Athabasca tar sands
and native peoples; pipelines and permafrost.
Note: This course fulfills the requirements as a lab science
transfer credit.
Academic — Geography

63

Geography 114
(3)
Weather and Climate

(4,2,0) (F,S)

A physical geography course introducing students to the
study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of
climatology and meteorology will be explained (using
films, lectures and labs), to permit a basic understanding
of the weather we experience daily. Emphasis will be
placed on Canadian examples and the interactions
between climate and other elements of our environment,
including humans (air pollution, urban climate and
mountain weather for example).
Note: This course fulfills the requirements as a lab science
transfer credit.

Geography 200
(3)
Technology and Economic Environments

(4,0,0) (S)

An examination of the concepts and themes of economic
geography in terms of production and consumption. The
traditional primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary
divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of
contemporary issues such as development versus underdevelopment, poverty, the location of industrial activities
and the North-South dialogue.

Geography 201
Urban Studies

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

More and more of us are living in an urban world. This
course is designed to examine problems and issues that
arise with urban living; including psychological problems, the cost of housing, transportation issues, slums,
suburban living, and the future direction of cities. While
this course uses local examples, it also draws on examples
from other cities in the world. This course approaches
these topics through field trips into the city, slides, films,
and simulated games. Urban studies leads to careers in
urban planning, real estate, land management, architecture, and urban politics as well as giving general community awareness.

Geography 205
(3)
Geography of the Pacific Basin

(4,0,0) (S)

This course examines the Pacific Basin in terms of its
social, economic and political geography. The emphasis
is placed on the relationships that exist between countries
of the Pacific Basin and British Columbia. This course
opens up the concept of the Pacific century and recognizes British Columbia's position on the Pacific, and is an
excellent course for those interested in the past, present
and future of the Asia-Pacific Region.

Academic — Geography

64

Geography 214
(3)
Our Atmospheric Environment

(4,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Geography 114 or permission of the instructor
This course will provide an intermediate understanding
of the processes at work in our atmospheric environment.
Broad topics to be covered are atmospheric energy,
moisture, and winds. These concepts will be applied to
phenomena such as urban climates and air pollution at
the small scale, weather and forecasting at the intermediate scale, and climate change, ozone depletion, and El
Nino/Southern Oscillation on a global scale. This course
will involve lectures, labs, and field work.

Geography 221
(3)
Map and Airphoto Interpretation

(4,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: At least one other Geography course
This is a second year course which is essential for those
considering Geography as a major and is also appropriate
for those who intend to pursue careers in Geography,
Forestry, Mining, Cartography, and the numerous other
areas that use maps and airphotos. This course combines
lectures and labs that cover the basics of map reading and
interpretation, map making, aerial photography, and
remote sensing of the human and physical landscape.

Geology
Instructional Faculty
D. ATHAIDE, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc., Prof. Teacher's Cert.
(UBC)
A . G . T H O M L I N S O N , B.A., M.Sc., Prof. Teacher's Cert.
(UBC)

General Information
Geology courses are designed for students planning a
university degree program in the geological sciences or in
the arts, humanities or social sciences. Geology 110 and
111 are especially appropriate for students in need of a
laboratory science. They provide an understanding of
the origin, structure, composition and history of the earth.

Geology 111 (3)
Historical Geology

(4,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Geology 110 or equivalent.
The geologic evolution of Canada and the adjacent ocean
basins since the earth originated more than 4.5 billion
years ago. Topics include: age and origin of the solar
system, determination of relative and absolute ages of
minerals, geologic time scale; origin of continents, ocean
basins, atmosphere, and sea-water, origin of life, fossils
and stratigraphic paleontology; geological history of the
North American continent and the Atlantic, Arctic and
Pacific Oceans; the geological history of Canada's mineral
and fossil fuel resources; environmental impacts of
mineral and energy projects in Canada.

Courses include weekly two-hour laboratory investigations or the equivalent in field projects. Lab tuition fees
are included in the course fee, however students must
purchase a lab manual and share some field trip costs.

University Transfer Credit
All geology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and
UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back
of the Calendar.

Geological Sciences (including Geophysics,
Geochemistry and other earth sciences)
FIRST YEAR O N L Y
Geology 110/111
Physics 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115
Chemistry 108/109 or 110/111
Math 110/111
English (six credits)
(Geography 112/114 also transfers as university lab
science courses to the universities - see Geography
listings)

Course Descriptions
Geology 110
(3)
Physical Geology

(4,2,0) (F)

Structure and composition of the earth's interior is deduced from indirect evidence: gravity, magnetism, heatflow, volcanoes, and earthquakes. Knowledge of the
composition and structure of the continents and ocean
basins is gained from these indirect sources as well as the
direct study of the ways in which they are constantly
altered and recycled minerals and rocks. This process will
be seen as the result of interactions between three processes: the atmospheric and hydrospheric cycles and the
lithospheric cycle (plate tectonics). Intervention by man
in the operations of, and interactions between, atmospheric, hydrospheric, and lithospheric cycles is examined.

Academic — Geology

65

German
Instructional Faculty
B. H A N K I N , B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.)
B. PIRES-STADLER, Teach. Dip. (Zurich) M.A. (SFU)

Instructional Associate
R. FREIBERG, B.Ed. (Gottingen University,
West-Germany)

General Information
NOTE: All courses in German include five and 3/4 hours
of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of
conversational practice with a native speaker.
Native speakers of German who wish to take a first or
second-year German course must consult with the
German instructor first. University rules governing such
students differ within departments, but the Language
Department has correspondence dealing with matters
relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to
avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to
discuss these problems with the department prior to
enrollment.

University Transfer Credit
All German courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and
UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back
of the Calendar.
S F U : Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue
further courses in German are reminded of the present
equivalency standards. Transfer and course challenge
credit in German will be given at SFU for Capilano
College German courses to a total of 11 semester hours.
Exemption from and placement in higher courses are
determined by the results of a placement test or other
assessment procedure.
UBC: In the case of UBC, present equivalent standards
provide transfer credit on the following basis:

Capilano College

UBC

German 100 and 101
(3 credits each)
German 200 and 201
(3 credits each)

100 (3)
200 (3)

The student wishing to major in German fulfills department requirements with German 310, which may be taken
in the second year if student has first class standing in
German 200 or third year by permission of the department.

Academic—

66

German

Course Descriptions
German 100
(3)
Beginning German

(3,1.75,0) (F)

A comprehensive introduction to the German language:
comprehension and speaking are reinforced through
reading and writing. Films, tapes, games, field trips, etc.
help develop an awareness of the cultures of the Germanspeaking countries.

German 101
(3)
Beginning German

(3,1.75,0) (S)

Prerequisite: German 100 (minimum Grade C-) or its
equivalent with written permission of the instructor.
This course is a continuation of German 100 and must be
taken in order to realize First Year level college/university German. German 101 should be taken whenever possible, in the term following German 100.

German 200
(3)
Intermediate German

(3,1.75,0) (F)

Prerequisite: German 101 (minimum Grade C-), Grade 11
or 12 German or the equivalent with written permission
of the instructor. Placement tests are available.
German 200 reviews basic German grammar and usage,
and introduces students to modern German short stories
by such authors as Kafka, Brecht and Boll. It aims
through the discussion of the cultures and concerns of the
German-speaking peoples to increase the ability to
communicate in the fullest sense of the term.

German 201
(3)
Intermediate German

(3,1.75,0) (S)

Prerequisite: German 200 (minimum Grade C-), German
12 (or its equivalent with written permission of the
instructor.) Placement tests are available.
Continues the review and development of German
language skills at the Intermediate level. Together with
German 200 it completes the requirements for the Second
Year of college/university German.

History
Instructional Faculty
R. CAMPBELL, B A . (California), M.A. (UBC)
R. FUHR, B.A. (UBC) M.A. (McGill)
H. JONES, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
M. LEGATES, B.A. (Washington), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.
(Yale)

General Information
History teaches an understanding of the past that helps
people cope with the present and suggests possibilities for
the future. Critical thinking and analysis form the core of
this discipline and are essential skills in a rapidly changing society.
Students planning to major in History should have at
least four history courses at the College. These can be
A N Y four courses. A n intended major should also have a
broad sampling of courses in the Social Sciences and
Humanities. Students planning to major in history at SFU
should take six history courses in the first two years. For
UBC the requirement is four history courses. Students
planning to take honours should acquire a reading
knowledge of an appropriate non-English language.

University Transfer Credit
All History courses at Capilano (including Women's
Studies 220) transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details
consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions
History 100
(3)
History of the Ancient World

(4,0,0) (F)

The origins of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia, the
civilizations of Ancient Greece and Rome, the origins and
development of Judaism and the early Christian Church.

History 102
(3)
(4,0,0) (F)
Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution
A survey of European history beginning with the 16th c.
Protestant Reformation and including absolutism, the
scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the old regime
and the French Revolution.

History 103
(3)
Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries

(4,0,0) (S)

Topics include the Industrial Revolution, the rise of
political ideologies, nationalism and imperialism, the
Russian Revolution, the two world wars, and the interwar period.

History 108
(3)
Issues and Themes in U.S. History

(4,0,0) (F)

American history from 1607 to 1877 including analysis of
social and political developments from early settlement

through the Civil War era. Emphasis is placed on the
development of an "American" culture, with appropriate
comparisons to the development of Canada.

History 109
(3)
Issues and Themes in U.S. History

(4,0,0) (S)

U.S. history from 1865 to the present. A study of the development of America as a world power after the Civil
War. Special emphasis is given to "American" culture,
and appropriate comparisons are made with Canada.

History 110
(3)
Canada Before Confederation

(4,0,0) (F,S)

A study of New France and British North America.
Special emphasis is placed on issues and ideas which are
significant in the creation of Canada, in particular, the
making of Canadian society in pre-Confederation years.

History 111
(3)
Canada Since Confederation

(4,0,0) (F,S)

The development of Canada since 1867. In particular we
discuss the issues that affect most Canadians: relations
with the United States, prosperity and poverty, and the
making of a Canadian "culture". By the end of the course
students should have not only a better understanding of
this country's past, but also what makes Canada unique.

History 205
(3)
British Columbia

(4,0,0) (F)

From the first contact between natives and whites in the
18th century to the political domination of Social Credit,
this course analyses the main issues that have affected
British Columbians. It also examines some aspects of the
development of the North Shore.

History 207
(3)
Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance

(4,0,0) (S)

This course covers a colourful and creative period in
European history from the 3rd to the 15th century. Topics
include the late Roman Empire and rise of Christianity,
monasticism and the church, feudal society and politics,
the rise of towns, the crusades, the Black Death, and the
art, culture and society of Renaissance Italy.

History 208
(3)
Canadian-American Relations

(4,0,0) (S)

This course examines the major events and themes that
have shaped the Canadian-American relationship. From
the American Revolution, the war that ultimately created
both countries, to recent years, we analyse the influence
that the United States has had on Canada.

Women's Studies 220
(3)
Women & the Past: An Historical Survey

(4,0,0) (F)

See page 90 for course description.
Academic — History

67

Japanese

Kinesiology

Instructional Faculty

New Program

NORIKO O M A E , B A . , M A . , Teaching Certificates (Osaka
University of Foreign Studies), M.Phil. (U. of Exeter)

Anticipated offering in Fall Term of 1991. Contact the
Pure and Applied Science Division for more information,
984-4955.

University Transfer Credit
For details, consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the
Calendar.

Course Descriptions
Japanese 100
(3)
First Year Japanese

(3,2,0) (F)

A comprehensive introduction to the Japanese language
through the study of vocabulary, grammar and culture.
Emphasis is placed on aural comprehension in the earlier
stage, in order to prepare students to speak the language.
The Japanese writing system will also be introduced.

Japanese 100
(3)
First Year Japanese

(1.5,1,0) (F,S)

The same course content as above but taught at a slower
pace. The course period extends over two terms.

Japanese 101
(3)
First Year Japanese

(3,2,0) (S)

General Information
The Capilano College Department of Kinesiology and
Physical Education offers a complete first year university
program in kinesiology, designed for students planning
on transferring to Simon Fraser University for second year
for completion of a major or a degree in the subject.

First Year Program
Biology 108 or 110 and 111
Chemistry 104/105 or 108/109 or 110/111
Kinesiology 142
Math 110/111
Physics 108 or 110
Suggested electives:
Kinesiology 143
Physics 111 (required at SFU as part of the first two year's
requirements)

Prerequisite: Japanese 100 or permission from instructor.

Course Descriptions

Students will learn to comprehend simple discourse,
simplified texts, speak in a variety of situations, write
simple sentences, and understand cultural differences.

Kinesiology 142
(3)
Introduction to Kinesiology

Japanese 101
(3)
First Year Japanese

(1.5,1,0) (F,S)

The same course content as above, but taught at a slower
pace. This course extends over two terms.

Japanese 200
(3)
Second Year Japanese

(3,2,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Japanese 101 or permission from instructor.
A course to provide students with communicative skills at
an advanced beginner's level of Japanese. Students will
acquire the ability to understand and speak in various
situations on a variety of everyday topics, and also to read
adapted texts and write with coherency. The cultural
aspect of the language is an integral part of the course.

Japanese 201
(3)
Second Year Japanese

(3,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Japanese 200 or instructor's permission.
Skills at an advanced beginner's - intermediate level.
Students will acquire proficiency in situational and thematic speaking and writing, and also in understanding
and reading partly adapted spoken and written Japanese.
This course will prepare students to deal with unadapted
Japanese in continuing courses of study.

Academic — Japanese/Klnesiology

(4,2,0) (S)

A n introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline of kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance
according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise
physiology, and motor learning principles.

Kinesiology 143
(3)
Exercise Management

(2,2,0) (S)

An introduction to exercise management and exercise
physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques
and fitness appraisal.
Fore information on the Physical Education program see
page 78.

Labour Studies
Contact: 984-4954

including Marxist economic theory. Discussion will focus
on the development and nature of capitalist economics
and the causes of short and long term economic crises.

Instructional Faculty
C. ASKEW, B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC)
N. A M O N , B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU)
M. BOLTON, B.A., LL.B. (UBC)
S. D I A M O N D
S. L A N Y O N , B.A. (UBC), LL.B. (UBC)
E. L A V A L L E , B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke)
L. M C G R A D Y , B.A. (Toronto), LL.B. (Man.)
A. N. M A C L E A N , B.A. (Alto.), LL.B. (UBC)
B. MERRALL, (Diploma) Labour College of Canada
R. NEWKIRK, B.A. (Lethbridge), Teaching Cert.
(Lethbridge)
S. O ' D O N N E L L , B.A., M.A. (UBC)
P. PETRIE, B.A., M.A., (Maine)
S. RUSH, B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC)

General Information
The Labour Studies Program is committed to meet the
special education needs of B.C. workers, their organizations and the labour movement in general.
Close relations with the labour movement are maintained
through the Users' Advisory Committee which is open to
representatives of unions who use the program. This
hard-working group of representatives actively engage in
promoting and developing the program.
Courses in Labour Studies are offered on both a credit
and credit-free basis. The Fall program is offered in
October and November and the Spring program in March
through May. Each Fall and Spring a special brochure
describing the courses to be offered is issued. This
brochure is available by writing the program or phoning.
Courses are offered in the evening and on weekends.
Many participants in the program have their registration
fees paid by the Education Department of their Union.

Course Descriptions
LSP 100
(1.5,0) (F)
Introduction to Economics for Trade Unionists
Introduces economics and emphasizes both orthodox and
alternative views of how the Canadian economy has
developed and how it operates. Canadian economy is
placed in an historical and international perspective.
Discussion will centre around government policies
towards unemployment, inflation and the Canadian
dollar.

LSP 101
Labour Economics: Alternatives & Options

(1.5,0) (F,S)

LSP 110
B.C. Labour Law

This is an introductory course designed to acquaint union
activists, committee members and staff with the essentials
of provincial labour law. Students will gain knowledge of
the history of current labour law, the Industrial Relations
Act and important Industrial Relations Council decisions.
Topics such as eligibility for union membership, organizing, certification, unfair labour practices, strikes, lockouts,
and picketing will be covered in detail.

LSP 111
The Canada Labour Code

(1.5,0) (F,S)

A broad examination of the Code and decisions which
affect unions under federal labour jurisdiction. Introduction of labour law research methods and their application.
Emphasis is placed on the policy underlying the code and
the creation and effect of the collective agreement.

LSP 113
(1.5,0) (F,S)
Public Service Staff Relations Act (PSSRA)
A wide examination of the federal labour laws dealing
specifically with the public sector worker and their
impact. Emphasis on labour law research methods and
their application, collective agreements, grievances and
back-to-work legislation for "essential" service workers.

LSP 115
Issues in Occupational Health and Safety

(1,0) (F,S)

A general background to and overview of the main social,
medical, economic, technical and legal issues facing B.C.
workers in the field of health and safety. Special attention
will be given to the Worker's Compensation Board.

LSP 116
Workers' Compensation - Act & WCB

(1,0) (F,S)

The statutory and administrative framework of the Workers' Compensation Board is examined. The course is
adjusted to the expectations of the majority of people
enrolled in any term, but is generally geared to familiarize
students with the preparation and presentation of appeals
to the Board of Review and Commissioners. All phases
of claims handling are examined, from initial acceptance
or rejection, including setting of wage rates to assessments and the payment of pensions.

(1.5,0) (S)

This course builds on the material from LSP 100 to
provide information on alternative economic models

LSP 117
Introduction to UIC Procedures

(1,0)(F,S)

This course emphasizes a practical understanding of the

Academic — Labour Studies

69

framework of unemployment insurance and, therefore,
the jargon used in the act and by the commission. The
course will cover the structure of Canada's Unemployment Insurance Act, including the most recent amendments. It will outline the qualifications needed in order to
claim unemployment insurance, including "insurable
employment," the "variable entrance requirement,"
"repeaters," "new entrance and re-entrance" and "parttime worker."
LSP 119
Civil Rights and the Work Place

(1,0) (F,S)

Specific civil rights problems arising in the work place,
including issues of political, economic and legal rights of
the worker; examination of legal remedies available to
trade unions and the employee to prevent infringement of
civil rights in the work place; protection of civil rights
under the provincial and federal legislation through
contracting and in collective agreements. A problemsolving format with discussions of current civil rights
issues, "right-to-work" legislation, race and sex discrimination.
LSP 131
Race and Ethnic Relations

(1.5,0)(F,S)

The issue of racism has been used in the past to weaken
and divide unions. This course will help unionists
become sensitive to complexities of race and ethnic
relations; give practical advice on integrating minority
workers into the union and develop techniques to deal
with biases and prejudice at the work place and in the
community. Approaches to combatting the disruptive
effects of racism will be discussed.
LSP 140
History of the Labour Movement In Canada

(1,5,0) (S)

A survey of the history of the labour movement in
Canada from the formation of the working class in the
19th century through to mass industrial unionism. By
looking at specific conflicts a good overview is obtained
of the struggles of the labour movement to gain the right
to organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively
and provide decent wages and working conditions.
LSP 142
History of the Labour Movement in B.C.

(1.5,0) (F)

The birth and growth of trade unionism in B.C. Through
a wide collection of printed and visual materials participants will analyze the raw and vital struggles between
B.C.'s working people and the industrialists who opposed
them. The major economic and political issues of the
movement will be traced; the right to organize, the right
to bargain, the demand for the nine and eight-hour day,

Academic - Labour Studies

70

the problems of racism and immigration, the struggle to
organize the industrial, public and clerical sectors, the
fight for women's rights, political expression
LSP 151
(1,0) (F,S)
Leadership Skills, Assertiveness and Advocacy
Attempts not only to provide women with the skills they
need to take a leadership role in their trade union, but
also takes a careful look at the way sex role stereotyping
inhibits us from developing these skills. This course
covers the following areas: Women and Power, Assertiveness, Advocacy, Organizing and Group Dynamics.
LSP 170
Communications: Public Speaking and
Parliamentary Procedures

(1.5,0) (F.S)

A l l the skills and techniques necessary for effective
communications in active union involvement. Designed
to meet the needs of active unionists and officers, this
course combines principles and practice in a "learn while
doing" format. Training in the following skills areas:
1. effective public speaking: including methods of oral
communication, effective listening and response, confidence building, and style development. Role plays will
aid the participant in overcoming fears and speech
anxiety while maximizing organization, objectives and
analysis of impact.
2. effective meetings: effective chairing, preparation of
agendas, and building a good "process" with the assistance of rules of order.
LSP 181
Collective Bargaining

(1.5,0) (F,S)

Technical and practical information for the beginning
union negotiator. Includes instruction on the bargaining
process beginning with preparation, development of
proposals, contract language and costing. Advocacy skills
for facing management will be taught and practised
through role playing. Material will be available for the
specific needs of public and private sector bargaining.
LSP 210
Arbitration

(1.5,0) (F,S)

This course, which is open to students who have previously completed LSP 110, 111, 113 or any other Labour
Law course, will be an advanced arbitration course
dealing with matters such as rules of evidence, procedures, selection of arbitrators, arbitration powers and a
brief history of arbitration. It will deal with grievance
arbitration arising out of the collective agreement..

Mathematics
Instructional Faculty
A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.A., Ph.D.
(Missouri), Coordinator of Mathematics
L.F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A., (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U)
R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC)
R.B. INSLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC,) M.Sc. (UBC)
J. JOHNSTON, B.Math (Waterloo), B.Ed. (Toronto),
M.Math (Waterloo)
C. M O R G A N , B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc.,Ph.D (Memorial)
R.R. RENNIE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (UBC)
K.V. TOWSON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU)
R.H. VERNER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSU), B.C. Teaching
Cert. (UBC)
A. W A T E R M A N , B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU), B.C. Teaching
Cert. (UBC)
C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto)

Laboratory Supervisor
L Y N N , W., B.Sc. (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterloo)

General Information
The Mathematics Department offers courses in mathematics, primarily at the first and second-year university level.
In addition, refresher courses or skill upgrading courses
are available.

I) Options for Mathematics 11 Equivalency
A. Classroom Format: Math 099
B. Self Paced Format: Math 009/010

II) Options for Mathematics 12 Equivalency
A. Classroom Format: 1. Math 103
or 2. Math 105
or 3. Math 107
Math 107 is a specialized Math 12 equivalent designed for
business, commerce and some non-science programs.
Math 103 and 105 are general Math 12 equivalents. Math
103 is an expanded version of Math 105 meeting 6 hours
per week and includes some of the Math 099 content.
B. Self Paced Format: Math 010/011/012
All of these Math 12 equivalent options receive individual
transfer credit at SFU. If combined with a calculus course
(Math 108 or Math 110) all receive transfer at UBC to UBC
Math 111.

III)

Options for University Level

Entering students should use the following three sections,
Parts A , B, and C as guidelines for selecting math courses

at the first-year level. Due to the specialized needs of
some programs at the universities, the Mathematics
Department advises students to consult the university
calendar and to seek guidance from a college counsellor,
advisor, or math instructor for the appropriate course
selection.

A. Students Planning to proceed in Science, Computing
Science, Mathematics, Architecture and Forestry.
These students normally take Math 110/111 during their
first year.
Comments:
1. Students planning to pursue mathematics or statistics
at UBC should take in their first year: Math 110/111;
Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111; Chemistry 110/
111 or 108/109; Computing Science 110/111; English (six
credits).
2. Math 101 /102 are recommended by some science
departments at SFU.
3. The Mathematics Department encourages those
students with only a "C+" grade in Math 12 to take Math
105 before attempting Math 110.

B. Students Planning to proceed in Arts or Commerce
Programs.
1. Students planning to pursue a program in the Faculty
of Arts, who wish to satisfy a one-year science course
elective, normally take one of the following two course
combinations: Math 101/102; 103/108; 105/108 or 110;
107/108; 108/109 or 110/111.
2. Students planning to enter second-year Commerce at
Capilano College or UBC take:
a) Math 108 & 109 (or Math 110 & 111). (For students
having completed Math 12 with a "C" grade or better).
b) Math 107 & 108 (or Math 105 & 110). (For students
having completed Math 11 with a "C" grade or better).
** Students planning to enter the Commerce Program at
UBC must not take Math 101.
For a detailed description of the commerce courses and
programs at Capilano College see the Calendar section
titled Commerce.
3. For transfer to Business Administration SFU, the
following are required: Math 107, (if B.C. Math 12 not
completed) and Math 108. In addition, Math 101 is
advised. For Honours in Business Administration Math
109 is required.
4. Students planning to study economics at UBC must
take Math 108 and 109.

Academic —

Mathematics

71

C. Students planning to proceed in the Engineering
Program.
See Calendar section entitled Engineering.

University Transfer Credit

Course Descriptions
Note: Students are strongly cautioned that normally they
need at least a "B-" grade in a prerequisite course (preferably within the past year) in order to have a reasonable
chance for success in the following course.
(1)

* Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled
hours per week for this course.
Mathematics 099

For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the
Calendar.

Mathematics 009

identities; inverses, triangles, vectors and applications.
This course is offered on a self-paced format.

(0,3*,0)(SU,F,S)

Arithmetic

(3)

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Intermediate Algebra
Prerequisite: Math 11 with a "P™ or permission (signature)
of a Mathematics instructor.
Math 099 begins with introductory algebra and continues
with the development of intermediate algebra. Students
will be introduced to linear and quadratic functions,
logarithms and trigonometry. This course is primarily for
students who require a Math 11 equivalent and who
anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105 or 107).
Mathematics 101
(3)
Introduction to Statistics

(4,0,0) (F,S)

A review of the basic arithmetic operations. Applications
to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes. This
is a self-paced course primarily intended for returning
students who require a basic math refresher.

Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or Math 099 or B M T H
045

* Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled
hours per week for this course.

A n introduction to the language of statistics and some
statistical methods, including random variables and their
distribution; random sampling, normal distribution,
estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses.

Mathematics 010
(1)
Elementary Algebra

(0,3*,0) (SU,F,S)

Mathematics 102

(3)

Prerequisite: Math 009 or permission of the instructor.

Statistical Methods

Reviews and develops basic algebraic skills necessary in
the solution of algebraic equations and the factorization of
polynomials. Introduction to analytic geometry with
emphasis on straight lines. This course is offered on a
self-paced format.

Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 101

* Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled
hours per week for this course.
Mathematics 011
(1)
Intermediate Algebra with Functions

(0,3*,0) (SU.F.S)

Prerequisite: Math 010 or permission of the instructor.
This course continues the development of the algebraic
skills introduced in Math 010. Inequalities; functions,
exponential and logarithmic functions; systems of linear
equations; analytic geometry with emphasis on the conic
sections. This course is offered on a self-paced format.
* Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled
hours per week for this course.
Mathematics 012
Trigonometry

(1)

(0,3*,0) (SU,F,S)

Prerequisite: Math 011 or 099 or permission of the
instructor.
Introduction to the trigonometric functions, trigonometric

Academic — Mathematics

72

(4,0,0) (S)

A study of important statistical methods commonly used
in the analysis of research data, including t-tests and their
non-parametric competitors, one and two-way analysis of
variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis.
Mathematics 103
(4.5)
Intermediate Algebra and Precalculus

(6,0,0) (F,S)

NOTE: This course is not transferable to U B C except if
combined with Math 110 or Math 108.
Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a "C" grade, or Math
010 or B M T H 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 099
with at least a "C-" grade.
A brief review of introductory algebra, plus intermediate
algebra and precalculus, with a focus on functions,
mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms,
and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to
the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end of
the term). Primarily for students who anticipate taking
calculus courses or who require a Math 12 equivalent
course.
No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107.

Mathematics 105

(4,0,0) (SU,F,S)

(3)

Precalculus Mathematics
NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if
combined with Math 110 or 108.

derivatives, extrema, Lagrange multipliers, integration
techniques, multiple integrals, some techniques for
solving differential equations and difference equations.
No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111.

Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math
010 or B M T H 045 or Math 11 at least with a "B" grade.

Mathematics 110

A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs,
mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and
exponential functions. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require a Math 12
equivalent course.

Prerequisite: At least a "C+" grade in Math 12 or Math 012
or B M T H 046, or at least a " C " grade in both Math 12 and
Calculus 12, or at least a " C - " grade in Math 103 or Math
105.

Notes:
1. Math 105 is also offered on a self-paced format with the
permission of the instructor.
2. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107.
Mathematics 107

(3)

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Precalculus for Business and Social Sciences
NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC unless combined with Math 108.

(4.5)

(6,0,0) (SU.F.S)

Calculus I

The Mathematics Department encourages those students
with only a "C+" grade in Math 12 to take Math 105
before attempting Math 110.
A brief review of functions; trigonometry; analytic geometry; the derivative, techniques of differentiation, applications of the derivative to M A X - M I N and related rate
problems, the definite integral, logarithmic and exponential functions.
No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110.

Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or B M T H 045 with at
least a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-".

This course may be completed by guided self-study format using
video instruction.

A precalculus course designed for business/commerce
students.

Mathematics 111

The mathematical models/applications in this course will
be mainly business/finance oriented.

Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in Math 110.

Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute
value, systems of linear equations,functions and graphs,
inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential
and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem.
No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107.
Mathematics 108

(3)

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: At least a " C " grade in Math 12 or Math 012
or B M T H 046, or at least a " C - " grade in Math 103 or
Math 105, or Math 107.
A brief review of algebra, functions, and analytic geometry. The derivative with applications to curve sketching,
optimization, growth and decay. The integral with applications.
No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110.
(3)

(6,0,0) (F,S)

A study of the anti-derivative; the integral, techniques of
integration and application of the integral; sequences,
infinite series and Taylor's Theorem.
No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111.
Mathematics 152

(4,0,1) (S)

(3)

Linear Algebra with Differential Equations
NOTE: This course is intended for students in the
Engineering Program.
Corequisite: Math 111

Calculus for Business and Social Sciences I

Mathematics 109

(4.5)

Calculus II

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Introduction to linear algebra, vectors, dot and cross
products; complex numbers; matrix algebra and applications; determinants; eigenvalues; introduction to first
order linear differential equations and first order linear
systems; engineering applications.
The Math Department offers a full second-year
university transfer program in math. Students planning
to take 200 level math should seek advice from math
instructors.

Calculus for Business and Social Sciences II
Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in Math 108 or Math
110.
Functions of several independent variables, partial
Academic — Mathematics

73

Music
Mathematics 200
Linear Algebra

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in Math 111.
A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices,
determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms.

Mathematics 205
(3)
Introduction to Probability and Statistics

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Math 111 with at least a " C - " grade or Math
110 and permission of instructor.
A calculus based study of probability, investigating the
elements of probability, discrete and continuous random
variables, mathematical expectation, moment generating
functions, Central Limit Theorem, sampling from normal
populations, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing.

Mathematics 215
(3)
Introduction to Analysis

(4,0,0) (S)

NOTE: This course will be offered in the spring when
sufficient student demand is evident during the previous
Fall term.

Prerequisite: At least a "B-" average in Math 110 and 111.
A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematics. Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences and series;
introduction to continuity, the derivative, Riemann
Integral.

Mathematics 230
Calculus III

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in Math 111.
Corequisite: Math 200 (if not already completed) or
permission of instructor.
Analytical geometry of three dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; double and triple integrals; transformations to various coordinate systems.

Mathematics 231
Calculus IV

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in Math 230.
Vector calculus; line and surface integrals; Green's
Theorem; vector fields; divergence theorem; Stokes's
Theorem; applications.

Mathematics 235
(3)
Introduction to Differential Equations

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in each of Math 200 and
Math 230.
A n introduction to ordinary differential equations; first
order equations; higher order linear differential equations;
linear systems; power series techniques; Laplace transform method; the phase plane, applications.

Academic — Mathematics/Music
74

MUSIC UNIVERSITY TRANSFER PROGRAM
This program is designed for students who desire to go
on to a B.Mus. degree program at a university. All
courses in this program carry transfer credit to the Music
Department of UBC and the Faculty of Music at the
University of Victoria. The program consists of a liberal
arts education and specialized music training, including
theory, history, and applied music. Some courses also
carry transferability into the Faculty of Education at UBC.
In addition, students desiring to transfer into the Faculty
of Arts at UBC and SFU with a major in Music may take
Music 100/101 and Music 120/121 in their first year, and
Music 200/201 and 220/221 in their second year.
For further information look in the Career section of the
Calendar under Music.

Philosophy
Philosophy 111
(3)
Critical Thinking with Computers

Instructional Faculty
M. BATTERSBY, B A . (NYU), Ph.D. (UBC)
J. B A U G H , B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UBC), LL.B. (UBC)
J. DIXON, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC)
S. ENGLER, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UT)
S. GARDNER, B.A. (McGILL), B.Phil. (Oxford), Ph.D.
(Concordia)
M. GUTTERIDGE, B.A. (York), M.A. (SFU)
S. PERSKY, B.A., M A . (UBC)
Y. WESTWELL-ROPER, M.A., Ed.D. (UBC), D.Phil
(Oxford)

University Transfer Credit
A l l of the Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College
have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia.

Course Descriptions
Philosophy 101
(3)
Introductory Philosophy: Ethics

(3,0,0) (F,S)

An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with
questions of value. These include such issues as: "What
is morality?", "Why be moral?", "What is the relationship
between law and morality?", "Are there any objective
moral values?", as well as such issues as abortion, suicide,
civil disobedience, capital punishment, and the environment. The emphasis of the course varies from instructor
to instructor.

Philosophy 102
(3)
(3,0,0) (F,S)
Introductory Philosophy: Knowledge and Reality
A n introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with
questions about the ultimate nature of the world we live
in and our knowledge of it (traditionally called Metaphysics and Epistemology). The issues discussed
include: the existence and nature of God, the place of
human beings in the universe, the nature of reality,
human nature, human knowledge and skepticism,
freedom and determinism, the relationship between mind
and body, and others. The emphasis of the course varies
from instructor to instructor.

Philosophy 110
(3)
Logical Serf-Defense

(3,0,0) (F,S)

An introduction to the basic rules of clear and rational
thought. The student will be taught through extensive
examples how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate
appeals to emotions, inconsistencies and contradictions.
The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point
that we can no longer be victimized by the rhetoric of
everyday life, and can develop our own arguments with
clarity and confidence.

(3,0,0)

This course is a sequel to Logical Self Defense (Phil 110)
and will provide students with advance practice in the
skills developed in Logical Self Defence. Students will
also be taught the use of computers to enhance their
ability to quickly find and assess information. Computer
techniques to be learned will include using and making
databases, outlining programs, and spreadsheets. Instruction will also be given on oral presentation of
persuasive material, the art of reasonable dialogue,
analyzing the news media, and assessing statistical
arguments.
Successful completion of this course should result in
increased competence in carrying on rational dialogue
and the ability to make sophisticated use of computers to
evaluate and develop arguments.
Prerequisites: Logical Self Defense (PHIL 110) or permission of the instructor. Some familiarity with computers
will be helpful.

Philosophy 120
(3)
Understanding Scientific Reasoning

(3,0,0)

This course will provide students with an introduction to
modern formal logic, and then utilize that skill to explore
such topics as the nature and testing of scientific theories
in both the natural and social sciences, the difference
between causal relations and correlations, and rational
decision making. Attention will be given to both the
problem-solving and philosophical aspects of scientific
reasoning.
There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural
continuation of Philosophy 110, and will appeal especially
to students who have an interest in either the natural or
social sciences.

Philosophy 130
(3)
Philosophy of Science

(3,0,0)

Students will learn how to understand the activity of
science through theoretical reflection on it and detailed
study of developments which promise to bring about
scientific revolutions. Topics to be discussed might
include: socio-biology, artificial intelligence, the concept
of intelligence, the nature of explanation, the role of
observation in science, determinism and indeterminism,
causation, inductive inference, scientific method, laws and
theories, and the status of theoretical constructs.
There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural
companion to Philosophy 110, and will appeal to students
of mathematics and the natural or social sciences.

Academic — Philosophy

75

Philosophy 140
(3)
(3,0,0) (F)
Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Canadian Law
A general introduction to the fundamental principles of
jurisprudence and to the basic legal institutions of Canada. In addition to addressing such philosophical questions as, "What is a law?", "Is it the case that law is what
legislatures say it is, or what courts say it is?", and "How
do you tell whether a law is good or bad?", the course
also examines the history and theory of Canadian law
(including the development of the Canadian Constitution), the system of Canadian courts, and the roles of
members of the legal profession. As well, consideration is
given to the nature of legal reasoning, the doctrine of
precedent, and principles of statutory interpretation, and
an introduction is provided to the fields of contract, torts,
administrative and family law, as well as to the process of
law reform.

Philosophy 141
(3)
(3,0,0) (S)
Philosophy and Law: Introduction to the Criminal
Justice System
An introduction to an analysis of theories of punishment
and rehabilitation through an examination of the operational practices of the Canadian criminal justice system.
In the course of studying the structure and operations of
the criminal justice system in its various stages from the
moment of initial police involvement to the correctional
disposition of convicted offenders, the course focuses on
both theoretical and practical decision making. Theoretical concerns include: individual civil liberties in relation
to police procedures, notions of evidence, sentencing
theory, and current correctional strategies.
The above two courses are modelled on SFU's Criminology 131/135 and are intended for both philosophy
students and those interested in pursuing further studies
in the field of criminology.

Philosophy 200
(3)
Political Philosophy

(3,0,0) (F)

This course provides an analysis of the rationale for
political institutions and action. Some of the questions
considered: Are we really obliged to obey the law? Can
the law be justifiably represented as authoritative, or is
the real foundation of law in the policeman's holster?
Does the state have good reason for involving itself in
compulsory programs of education? This is not a study in
the history of political thought and every effort is made to
view problems from a contemporary perspective.

Philosophy 201
(3)
Political Philosophy

(3,0,0) (S)

This course examines the values and assumptions behind
the ideologies of liberalism, communism, meritocracy,

Academic — Philosophy

76

conservatism, democratic socialism and anarchism.
Topics include liberty and equality, power and authority,
private rights and the public good, sovereignty, democracy and justice.

Philosophy 202
(3)
Introduction to Formal Logic

(3,0,0)

This course provides an introduction to symbolic logic. It
teaches students how to translate arguments in English
into a powerful symbolic language which makes it possible to prove whether these arguments are valid or
invalid. Logical consistency, entailment,truth under an
interpretation, and other concepts needed to understand
the logic of deductive reasoning are carefully examined.
This course is recommended for philosophy and computing science students.

Philosophy 207
Business Ethics

(3)

(3,0,0)

This course is an introduction to contemporary philosophical thinking on ethical issues in business. It covers
such topics as the power of multinational corporations,
bribery and extortion in international business, the ethics
of hiring practices, advertising and behaviour control, the
conflict between employee loyalty and moral independence, and the responsibilities of corporations and business
professionals. The course will also introduce students to a
number of classical ethical theories and theories of economic justice.

Philosophy 208
(3)
Environmental Ethics

(3,0,0) (F)

This course deals with contemporary ethical issues arising
from the relationship between human beings and their
natural surroundings. Topics include general questions
about rights and moral standing (e.g. do trees, animals
and future generations have moral claims on us?), issues
concerning the preservation of the wilderness, the depletion of natural resources, and the global effects of pollution, as well as problems affecting the formation of social
policy. Open to anyone in first or second year. No
prerequisites.

Philosophy 209
(3)
Biomedical Ethics

(3,0,0)

This course will focus on ethical issues that arise in the
health sciences, especially in medicine, but also in biology, psychology and other professions. Among the topics
to be considered are abortion and reproductive technology; euthanasia; paternalism and autonomy; resource
allocation; involuntary hospitalization and behaviour
control. All moral problems will be examined from both
an applied and theoretical point of view.

Philosophy 210
(3)
Metaphysics and Epistemology

(3,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: At least one Philosophy course or permission
of the instructor.
An introduction to some of the traditional problems of
metaphysics and epistemology. Some of the questions
considered are: Does God exist? What is the relationship
between faith and reason? Does free will exist? Is sense
perception a reliable source of knowledge? What is the
nature of causality? Is materialism true? What is the
nature of mind? What is the relationship between mind
and body? What is the scientific method? While this is
not a course in the history of Philosophy, it will cover
many of the classical attempts to answer these questions.

Philosophy 211
(3)
Metaphysics and Epistemology
Prerequisite:

(3,0,0) (S)

Philosophy 210 or permission of instructor

A continuation of Philosophy 210.

Philosophy 220
(3)
Philosophy In Literature

(3,0,0)

issues that preoccupied the Greeks as presented in a range
of materials extending from Homer to Aristotle. Students
will read Homer's account of the Trojan War; experience
the theatre of Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes;
and examine life in 4th century B.C. Athens through the
works of Thucydides, Plato and Aristotle. The contention
of this course is that not only is Greek history and culture
interesting in itself, but that it raises issues that are
thoroughly relevant to the contemporary situation.

Philosophy 231
(3)
Philosophy of Religion

(3,0,0)

A study of the central philosophical issues of religious
thought and experience. Included will be a discussion of
the intellectual merits of religious beliefs, the nature of
revelation, mysticism, and fundamentalism, as well as the
apparent conflict between religion and science. The
traditional arguments for the existence of God will be assessed, and there will be discussion of the relationship
between religion and morality, and of the role of religion
in society and personal life. Although not a survey of
comparative religion, an effort will be made to offer an
introduction to a range of spiritual beliefs.

An examination of the lively relationship between Philosophy and Literature. Philosophical theories will be approached and discussed via literary work which either
embodies the theories or grounds them in human experience. Textual sources will range from the classical Greek
plays to last month's best seller.

Philosophy 221 (3)
Existentialism In Literature

(3,0,0)

This course is, in spirit, a continuation of Philosophy 220,
but it is centred on the Philosophy of Existentialism in
literature. There will be an introductory set of lectures on
Existentialism as a philosophy. Textual sources will range
from Dostoyevsky's "Notes from the Underground" to
Sartre's "Nausea."

Philosophy 222
(3)
Philosophy of Culture (Aesthetics)

(3,0,0)

An introduction to philosophical analysis of cultural
works. The course will provide an exploration of aesthetic
theory, examining both traditional works of art as well as
contemporary cultural productions in a variety of media.
One of the objectives of the course is to make sense of
what a society is "saying" through its popular culture.

Philosophy 230
Greek Thought

(3)

(3,0,0)

Greek Thought is a survey of ancient Greek philosophy,
culture and science. As an examination of the foundations of Western civilization, it introduces students to the
Academic — Philosophy

77

Physical Education
New Program
Anticipated offering in Fall Term of 1991. For more information contact the Pure and Applied Science Division,
984-4955.

Leisure and Sport Administration Option
English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106*
Economics 200,201
Arts/Sciences: six credits
Kinesiology 142,143
Physical Education 110,161,164

General Information
The Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education
offers a complete first year university program in physical
education, which enables students to meet the first year
requirements for any of the seven physical education
options offered at the University of British Columbia. A
student may thus choose from any of these seven options
and transfer to the physical education program at UBC for
second year.
FIRST YEAR P R O G R A M
Exercise Science Option
English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106*
18 units (six units/discipline) from:
Biology 108 or 110 and 111
Chemistry 104/105 or 108/109 or 110/111
Math 110/111
Physics 108 or 110 and 111 or 114/115
Kinesiology 142
Physical Education 110,164
General Studies Option
English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106*
Arts/Sciences: 12 credits
Kinesiology 142,143
Physical Education 110,161,164
Health and Fitness Option
English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106*
Arts/Sciences: 12 credits
Kiensiology 142,143
Physical Education 110,161,164
Instruction and Coaching Option
English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106*
Arts/Sciences: 12 credits
Kinesiology 142,143
Physical Education 110,161,164
Leisure Studies Option
English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106*
History 110/111
Kinesiology 142,143
Physical Education 110,161,164
Sociology 100/101

•Note: English 100 and 102 DO NOT transfer together as
first year English.

Academic — Physical

78

Education

Motor Performance and Control Option
English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106*
Biology 108 or 110 and 111
Kinesiology 142,143
Physical Education 110,161,164
Psychology 100 and 101 or 200,201,204, or 205

Course Descriptions
Kinesiology 142

(3)

(4,2,0) (S)

Introduction to Kinesiology
A n introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline of kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance
according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise
physiology, and motor learning principles.
Kinesiology 143
(3)
Exercise Management

(2,2,0) (S)

An introduction to exercise management and exercise
physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques
and fitness appraisal.
Physical Education 110

(3)

(3,2,0) (S)

Analysis of Individual Sport and Dance Performance
Pre or corequisite. Kinesiology 142

An examination of the specific sport science principles
which are used to analyze sports and dance skills, detect
errors, and provide methods for correction. The basis for
understanding relationships between aesthetics and
movement in performance, and for understanding the
role of form in evaluating individual performances in
sport and dance are also emphasized.
Physical Education 161

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Introduction to Social Aspects of Leisure and Sports
A n introduction to and examination of the relationships
between leisure, sports activities, and society. The
political, economic and social basis of the development of
sports and leisure in the west are emphasized.
Physical Education 164

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition
A n introductory examination of motor skill acquisition,
and the variables which influence the learning and
performance of motor skills. Investigation of the relationship between skill acquisition, growth and development.

Physics
Instructional Faculty
M. F R E E M A N , B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal. Tech.),
Ph.D. (UBC)
S. GREENSPOON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc., Ph.D.
(Waterloo) Coordinator of Chemistry, Geology and
Physics
F. P A R V A Z , B.Sc. (Tehran), M.S. Dip. (San Diego State)
Laboratory Supervisors and Technician
D. CIARNIELLO, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor
M. MAGUIRE, C & G Dip. (London), M.M.S. Dip.
(Ireland), Laboratory Technician
V. M O E N , B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor

Physics 108
(4.5)
Basic Physics

(6,2,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Math 12 or B M T H 046 or Math 103 or Math
105. Math 110 is a pre-or corequisite.
The course covers the material of Physics 110, together
with those topics from high school physics needed by a
student with no previous background in physics. A
student passing this course should be able to enter
Physics 111 in the Spring.
Students who have previously attempted Physics 108,
110, or 114 may not be permitted to register in Physics
108.

General Information

Physics 110
(3)
General Physics I

All first-year physics courses include a weekly two-hour
laboratory period. The cost of the labs is included in the
course tuition fee except for lab manuals.

Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 11 or BPHY 042 or
Physics 104; and Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite.

University Transfer Credit
All physics courses at Capilano carry transfer credit to
SFU, UBC and UVic. For details please refer to the
Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar.

Physics
FIRST YEAR
Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109
Math 110/111
English (six credits)
Non-science Elective or Geology, Biology or Computing
Science (six credits)
SECOND YEAR
Physics 200/201,210/211,220/221
Math 200, 230, 231, 235
Elective (six credits)
Students interested in honours physics should consult
physics instructors.

Course Descriptions
Physics 104
(3)
Principles of Physics

(4,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: No physics prerequisite. Math 12 or B M T H
046 or Math 103 or Math 105 is required. Physics 104 is
accepted at BCIT as equivalent to Physics 12.
This course serves as an introduction to physics for
students with little or no background in the subject. It is
intended for students not taking further studies in
science. Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics and
heat.

(4,2,0) (F,S)

A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation,
vibration, and special relativity.

Physics 111
(3)
General Physics II

(4,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: At least a " C - " in either Physics 110 or 108 or
114; and Math 110. Math 111 is a pre-or corequisite. Any
student who has attempted the course within the last year
will not be allowed to register without the instructor's
permission.
Electricity and magnetism, waves, physical optics, sound,
and atomic and nuclear physics.

Physics 114
(3)
Fundamental Physics I

(4,2,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 104; Math 110 is a preor corequisite.
A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation,
vibration, and special relativity.
This course, together with Physics 115, is particularly
suitable for students going into the physical sciences or
engineering.

Physics 115
(3)
Fundamental Physics II

(4,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: At least a " C - " in Physics 114 or at least a "B"
in Physics 108 or 110. Math 111 is a pre- or corequisite.
Electricity and magnetism, waves, physical optics, sound,
and atomic and nuclear physics.
Note: Physics 114/115 are at a more advanced level than
Physics 108/110/111, and are particularly suitable for
students going into the physical sciences or engineering.
Academic — Physics

79

Physics 116
(3)
Fundamental Physics III

(4,0,0) (S)

Physics 220
Mechanics I

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Note: This course is intended for engineering program
students.

Prerequisite: At least a " C " in either Physics 110 or 108 or
114; and Math 111. Math 230 is a pre- or corequisite.

Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114, or with permission of instructor. Physics 108 or 110; Math 111 and
Physics 115 are corequisites.

Newtonian mechanics of particles. Topics include
kinematics, viscous and turbulent drag, rocket propulsion, conservation laws, and centrifugal and Coriolis
forces.

Statics of particles, equilibrium of rigid bodies, rigid body
statics and internal forces. Application of principles from
Physics 114 to practical problems. Thermometry, thermal
properties of matter, heat. A.C. circuits, geometrical
optics.

This course, together with Physics 221, is required for
students majoring in physics and recommended for
students majoring in math or computer science.
Physics 221

Physics 200

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Thermal Physics and Waves
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 111 or 115;
and Math 111. Math 230 must be taken concurrently, if
not already completed. Physics 210 must be taken
concurrently.
Heat, temperature, the first and second laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and waves.
This course, together with Physics 201,210 and 211, is
required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in chemistry.
Physics 201
(3)
Electricity and Magnetism

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: At least a " C -" in Physics 200; Math 230.
Math 231 is a pre- or corequisite. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. Physics 211 must be taken concurrently.
The study of electric and magnetic fields; dc and ac
circuits; LR, RC, LRC circuits; resonance; mechanical
analogs; Maxwell's Equations, Fourier Analysis and
electromagnetic waves.
Physics 210
(1)
Physics Laboratory

(0,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: As for Physics 200 which must be taken
concurrently.
A weekly three-hour lab in mathematical methods,
thermodynamics, electrical measurements and
mechanics.
Physics 211
(1)
Physics Laboratory II

(0,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: As for Physics 201, which must be taken
concurrently.
A weekly three-hour lab in electricity and magnetism,
electronics and mechanics.

Academic — Physics

80

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Mechanics II and Special Relativity
Prerequisite: At least a " C - " in Physics 220; and Math 230.
Math 235 is a recommended corequisite.
More advanced topics in mechanics: application of
special relativity to elementary particle creation and space
travel, eliptical and interplanetary transfer orbits, rigid
body dynamics and gyroscopes.

Political Studies
Instructional Faculty
M. CARR, B A . (UVIC), M.A. (Toronto)
E.M. L A V A L L E , B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke)
P. MIER, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Toronto)
S. PERSKY, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
C. SYLVESTER, B.A. (Gonzaga), M.A. (Notre Dame)
D. WINCHESTER, B.A. (Concordia), M.A. (UBC)

Political Studies 103
(3)
(4,0,0) (S)
Introduction to Politics and Government

All Political Studies courses at Capilano are transferable
to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer
Guide at the back of the Calendar.

This survey course will introduce students to the five
major subfields of Political Studies—Political Theory,
Comparative Politics, International Relations, Public
Policy, and Canadian Government—and provide students
with the fundamental concepts for political analysis and
debate. Political Studies majors will find here a firm
foundation in the concepts, methods, approaches and
issues discussed in other courses in the discipline. Nonmajors will find the course provides them with the tools
for analyzing and understanding the political events
which shape our world.

Course Descriptions

(This course is a pre-requisite for students planning to
continue studying Political Studies at SFU)

Political Studies 100
(3)
(4,0,0) (F,S)
An Introduction to Political Thought - Plato to
Machiavelli

Political Studies 104
Canadian Government

University Transfer Credit

The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the
tradition of Western political inquiry from the Ancient
Greeks to the emergence of the Nation State. Elements
within this tradition will be approached from an historical
and philosophical perspective. Particular emphasis will
be placed upon the critical reading of original texts and
background material will be presented in lectures and
additional reading. Major topics include ancient and
medieval political thought, and the rise of the national
state.

Political Studies 101
(3)
Contemporary Ideologies

(4,0,0) (F,S)

A n introduction to the historical development of contemporary ideologies with an examination of the ideas expressed in the political process. The course includes a
critical analysis of Liberalism, Conservatism, Fascism,
Social Democracy and Marxism-Leninism.

(3)

(4,0,0) (F,S)

A study of the processes, ideologies and government
structures which make up the Canadian political reality.
This course will examine the role of the prime minister's
office, the bureaucracy, political parties, federal-provincial
relations and Canadian foreign policy.

Political Studies 201
(3)
International Relations

(4,0,0) (F,S)

In order to provide students with the background to
understand the nature of international relations, this
course will examine both the events that have been
occurring on the world stage, as well as the possible
explanations for those events. To that end, the course will
focus on such topics as imperialism and neo-imperialism,
local and global wars, the environmental crisis, third
world debt, militarism, disarmament, and the origins of
and recent thawing in the Cold War. Students will also
critique theories offered to explain these events.

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Political Studies 202
(3)
(4,0,0) (F)
Government and Politics of British Columbia

A n introduction to the elements of government and
politics in a comparative perspective. This course will
take two or more political cultures and examine the
formal and informal political structures and processes in
each. A variety of states/countries are selected each term
to use as "case" studies (e.g. U.S. and Latin America;
Western Europe and the Soviet Union; China and Japan).

This course will provide an understanding of the political
institutions, dynamics, and socio-economic processes of
provincial, regional, and municipal governments in
Canada, with particular emphasis on B.C. Specifically, it
is intended to familiarize students with the activities of
political parties and state institutions in B.C., especially
since the end of World War II. It is designed to develop
students' skills in critically analyzing the B.C. political
process from several methodological perspectives within
the discipline of political studies.

Political Studies 102
(3)
Comparative Government

Academic — Political Studies

81

Psychology
Political Studies 203
(3)
International Organizations

(4,0,0) (S)

Since the emergence of the Concert of Europe in 1815,
international organizations have played an increasingly
important role in world politics. This course examines the
development of international and regional governmental
and non-governmental organizations using both the
historical and theoretical perspectives. Special emphasis
will be placed on the United Nations and the EuropeanCommunity, but the future role of other organizations
such as the Warsaw Pact, the Arab League, N A T O , the
CSCE, and A S E A N will be explored as well.

Political Studies 206
(3)
Scope and Methods - Political Analysis

Political Studies 207
(3)
(4,0,0) (S)
Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and Political
Theory
Prerequisite: Political Studies 100 and/or 101
recommended.
This course will examine some of the major contributions
to social and political thought beginning with the rise of
the Welfare State to the current problems associated with
the structure and organization of late capitalism. Topics
will include a discussion of the role of the state, the
Frankfurt School, Neo-Marxism, Cultural Theory, the fate
of Liberal Democracy, the current interest in Democratic
Theory, and the role and place of "new" social movements in contemporary society; Civil Society vs the State,
Neo-Conservatism, Militarism, and the question of
Power, and how particular theorists have responded to
these developments, (for example, Keynes, Arendt,
Gramsci, Althusser, Poulantzas, Bahro, Foucault, Habermas, Offe, Friedman, Marcuse, Williams and Melucci).

82

Studies/Psychology

P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto)
C. C O N A N T , B.A. (Alberta), M.A. (Waterloo)
E. ECCLES, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (UBC)
T. HADJISTAUROPOULOS, B.A. (Hons.) (McGill), M.A.
(Saskatchewan)
R. H A W R Y L K O , B.A. (Hunter), M.A. (SFU)
M. M A C N E I L L , B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Manitoba), Ph.D.
(Calgary)
S. M O E , B.A., M.A. (Mexico)
L. MOREY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) Ph.D. (U. of Sussex)
D. N Y K O N , B.A. (UBC), M.A. (SFU)
J. WATERS, B.A. M.A. (SFU)

(4,0,0) (F)

This course introduces the student to a variety of theoretical approaches and specific tools for studying politics. A
general introduction to the nature and controversies of
contemporary political science focussing attention on
some key issues in the logic of political inquiry - alternative models of explanation, problems in concept-formation, the nature of scientific inference, and so on. The
tools and insights will be used to investigate and criticize
elements of Canadian politics. Students may have the
opportunity to work on a prototype political studies
journal.

Academic — Political

Instructional Faculty

University Transfer Credit
All Psychology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC,
and UVic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at
the back of the Calendar.

Course Description
Psychology 100
(3)
Introduction to Psychology

(4,0,0) (F,S)

A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology
student to some of the major concepts and approaches
necessary to an understanding of human behaviour from
a psychological perspective. Topics covered include
learning, development, sexuality, personality theory, and
other selected issues.

Psychology 101
(3)
Theories of Behaviour

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100
A course for those students who desire a complete survey
of the basic areas of Psychology (when combined with
Psychology 100), before proceeding to an in-depth study
of particular areas. The course covers such topics as
research methodology, stress, physiological psychology,
altered states of consciousness, behaviour disorders, the
therapeutic process, and other selected issues.

Psychology 200
(3)
Social Psychology

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100
A study of the dynamics and effects of social influences
on individual human behaviour. The course looks at such
topics as attitudes and attitude changes, social beliefs,
roles, conformity, group processes, leadership, prejudice,
interpersonal attraction and psychological effects of the
physical environment.

Psychology 201
Group Dynamics

(3)

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Psychology 210
(3)
Statistics and Research Design

(4,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100

Prerequisite: Psychology 100

A study of the behaviour of people in family, friendship
and work group situations. This course provides an intellectual and experiential approach to small group theory
and allows the student to practice constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive, small group setting.

A course for students who intend to major in one of the
social sciences. Students who intend to major in psychology should take this course and its sequel, Psychology
211. This course will introduce the student to descriptive
and inferential statistics, and provide some of the basic
skills to design and evaluate research in the social
sciences.

Psychology 203
(3)
History of Psychology

(4,0,0) (S)

Psychology 211
(3)
Experimental Psychology

Prerequisite: Psychology 100
This course will examine the development of psychological thought to gain a critical understanding of contemporary psychology. Issues will range from the mind-body
problem, and the nature of science, to an analysis of
historical and contemporary schools in psychology.
Psychology 204
(3)
Developmental Psychology

(4,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100
A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour,
personality, language and cognitive processes. Students
will be encouraged to do research projects and observations.
Psychology 205
(3)
The Psychology of Aging

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101
A course dealing with the psychological development of
the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the
social context of aging. As well as being exposed to basic
research in the area, students will be encouraged to
develop an empathic understanding of the aging process
through such means as community projects.
Psychology 206
(3)
Adolescent Psychology

(4,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101
Examines the research findings and theories pertaining to
the development and behaviour of adolescents. Topics
covered will include biological and sexual maturation,
personality, intelligence, motivation and social issues
such as delinquency and family relationships.

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 210
A continuation of Psychology 210 for psychology majors.
This course deals with current research methods in major
areas of psychology. Students should understand the
principles of research methodology, and be able to design
research in psychology.
Psychology 220
(3)
Theory of Personality

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100
A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytic theory to learning theory. Included will be
the ideas of Freud, Rogers, Maslow and others. Concepts
to be considered will include the development of personality, and the structure and dynamics of personality. The
course will include consideration of theoretical problems,
and students will become familiar with empirical research
in these areas.
Psychology 222
(3)
Abnormal Psychology

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: Psychology 100
A study of the various models and perspectives for
viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour.
Included will be an examination of the research as to how
the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic
school, psychoanalytic school, cognitive school and interpersonal school view normal and abnormal behaviour.
This course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment.

Academic - Psychology

83

Sociology
Instructional Faculty
G. BAILEY, B. SC. (McGill), Ph.D. (Oregon)
N. G A Y L E , B.A. (York), M.A. (Western), Ph.D. (UBC)
C. H A T H A W A Y , B.A. (S.U.N.Y.), M.A. (Wash U., Mo.)
M. SPEIER, B.A. (New York), M.A., Ph.D. (Berkeley)

that courses can be taken in any order or combination,
according to student interest. Those who intend to major
should complete Sociology 100 and 101.

University Transfer Credit
All Sociology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC
and UVic. All 200 level courses will provide the Simon
Fraser transfer student with assigned credit toward
second-year courses. The UBC transfer student will be
provided with unassigned credit towards a major. For
details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the
Calendar.

Course Descriptions
Sociology 100
(3)
Social Structures

(4,0,0) (F,S)

The course systematically covers major topics and issues
of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand
and come to terms with, the modern world in a personally
and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the
course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally
imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social
machine". This "social machine" comprises institutions
such as the family, religion, class system, mass media,
education as well as rules, customs, laws, etc. This course
looks at how we are influenced by this "machine" and in
turn how we react to that influence.
Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students
intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC.

Academic — Psychology/Sociology
84

Sociology 101
(3)
Concepts of Theories of Society

(4,0,0) (F,S)

With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the
19th and 20th centuries. We will look at three major
approaches to understanding society (structural functionalism, conflict theory and symbolic interactionism) and
employ these approaches to analyse events of current
interest.
Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students
intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC.

Sociology 200
(3)
Canadian Society

(4,0,0) (F)

A n introduction to the study of Canadian society and
culture, including an analysis of the major Canadian
institutions studied on a national basis, with special
emphasis on the dynamics of change in a multicultural,
complex society.

Sociology 201
(3)
British Columbia Society

(4,0,0) (S)

A continued sociological approach to the dynamics of
Canadian society with special emphasis on British
Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and economics, historical and cultural developments which have shaped British Columbia from a
frontier into a modern industrial society.

Sociology 210
(3)
Current Social Issues

Both sociological and "non-sociological" literature on the
meaning and effects of "under development" will be
considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a
complement to Sociology 210, Current Social Issues.

Sociology 222
(3)
Sociology of the Arts

(4,0,0) (F)

A sociological study of art and artists in western and nonwestern societies. The course will relate the various art
forms (painting, music, literature) to the social context in
which they exist and to their social production; hence it
will develop an understanding of the interrelationships
between ideas (aesthetic codes), social institutions,
cultural politics and political economy. This course is
particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology
101 or 223.

Sociology 223
(3)
Media and Society

(4,0,0) (S)

A n intensive study of the relationship between a society's
communication systems as media and its technological,
economic and political base, its ideology, its behaviour
patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current
forms of television, radio, magazines, all forms of advertisement, news production and the movies. This course is
particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology
222 or 100.

(4,0,0) (S)

A study of social concerns and cultural problems common
to current conditions in the 20th century in our society
and in global perspectives. Classical sociological concepts
will be used to examine current social issues in a global
framework of political, economic, and cultural analysis,
such as mass violence, the economics of the arms race, the
sociology of war and peace, social inequality, etc. Current
issues are placed in the context of the student's daily
world, as it is happening now — this should develop the
student's sociological imagination. This course can be
taken by itself, or as a complement to Sociology of the
Third World.

Sociology 211
(3)
Sociology of the Third World

(4,0,0) (F)

A study of the major theories of development and under
development, social and cultural responses to under
development, and the inter-relationship of social institutions in and between the "developed" and "under developed" societies. This course will provide students with
an opportunity to better understand the social, economic
and political causes and effects of under development.

Academic — Sociology

85

Spanish
Instructional Faculty

Course Descriptions

C. FURSTENWALD, B.A. (U.N.A.M. Mexico), M.B.A.
(Washington)

Spanish 100
(3)
First Year Spanish

Instructional Associate
J. G A C I N A , B.A. (SFU), P.D.P. (SFU)
K. M A T T S O N , B.A. (SFU), Licenciatura (Barcelona)

General Information
All courses in Spanish include a total of five and 3/4
hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of
lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of
conversational practice with a native speaker.
Native speakers of Spanish who wish to take first or
second-year courses in these languages must consult with
the Spanish Instructor first. University rules governing
such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with
matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In
order to avoid any misunderstandings, such students are
invited to discuss these problems with the Department
prior to enrollment.

University Transfer Credit
All Spanish courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and
UVic.
S F U : Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue
further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present
equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at
SFU for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption
from and placement in higher courses are determined by
the results of a placement test or other assessment
procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit
may be granted which would count toward a major in
Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major
will be awarded elective credit only.
U B C : At UBC, present equivalent standards equate
Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and
201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans to major in
Spanish may enter UBC's Spanish when s/he completes
the Capilano courses.

Academic — Spanish

86

(3,1.75,0) (F)

This is a beginners' course which offers a comprehensive
introduction to the Spanish language. Emphasis is placed
on grammar and the development of the students'
speaking, understanding and writing skills.

Spanish 101
(3)
First Year Spanish (S) (3,1.75)

(3,1.75,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Spanish 100 or permission from instructor.
A continuation of the work of Spanish 100, this course
should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following
Spanish 100. Recommended also for those who are
considering taking Spanish 200 at a later date and need
review work.

Spanish 200
(3)
Second Year Spanish

(3,2,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Spanish 100/101 or permission of instructor.
A review of Spanish grammar with special emphasis on
problematic areas normally encountered by students of
the language. The reading, writing and oral fluency of the
student will be improved through translations, compositions and a high degree of conversation. Also, the student
will be introduced to Hispanic Literature. Classes will be
conducted in the Spanish language only.

Spanish 201
(3)
Second Year Spanish

(3,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Spanish 200 or permission from the
instructor.
A continuation of the work of Spanish 200. This course
should be taken, wherever possible, in the term following
Spanish 200.

Theatre
Instructional Faculty

Instructional Faculty

J. PLACZEK, B A . (Windsor), M.A. Linguistics (UBC),
Ph.D. South East Asian Studies (UBC)
P. P L A C Z E K , Language Associate, B.A. (Thammasat
University) Bangkok

D. M O O R E , B.F.A. (UVic.)
W. M U R D O C H , B.F.A. (UVic), M.F.A. (UBC)
T. FORREST
S. ATKINS, B.A. (SFU)
D. F O G A L , M.A. (Arkansas)

Course Descriptions
Thai 100

(3)

(3,2,0) (F)

General Information

This course provides instruction and practice both in
beginning language and in the cultural background
which is so necessary to place the examples into meaningful contexts. The international phonetic alphabet is
used to avoid confusion of sounds. The basic vocabulary
and sentence structures are covered, and social routines
and common idioms are stressed as well.

The Theatre Program runs courses in the Fall and Spring
terms through the College's Academic Division. These
are available to both full-time and part-time students who
wish the opportunity to continue their interest in Theatre
at a post-secondary level. The aim of the program is to
provide a professional approach to Theatre through inclass instruction and performance experience, both on
campus and on tour.

Students have time to practice all structures introduced,
and are encouraged to initiate their own conversations. At
the end of the course students have better than survivallevel fluency, and use only Thai for basic classroom
routines. They are ready to learn to write.

Auditions are not required for entry to Theatre 100 or
101. Theatre 110,116,200 and 201 courses require an audition for entry or to waive a prerequisite. Check with
the department for audition dates.

Thai 101

(3)

(3,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Thai 100 or equivalent
This course reviews the basic material of Thai 100, and
introduces the script. Students leam how to write the
words they already know.
More complex structures are introduced, along with more
idioms, common expressions, and exceptions to basic
rules. Classes are conducted almost all in Thai, except for
occasional detailed historical or technical explanations.
At the end of the course students know how to respond
to typical situations in Thai and to elicit basic everyday
information from Thais. They can read simple Thai
passages and the basic road signs and are at a level of
reading and writing equivalent to Thai grade four
students.

This program prepares students who are professionally
inclined, for specialized training at other Colleges, Universities and Theatre schools while providing academic
transfer credit to students with a casual interest in
Theatre. Also, for those who wish to pursue theatre for
the sheer joy of it, these courses provide an excellent
introduction to the discipline and develop skills which are
easily utilized in non-theatre situations.
Daytime and evening sections of many courses are
offered to allow both full-time and part-time students to
take advantage of the Theatre Program.

University Transfer Credit
Theatre courses at Capilano have transfer credit or
elective credit at SFU, UBC and UVic. Please consult
Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar and instructor
for the most recent transfer information.

Course Descriptions
Theatre 100
Acting I

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

A workshop course in the art of the actor, focusing on
voice, movement, and scene work to develop the student's awareness of the actor's resources and his/her own
strengths and weaknesses as a performer. In addition to
readings and a written analysis of a professional production, the student will rehearse and perform a monologue
and a short scene, applying approaches and techniques
taught in class to the final presentation of theses scenes
for an invited audience. Video and audio tapings of
student work will be used to augment individual comment and coaching provided by the instructor.

Academic — Thai/Theatre
87

Theatre 101
Acting II

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

A continuation of Theatre 100, exploring performance
improvisation and non-scripted theatre. A workshop
course focusing on improvisation as an essential tool in
developing the actor's imaginative resources and providing the confidence necessary to any form of "thinking on
one's feet." Improvisation will be taught as a performance skill in its own right through the use of theatre
games such as seen at Theatre Sports, but it will also be
explored as a means to develop and amplify scripted
works.

Theatre 105
Bodywork I

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Bodywork is a studio course designed for students both
experienced and inexperienced with movement techniques. These workshop classes focus on body awareness
and alignment, strength, flexibility, and coordination.
Class work will develop personal confidence, coordination, imagination, and discipline. Video tapings plus film
viewing will also be used to introduce a practical movement vocabulary and criterion. Guest lecturers specializing in mime, contact improvisation, fighting, and tap
classes will give workshops according to class interest
and availability.

Theatre 106
Bodywork II

(3)

(3,0,0)

(3,0,0) (S)

This is a workshop course for students interested in
developing the voice and oral presentation. The course
deals with talking: developing a clear, pleasant, animated
and well-projected voice.
Improved vocal technique is linked to good vocal communication with an emphasis on speaking before groups.
Skill and confidence is built through presentation of vocal
exercises using poetry, drama, and speeches.
Two or three professionals will give guest workshops and
introduce the student to specific applications of using the
voice in the working world. Potential guest lecturers:
actors, radio and television announcers, public speakers,
singers, and others.

Theatre 108
(3)
Vocal Communication II
(not offered 91/92)

Academic — Theatre

an

(3,0,0)

(3,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Theatre 100 and 101. Audition required
This popular course introduces the student to the
acting techniques and technical skills necessary to
understand the art of performing for the camera. Held
in conjunction with a Directing for Film and Television
course offered by the Media Resources program, this
course will give the students a chance to work in the
on-campus television studio, getting hands-on experience behind and in front of the cameras. Portable
video cameras wil be used in various locations to
simulate the shooting environment of a film set. In
addition to gaining experience in on camera techniques
such as eye lines, hitting marks, and on set etiquette,
the student will also work on appropriate levels of
performance for various kinds of takes. Auditioning
for film and television will also be taught.

Theatre 116
(1.5)
Music Theatre-Movement I

(1.5,0,0) (F)

This studio course is designed for students who want
to specialize in Musical Theatre. The course explores
various dance styles and choreograpy of Musical
Theatre. Students will work on musical numbers and
perform for an audience when applicable.
(not offered 1991-92)

Theatre 117
(1.5)
Music Theatre-Movement II

(not offered 91/92)

Theatre 107
(3)
Vocal Communication I

Theatre 110
(3)
Acting for Film and Television I

(1.5,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Theatre 116 or A u d i t i o n
A continuation of Theatre 116. The second term will
focus on styles not studied in the fall term.
(not offered 1991-92)

Theatre 120
(3)
The Elements of Theatre I

(3,0,0) (F)

The Elements of Theatre I takes a look at what makes a
show tick, providing background insights into the contributions of the Director, Playwright and Theatre
Critic. The work of these collaborators is studied in the
context of performances which the class will attend
and discuss, writing papers and preparing presentations on the work of the playwright and the director,
with the student's critical insights being shared in
class. The shows attended will be chosen from the
seasons of companies performing in Vancouver.
The evolution of theatrical performance from its
ritualistic beginnings to the spectacular melodramas of
the 19th Century will also be studied using slide
lectures, readings and video presentations of classic

works from the great ages of Theatre and Drama. This
course is essential for any serious theatre goer and a must
for any theatre student.

Theatre 121
(3)
The Elements of Theatre II

(3,0,0) (S)

Theatre 121 is a continuation of Theatre 120, and examines
the contribution of the Actor and the Scenic artists in
creating a specific interpretation of the plays selected.
The focus of this examination will again be performances
chosen from the spring season in Vancouver, with the
student writing papers and preparing designs for a work
chosen from the modern period.
This examination will be set in the context of the modern
theatre as slide lectures, video presentations and discussions will attempt to clarify for the student some of the
major trends in modern theatre from its beginnings in the
Naturalistic and Realistic movements at the turn of the
century through the Epic Theatre of Bertold Brecht and
the experimentors of the Sixties and Seventies to its
present eclectic Post Modernist tendencies. Again this
course is a must if one wishes to develop an intelligent
appreciation of the ever-changing world of theatre.

Theatre 150
(3)
Introduction to Production and Design I

(3,0,0) (F)

The focus of the course shifts to specific production and
design skills required to mount and publicize the show
chosen. Assignments will vary depending on the student's aptitude, desire and time commitment, as department standards aim at professionally produced and run
productions for a paying public audience.

Theatre 200
(3)
Script and Stage

(3,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or 101 (or by audition) and
Theatre 150 (may be taken concurrently)
This acting course focuses on scripted material and the
means that the actor uses to bring about a full rendering
of the work chosen. Students are introduced to the
discipline of acting within the context of production, so
such topics as working with a director, working within a
rehearsal schedule, using props, set and costumes, are
approached in a practical studio workshop format. This
course is project oriented and students will have the
opportunity to perform work in a short run before a
public audience.

Theatre 201
(3)
Rehearsal and Performance

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Theatre 200 or by audition and Theatre 151
(may be taken concurrently)

A n intermediate introduction to the basic elements of
theatrical production and design. It gives a practical look
at modern theatrical design of sets, lighting, costume,
properties, and promotional materials. Examines the
roles of the people involved in producing a show—
designers, publicist, lighting and sound technicians, stage
manager, and construction crews—with students having
the opportunity to try out one or more of these roles in
production situations.

This course takes the lessons learned in Theatre 200 and
applies them on a larger scale. This term's topic is: What
is the job of the actor in the context of a fully produced
play? A professionally mounted performance marketed
to the community is the format for this course. Students
will learn the process of rehearsal from the actor's perspective from casting through to production post mortem.
Auditioning and the prepartation of finished audition
pieces will form a portion of both terms work.

Using a lecture and workshop format the student is
familiarized with the theory and practice of technical
theatre, shop organization, and the use of hand and
power tools, basic construction, electricity and lighting,
publicity, and backstage organization.
Students will build, tech, and crew final presentations of
first and second year acting courses.

Theatre 151
(3)
Introduction to Production and Design II

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Theatre 150 or permission of instructor
A continuation of Theatre 150. Students will participate
in the design and construction of the spring presentation
and become the production team responsible for the
planning and execution of the design concept through all
its phases - from pre-production meetings through shop
drawings and construction to opening night and beyond.

Academic — Theatre

89

Women's Studies
Instructional Faculty
Women's Studies offerings are taught by fully-qualified
instructors who have experience in the field relevant to
their courses. These faculty are seconded from relevant
disciplines to Women's Studies.

This course may not be offered in 91 /92. Check the
current timetable.

University Transfer Credit
For information on transferability refer to the Transfer
Guide at the back of the Calendar.
SFU: Students who wish to pursue further courses in
Women's Studies are advised that SFU has instituted a
minor program in Women's Studies.

Course Descriptions
Women's Studies 100
(3)
Introduction to Women's Studies

(4,0,0)

This course will examine the status and role of women in
Canadian Society. Topics will include the impact of
Women's Studies on traditional academic disciplines; the
nature and origins of patriarchy; women and work; and
issues centering around reproduction and sexuality. It
will trace the development of sex role divisions in the
family and other social institutions; examine the influence
of education, media and art on the development of female
role models. Differences in women's roles due to class,
status, race, and religion will be discussed.

Women's Studies 104
(3)
Contemporary Canadian Women Writers

(3,0,1)

A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and
intensify the student's awareness of an appreciation for
the literature in English being produced by Canadian
women writers today, with emphasis on the current, local,
West Coast literary scene; to examine and discuss the portraits of women and of women's circumstances revealed
in these writings. In addition to students' reading and
discussion of the literature, there will be class visits for
readings and discussion by several prominent West Coast
women writers.
This course may not be offered in 91 /92. Check the
current timetable.

Women's Studies 106
(3)
Contemporary American Women Writers

(3,0,1)

A discussion-oriented literature course intended to
broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and
appreciation of contemporary and recent important
American women authors. There will be brief consideration of 19th and early 20th century works, but the focus

Academic - Women's Studies

90

will be on works published since WWII, including works
of the 1980s. Although the focus will be on plays, stories,
novels, and poetry, there will be some exploration of
those biographical matters and issues of critical status that
mark the rise of women's writings from a sub-genre to full
status acceptance by the best critics today.

Women's Studies 107
(3)
(3,0,1)
Contemporary European Women Writers (In Translation)
A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and
intensify the student's awareness and appreciation of the
literature being produced by a wide variety of women
writers today in Europe (especially France and Germany)
and to encourage students to become more aware of and
responsive to the creative process as it is exercised by
these authors within the particular circumstances common to women's role in our western society, as well as
those circumstances particular to specific cultures in
western society.
This course may not be offered in 91 /92. Check the
current timetable.

Women's Studies 110
(3)
Women and Psychology

(4,0,0)

A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles,
their development in childhood and maintenance in adult
life. The course will examine current research in biology
and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include
issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and
violence against women.

Women's Studies 122
(3)
Women in Anthropology

(4,0,0)

The anthropological perspective applied to women in
different cultures of the world: their role in economic,
political, religious, kinship, and expressive systems;
exploration of the work of women anthropologists and
the effect of theory on understanding women; women's
experience in cultures of the world. Focus: women of
Asia.

Women's Studies 220
(3)
Women and the Past: An Historical Survey

(4,0,0)

A survey of the lives of women from the Ancient World to
20th century North America. An uncovering of women's
participation in and contribution to the making of history.
Private lives as well as public and political activities will
be studied. The course will examine reasons behind the
extent to which women have been "hidden from history."

Career/Vocational Programs
Capilano College offers a variety of employment-related
programs. The programs offered are under constant
review to make certain that students are taught the latest
techniques and skills. Advisory committees, composed of
employers, review and recommend content of all programs.
Admission is limited and applicants are considered on the
criteria established for each program area. In general,
Grade 12 standing is required for two year Diploma
Programs although others may be admitted on the basis
of their experience and abilities. Due to the timely nature
of these programs, requirements and profiles may change.
Contact the individual departments for current
information.

Student Course and Work Load
Full-time programs are designed so that successful
completion is a full-time task. Students are advised not to
undertake other activities that require large time commitments, including employment, while undertaking fulltime studies.

Graduate Employment
Employment opportunities for graduates have been good,
however the College does not guarantee jobs for its
graduates.

Exemption Standing
Students may be exempted from certain courses upon the
successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge. Such exemption standings will be noted on the
Permanent Studies Record.
Students granted such exemptions will have their total
course load reduced by the number of exempted credits
to the maximum of two courses or six credits per academic year without effect upon the status of the certificate
or diploma in the particular program. Such exempted
credits are not necessarily transferable to other institutions.
Exemption in excess of two courses, or six credits may be
awarded a student only upon the recommendation of the
appropriate Program Coordinator and the Dean.

Transfer to and from Other Institutions
There is agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to
accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a
program given at the admitting college, and given
suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right
to review individual course credits.
Transfer credits are granted to students O N ADMISSION
for acceptable work done at other institutions: the
transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which

are required at Capilano College for the certificate or
diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present
suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for
adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved
transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent
Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific
courses is available from the Admissions Advisor, Counsellors and in the Division.

Admission Dates
Enrolment in some Programs may be curtailed due to
space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those
students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to
apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview
with the Program Coordinator prior to admission.
Unsuccessful applicants who wish to be considered for
the next year must re-apply.

Canadian Studies Specialty
Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can apply for a Canadian Studies
Specialty to be applied to their diploma. See details on
page 41.

Practicums
For some practicums students may be required to have a
Criminal Records check.

Course Description Code
On the right hand side of each course description there is
a series of code letters and numbers, for example:
Art 140
(3)
Drawing I

(3,0,0) (F)

Each course is designated by the department name and
course number (Art 150). The number in brackets following the course designation (3) indicates the number of
credits for the course.
The second set in parantheses includes the lecture, lab
and other hours for the course. For Art 150 there will be 3
lecture hours, no lab hours, and no other hours per week.
The third set of parantheses indicates the term in which
the class is usually offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring,
SU-Summer. Art 150 is offered in the Fall term. Please
check the Timetable to confirm the term offered as this
may change after the Calendar is printed. The course title
(Drawing) is indicated on the line below the department
name and course number.
The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the
Academic Sechedule on page 4 for the first and last days
of classes and for the dates of the examination period.

Career/Vocational — General
91

Applied Information Technology
Contact: 984-1727

Instructional Faculty
R. BAILEY
M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), PH.D. (UBC)
G. BLITSTEIN, A.S.P. (BROOKS INSTITUTE)
B. C A M P B E L L
S. R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC)
C. GOLDING, M.A., B.Ed.
C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU)
D. LAMBERT, B.A., M.L.S.
A. LOREK, B.A., M.L.S.
G . McARTHUR, M.Ed. (UBC)
J. MILLER
J. M O O R E , M.A. (McGill)
D. TAIT
L. TELES, Ph. D (U Toronto)
L. W U

• Computer literacy and a modest keyboarding rate
• Good working knowledge of the appropriate computer
system
• Students will be required to attend an interview prior to
acceptance

Special Fees and Expenses
• Macintosh computer with expanded R A M (2 megabytes) is considered the minimum machine capable of
performing tasks required in this program. Special
arrangements can be made through Capilano College
for successful applicants to finance a machine. Additionally, a 20-40 megabyte hard drive is recommended.
• Texts
• Software, disks
• Modem (1200 or 2400 Baud)
• Bulletin Board/E mail/conferencing fees/data bank
research time

Coordinator: Gerald Blitstein, 984-1727
Staff: Cathy Halawani, 984-1727

FULL TIME TEN-MONTH DIPLOMA PROGRAM

General Information

(7.5 credits awarded for previous or post-graduate work
or experience)

During the last decade, society and the economy have
rapidly changed, increasingly becoming information- and
communication-based. Within business and industry,
and between governments, the capability to deal with
information and its processing has become an important
factor in maintaining a competitive edge.
Until the beginning of the 1980s, there was a confidence
that the private and public sectors could either rely on
information created internally, or access commercially
available information. As we move into the 1990s and
beyond to the 21st century, it becomes increasingly
obvious in these sectors that individuals will need to
control their own access to information. They will use the
microcomputer, both alone and connected to other
microcomputers and mainframe systems. The interaction
with this information will become an integral part of the
new wave of western development.
Capilano College's new Applied Information Technology
program will identify issues facing communicators and
will train students in the skills to acquire, select, organize,
and communicate that information using the latest in
interactive computer technology.
Through an intensive hands-on immersion into the world
of electronic communications, students will become
capable handlers of the technology, with advanced
research and critical thinking skills, and increased
sophistication in interactive computer presentation.

Admission Requirements
• First year post-secondary English course or equivalent

Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech

92~

This is a ten month full-time diploma program beginning
with an introduction to the essentials behind effective
communications (planning, critical thinking and analysis
of information). This program will teach students the
building blocks of strong graphic design, desk-top
presentation and computer systems. Students will learn
interactive media development.
FIRST TERM
SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER
ART 140
Graphics I
C M N S 140 Introduction to Interactive
Writing
INFO 166
Applied Telecommunications
INFO 167
Systems, Tools, Utilities
MDIA 140
Communications Planning
& Management
MDIA 141
Computer Presentation
PHIL 170
Critical Thinking I
SECOND TERM
NOVEMBER/DECEMBER
C M N S 141 Interactive Writing
Contemporary Issues I
INFO 150
Interactive Communications I
INFO 151
Research Methods
INFO 153
Computer Managed Learning &
MDIA 142
Training I
Digitized Sound I
MUS 090
Critical Thinking II
PHIL 171

Credits
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

THIRD TERM
IANUARY/FEBRUARY
ART 141
Graphics II
C M N S 142 Advanced Interactive Writing
INFO 154
Electronic Research Methods
NFO155
Interactive Communications II
INFO 156
Technical Support I
MDIA 145
Computer Managed Learning
& Training II
M U S 091
Digitized Sound II
PHIL 172
Critical Thinking III

INFO 167
MDIA 140
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

FOURTH TERM
MARCH/APRIL
ART 142
Graphics III
C M P T 141
Computer Systems II
INFO 157
Computer Conferencing I
INFO 158
Interactive Communications III
INFO 159
Technical Support II
INFO 160
Marketing
INFO 161
Project Management
FIFTH TERM
MAY/JUNE
INFO 162
Contemporary Issues II
INTO 163
Computer Conferencing II
INFO 164
Major Project

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
6.0

Systems, Tools, Utilities
Communications Planning &
Management

1.5

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER
ART 140
Graphics I
INFO 153
Research Methods
INFO 155
Interactive Communications II
INFO 165
Lab Introduction

1.5
1.5
1.5
.75

IANUARY/FEBRUARY
C M N S 140 Introduction to Interactive Writing I
INFO 154
Electronic Research Methods
INFO 156
Technical Support I
INFO 166
Applied Telecommunications
INFO 167
Systems, Tools, Utilities

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
15

MARCH/APRIL
ART 141
Graphics II
C M N S 141
Interactive Writing II
INFO 165
Lab Introduction
MDIA 142
Computer Managed Learning
& Training
MUS 090
Digitized Sound I

Evening Classes
PART-TIME CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

PHIL 170

Many evening courses can be taken as stand-alone
experiences, however, those wanting more extensive
"hands-on" experience can apply for the Infotec Certificate
which includes the development of a major project. In this
certificate option, a program consisting of a major project
and selected courses is designed to match the needs and
abilities of each student. Graduates of this program will
have good experience and general knowledge within the
new field of interactive computer communications and
information technologies. Most students will finish the
certificate program working part-time over 2 years.
SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER
INFO 151
Interactive Communications I
INFO 166
Applied Telecommunications

1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
.75
1.5
15

MAY/JUNE
INFO 154
INFO 158
MDIA 145

This is an on-going program covering a broad range of
topics related to new technology and communications.
Students can study computer graphics, user-interface
design, how to use new technology such as C D - R O M or
Videodisc, on-line research techniques and companion
areas such as writing for the medium, critical thinking,
etc.

1.5

Electronic Research Methods
Interactive Communications III
Computer Managed Learning
& Training II
Critical Thinking I

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

Course Descriptions
ART 140
(1.5)
Graphics I

(3,0,0) (F)

This course aims to enhance visual literacy through the
development of generic skills and abilities. Students will
develop a critical awareness of different presentation
formats, will learn to make an effective visual analysis,
and will develop a facility in resolving graphic problems
within the computer environment. Upon completion of
the course, the students will be able to pre-plan for a
graphic layout using storyboards and thumbnails, to
choose the appropriate graphic tools for a given presentation format, to compose a visual theme for a computer
monitor application and to prepare documents within a
page layout application.

ART 141
(1.5)
Graphics II

(3,0,0) (S)

This course continues with the investigation of basic
graphic skills introduced in Graphics I. Students will be
equipped to work within computer drawing applications.

Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech

93

ART 142

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (SU)

Graphics III
In the third graphics course, we extend graphic exploration to include "time" as a design element. Sequential
presentations are coupled with the basic rules learned
from Graphics I

Communications 140
(1.5)
Introduction to Interactive Writing

(3,1,0) (F,S)

A course in writing for computer media. Students learn to
write with a clear, concise writing style in various genres;
to "translate" from technical jargon into plain English; and
to develop basic editing and rewriting skills.

Communications 141
Interactive Writing

(1.5)

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Writing, editing, revising and publishing extensive
documents for both technical and nontechnical readers.
Students compile articles into an electronic magazine or
portfolio accessible by modem or disc.

Communications 142
(1.5)
Advanced Interactive Writing

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Developing skills in computer communications "scriptwriting," planning, outlining, producing and revising
extensive elecronic documents. Critiquing other documents.

CMPT 141
(1.5)
Computer Systems II

(3,0,0) (S)

This course explores various computer systems, beginning with possible interfaces between the Macintosh and
MS-DOS environments. Networks, such as the L A N
(Local Area Network) and W A N (Wide Area Network),
will be examined, and new systems will be studied in
depth.

INF0150
(1.5)
Contemporary Issues I

(3,0,0) (F)

This course presents expert opinions on a variety of issues
in the ethics of communication, in human perception and
learning in a computer environment, and in the impact of
new information systems on human understanding and
human society. As communications enters the twentyfirst century, those engaged in processing information
will have new ways to think and new questions of responsibility to answer; the course asks students to
consider the moral and cognitive demands of the new
age.

Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech

94~~

INF0151
(1.5)
Interactive Communications I

(3,0,0) (F)

This course first examines the concept of interactive
communications - the active involvement of a human
mind with a computer - and the history of developments
in the field to date. It then moves to more practical skills,
moving from planning and flow charting to basic programming skills and the creation of a simple interactive
information base.

INF0153
(1.5)
Research Methods

(3,0,0) (F)

This course will introduce students to a variety of information sources, methods of organizing information and
techniques for searching information. Skills necessary for
efficient research will be developed. Students will learn
to identify, locate and cite information from standard
reference sources such as encyclopedias, directories and
gazetteers, from government and statistical publications,
from journals and newspapers, and from audio-visual
sources. The hierarchical organization of information in
library classification systems via subject and key word
descriptors in catalogues, indexes and abstracting services
will be examined. Through practical exercises, students
will acquire the basic research skills essential to survival
in an information-based environment.

INF0154
(1.5)
Electronic Research Methods

(3,0,0) (S)

This course will extend the concepts and skills developed
in basic research to include their application in computerized databases. Students will explore the rapidly expanding world of electronic information by using remote, online public access library catalogues, C D - R O M full-text
and index products, statistical computer packages and a
variety of commercially available on-line databases.
Methodical search strategies using boolean logic and
other organizational techniques will be developed.
Students will learn how to select appropriate databases,
and how to define the scope of a search to result in
successful end-user research.

INF0155 (1.5)
Interactive Communications II

(3,0,0) (S)

This project-based course expands earlier concepts,
introducing larger scale journal publishing. Students will
learn to assimilate previously published material (located
through the research techniques taught elsewhere in the
program), and to reprocess it. They will round out their
earlier journal project, filing in the framework to produce
a finished product.

INF0156
(1.5)
Technical Support I

(3,0,0) (S)

INF0162
(1.5)
Contemporary Issues II

(3,0,0) (SU)

This course complements Interactive Communications II.
In it, students will learn to work with expanded memory,
learn yet more interactive programming skills, and learn
to design the hardware access configurations necessary to
drive their projects.

This course explores further issues of concern to those
working with computers in the next decades: the role of
computers in a democratic society, the invasion of
privacy, the structure of a society of technologists, the
effect of artificial intelligence on society.

INF0157
(1.5)
Computer Conferencing I

INF0163
(1.5)
Computer Conferencing II

(3,0,0) (S)

(3,0,0) (SU)

This course considers the role of computers in the planning, administration and holding of conferences. The
design of a computer interface with the conference will be
considered, as will budget restraints, the definition of
team roles, regulating the conference, writing organized
introductory and promotional information and issues of
censorship and copyright.

This course teaches skills necessary to be a successful
conference moderator, including how to create agendas,
train participants, steer the meeting, stay on target,
stimulate discussion, animate group decision making, and
wrap up the meeting. Students will learn from experience
by becoming involved in a project conference to be hosted
by the Program.

INF0158
(1.5)
Interactive Communications III

INF0164
(6)
Major Project

(3,0,0) (S)

Following on from the journal work of the previous two
courses, students in this project-based course will create a
second and much more complex interactive product.
Students will conceive the goal of the product, find
necessary resources, design the project (incorporating
ancillary input devices such as laser disk, commercial
databases, and the like), and create a finished communications package.

INF0159
(1.5)
Technical Support II

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (S)

This course will examine the basic principles of marketing
in the context of the Canadian market. The course will
enable the student to apply these principles in the marketing of themselves with their unique skills in today's
business environment.

INF0161
(1.5)
Project Management

In the final term of the program, students will undertake
to develop an interactive computer project in conjunction
with a client. The project may involve CAI or C A T ,
marketing, cooperative or governmental communication
or social advocacy, depending on the interests of the
student and the client chosen. Following consultation
with the instructor, students may, instead, opt to work on
a major portfolio project. This project must demonstrate a
knowledge of the skills taught throughout the program.

(3,0,0) (S)

This course completes level 3 of interactive programming
skills. It also examines the parameters of presentation,
helping students to determine which concepts can be
made interactive and what limitations exist. Students will
explore various linkages to other information sources, and
how to incorporate them into the design of their projects.

INF0160
Marketing

(3,0,0) (SU)

(3,0,0) (S)

This course teaches skills necessary to successfully
manage an interactive computer project. Issues such as
administration, budgeting, the creation and maintenance
of indexes to resource materials and the clearing of
copyright will be considered.

INF0165
(.75)
Lab Introduction

(3,0,0.) (F,S,SU)

This course describes the use of Infotec Lab's system and
introduces the computer literate students to the Infotec
Network.

INF0166
(1.5)
Applied Telecommunications

(3,0,0) (F)

This course introduces the student to the design and use
of E-mail, bulletin boards and computer conferencing
systems.

INF0167
(1.5)
Systems, Tools, Utilities I

(3,0,0) (F)

This course familiarizes students, in depth, with the
computer systems they will be using. The network used
for course work, its operation, its hardware and its
printing operations will be explained. Various programs
will be examined and an introduction to word processing
will be given.

Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech
95

MDIA 140
(1.5)
Communication Planning & Management

(3,0,0) (F)

This course introduces the design, development and
management processes required to create successful
events and products intended to communicate. Students
will develop concepts, provide audience and market
demographics, and create a design plan for a model
communication project. Issues of roles with a design
team, timelines and available resources will be examined.
Project management systems will be introduced and
students will explore how microcomputers can assist both
the planning and execution of projects.

MDIA 141
(1.5)
Computer Presentation

(3,0,0) (F)

This course explores the related textual, graphic and
computer skills needed for effective desktop presentation.
Students will learn to design and build an outline,
determine what hardware and software applications will
best realize the design, interrelate graphics with support
text, and structure the final presentation.

MDIA 142
(1.5)
Computer Managed Learning & Training

(3,0,0) (F)

This course examines the concept of teaching with
computer assisted methodologies and of learning in an
environment managed by computer. A historical survey
of systems will lead to a discussion of current learning
systems. Traditional approaches such as drill and
practice, simulation and linear programming will be
contrasted with emerging hypermedia techniques.
Various design approaches - systematic behavioral,
market driven, learner controlled - will be described.
Students will consider how learning is defined and
evaluated. Students will complete a design project and
develop a prototype learning product using a computerbased authoring system.

MDIA 145
(1.5)
Computer Managed Learning & Training II

(3,0,0) (S)

This course is a continuation of work begun in the
previous term. In this course, intensive experience will be
provided in the use of an authoring system that allows for
the production of sophisticated computer-based training.
Students will produce a project plan for the development
of a learning product which may have a training, promotional or informational emphasis depending on the
student's interests and current departmental guidelines.
Students and instructors will test and evaluate the
products created (which will be retained as resources for
future students).

MUS 090

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (F)

Digitized Sound I
This course examines the use of sound in computer
Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech

96~

presentations, including the use of sound effects (SFX),
music and voice. Students will learn about overtones,
timbre, waveforms, analog synthesis and analog to digital
conversions. The skills learned will be used to enhance
projects in other courses through the addition of sound.

MUS 091
(1.5)
Digitized Sound II

(3,0,0) (F)

This course continues the work of the previous term. In
this course, students will explore the principles and
processes of live sampling, sampling from CDs and the
creation of sample data banks. They will learn sound
processing, including reverberation, gating and compression delay and will discuss issues in "MIDI" and synchronization. Again, these skills will be used in projects
for other courses,

PHIL 170
(1.5)
Critical Thinking I

(3,0,0) (F)

This course introduces students to the basic concepts of
critical thinking and argumentation. Students will come
to understand the concepts of argument, premise, conclusion, and argument structure and develop facility in using
these concepts. They will come to understand and
develop facility with the standards of good arguments
(including acceptability, sufficiency, irrelevancy, fallacy,
and biased language, with some of the basic concepts of
deductive reasoning, and with causal and analogical
reasoning.

PHIL 171
(1.5)
Critical Thinking II

(3,0,0) (F)

This course continues the work of Critical Thinking I. In
this term, students will develop an understanding and
facility with causal and scientific reasoning, will develop
an understanding and facility with the proper use of
expert appeals, and will develop an understanding of the
role that moral reasoning, values and fundamental
commitments play in argumentation.

PHIL 172
(1.5)
Critical Thinking III

(3,0,0) (S)

In this course, students will develop the ability to produce
clear and logical presentations of information and argument. Students will come to understand the relationship
between persuasiveness, style and reasonableness. They
will develop an enhanced ability to structure presentations, particularly with reference to considerations of
hypertext presentation. They will come to understand the
role of graphing, and other visual modes of presentation
of information. Finally, students will come to understand
ways to use hypermedia to encourage a rational appreciation of information.

Aquaculture
Sechelt Campus Only

Special Fees and Expenses

Contact Person: Dave Bates 987-1535 or 885-3814

Students can expect to spend approximately $500.00 on
field equipment. In addition, students will have transportation expenses associated with field practicums. Financial assistance in the form of student loans and bursaries
may be available.

ONE YEAR AQUACULTURE TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATE

Instructional Faculty

Graduation Requirements

D.J. BATES, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU), R.P.Bio.
F. BISHOP, B.G.S. (SFU), Teach. Cert. (BO
M. M A R S H , Dip. Tech. (Malaspina), B.Sc.(UBC)

Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all Aquaculture Technician courses (30
credits).

Career Opportunities

Program Content

Graduates of the program find challenging careers either
directly in the Aquaculture industry or in the secondary
Aquaculture industries. Job placement may be either in
freshwater hatcheries and farms, or saltwater growout
sites within B.C.
An Aquaculture technician, while working under the
supervision of a manager will be responsible for the well
being of commercial salmonid livestock.

The Program
The Aquaculture Technician Program is an 8.5 month
program training students in the art and science of
salmonid culture. A portion of the program is devoted to
shellfish culture.
Basic salmonid biology and husbandry techniques are
taught with theory backed up by hands on experience.
Practicums (8 weeks) in this program will involve students living and working at Aquaculture facilities in
order to gain important practical skills.
In addition to practicum experience, the program utilizes
field trips and field days at local aquaculture facilities to
emphasize important skills. Course content is designed to
meet the needs of the commercial aquaculture industry
while also addressing techniques used in wild salmonid
enhancement.

Admission Requirements
Prospective applicants should inquire by telephone or
writing to the Sechelt campus. A n information package
will then be forwarded and the applicants name placed on
an interest list. Applicants on this list will be invited to
attend an information and interview session scheduled
for the late spring.
There are 24 seats available in the Aquaculture Technican
Program. Interviews are conducted until the program is
full.

FIRST TERM
Aqua 100
Fish Culture I
Aqua 110
Fish Health I
Aqua 120
Computers in Aquaculture
Aqua 130
Field Skills
Aqua 140
Aquaculture Practicum

Credits
3
3
3
3
3
15

SECOND T E R M
Aqua 101
Fish Culture II
Aqua 111
Fish Health II
Aqua 121
Basic Aquacultural Engineering
Aqua 131
Business for Aquaculture
Aqua 141
Aquaculture Practicum

3
3
3
3
3
15

Course Descriptions
Aquaculture 100
Fish Culture I

(3)

(9,3,0) (F)

An introduction to the theory and techniques used in the
freshwater culture of salmon and trout. Course content
will cover life histories of salmonids, artificial propagation, rearing, and smolting (saltwater adaptation).

Aquaculture 110
Fish Health I

(3)

(3,3,0) (F)

An introduction to the science of fish health. This course
provides a general introduction to fish health including
associated tools and techniques used in the diagnosis and
treatment of salmonid diseases detrimental to the west
coast Aquaculture industry.

Aquaculture 120
(3)
Computers in Aquaculture

(0,6,0) (F)

An introduction to personal computers and associated
software. The emphasis of this course will be on equipment and software currently used or applicable to the
Aquaculture industry.

Career/Vocational - Aquaculture

97

Aquaculture 130
Field Skills

(3)

(3,3,0) (F)

Techniques and skills ued in Aquaculture including firstaid, marine radio and equipment use.
Aquaculture 140
(3)
Aquaculture Practicum I

(F)

Field practicums involving living and working in the
Aquaculture industry. Students will be expected to spend
20 days working at a commercial Aquaculture facility.
Aquaculture 101
Fish Culture II

(3)

(9,3,0) (S)

A continuation of Aqua 100. This course examines
salmonid nutrition and the theory and techniques of
successful saltwater culture of salmonids.
Aquaculture 111
Fish Health II

(3)

(6,3,0) (S)

A continuation of Aqual 110. This course continues to
examine salmonid diseases and parasites that are detrimental to successful culturing of salmonids.
Aquaculture 121
(3)
Basic Aquaculture Engineering

(3,0,0) (S)

A n introduction to basic engineering principles, techniques and equipment important to the operation of both
freshwater and saltwater Aquaculture facilities.
Aquaculture 131
(3)
Business for Aquaculture

(3,0,0) (S)

A n introductory course in the apsects of business important to the operation of an Aquaculture facility. Includes
life skills and people management techniques.
Aquaculture 141
(3)
Aquaculture Practicum II

(S)

Field practicums involving living and working in the
Aquaculture industry. Students will be expected to spend
20 days working at a commercial Aquaculture facility.

Career/Vocational — Aquaculture

98

Art
Contact: 984-4911

Instructional Faculty
N. BOYD, B.A. (Waterloo)
B. COGSWELL, N.D.D. (Hammersmith) (R.C.A.)
P. D E G G A N , Diploma (Worthing Co. England)
W. EASTCOTT, Sr. Cert. (V.S.A.) (R.C.A.)
J. EDGE, Alberta College of Art
F. FORSTER, Alberta College of Art
M. F R A M E , B.A., M.A. Fine Arts (UBC)
K. H O L L A N D , Dip. (Johannesburg School of Art)
J. JUNGIC, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
T. K I N G A N , N.D.D. (Blackpool), A.T.D. (Mane), R.C.A.,
Teach. Cert. (Manchester), B.C. Teach. Cert.
M. L L E W E L L Y N , B.A. (Manchester)
J. L O N G , B.P.A. Art Center (Los Angeles)
D. M A C L A G A N , A.O.C.A., I.D.C., F C A .
D. M C L A R E N , Cert. (Sheridan College), B.H.Sc. (Guelph)
A. M A L L I N S O N , (Westdean College, Sussex, England)
R. MARTIN, (U. of Washington)
M. MEES
F. M O L N A R , Dip. (Pennsylvania)
D. MORTENSEN, B.FA (UBC)
D. N E A V E , B.A. HONS. (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic)
J. N E W T O N - M A S O N , Dip. (Worthing Col., England)
G. R A M M E L L , (E.C.C.A.D.)
L. RICHMOND, M.Art. Ed. (W. Wash. State), Teach. Cert.
(London)
D. TAIT, Emily Carr, Dip. V.S.A. (ECCAD)
J. THORNSBURY, M.Art Ed., (W.Wash.)
Y. WAKABAYASHI, B. Ed., M.Ed (UBC)
D. YASINSKI
A. Z I M M E R M A N , Art Center (Los Angeles)

Support Staff

A N D C L A Y & TEXTILE ARTS applicants should refer to
special requirements noted in those sections.
2. For the purposes of admission to art courses a full-time
student means a person of any age who takes a full career
program of courses as outlined in the specific sections and
which, upon completion in one or two years of study,
entitles the student to either a College Certificate or the
Associate of Arts and Science Diploma, or entitles the
student to seek transfer credit to other post-secondary
institutions.
3. Students wishing to repeat a course: Any student who
has taken an Art course at Capilano College and who has
passed that course may retake it only after all available
spaces have been filled by those students who wish to
enroll in the course for the first time.
STUDENTS M A Y N O T REPEAT A COURSE MORE
T H A N O N C E WITHOUT A N A P P R O V A L IN WRITING
FROM T H E COORDINATOR.

Advance Registration - Art Programs
I. Fall Term 1991
STUDENTS ENTERING FIRST YEAR OF DIPLOMA
PROGRAMS:

Studio Art
Contact the College (984-4911) before May 17 to arrange
for an interview from May 21 - 28. Bring a portfolio if
available. Full time students only.

Studio Art Institute
Contact the College before May 17 to arrange an interview
from May 21 -28.

JOYCE F A N C H E R , Divisional Assistant

Clay & Textile Arts

General Description

Contact the Art Deparment (984-4911) before May 17 to
arrange for an interview. Bring a portfolio if available.
Interviews May 21 - 24.

The Art Department offers four major programs: Studio
Art, Graphic Design & Illustration Foundation, Graphic
Design and Illustration, and Clay and Textile Arts; a
shorter, specialized program: Crafts Instructor Training
for Community and Institutional Needs; and the Art
Institute for graduate students.

PLEASE NOTE:
The Art Department is closed from June 14 to August 16.
For program information during this time, please contact
the Advising Centre at 984-4990.

Admission and Registration Procedures
1. GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION, STUDIO ART,

Craft Instructor Training for Community and Institutional
Needs
Applicants to this program should have a strong craft
background. Contact the Art Department (984-4911)
before May 17 to arrange for an interview. Interview dates
are May 21 - 24. A portfolio or samples of work is required. (Evening interviews available.) If space is available, late interviews will be conducted August 21,22,23.

Graphic Design & Illustration
Portfolio submission dates are May 7,8 & 9. Application
deadline March 30. (No late applications accepted.) Fulltime students only.

Career/Vocational

- Art

99

II. Spring Term 1992

STUDIO ART PROGRAM

New students must contact the coordinator of the desired
Program for permission to enter. Signature of coordinator
or instructor required to register.

Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, Divisional Assistant,
984-4911

Evening Credit Courses: Subject to approved funding,
the Art Department may offer evening credit courses in
the fall and spring terms. Please contact the department
for further information.

Prerequisites
Prerequisites may be waived in writing by either the
Program Coordinator or the instructor concerned when it
is felt that a student possesses the ability to cope with the
requirements of any given course.
Prerequisite for the Graphic Design and Illustration
Program is at least a " C " grade. STUDENTS WITH
UNSATISFACTORY GRADES IN A N Y TERM M A Y BE
ASKED T O WITHDRAW FROM T H E PROGRAM.

History of Art Courses
Art students may wish to consider the following courses
offered by the Academic Division: Art History 100 and
101. (May be taken instead of Art History 104 and 105 for
credit in the Art Program.)
All Art History courses offered at Capilano College are
transferable to UBC, SFU, and U.Vic. Please check the
Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for further
information. See Art History in Academic Section of the
Calendar for complete course descriptions.
Students in the Studio Art Program may choose to take
English 100 for university transfer or Cmns 150.

English Placement Test
Those students who wish to enroll in English courses
must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index
Test or the College English Diagnostic Test (EDT).
EDT schedules will be posted in the Switchboard/Reception area and the Humanities Division. Students wishing
to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Office of
the Registrar and bring their receipts to the appropriate
test sitting.

Transfer Credit
The Transfer Guide in the Calendar should be referred to
regarding transferability of specific courses. The student
should understand that advanced standing in any institution is usually based on interview and portfolio submission, as well as credits held.

Career/Vocational - Art

100

TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS
AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA
Through exposure to a broad range of concepts, materials,
techniques and processes, students are assisted in developing personal directions and creative maturity. While
being a foundation for further studies in art and design,
the emphasis of the program is on preparing students to
function effectively within the context of current thought
and practice within the fine arts.

Career Opportunities
In a recent report of the National Advisory Committee on
Cultural Statistics, the arts were assessed at contributing
$8 billion to the Canadian economy, with over 300,000
people employed in the cultural industry alone.
There are many careers related to the visual arts, in areas
such as:
FINE ARTS: sculptor, painter, printmaker
APPLIED ARTS: silversmith, jeweller, stained glass
designer, mural designer
GALLERIES: curator, art historian, restorer
INDUSTRY: industrial, furniture, ceramic or carpet
designer
SCIENCE: scientific, botanical or medical illustrator
ADVERTISING: art director, layout artist, package
designer, window decorator
CRAFTS: potter, weaver, glass or leather worker
MUSEUMS: curator, archaeological illustrator, diorama or
field expedition artist
PHOTOGRAPHY: news, portrait or industrial photographer
ARCHITECTURE: architect, city planner, environmental
designer, model maker
CINEMATOGRAPHY: make-up artist, set designer,
animator, special effects model maker, wardrobe designer
FASHION: illustrator, footwear designer, fashion editor,
fabric designer
CRIMINOLOGY: police artist or photographer
EDUCATION: teacher, consultant, crafts counsellor
INTERIOR DESIGN: interior or furniture designer,
lighting consultant, antique restorer.
Many economists predict that we are moving into a time
when the role of art within our economy will expand
enormously. The arts are a perfect complement to our
highly technical industrial society: they are pollution-free
and environmentally responsible, they foster creativity
and innovation, and they satisfy spiritual needs in a
materialistic society.

The Studio Art program at Capilano College provides a
thorough foundation in the fundamentals of art, creating
a solid base on which to build a career. It also enables
students to make informed decisions regarding future
career choices. Graduates of the Studio Art Program
usually continue their choices at university, art school, or
in a college design program.

indicated in the course outlines.

University Transfer
All Studio Art courses carry some University transferability. Students should refer to the Transfer Guide at the
back of the Calendar.

ART INSTITUTE: Advanced Option Courses
The Program
The Studio Art Program provides studio experiences in
Painting, Printmaking, Sculpture, Drawing, Design, Art
History and Communications. A schedule of guest
speakers and field trips ensures regular contact with other
than resident instructors and further expands the student's knowledge and awareness.
The program is for full time students. However, some
part time students are accepted into the program when
space becomes available so that members of the community may participate for other than professional reasons.
The Studio Art courses carry transferability for entry into
B.F.A. programs at university.

Evening Credit Courses
The Studio Art Program may offer selected evening
courses as funding becomes available. Please contact the
Art Department in May for further information.

Admission Requirements
Prospective full-time students are normally admitted on
the basis of an interview and portfolio presentation. The
nature and scope of work presented is for the candidate to
decide, but it should provide as accurate a picture of his
or her past and current artistic activities as possible.
Sketchbooks, research material and preliminary studies
should be included wherever possible, in addition to
completed work. Slides, photographs or any other
supporting evidence may form part of the portfolio.
Where appropriate and with the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived.
Those wishing to enter courses for which they do not
have the prerequisites should be prepared to present a
portfolio so that faculty may assess the applicant's level of
competence.
Some part-time students may be admitted to a course
when space is available

For students with previous experience the program offers
12 credit full time courses in Sculpture and Printmaking.
See page 104.

Program Content

Credits/Studio Hours

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
FIRST TERM
Art 150-1
Drawing I
Art 167-1
3-D Studies - Sculpture I
Art 182-1
2-D Studies - Printmaking I
Art 183-1
2-D Studies - Printmaking II
Art 185-1
Design Concepts I
AHIS104-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy
C M N S 150 Basic Communications
orENGlOO level
SECOND TERM
Art 151-1
Drawing II
Art 171-1
2-D Studies Painting I
Art 172-1
2- D Studies Painting II
Art 174-1
3- D Studies Sculpture II
Art 189-1
Design Concepts II
AHIS 105-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy II
C M N S 153 Communications and the Arts
THIRD T E R M
Art 250-1
2-D Studies - Painting III
Art 255-1
2-D Studies - Painting IV
Art 257-1
3-D Studies - Sculpture III
Art 262-1
Drawing III
AHIS 210-1 Modern Art (19th Century)
F O U R T H TERM
Art 263-1
Drawing IV
Art 265-1
3-D Studies - Sculpture IV
Art 282-1
2-D Studies - Printmaking IV
Art 283-1
2-D Studies - Printmaking IV
AHIS 211-1 Modern Art (20th Century)

66
6
72
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21
3
3
3
3
3
15

39
0
39

3(L)
3(S)
3(S)

0
9

3(S)
3(S)
3(L)

0
9
3(S)
3(S)
3(L)
0
9

3
3
3
3
3
15

3(L)
3(S)
3(S)
0
9

72

39

Special Fees and Expenses
TOTAL
Although the Studio Art Department can supply some of
the materials required for the courses, the student can
expect a financial outlay for some basic supplies, as

Career/Vocational — Art

101

Course Descriptions

Art 172
(3)
Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting II

For Art History course descriptions see page 44.

Prerequisite: Art 171

Art 150
(3)
Drawing I

(3,0,0) (F)

An investigation of the conceptual, technical and perceptual aspects of the drawing process through a wide variety
of methods, materials and stimuli. Experiences in current
approaches and concerns, including representational,
interpretive and experimental drawings in assorted media.
Emphasis will be on developing the student's confidence,
knowledge, graphic sensitivity and control of media. Specifics to this course will be: study of graphic elements
(line, tone etc.), media investigation, perspective, structural
analysis (of natural form), life study.

Art 151
(3)
Drawing II

(3,0,0) (S)

(3,1.5,0) (S)

A continuation of Art 171 with added emphasis on developing personal areas of interest and research in addition
to designated painting problems which will require
students to express their ideas in multiple or mixed-media
techniques of a more ambitious nature. There will be opportunities for students to relate their painting activities
to other areas of study within the program and to become
more responsible for determining their own priorities and
goals. There will be further exposure to contemporary
philosophies and activities in the Visual Arts.

Art 174
(3)
Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture II

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 167
A continuation of Art 167, but with the inclusion of the
following materials and techniques: metal casting, wood
carving and jointing, steel welding.

Prerequisite: Art 150
A continuation of Art 150, with the inclusion of the following specifics: composition and design exploration, colour,
collage,and with an emphasis placed on balance between
control and expression-

Art 167

(3)

(3,3,0) (F)

Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture I
A n introduction to 3-dimensional work as a means of expression, communication and discovery. Some basic
sculptural techniques will be explored, these will include:
assemblage, wood construction, modelling, mould making,
casting.
Sculptural content and subject matter will be considered in
the context of the student's own work. A n examination of
historical sculpture developments will be a feature of the
class; however, the emphasis will be upon developing an
understanding of contemporary sculptural concerns.

Art 171
(3)
Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting I

(3,1.5,0) (S)

Through a combination of assigned studio work, personal
research projects and an introduction to recent and current
trends in the Visual Arts, students will gain an understanding of how both abstract and concrete concerns may
be expressed in terms of imagery and through a variety of
methods and materials. Acrylics will be the preferred
medium but students will be encouraged to investigate the
characteristics and possibilities of other media according to
their individual needs. Guest speakers, field trips and
slide-lectures will be a feature of the course and both
individual and group critiques will be conducted at
regular intervals.

Career/Vocational —

102

Art

Art 182
(3)
Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking I

(3,1.5,0) (F)

A foundation course for those with little or no experience.
A n introduction to the basic techniques of hardground,
softground, drypoint and acquatint. Discussions regarding the image-making potential of printmaking and the
creative processes in general will be ongoing. Particular
emphasis will be given to the relationship between
printmaking and painting with the student producing a
number of pieces demonstrating either technical competency and creative potential. Most work will be executed
in black and white.

Art 183
(3)
Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking II

(3,1.5,0) (F)

A continuation of Art 182 with emphasis on printing procedures both in black and white and colour. The student
will also be introduced to mono and relief printing
methods (including lino/wood blocks and etched plates)
and editioning procedures. Discussion of historical and
contemporary approaches to image-making will be
ongoing.

Art 185
(3)
Design Concepts I

(3,0,0) (F)

A n introduction to the basic elements of both two and
three-dimensional design and their use according to
formal and expressive needs. Using a variety of materials
and processes, students will translate ideas into tangible
form through the manipulation of colour, tone, shape,
line, texture, volume, rhythm, proportion, etc. Sources of

imagery and methods of extending the form-vocabulary
will be investigated and standards of craftsmanship
developed.

Art 255
(3)
Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting IV

Art 189
(3)
Design Concepts II

A continuation of Art 250 but with an increased need for
students to define their own areas of interest and to
extend their thinking in an innovative, self-challenging
fashion. As in Art 250, guest speakers, field trips, slide
lectures etc. will be a feature of the course. There will be a
continuing stress on relating work in this course to contemporary activities in the Visual Arts and to other areas
of the Program. Experiments with images, methods and
materials will be encouraged, with a view to the development of personal modes of expression.

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 185
Essentially a continuation of Design Concepts I, but with
added emphasis on the ability to communicate ideas and
intentions through design and to create original work according to set criteria. Students will find opportunities to
relate their experiences in design to other and more
specialized areas of study in the Program and, by the end
of the course, will be able to respond to problem-solving
situations in a creative fashion.

Communications 150
(3)
Basic Communications

(3,0,0) (F)

C M N S 150 is an introduction to language in the Fine Arts.
Students will work with descriptive and critical language
to develop expressive and analytical skills in fine arts
writing and speech. Assignments include essays, directed
journal writing, talks, diction and semantics.

Communications 153
(3)
Communications and the Arts

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 250

Art 257
(3)
(3,3,0) (F)
Three Dimensional Studies: Sculpture and Design
Prerequisite: Art 174
Continued studies in 3-dimensional art. Students will be
encouraged to pursue media and themes of their choice
and to develop individual styles. Bronze casting will be
offered as a main component of this course.

Art 262
(3)
Drawing III (F) (3,0)

(3,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Art 151

C M N S 153, a course in the language of Fine Arts, develops the work begun in Communications 150 and introduces the student to practical writing within fine arts.
Students study problems in critical and descriptive
language in order to describe finished work, artistic
process, concept and intention. Contemporary issues in
art and design are raised and students are encouraged to
express opinions coherently. Assignments include
directed journal writing, talks, interview, and various
written forms such as resumes, marketing letters and
grant applications.

Art 250
(3)
Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting III

(3,1.5,0) (F)

(3,1.5,0) (F)

Continued study of drawing as a means of discovery, expression and communication. Conceptual, perceptual
and technical aspects of drawing will be examined.
Specifics to this course will include: advanced graphic
elements, unconventional media, objective/subjective
research.

Art 263
(3)
Drawing IV

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 262
Further study of drawing with an emphasis on the development of personal modes of expression. The work of the
three previous courses will be reviewed, with the addition
of perceptual exploration, and portfolio presentation.

Prerequisite: Art 172
In addition to assigned painting problems, students will
be required to define their own areas of research and
visual articulation as they embark on a thematically
linked series of works. As much freedom as possible will
be given with regard to subject matter, content, materials,
methods, scale, etc. and students will be encouraged to redefine the painting process in terms of their own needs
and priorities. Emphasis will be placed on relating work
in this course to other areas of the Program, especially
with respect to Printmaking and to current trends in the
Visual Arts.

Art 265
(3)
Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 257
Further study of historical and current sculpture concerns
as well as the study of the craft and design fields. The
first workshop project will be a review of the available
techniques through the process of producing set forms,
using specific materials. Throughout the remainder of the
course the emphasis will be on the development of
personal modes of expression through the student's
choice of media and subject matter. Each student will be

Career Vocational — Art

103

expected to work on two projects from a supplied list of
suggested themes.
Art 282

(3)

(3,1.5,0) (S)

Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking III (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Art 183 or Instructor's permission
A comprehensive study of intaglio and relief printing
methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced printmaking student. Other areas that come
under consideration will include collographs, uninked
embossing and the practical application of colour theory.
Discussion of current directions in printmaking and their
relationship to painting and sculpture will be ongoing.
Art 283

(3)

(3,1.5,0) (S)

Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking IV
Prerequisite: Art 282 or Instructor's permission
Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the
main concern will be combined colour printing techniques based upon the individual's need. A folio of work
wall be produced to document this research. Technical
aspects that surface will include photographic possibilities and dimensional prints.

THE ART INSTITUTE
The Art Institute, specializing in Sculpture and Printmaking, is a one year post-graduate certificate program
unique in the college system. Comparable to artist-inresidence programs, the Institute offers advanced studies
to artists with several years experience in sculpture or
printmaking, or to recent college, university or art school
graduates.
Members of the Institute have access to well-equipped
studios and specialized equipment, plus auxiliary facilities such as a darkroom, computer lab and media centre.
Supplies and materials are available at cost.
Lectures, seminars and tutorials feature guest artists and
faculty who are professionals in their fields. With the
permission of the instructor, and at no additional cost,
Members may also pursue individual research beyond the
one-year certificate.
A major component of the Institute experience is the
interchange among the participants, which may include
critiques, encouragement of work in progress, or exposure
to new materials. Along with providing the artist with
studio space, the Institute offers the expertise of special
speakers and workshop experiences. The atmosphere is
stimulating and supportive of the individual's aesthetic
development.

Admission Requirements
The Institute is a graduate Fine Arts Program. Students
with a B.F.A. or equivalent (art school graduation, etc.,)
are given preference during registration. Exceptional
students with previous fine arts training and/or work
experience will be accepted at the discretion of the
instructors. Note that it is not absolutely necessary to be
specifically proficient in the chosen area of study. Parallel
experience would be considered, i.e. painting to
printmaking.
Enquiries and applications are accepted at any time
throughout the year, although the normal registration
periods are May and December for the first and second
terms, respectively. Phone 984-4911 by May 17 for an
interview between May 21 and May 28.

Submissions
1. Biography - to include pertinent travel and other life
experiences.
2. Portfolio -original works where possible; however,
slides, photographs or other printed material will be
acceptable. Where appropriate, and with the co-ordinators permission, the portfolio requirement may be
waived.

Career

104

Vocational—Art

3. Proposal - an outline of the anticipated directions of
work. This should be as specific as possible.

CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS PROGRAM
Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, Divisional Assistant,

During the academic year (September to April) submissions should be adressed to:

ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE, TWO YEAR DIPLOMA

The Art Institute
Capilano College
2055 Purcell Way
North Vancouver, B.C.
V7J 3H5
Tel. 984-4911

Career Opportunities
Graduates may choose to work independently as artists/
craftspeople or they may find employment as instructors
in community art programs or in institutions where art
and craft courses are used as therapy.

During the months of June to August, submissions should
be made directly to:
R. W. Eastcott
2553 Oxford Street
Vancouver, B.C.
V5K1M9
Tel. 253-7362

984-4911.

or

George Rammell
2786 Yale Street
Vancouver, B.C.
V5K1C3
Tel. 682-6799

Fees
The 1990/91 tuition fees for the Art Institute were $475.00
per term. There are two terms per year.
Although the normal shop supplies are provided members of the Institute can anticipate charges for materials
directly involved with the production of work.

Art Institute: Advanced Option Courses
Art 300
(12)
Art Institute I - Sculpture and Printmaking

(3,0,0) (F)

Designed to meet the needs of students with several years
of experience in sculpture or printmaking or who have
left college, art school or univeristy and may no longer
have access to specialized equipment and facilities, the
Art Institute will emphasize access to well-equipped
studios as well as lectures, seminars and tutorials with instructors and invited professional artists. The format will
be one day of class time and four or more days of studio
time. The studios will be available during the evenings
and weekends.

The Program
Students are trained to develop skill and understanding
of contemporary fine craft.
Open to both full and part-time students, the first year of
the Program is a Foundation year. The core content
consists of Weaving, Textile Surface design, and Ceramics
and is supported by courses in Design and Drawing.
Upon completion of the first year students may receive a
certificate. Upon completion of the second year, during
which students have a choice of specializing in either clay
or textile arts, students will receive a diploma. Students
who have a demonstrated equivalent of the first year may
enter directly into one of the second year specialties and
receive a certificate.
Studio and Gallery visits are an important learning
segment of the program. Guest lecturers from all craft
disciplines are brought in to enrich the courses. Market
research and marketing techniques for the craftsperson
are a vital part of the program through lectures and
seminars.

Admission Requirements
Prospective full-time and part-time students are admitted
on the basis of an interview. A portfolio which contains
as accurately as possible an overview of the students'
work is required. With the Coordinator's permission, the
portfolio requirement may be waived.

Special Fees and Expenses
Art 301
(12)
Art Institute II • Sculpture and Printmaking
A continuation of Art 300.

(3,0,0) (S)

Some of the materials needed for the course are supplied
by the Department and are covered by a supplies fee. The
student can expect an additional outlay for midterm and
final projects, the amount of which may vary according to
the needs of the course.

University Transfer
All courses marked with an asterisk (i.e. * Art 158) are
transferable to SFU and UBC and carry 1.5 transfer units
to the BFA Studio Program at UBC.
Career/Vocational—Art

105

First Year Certificate Program - Foundation

Course Descriptions

Credits/Studio Hours
Major Program Requirements

30

18

FIRST TERM
Art 154
Art 158
Art 160
Art 163
Art 168

Introductory Drawing I
Design I
Textile Surface Design I
Clay I
Weaving I

SECOND T E R M
Art 153
Introductory Drawing II
Art 161
Textile Surface Design II
Art 165
Clay II
Art 169
Weaving II
Art 178
Design II

3
3
3

3
3
15

For Art History course descriptions see page 44.
3
3
3
9

THIRD T E R M
Art 273
Functional Clay I
Art 275
Sculptural Clay I
C M N S 150
Basic Communications
AHIS 104
Intro, to Visual Literacy I
Elective
FOURTH TERM
Art 274
Functional Clay II
Art 276
Sculptural Clay II
C M N S 153 Communication & the Arts
AHIS 105
Intro, to Visual Literacy II
Art 230
Marketing Skills

THIRD T E R M
Art 267
Weaving III
Art 284
Textile Surface Design III
Art 290
Dyes and Dyeing
C M N S 150
Basic Communications
AHIS 104
Intro, to Visual Literacy I
FOURTH T E R M
Art 268
Weaving IV
Art 285
Textile Surface Design IV
Art 230
Marketing Skills
C M N S 153 Communication & the Arts
AHIS 105
Intro, to Visual Literacy II

Career/Vocational — Art

106

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 154

3
3
3
0
9

Further exploration of drawing media and techniques
with an emphasis on a more individual and interpretive
approach, developing themes for drawing aimed at illustration and reproduction. Study of drawing styles and
modes of graphic expression, interpretive stylization and
distortion. Drawing with pen and ink; washes, ink and
brush, felt markers, mixed media. Study of mass, light
and dark, plan, depth and space, and their graphic
representation through various drawing techniques.

54
6
60

30
0
30

Art 154
(3)
Introductory Drawing I

3
3
3
3
3
15

3
3

3
3
3
3
3
15

0
6
3
3

0
6

Second Year Diploma Program • Textile Arts
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

Art 153
(3)
Introductory Drawing II

3
3
3
3
3
15

Second Year Diploma Program - Clay
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

* All courses marked with an asterisk are transferable to
SFU and UBC and carry 1.5 transfer units to the BFA Studio Program at UBC.

54
6
60
3
3
3
3
3
15
3
3
3
3
3
15

21
0
21

3
0
3

(3,0,0) (F)

This course offers the students of both the textile and
ceramic arts the opportunity to develop those drawing
skills that will be useful in the practice of those crafts. The
study of primary drawing media and basic techniques,
including pencil, pen and ink, brush and ink, marking
pens, conte and pastel. Study of perspective drawing
from direct observation. Study of representational
rendering techniques of objects, structures, surfaces and
textures. Learning to visualize in graphic terms, symbolizing, stylizing in terms of line and line characteristics.
Developing power of observation and graphic sensitivity.

* Art 158
Design I

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Basic design elements and principles will be studied.
Sources of inspiration and imagery will be explored using
a variety of materials and processes. Two dimensional
repeat design will be studied for application to surface
decoration and compositional elements will be investigated and adapted for craft media. Main projects will be
presented in a craft medium.

Art 160
(3)
Textile Surface Design I

(3,3,0) (F)

An introduction to traditional methods of printing on
fabric using found objects, blocks and stamps with
pigments and dyes. Wax resist and bleach discharge
effects will be explored. Bound and tied resists will also
be used with natural and fibre-reactive dyes. Design
possiblities will be studied for each medium and there
will be an introduction to the history of dyed fabrics.

Art 161
(3)
Textile Surface Design II

(3,1.5,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 160
A n introduction to printing fabric with stencils using
pigments, fibre-reactive and natural dyes. Katazome
techniques with rice paste resists will be demonstrated.
Applique and stitching techniques will be used for surface
decoration and design possibilities for each medium will
be explored. There will be an introduction to the history
of printed fabrics.

* Art 163
(3)
Ceramic Art I

(3,3,0) (F)

A n introduction to the use of clay as an expressive media.
Hand construction and wheel forming will be presented
as well as glazing, firing and clay body technology.
Design, history and conceptual theory will be reviewed as
it relates to the ceramic object.

* Art 165
(3)
Ceramic Art II

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 163
A continuation of Art 163 with greater emphasis on
personal development. Casting, moldmaking, glaze
preparation and application, and firing technology will be
reviewed. Students will be encouraged to explore the use
of non-firable materials in conjunction with clay. Contemporary issues on art will create the focus for personal
exploration.

Art 168
(3)
Weaving I

(3,3,0) (F)

This course has been divided into several parts. In the
first segment, off-loom techniques will be studied as well
as ethnic and historic textile sources. In the second
segment, the traditional technique and contemporary
imagery of tapestry will be covered.

Art 169
(3)
Weaving II

(3,1.5,0) (S)

Beginning experiences in loom weaving. Learning to
warp a loom, drafting basic weaves on four-harness
looms. Class will include samples and finished pieces,
with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures, and fibers. Introduction to dye methods. Slides
and examples of historical, ethnic, and contemporary
woven textiles will be used as inspiration.

* Art 178
Design II

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

themes and problem solving techniques. More studies of
sources of imagery and inspiration. Continuation of
colour studies, designing within limitations for specific
environments. Introduction of three dimensional space
and form. Use of different design media and its adaptation to crafts and applied arts.

Art 230
(3)
Marketing Skills for the Craftsperson

(3,3,0) (S)

This course is designed to be a survey. It will help
develop professionalism and necessary business skills in
the craftsperson. Areas covered are Advertising and
Promotion, Marketing, Finance, Photography and Portfolio Design. Attempts will be made to address the individual needs of the students. The course will include guest
lecturers working in their areas of expertise.

Art 267
(3)
Weaving III

(3,0,0) (F)

Students will expand their knowledge of basic weaves
through drafting, designing samples and completing
finished projects. Techniques will include fundamental
loom-controlled weaves, hand-manipulated structures,
space dyeing and painting warps. Although emphasizing
the development of technical skills, the course will also
encourage personal expression in individual projects.

Art 268
(3)
Weaving IV

(3,0,0) (S)

Further exploration of the design possibilities of woven
textiles. Each student will work on a series of individually designed projects in a technique of his/her choice,
developing ideas and personal expression with class
feedback and individual critiques.

* Art 273
(3)
Functional Clay I

(3,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Art 165
Further exploration of pottery techniques, particularly
wheelwork and glaze materials; study of contemporary
styles and creative ceramics.

* Art 274
(3)
Functional Clay II

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 273
Increased emphasis on craftsmanship and design. Exploration of dinnerware mainly made on the wheel. Development of original glazes and manipulation of glaze characteristics.

Prerequisite: Art 158
A further study of design principles and concepts. Use of
Career/Vocational—Art

107

Art 275
(3)
Sculptural Clay I

(3,3,0) (F)

A n introduction to the concepts and techniques of using
clay as a sculptural medium. A wide variety of construction and firing techniques will be examined with an
emphasis on personal exploration. Three dimensional
design as well as historical and contemporary concepts of
the visual language will be the foundation for personal
growth. Technical information covering clay bodies,
firing techniques and glaze application will be presented.

Art 276
(3)
Sculptural Clay II

(3,3,0) (S)

For students with a craft background the Program offers
the following evening part-time certificate program:
F A L L TERM

Art 187
Crafts Instructor Training for Community and
Institutional Needs I 3 credits
SPRING TERM

Art 287

Prerequisite: Art 275
Further study of concepts and techniques of using clay as
a sculptural medium. Students will be encouraged to
pursue techniques and concepts of their choice and to
develop individual style. A n investigation of combining
non-clay materials with clay construction will be encouraged. The use of glaze and non-firing sources of colour
will be explored.

Art 284
(3)
Textile Surface Design III

CRAFTS INSTRUCTOR TRAINING FOR
COMMUNITY AND INSTITUTIONAL NEEDS

(3,0,0) (F)

A study of screen printing techniques using paper, wax,
lacquer and direct emulsion stencils. A variety of methods of producing a repeat design with different registration possibilities will be studied. There will be an option
of using photographic stencils for projects. Light sensitive
dyes will be used for direct effects on fabric. Handpainted effects with different dyes and pigments will be
combined with screening techniques. Airbrushing of dyes
and pigments will be introduced.

Crafts Instructor Training for Community and
Institutional Needs II 3 credits

Course Descriptions
Art 187
(3)
(3,0,0) (F)
Crafts Instructor Training for Community and
Institutional Needs I
During the first of this two term course, students with a
strong Craft background will be trained in adaptation and
instructional skills. They will improve and extend present
craft skills in order to teach people in recreation and
community situations or in institutions where Art and
Craft courses are used as therapy. This course is a prerequisite for Art 287.

Art 287
(3)
(3,0,0) (S)
Crafts Instructor Training for Community and
Institutional Needs II
Prerequisite: Art 187

Art 285
(3)
Textile Surface Design IV

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 284
Basic paper-making techniques will be studied exploring
the possibilities of paper collage, cast paper, use of
different pulps, colouring of pulp and making pulp from
plants. Relief and 3D fibre construction methods will be
used with fabric embellishment techniques and direct
dyeing techniques to create fibre structures.

Art 290
(3)
Dyes and Dyeing

(3,3,0) (F)

Emphasis on synthetic dyes, although students will also
familiarize themselves with natural dyes and colour
possibilities. Direct, acid, disperse and basic dye methods
covered, using synthetic dyes and incorporating them
with dye application methods. A comprehensive notebook will be made of colour samples for future reference.
Introduction to spinning and feltmaking.

Career/Vocational — Art

108

Further training in adaptation and instructional skills for
experienced craftspeople. Learning to set up and administer a craft program. Students are required to complete a
two-week practicum in hospitals, senior citizen centres,
schools, or community centres.

Clay and Textile Art Evening Courses
Art 194

(3,0,0) (F)

Beginning experiences in loom weaving. Learning to
warp a loom, drafting basic weaves on four-harness
looms. Class will include samples and finished pieces,
with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures, and fibres. Introduction to dye methods. Slides
and examples of historical, ethnic, and contemporary
woven textiles will be used as inspiration.

Art 198
Fabric Printing

(3,0,0) (S)

Exploring design and colour as they would apply in the
surface decoration of fabric. Experiments with various
pigments and dyes on fabric, using immersion and direct
application methods. Printing techniques will be used
with block, stencil and screen. Resist techniques using
paste and tie/stitch.
T H E C L A Y & TEXTILE ART P R O G R A M M A Y OFFER
O T H E R SELECTED EVENING COURSES AS FUNDING
BECOMES AVAILABLE. PLEASE C O N T A C T T H E ART
DEPARTMENT IN M A Y FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION A T 984-4911.

GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION
PROGRAM
Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, 984-4911.

TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS

AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA
Open to full-time students only. This is a two year
Diploma program for those wishing to enter into the
advertising industry as a graphic designer, advertising
illustrator, or any of the related visual communication
professions. Students are trained in design, visual
imagery, media choice, typography, advertising layout,
and conceptual thinking.
Instructors are practising professionals; thus the program
relates to the current demands of business and industry.
Real and simulated problems are taken from initial
concept to finished art.
Frequently guests from the profession are brought in to
evaluate student projects.

GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION
FOUNDATION PROGRAM
ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
Open to full-time students only. This one year certificate
program is designed to provide a foundation in drawing
skills, figure studies, illustration and painting, mediums
and techniques, design principles and the history of art
and design.
It stresses the necessity of developing consecutively the
creative thought processes and skills necessary for
Graphic Design & Illustration. This program provides the
direction to prepare the student for further studies in
many professionally-oriented art fields.

Admission Requirements
Both these programs require a high level of maturity and
integrity. Students with life experience following high
school are usually more knowledgeable and mature in
their choice of direction and better prepared; however,
highly motivated high school students can succeed here
and we encourage those students to apply.
Applicants to the program must supply the following
documentation to the college by March 30,1991.
• Completed Capilano College Application for Admission
• Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts
• Certificate of English Language Assessment Test
(ELAT) or Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL), if applicable
• Departmental Information Sheet
N o late applications accepted.

Portfolio submission dates are May 7,8,9. No portfolio
will be examined if proper documentation has not been
received at the College by March 30,1991. No late

submissions accepted.
Portfolios are reviewed by an Admissions Committee and
are assessed on the basis of drawing, design, colour,
creativity, media variety and presentation. Applicants
whose portfolios meet the standards of the Program are
called for interviews within two weeks of submission.
Final decisions on the make-up of the new class is made
by May 31.

Portfolio Requirements
There should be a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 18
samples of original work (work produced, drawn, designed, or photographed by the artist) representing
current abilities. Imaginative and experimental drawings
in any medium (water-colour, guache, oils, etc.) are welcome additions to the portfolio. Samples must be flat, not
rolled; they should not be framed or glassed.
We will not accept portfolios larger than 23" x 31". Photographs of any larger work or 3D projects may be sent;
however, photographs or slides do not replace the
required minimum of 12 samples of original work.
The applicant's name and address must be on the outside
of the portfolio in large letters.
If a portfolio is to be returned, send either stamps or
cheque to cover the cost of return postage. Do no send
any portfolios by cross-country bus system as they are not
delivered to Capilano College. Parcel Post insured or air
parcel post insured is usually the best way to have
portfolios sent and returned.
Capilano College cannot accept responsibility for loss or
damage to an applicant's work.

Career/Vocational—Art

109

Program Content
Graphic Design and Illustration Foundation Program
Credits/Lab Hours
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
FIRST T E R M
Principles of Visual Cmns I
Art 156
Design I
Art 158
Life Drawing I
Art 152
General Drawing I
Art 154 •
Mediums & Techniques I
Art 155
Intro to Visual Literacy I
AHIS 104
*CMNS 150 Basic Communications

SECOND T E R M
Principles of Visual Cmns II
Art 157
Design II
Art 178
Life Drawing II
Art 184
General Drawing II
Art 164
Mediums & Techniques II
Art 159
Intro to Visual Literacy II
AHIS 105
C M N S 153 Communications & the Arts

33
12

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

11

2

3

5

3

3

Major Program Requirements
FIRST T E R M
Typography I
Art 162
Photo, for Graphic Design
Art 175
Graphic Design I
Art 177
Drawing for Illustration I
Art 180
Applied Design I
Art 192
Painting for Illustration I
Art 195

SECOND T E R M
Studio Production I
Art 170
Graphic Design II
Art 179
Drawing for Illustration II
Art 181
Applied Design II
Art 193
Painting for Illustration II
Art 196
Typography II
Art 197

Career/Vocational—Art

110

3
11

3
2
3
3

3
3
3
3
3
15

11

Part-Time Evening Courses
For students interested in upgrading drawing and design
skills to assist in the preparation of a portfolio, we offer
the following evening classes (subject to approved
funding):
Art 056 - Graphic Design Portfolio Studio I (F) (3,0)
Art 057 - Graphic Design Portfolio Studio II (S) (3,0)

6

Course Descriptions
Note: *Denotes university transfer

Credits/Lab
63

48

3
3
3
3
3
3
18

3
2
3

3
3
3
3
3
3
18

F O U R T H TERM
Applied Design IV
Art 253
Illustration Media II
Art 269
Studio Production III
Art 289
Advertising Illustration II
Art 298
Graphic Design III
Art 279

3
2
3

3
3
3
3
3
15

For further information and course outlines, contact the
Graphic Design and Illustration Program at 984-4911.

Students who wish to substitute English courses for
Communications 150 may do so with the Communications Coordinator's approval.
Graphic Design and Illustration Program

THIRD T E R M
Studio Production II
Art 278
Illustration Medial
Art 251
Applied Design III
Art 252
3-D Graphic Design I
Art 277
Advertising Illustration I
Art 295

3

* Art 152
(3)
Life Drawing I

(3,0,0) (F)

Drawing from the observation of the human figure;
exercises in developing visual perception, memory and
basic drawing skills. Study of the proportions of the
human body. Line characteristics in pencil, pen, conte,
charcoal techniques. Contour, cross-contour, gesture and
volume drawings from draped and undraped models.

* Art 154
(3)
General Drawing I

(3,0,0) (F)

11

3
3
3
3
12

Primary representational drawing, media and techniques.
Drawing as expression of observation and perception of
visual aspects of environment and visual thinking. Study
of graphic means of representing objects, structure,
planes, volumes, space, surface characteristics. Learning
to perceive, isolate and select visual elements or descriptive rendering in lead an charcoal pencils. Developing the
habit of working daily with a sketchbook, power of
observation, perception and graphic sensitivity.

Art 155
(3)
Mediums and Techniques I

(3,3,0) (F)

A n introduction to basic painting and illustration techniques. On location drawing and wash studies using
watercolour, pencil, coloured pencil, ink and combinations of the above. Developing location studies into more
controlled, finished classroom works.

Art 156
(3)
Principles of Visual Communications I

(3,0,0) (F)

A n overview and understanding of the basic design
process, graphic design principles and fundamental
visual communications techniques as utilized by contemporary graphic designers and illustrators.

Art 157
(3)
Principles of Visual Communications II

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 156 with at least a " C " grade.
The basic principles of advertising as applied by a graphic
designer or illustrator. Includes a study of contemporary
graphic designers and illustrators and how they rely on
various visual styles to complete assignments.

* Art 158
Design I

(3)

(3,2,0) (F)

(Basic Design 2-D) A n introduction to the concepts and
principles of visual arts with analytical and creative study
of basic elements and pictorial organization. Processes
and nature of visual communications, form, elements and
their characteristics are investigated with reference to Fine
Art, Crafts and Applied Arts. Emphasis on two-dimensional composition and graphic media, collage and
assemblage.

Art 159
(3)
Mediums and Techniques II

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 155 with at least a " C " grade.
Drawing analysis techniques and the consideration and
use of various mediums as they relate to specific subjects.
Further (to Art 155) location studies and classroom
development of same.

Art 164
(3)
General Drawing II

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 154 with at least a " C " grade.
Further exploration of drawing media and techniques
with emphasis on expressive and interpretive approaches.
Developing themes and drawings aimed at illustration,
for reproduction and individual expression. Stylization,
distortion and caricaturization are explored in relation to
the study of line, mass, value and contrast, Various pen,
pen and ink drawing techniques are explored. Emphasis
on student's initiative in researching, investigating and
exploring drawing theories, schools and techniques.

Art 170
(3)
Studio Production I

(3,3,0) (S)

An introduction to the basic traditional and computeraided production techniques encountered in a graphic
design studio. Students will learn basic pasteup and
mechanical production. Students will be instructed in the
ruling of straight lines using the T-square, drawing
ellipses, cutting masking film, preparation of finished
artwork, copyfitting and type specifying.

Art 175
(3)
Photography for Graphic Design

(3,2,0) (F)

Basic photography with emphasis on fundamental camera
and darkroom procedures. Instruction in 35mm camera
operations as they assist in graphic design and illustration.

Art 177
(3)
Graphic Design I

(3,3,0) (F)

A n introduction to design elements (shape, line, value,
texture, colour) to demonstrate the versatility and application of each. Exercises to develop a sound grasp of design
principles and to encourage experiment and discovery as
well as how these elements work in combination. Media
includes pencil, paint, collage materials and mixed media.

* Art 178
Design II

(3)

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 158 with at least a " C " grade.

Art 162
(3)
Typography I

(3,3,0) (F)

Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter
forms. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in
pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive
lettering indication and reproduction art to improve
craftsmanship and drawing skills.

Further study of basic 3-D design principles. Basic threedimensional concepts, components and principles of
three-dimensional arts material and techniques. Functional aesthetic aspects of contemporary and traditional 3D art. The elements of 3-D form.

Art 179
(3)
Graphic Design II

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 177 with at least a " C " grade.
Further study of design principles, pictorial organization

Career/Vocational—Art

111

and the characteristics of visual form. Combining design
elements of the previous semester with the new elements
of typography and photography. Media will include a
wide variety of materials. A n experimental, inventive
approach will be stressed.

rough layouts and tight comps. Ideas will be evaluated
against criteria established.

Art 180
(3)
Drawing for Illustration I

This course offers expanded skills in perception, visualization and continued practice in control of lof various
media. It gives the student the opportunity to develop
similar styles to the old masters as well as experiment
with his/her own drawing.

(3,0,0) (F)

The purpose is to develop the students' awareness and
capacity to perceive objects correctly and the skills
necessary to draw with quality and creativity. It introduces the students to skills that must be developed if they
are to visually communicate consciously and effectively.
Basic drawing and wash media will be used.

Art 181
(3)
Drawing for Illustration II

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 180 with at least a " C " grade.
The students play an advanced role in the choices of
reference materials, mediums and techniques used. The
skillful and imaginative use of illustrative methods is
stressed using lighting, negative shapes, depth, abstractions for emphasis, perspective and correct perception.
Uses of drawing and wash mediums will be expanded.
As well, the student will be expected to become familiar
with current uses of illustration.

* Art 184
(3)
Life Drawing II

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 152 with at least a " C " grade.
Further study of drawing from direct observation of the
human figure. Exercises in perceiving and graphically
interpreting the elements of plane, mass, rhythm and
form; relating perceptual elements to drawing media.
Investigation of more complex drawing techniques and
materials. Perceiving graphic elements in life form and
action; drawing from memory and imaginative reflection
upon visual experience.

Art 192
(3)
Applied Design I

(3,3,0) (F)

A n introduction to visual communication and the role of
professional designers. Design principles, layout techniques, tools, methods, materials and media. Emphasis
will be on concept and on "comprehensive" finish using
basic marker rendering skills.

Art 193
(3)
Applied Design II

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 177 and Art 192 with at least a " C " grade.
A course relating to presentation of ideas at a professional
level representing real agency/client situations. Making

Career/Vocational — Art
112

Art 195
(3)
Painting for Illustration I

Art 196
(3)
Painting for Illustration II

(3,0,0) (F)

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 195 with at least a " C " grade.
The student's personal style of realistic life drawing is
pursued to a much finer degree. Structured tutorials in
the use of various mediums and student/instructor
criticisms of work-in-progress are emphasized.
Experimentation of style and medium is encouraged.

Art 197
(3)
Typography II

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 162 with at least a " C " grade.
This course expands upon the major role typography has
on advertising layouts and design. Construction of
various styles of letter forms in pencil, felt marker and
brush will be studied. Application of typography in
various advertising pieces will be investigated.

Art 251
(3)
Illustration Media I

(3,2,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Art 181 & Art 196 with at least a " C " grade.
To introduce the student who has achieved a competent
degree of drawing skills to the mediums necessary for
illustrative techniques. The course develops through
stages from pencil, pen and ink, ink and wash, watercolours and eel vinyl. The use of the illustrator's tools and
processes such as repellants, air brush, mixed media, etc.,
are reviewed.

Art 252
(3)
Applied Design III

(3,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Art 179 & Art 193 with at least a " C " grade.
The application of design and rendering skills to the
development of solutions to print advertising. Explores
companies, products, services, corporate identification
and their relationship to print advertising layouts and
tight comps prepared for class critiques.

Art 253
(3)
Applied Design IV

(3,3,0) (S)

Art 289
(3)
Studio Production III

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 252 with at least a "C" grade.

Prerequisite: Art 278 with at least a " C " grade.

Advertising agency and graphic design studio oriented.
The interelationship of illustration, photography and
graphics into advertising, packaging and point of purchase. Consultation on student portfolio.

Print production from photo-mechanical to printing
procedures. Includes 3 and 4 colour process, binding,job
estimating,paper specifications, 2nd production control.
A n intermediate course in the use of Macintosh computers for graphic design. Print and advertising applications
are emphasized.

Art 269
(3)
Illustration Media II

(3,2,0) (S)

Art 295
(3)
Advertising Illustration I

Prerequisite: Art 251 with at least a " C " grade.

(3,3,0) (F)

Taking the techniques outlined in 251 into finished
illustrations for advertising, books, magazines, etc. A
further expansion of the uses of mediums to include
mixed media. Concept is stressed as well as an emphasis
on self-expression.

A comprehensive study of contemporary advertising
illustration techniques and materials from original
concept to final presentation.

Art 277
(3)
3D Graphic Design I

Art 298
(3)
Advertising Illustration II

(3,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Art 181 and Art 196 with at least a " C " grade.

(3,3,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Art 181 & Art 179 with at least a " C " grade.

Prerequisite: Art 295 with at least a " C " grade.

This section will give insight into the procedures involved
in the design of small commercial retail structures such as
boutiques and service shops in shopping centres and
malls. Model-building techniques are studied as well as
the use of colour in merchandising and display. During
this section the emphasis is on exterior design.

Further exploration of advertising illustration techniques
using a variety of mediums and techniques with the
emphasis on actual studio working methods.

Art 278
(3)
Studio Production II

(3,3,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Art 170 with at least a " C " grade.
To familiarize the student with both traditional and
computer-aided techniques and procedures as used in a
Graphic Design Studio. The development of skills and
disciplines necessary in the production of camera-ready
mechanicals necessary for a variety of reproductionmethods including the use of Macintosh computers to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on computer
application in graphics including layout.

Art 279
(3)
Graphic Design III

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite Art 179 with at least a " C " grade.
Assignments demonstrate visual concept and economy of
thought in advanced graphic forms, with emphasis on
typography as a medium and message of design. A d vanced application of the grid to facilitate the integration
of typography and visuals, underscored by sound
conceptual thinking.

Career/Vocational — Art

113

Business Management
Contact: 984^1960

Instructional Faculty
J. BARBER, BA.Sc. (UBC), M A . (SFU)
J. BARNES, Dip. I.D., B.Sc.
E. BEST, B.Sc., M.Sc.
D. BROWNE, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
B. C A M P B E L L (Seneca)
A. W. CARTER, B.Sc. (Uof A)
H. C L A R K , B.H.E., Dip. Ed. - Dip. Theatre, M. Educ. (UBC)
R. EINBLAU, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
G. F A N E , Dip. Tech., B.Sc., M.B.A., C.M.A. (BCIT, City U.,
UBC)
G.H. FARRELL, M.B.A., C.M.A., F.C.M.A. (SFU)
F. G R U E N , B.Mgt.Eng., M.A.Sc.
E. H A L L , B.C. (Hons.) A.T.C.
C. HILL
P. H O L D E N , B.A., LL.B., M.B.A. (UBC, U. of Ottawa, UBC)
S. IBARAKI - Dip. Physics (Okanagan College)
W. INGLIS, B.A., Dip. Mktg.- (UBC, U. Montreal)
W. INKSTER, C.G.A., (Canada)
C. KILIAN, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
R. KUBICEK, B.A., M.A. (Concordia)
J.K.LAWRIE,C.A. (McGill)
J.D. L O B L A W , B.A. - (U of T)
R. L O N G W O R T H , B.Sc., M.Ed. (Concordia, St. Michaels)
C. MCKIE, B.Comm., M.B.A., P.T.C. (UBC, City Univ.)
L. MICHAELS, B.Sc., B.Ed., M.Ed. (Uof A)
K.W. M O A K , B.A., M.P.A. (UVic)
F. MORRIS, B.A., LL.B., L L . M . (McGill, U.W. Ont.)
B. MOSELEY, B.A., M.B.A. (Univ. of Cal)
R.C. NICHOLS,B.Comm.,C.M.A. (Uof A)
A.G. OBERNDORF, B.S., M.I.M. (New Haven)
R. O ' C O N N O R - B. Admin., (Ryerson) I.S.P.
J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teacher's Cert. (N.Dakota)
P. P O D O L A K , Cert. Display (Aus.)
D. R A T H B O R N E , B.A., C A . (UBC)
BEV REID,B A . (U of A)
R. RENNIE, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (UBC)
D. SAUER, B.A., M.B.A. (SFU, UBC)
J. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston)
L. SPICER, B.Comm., M.B.A. (UBC)
M. T A Y L O R , B.Sc. (Uof A)
K.Y. T O W S O N , B.Sc., M.Sc., (SFU)
A . H . VICK, B.Comm. - (UBC)
K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lie. Acct. (UBC), C.G.A.
A. W A T S O N , B.A. (U of C), AIBC
G. W A U G H , B.A., M.A. - Reading, (UBC)
J. WILSON, B. Comm., C A . (UBC)
H. B. YACKNESS, B.Comm., M.B.A., C A . (SFU)

General Information
The objective of the programs offered within the Business
Management Department is to prepare students for careers
in the various aspects of business. The courses offered
attempt to satisfy a variety of needs:
1. High school graduates planning a career in business or
industry who desire a comprehensive business education;
(2 years full-time).
2. Persons with a minimum of 7 years business experience
in industry, government, the military or private business
ventures who desire a concise, formal business education;
(10 months full-time Accelerated Program).
3. Persons presently employed in business who require
additional formal business education or upgrading; (Parttime, day or evening).
4. Persons wanting to take courses that carry credit
towards Capilano College certificate and diploma programs; (Part-time, day or evening).
5. Persons interested in furthering their knowledge in a
particular area of business; (Part-time, day or evening, or
co-sponsored events.)
These courses, providing students with a comprehensive
education in basic managerial skills in one of five specialized program areas, have been designed both to lay a
practical foundation for those who wish to enter new
careers in business and to expand present careers, either as
independent entrepreneurs or as prospective employeemanagers. A detailed description of the programs follows.

Types of Programs
Programs in the Business Department are as follows:
A. Two Year Full-Time Diploma Programs (see page 115)
1. Administrative Management
2. Financial Management
3. Marketing Management
4. Merchandising Management
5. Business Computing Co-operative Program
(BCOP)
B. Accelerated Business Diploma Programs (10 months)
(see page 118)
1. Accelerated Administrative Management
2. Accelerated Financial Management

Support Staff

3. Accelerated Marketing Management

Dorothy Webb, Div. Assistant
Sharon Miletic, Receptionist
Wendy Weberg, Clerk III

4. Accelerated Merchandising Management

Career/Vocational — Business Management

114

5. Accelerated Computer Systems Management
6. Accelerated International Business Diploma

C. International Business Certificate Program (8 months)
(see page 121)
D. Part-time Evening Certificate Programs (see page 121)
1. Business Administration Certificate
2. Advanced Business Administration Certificate
3. Business Computing Certificate
4. Merchandising Management Certificate
5. Advanced Merchandising Managment
E. C A , C G A , and C M A transfer courses (see page 123)
Admission requirements for each of the programs vary
and will be found in the Calendar description relating to
the specific program. Full description of course offerings
in the Department are found on page 123.
STUDENTS WITH UNSATISFACTORY GRADES IN A N Y
T E R M M A Y BE ASKED T O WITHDRAW FROM T H E
PROGRAM.

A.

TWO YEAR FULL-TIME DIPLOMA PROGRAMS

There are FIVE full-time programs in the Department
leading to an Associate of Arts and Science Diploma after
successful completion of the program requirements,
usually in two years of study. Courses are taught by
instructors with practical, up-to-date knowledge and
many faculty have full or part-time positions in business in
their areas of specialty. Class sizes are not large. Their intensive nature requires a minimum of 18 hours weekly in
class and 36 hours weekly of outside study and preparation.

Two Year OLA University Transfer
Graduates of Capilano College Business programs receive
block transfer of up to 42 credits to the Bachelor of Arts in
Administrative Studies program with the Open Learning
Agency (OLA). Those with accounting concentrations
may follow a program of study that will lead to an O L A
degree and the professional designation of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of British Columbia. For further
information regarding block transfer, contact the program
Coordinator.

Transcripts from Secondary School as well as from any
Post-Secondary School will be required with your application. We also require two letters of reference (one from an
employer/teacher and one personal) as well as a resume.
New students to Capilano College must complete a
College application form obtainable from the Office of the
Registrar.

The Programs
The two-year programs set out below begin in September
each year.
1. Administrative Management
2. Financial Management
3. Marketing Management
4. Merchandising Management
5.. Business Computing Co-op Program
The first three programs have common first year courses.
The second year contains courses tailored to meet the
specialized requirements of the particular program.
Admission to the second year of a program is based on
grades obtained during the first full year of the program.
Where student demand is particularly high, students may
not be able to continue in the program of their first choice.
The department is continuing to obtain transferrable status
to university programs for a considerable number of
courses.
DOUBLE DIPLOMA: After receiving a Diploma in one of
the Business Management programs at the College, a
graduate may earn a second diploma in another program
of the Department upon successful completion of all
requirements for that second program. In the case of the
Administrative, Financial, and Marketing Programs, this
may be done in the course of one full academic year or its
equivalent. Each program leading to a Double Diploma
must be approved by the Department Chairperson.

Admission Requirements
Interested persons should apply for admission to any of
the programs early in the calendar year. Entry is based on
business experience, grades at high school graduation,
maturity, interest, and aptitude.
Normally, Grade 12 graduation with a minimum of C+ in
English 12 and C in Algebra 11 is required, although
admission maybe granted to mature students who can
provide evidence of probable success in the program. A
personal interview may be required for admission.

Career/Vocational — Business Management
115

1. ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT

2. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

This program provides a solid core of knowledge and skills
which can be applied to a wide variety of administrative
positions in business, industry, and government. In
addition, the program is of value to those whose goal is to
become involved in the operation of small or self-owned
businesses.

Management skills of financial resources and the provision
of management information for sound financial planning
and control comprise the core of the program. Courses
allowing for transfer to C.A., C.G.A., and C.M.A. certification are part of the basic program.

Career Opportunities
Career Opportunities
Past graduates have found employment in business,
industry, and government. Students in this program
should expect to find employment in such diverse areas as
planning, banking, finance, production, retailing, realestate, marketing, personnel, industrial relations, and
small business.

Career opportunities include financial planning, budget
preparation, and financial control, and can be found in the
public and private sectors in investment, banking, real
estate, and related industries. Entry to middle management positions in financial accounting, cost accounting,
internal audit, and budget preparation are not uncommon.

Program Content
Program Content
FIRST YEAR - F A L L
BSMG 158
Marketing I
BSMG 170
Quantitative Methods I
C M N S 152 Report Writing
BSMG 177
Principles of Management
BSMG 178
Accounting I
BSMG 180
Intro, to Business Computers

Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

FIRST Y E A R - SPRING
BSMG 159
Marketing II
BSMG 171
Quantitative Methods II
BSMG 179
Accounting II
BSMG 192
Business Systems
BSMG 175
Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 222
Microcomputer Applications 1

3
3
3
3
3
3
18

SECOND Y E A R - F A L L
E C O N 200
Principles of Macro Economics
BSMG 215
Critical Thinking & Decision Making
BSMG 230
Salesmanship
BSMG 240
Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 267
Business Finance
MMGT161 Management Presentation Skills
SECOND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 291
Management Accounting
BSMG 200
Business Policy
BSMG 241
Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 262
Operations Management
BSMG 268
Human Resource Mgt.
BSMG 276
Management Practicum

Career/Vocational — Business Management
116

3
3
3
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

FIRST Y E A R - F A L L
BSMG 158
Marketing I
BSMG 170
Quantitative Methods I
C M N S 152 Report Writing
BSMG 177
Principles of Management
BSMG 178
Accounting I
BSMG 180
Intro, to Business Computers
FIRST YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 159
Marketing II
BSMG 171
Quantitative Methods II
BSMG 179
Accounting II
BSMG 192
Business Systems
BSMG 175
Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 222
Microcomputer Applications 1
SECOND Y E A R - F A L L
E C O N 200
Principles of Macro Economics
BSMG 240
Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 255
Financial Accounting I
BSMG 260
Finance I
BSMG 264
Cost Accounting I
BSMG 286
Taxation
S E C O N D YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 241
Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 252
Accounting Micro. Applications
BSMG 256
Financial Accounting II
BSMG 261
Finance II
BSMG 274
Cost Accounting II
BSMG 276
Management Practicum

Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
3
3
. 3
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

3. MARKETING MANAGEMENT

4. MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT

As an integral part of today's business, marketing management is concerned with identifying market opportunities,
setting goals, and establishing marketing policies and
programs to satisfy market needs and corporate objectives.
Marketing's task is to understand and coordinate the major
customer satisfying activities of the business firm.

Contact Person: Riley O'Connor 984-4960 Local 2055

Career Opportunities
Graduates have learned to translate consumer wants and
needs into products and services, to cultivate markets and
to program distribution activities to reach such markets. In
the past, they have become employed in product management, purchasing, merchandising, advertising, public
relations, and marketing research.

Program Content
FIRST YEAR - F A L L
BSMG 158
Marketing I
BSMG 170
Quantitative Methods I
C M N S 152
Report Writing
BSMG 177
Principles of Management
BSMG 178
Accounting I
BSMG 180
Intro, to Business Computers
FIRST Y E A R - SPRING
BSMG 159
Marketing II
BSMG 171
Quantitative Methods II
BSMG 179
Accounting II
BSMG 192
Business Systems
BSMG 175
Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 222
Micro Computer Applications I
SECOND Y E A R - F A L L
BSMG 230
Salesmanship
BSMG 240
Canadian Business Law I
E C O N 200
Principles of Macro Economics
BSMG 267
Business Finance
BSMG 273
Advertising I
BSMG 275
Marketing Research
SECOND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 271
Merchandising
BSMG 200
Business Policy
BSMG 241
Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 276
Management Practicum
BSMG 277
International Marketing
BSMG 279
Advertising II (Cap Ads)

Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

This program is designed to prepare students for employment in the fashion and merchandising industry.

Career Opportunities
• Managing your own business
• Store Manager - independent or chain
• Department Manager
• Wholesale Sales Representative
• Manufacturer's Sales Representative
• Manufacturer's Agent
• Fashion Promotion
• Sales Manager
• Advertising Manager
• Buyer and Central Buyer
• Visual Presentation Specialist

Program Content
FIRST Y E A R - F A L L
MMGT122 Computers for Retail I
C M N S 152
Report Writing
M M G T 158 Design and Colour
M M G T 165 Work Experience
M M G T 174 History of Fashion and Design
M M G T 178 Canadian Business Methods
FIRST YEAR - SPRING
M M G T 153 Creative Advertising Production
M M G T 156 Fashion Public Relations
M M G T 161 Management Presentation Skills
BSMG 164
Retail Mathematics
M M G T 166 Work Experience
M M G T 172 Textiles and Accessories
M M G T 221 Computers for Retail
SECOND Y E A R - F A L L
M M G T 157 Visual Presentation
BSMG 158
Marketing I
BSMG 169
Accounting
BSMG 175
Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 271
Merchandising
M M G T 272 Independent Store Management I

Credits
3
3
3
1.5
3
3
16.5
3
3
3
3
1.5
3
3
19.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

S E C O N D YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 159
Marketing II
BSMG 230
Salesmanship
M M G T 258 Merchandise Marketing
M M G T 264 Retail Store Design
M M G T 265 Career Readiness
M M G T 273 Independent Store Management II

3
3
3
3
3
3
18
T O T A L P R O G R A M CREDITS: 72

Career/Vocational — Business Management
117

5. BUSINESS COMPUTING CO-OPERATIVE
PROGRAM (BCOP)
In the first year, students attend classes from September to
April, then work in a Co-op placement from May to
August. They return to the classroom from September to
December, then go back into the work force from January
to April. The final term of study is held from May to
August. Job placements are made through a co-operative
arrangement between the college and employers. Students
work closely with an advisor to gain the best possible
placement for them.

Career Opportunities
With the comprehensive training provided, graduates will
secure positions as systems analysts, operations managers,
analyst programmers, sales representatives, and technical
consultants.

Program Content

BCOP 141
BCOP 161
BCOP 191

FIRST Y E A R -SPRING
Microcomputer Application for
BCOP 122
Development
BSMG 160
Marketing
The Development Tools of
BCOP 171
Information Systems
C O B O L I: Intro to a Third
C M P T 189
Generation Language
C M P T 191
Accounting for Managers I
Critical Thinking and Decision Making
BCOP 215

3
3
18

Career/Vocational — Business Management
118

3
19.5

SECOND YEAR - Spring Co-op Placement
BCOP 302
Co-op Placement II
SECOND YEAR - SUMMER
BCOP 289
" C " & Machine Level Programming
Training Users of Computer
BCOP 212
Hardware/Software Systems
Introduction to Telecommunications
CMPT 297
Using the Computer as a Design Tool
BCOP 260
Info Systems & Project Management:
BCOP 273
Case Study Part II
Effective Interpersonal Skills in
BCOP 280
Organizations
Finance for Managers
BCOP 291

1.5
1.5

15

3
3
16.5
84

B. ACCELERATED BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
DIPLOMA PROGRAMS
These 10-month programs are designed to offer business
training for mature students. The student is provided with
an opportunity to gain a clear understanding of business
principles and to refine and add to the practical on-the-job
experience that has been previously acquired.
A unique feature of the Accelerated Diploma Program is
the credit given for work experience. For a Diploma,
students must obtain 60 credits, of which 9 advance credits
are assigned for a minimum work experience of seven
years. The remaining 51 credits are earned from satisfactory completion of regular Business Management courses.

Admission Requirements
3
3
3
18

FIRST Y E A R -Summer Co-op Placement
BCOP 301
Co-op Placement I
SECOND Y E A R - F A L L
C M P T 205
C O B O L II: A Third Generation
Language for Development
C M P T 230
Operating Systems
BCOP 231
The Management of Data
BSMG 200
Business Policy
BCOP 250
Accounting: to Control /Track
Information

CMPT 296

Info Systems & Project Management:
Case Study Part I
Using 4GLs (Fourth Generation
Languages): POWERHOUSE

T O T A L P R O G R A M CREDITS

Credits
FIRST Y E A R - F A L L
Overview of Computers
3
BCOP 111
Intro to Microcomputer Applications
BCOP 121
Intro to Programming &
BCOP 131
Programming Logic
Math and Statistics in
the Business World
Intro to Business: Concepts
Ethics & Practice
General Business & Personal Skills

BCOP 272

3
3
3
3
1.5

Admitted students will have a minimum of seven years
business experience in industry, government, education,
private business or the military. In addition, acceptance to
the program is based upon the nature of the applicant's
work experience, maturity, aptitude, and ability to effectively manage the concentrated studies inherent in the
program chosen. Since enrollment is limited, it is recommended that interested students arrange with the Department for an interview by April 1st.
Transcripts from Secondary School as well as from any
Post-Secondary School will be required with your application. We also require two letters of reference (one from an
employer/teacher and one personal) as well as a resume.
New students to Capilano College must complete a

College application form obtainable from the Office of the
Registrar or the Business Management Department.
Current programs are under review, but at present are
available in five areas of study: Administration, Finance,
Marketing, Merchandising Management, and Computer
Systems. Interested students are encouraged to inquire
concerning the current offerings.
Each diploma program consists of three terms of study.
FIRST TERM is an eight-week preparatory period usually
held during July and August. Lectures will total 36 hours
weekly and are held between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The
courses are cross-disciplinary and consist mainly of
introductory topics. The S E C O N D TERM, beginning in
September, and THIRD TERM, beginning in January, each
consist of fifteen weeks of instruction, totalling 21 to 28
hours weekly in class.
In order to allow for some flexibility in meeting particular
educational needs and to allow for diverse working
backgrounds, it is possible, with the approval of the Coordinator, to substitute certain courses in the Second and
Third Term with other courses offered in the Department.
The accelerated programs normally begin in July each
year, however there are exceptions. Merchandising Management and Computer Systems Management have intakes in September and January depending upon student
demand. Please check with the program convenor to
ensure when the new courses will be offered.

1. ACCELERATED ADMINISTRATIVE
MANAGEMENT
FIRST T E R M - SUMMER
Credits
BSMG 160
Marketing
3
BSMG 166
Business Mathematics
3
BSMG 178
Accounting I
3
BSMG 180
Introduction to Business Computers
3
12
SECOND T E R M - F A L L
BSMG 179
Accounting II
3
BSMG 222
Microcomputer Applications I
3
BSMG 240
Canadian Business Law I
3
BSMG 215
Critical Thinking & Decision Making
3
BSMG 230
Salesmanship
3
BSMG 267
Business Finance
M M G T 161 Management Presentation Skills
3
21
THIRD T E R M - S P R I N G
BSMG 200
Business Policy
3
BSMG 241
Canadian Business Law II
3
BSMG 262
Operations Management
3
BSMG 268
Human Resources Mgt.
3
BSMG 276
Management Practicum
3
BSMG 291
Management Accounting
3
18

2. ACCELERATED FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
FIRST TERM - SUMMER
BSMG 160
Marketing
BSMG 178
Accounting 1
BSMG 180
Intro, to Business Computers
BSMG 166
Business Mathematics
SECOND T E R M - F A L L
BSMG 179
Accounting II
BSMG 222
Microcomputer Applications I
BSMG 240
Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 255
Financial Accounting
BSMG 260
Finance I
BSMG 264
Cost and Managerial Accounting I
BSMG 286
Taxation
THIRD T E R M - S P R I N G
BSMG 241
Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 252
Accounting Applications
BSMG 256
Financial Accounting II
BSMG 261
Finance II
BSMG 274
Cost and Managerial Accounting II
BSMG 276
Management Practicum

Credits
3
3
3
3
12
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

3. ACCELERATED MARKETING
MANAGEMENT
FIRST TERM - SUMMER
BSMG 160 Marketing
BSMG 166 Business Mathematics
BSMG 178 Accounting 1
BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers
SECOND T E R M - F A L L
BSMG 222
Microcomputer Applications I
BSMG 179
Accounting II
BSMG 230
Salesmanship
BSMG 240
Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 267
Business Finance
BSMG 273
Advertising I
BSMG 275
Marketing Research
THIRD T E R M - S P R I N G
BSMG 241
Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 271
Merchandising
BSMG 276
Management Practicum
BSMG 277
International Marketing
BSMG 279
Advertising II (Cap Ads)
BSMG 200
Business Policy

Credits
3
3
3
3
12
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

Career/Vocational — Business Management

119

5. ACCELERATED COMPUTER SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT

4. ACCELERATED MERCHANDISING
MANAGEMENT
FIRST T E R M - SUMMER
BSMG 160
Marketing
BSMG 166
Business Mathematics
BSMG 178
Accounting I
BSMG 180
Intro to Business Computers

Credits
3
3
3
3
12

SECOND T E R M - F A L L
M M G T 158 Design & Colour
M M G T 174 History of Fashion & Design
BSMG 175
Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 222
Microcomputer Applications
BSMG 271
Merchandising
M M G T 272 Independent Store Management I
THIRD T E R M - S P R I N G
M M G T 156 Fashion Public Relations
M M G T 161 Management Presentation Skills
BSMG 230
Salesmanship
M M G T 258 Merchandise Marketing
M M G T 264 Retail Store Design
M M G T 265 Career Readiness
M M G T 273 Independent Store Management II
T O T A L PROGRAM CREDITS

3
3
3
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21
51

Each year, Capilano College will offer this ten-month
Computer Program leading to a Diploma in Computer
Systems Management. Thirty-two seats will be available
for students who meet the qualifications and are prepared
to devote the next ten months to this intense daytime
program. The program is offered in two-month segments
to enable you to concentrate more intensely over a shorter
period of time.

Program Content
TERM I
C M P T 152
C M P T 180
C M P T 191
CMPT 155
TERM II
C M P T 189
CMPT 222
CMPT 182
BSMG 160
TERM III
C M P T 205
CMPT 223
C M P T 293
C M P T 291
T E R M IV
CMPT 208
BCOP260
C M P T 298
C M P T 172
CMPT 296

TERM V
BSMG 276
C M P T 297
CMPT 230

Career/Vocational — Business Management
120

JAN/FEB
Credits
Structured Programming
1.5
Introduction to Data Processing
3
Accounting for Managers I
3
Quantitative Methods for Managers
3
10.5
MAR/APRIL
C O B O L I: Intro to a Third Generation
Language
3
Microcomputer Applications I
3
Introduction to Systems
3
Marketing
3
12
MAY/JUNE
C O B O L II
3
Microcomputer Applications II
3
Systems Design
3
Accounting for Managers II
3
12
JULY/AUG
" C " Language and Machine Level
Programming
3
Using the Computer as a Design Tool
1.5
Data Base Design
3
Employment Preparation
1.5
Using 4GLs (Fourth Generation
Languages): POWERHOUSE
3
12
SEPT/OCT
Projects in Industry
3
Introduction to Telecommunications
1.5
Operating Systems
3
7.5
T O T A L PROGRAM CREDITS 54

6. ACCELERATED N
I TERNATO
I NAL
BUSN
I ESS (DIPLOMA)

Admission Requirements

FIRST TERM - SUMMER
Credits
BSMG 160
Marketing
3
BSMG 166
Business Mathematics
3
BSMG 178
Accounting I
3
BSMG 180
Introduction to Business Computers
3
12
SECOND T E R M - F A L L
IBUS 315
Critical Thinking & Problem Solving
BSMG 179
Accounting I
BSMG 222
Microcomputer Applications
IBUS 322
Int. Business Communications
IBUS 330
Pacific Basin: Economic Geography
IBUS 340
International Trade Law
IBUS 357
International Trade & Marketing
IBUS 370
Customs Documentation & Procedures
S E C O N D TERM - SPRING
IBUS 334
International Cross-Culture
IBUS 338
Canada/USA Trade Relations
IBUS 366
International Banking & Finance
IBUS 374
International Transportation Strategies
IBUS 399
Int. Trade Opportunities & Strategies
Elective

1.5
3
3
1.5
3
3
3
3
21
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

C. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PROGRAM
(CERTIFICATE)
Contact Person: Co-ordinator IBUS Program
A n 8 month program of study for students who wish to
work in Canada while conducting business in the International market place.
World trade has assumed a position of major importance
in the global community. Virtually every manager in
Canada is influenced by international events in business
and finance.
This certificate program will provide students with the
knowledge, cultural awareness and business skills required for a professional level of competence in International Business. The emphasis will be on the Canada-USA
relationship as well as the growing trade within the Pacific
Rim.
Candidates have the opportunity to enrol in the summer
term of the Accelerated Program and build enough credits
for a Diploma in International Business.

The ideal candidate for the International Business program
will have a college diploma or some university related
credit courses. In addition, the potential candidate will
probably be working with a company that is conducting
overseas business. In some cases, candidates may come
from unrelated fields but now wish to prepare themselves
for a career change.
Transcripts from Secondary School as well as from any
Post-Secondary School will be required with your application. We also require two letters of reference (one from an
employer/teacher and one personal) as well as a resume\
New students to Capilano College must complete a
College application form obtainable from the Office of the
Registrar or the Business Management Office.

Career Opportunities
Graduates may seek employment with a Canadian
company working in a Canadian city conducting business
in the International market.
Graduates who are returning to their current employer
would have enhanced opportunities for promotion. Those
who have changed careers may join a new company at a
junior management position.

Program Content
FIRST T E R M
Credits
IBUS 315
Critical Thinking & Problem Solving
1.5
IBUS 322
Int. Business Communications
1.5
IBUS 330
Pacific Basin: Economic Geography
3
IBUS 340
International Trade Law
3
IBUS 357
International Trade & Marketing
3
IBUS 370
Customs Documentation & Procedures 3
15
SECOND TERM
IBUS 334
International Cross-Culture
3
IBUS 338
Canada/USA Trade Relations
3
IBUS 366
International Banking & Finance
3
IBUS 374
International Transportation Strategies 3
IBUS 399
Int. Trade Opportunities & Strategies
3
15

D.

PART-TIME EVENING
CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

The courses in these programs, beginning in September
and January each year, will provide the student with basic
managerial skills that are of practical value in a wide
variety of employment positions. Classes are conducted by
Department faculty and offered Monday to Thursday
evenings during the term. Those enrolled in the programs
may take the courses at their chosen pace. A number of
credit courses from both the full-time Diploma Programs
and the part-time Certificate Programs are offered during
the evenings of both regular College terms.

Career/Vocational — Business Management
121

1. BUSN
I ESS ADMN
IS
I TRATO
IN
CERTIFICATE
A Certificate in Business Administration will be awarded
after the successful completion of two required courses as
shown and a choice of any four additional 3 credit courses
chosen from the Business Management evening or daytime
offerings.
Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the
evening program coordinator.
REQUIRED
BSMG 160
Marketing
Introduction to Business
BSMG 187
OPTIONAL
BSMG 163
BSMG 178
BSMG 179
CMPT 180
BSMG 197
C M P T 222
BSMG 210
BSMG 240
BSMG 241
BSMG 170
BSMG 171
BSMG 175
BSMG 192
C M N S 152

Supervisory Skills
Accounting I
Accounting II
Introduction to Business Computers
Hands-on Advertising for Small Business
(1.5 credits)
Microcomputers Applications I
Small Business Management
Canadian Business Law I
Canadian Business Law II
Quantitative Methods I
Quantitative Methods II
Organizational Behaviour
Business Systems
Report Writing

Other regular offerings from the Business Management
Department.

2. ADVANCED BUSN
I ESS
ADMN
IS
I TRATO
I N CERTIFICATE
A second or Advanced certificate will be awarded following successful completion of an additional four 3 credit
courses chosen again from the Business Management
evening or daytime offerings.
NOTE: A student must attain a 2.0 G P A or better to
qualify for either certificate.

3. BUSN
I ESS COMPUTN
I G CERTIFICATE
A Certificate in Business Computing will be awarded after
the successful completion of three required courses as
shown and a choice of any three additional 3 credit courses
chosen from the Business Management evening or daytime
offerings.

Career/Vocational — Business Management

122

REQUIRED
CMPT 180 Introduction to Business Computers
C M P T 222 Microcomputer Applications
BSMG 192 Business Systems
OPTIONAL
BSMG 160 Marketing
BSMG 163 Supervisory Skills
BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 178 Accounting I
BSMG 179 Accounting II
BSMG 187 Introduction to Business
BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II
Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the
evening program coordinator.

4. MERCHANDS
IN
I G MANAGEMENT
CERTIFICATE
A Certificate in Merchandising Management will be
awarded after the successful completion of a minimum of
six courses made up of three courses from each of the
following two lists. Substitution maybe allowed at the
discretion of the department coordinator.
MMGT156
MMGT157
M M G T 161
M M G T 178
M M G T 258
M M G T 264
M M G T 153

Fashion Public Relations
Visual Presentation
Management Presentation Skills
Canadian Business Methods
Merchandise Marketing
Retail Store Design
Creative Advertising Production

BSMG 160
BSMG 163
BSMG 178
C M P T 180
BSMG 230
BSMG 271
C M N S 152

Marketing
Supervisory Skills
Accounting I
Introduction to Business Computers
Salesmanship
Merchandising
Report Writing

ADVANCED MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT
CERTIFICATE
A n advanced Certificate will be awarded to students who
successfully complete an additional four credit-courses
chosen from the list above or from the Merchandising
Management daytime program.

E.

CA, CGA, and CMA TRANSFER COURSES

The Department offers a number of courses which carry
credit towards non-Capilano College certificate and
diploma programs. Some provide transfer credit to other
college and university programs, and one should refer to
the University Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar
for details. In addition, those professional bodies currently recognizing courses taken at Capilano College are:
Institute of Chartered Accountants (CA.)
Certified General Accountants Association (C.G.A.)
Society of Management Accountants (CM.A..)
Currently, the following Capilano courses are transferable
to C A / C G A / C M A programs, but students are cautioned
to verify with the specific professional body concerned or
with the Business Management Department concerning
credit requirements.
C M N S 152
Report Writing
BSMG 240/241 Canadian Business Law
E C O N 200/201 Economics
BSMG 180 or CMPT 180 Introduction to Computers
BSMG 192
Business Systems
BSMG 175
Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 170
Financial Mathematics **
BSMG 171
Statistics for Business
BSMG 178/179
Accounting I and II
BSMG 200**
Business Policy
BSMG 255/256
Financial Accounting I and II
BSMG 260-261
Finance I and II
BSMG 264-274
Cost Accounting I and II
BSMG 286*
Intro to Business Taxation
*CA/CMAonly
** C M A only
M M G T 161
Management Presentation Skills
(CGA only)

Business Management Course Descriptions
Business Management 158
Marketing I

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

A n introduction to the Canadian marketing environment.
Provides a detailed study of the practical functions of
product planning, consumer behaviour, segmentation
distribution channels, merchandising, research, promotion
and salesmanship with emphasis on both consumer and industrial goods and services.

Business Management 159
Marketing II

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: BSMG 158 or permission of instructor.
This course is a continuation of Marketing I. It is intended
to add more depth to the basic marketing knowledge and
expand on the overall use of marketing in today's competitive environment. Field trips and student projects will form
part of the content of this course.

Business Management 160
Marketing

(3)

(3,0,0) (S,F,Su)

Familiarization with all the basic Canadian marketing
concepts and their roles within the Canadian economy and
the individual firm. Emphasis will be on consumer product
marketing, although some industrial marketing concepts
will be discussed. Students will be encouraged to actively
participate in group and class discussions on marketing
problems and opportunities related to product planning,
research, planning, promotion and distribution systems.
Merchandising, advertising and salesmanship will also be
included in the overview of the marketing principles and
their practical approach.

Business Management 163
Supervisory Skills

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis
on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance and
understanding of the individual within the group. Applications of human relations management, i.e. leadership,
power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict and the introduction
of change.

Business Management 164
Retail Mathematics

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

This course provides a practical knowledge of the mathematical methods utilized in retail operations. Students will
develop the ability to efficiently solve various types of
problems relevant to retailing.

Career/Vocational — Business Management
123

Business Management 166

(3)

(3,0,0) (Su)

Business Management 177

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Business Mathematics

Principles of Management

This course is designed to assist students in developing
the basic skills and concepts of quantitative analysis
relating to business and personal finance. A review
section on problem analysis and algebra is included.

This course directly addresses the need to achieve high
productivity through good management. The essentials
of management—planning, organizing, leading, and controlling—are presented in a systematic and thorough
manner.

Business Management 167

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)
Business Management 178

Financial Management
A practical introduction to understanding how to finance
a business. The primary subjects undertaken are sources
of financing and dealing with lenders. Other closely
related topics include: asset management, financial
analysis, investment decisions, and financial and profit
planning. Students taking this course do not require an
accounting background.
Business Management 169

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Accounting Fundamentals
A n introduction to recording business transactions and
preparing financial statements. Students also learn how to
analyze financial statements and prepare monthly cash
budgets. Sources of financing available to retail businesses are also studied.
Business Management 170

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Quantitative Methods I
This course will provide the basic quantitative analytical
tools used to aid decision-making in modern organizations. In particular, the mathematics of finance will be
covered with an emphasis on the time value of money.
Business Management 171

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Quantitative Methods II
This course covers the quantitative analytical tools used
as aids in decision-making, stressing common statistical
methods used in the face of certainty and uncertainty.
Business Management 175

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Organizational Behaviour
Human behaviour within organizations. Students will
actively participate in role-playing and other simulated
activities dealing with organizational and personal factors
that influence different types of work behaviour. Specific
topics such as motivation, leadership, change within
organizations, and formal and informal organizations will
be explored.

Career/Vocational — Business Management
124

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S,Su)

Accounting I
A n introduction to basic accounting principles and procedures including the recording of transactions, and adjustments in basic accounting records. Students will prepare
financial statements for the proprietorship and will
study, in detail, the accounting and reporting of cash,
accounts receivable, merchandise inventory and longlived assets.
Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic.
Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they
receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic.
Business Management 179

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Accounting II
Prerequisite: BSMG 178 with at least a C - grade.
A continuation of BSMG 178. Analysis of funds flows,
both cash and working capital. Management uses of
accounting: cash budgeting, forecasting, profit planning
and responsibility accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations.
Transferable to SFU, UVic and UBC.
Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they
receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic.
Business/Computer Management 180
(F,S)

(3) (3,0,0)

Introduction to Business Computers
A general orientation to the computer — what it is, how
it functions, and what it can and cannot do. Provides
hands-on experience in using a word processing program, introduces a data base management program, the
disk operating system, and looks into the multiple uses
of computers today and the foreseeable future.
Business Management 187

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S,Su)

Introduction to Business
This course will explain the five key tasks in managing
an enterprise: Planning, Acquisition of Resources, Organization, Activation and Control. In addition, the key
organizational functions of Marketing, Production,
Finance and Personnel are covered. The course is essentially an overview of the theoretical framework of the
task of management.

Business Management 192
Business Systems

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Business/Computer Management 222
Microcomputer Applications

(3) (3,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: Business/Computer Management 180

Prerequisite: B S M G / C M P T 180

This course provides students with the basic tools for
understanding, designing, and working with the relationships between the many items of corporate information.
These concepts are crucial in the "information age" of the
'90s.

A n introduction to the use of microcomputers in the
business world. Hands-on experience with common
packages such as Spreadsheets and Data File Management programs. Macros and programming in dBase are
also covered.

Business Management 193
Retail Merchandising

Business Management 230
Salesmanship

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (F,S)

This course provides students with the necessary practical
and theoretical skills to apply retail knowledge within the
retail organization or in working with the industry.
Business Management 197

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (F or S)

Hands-on Advertising for Small Business
Students will be introduced to the "behind the scenes' of
an advertising campaign through examples developed
from the Vancouver market. Advertising case studies will
be used to instruct students in the techniques of producing meaningful, effective promotion for small businesses
on a small budget.
Business Management 200

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Business Policy

(3,0,0) (S)

Students will gain an understanding of the unique nature
of the small business within the Canadian context. A n
integrated approach to both the short and longer term
managerial activities is stressed, with explicit emphasis on
the process of analysis, strategy, and planning required in
the small business environment.
Business Management 215
(3)
Critical Thinking and Decision Making

(3,0,0) (F,S)

An introduction to professional selling. Communication
basics, including effective listening, probing, problem
finding and solving, and creativity will be covered.
Specific techniques of professional selling including
prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The
course will also explores, in depth, the organization and
management of sales activities.
Business Management 239

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (S,Su)

Law for Retailing
A n overview course designed to provide students destined for the retail industry with a basic understanding of
the Canadian legal system and selected elements of
commercial law appropriate to contracts and business.
This course is not transferable.

The fourth term student gains a basic understanding of
the concepts, purposes, and procedures of business
policy, and an integrated view of the strategic management of business enterprise.
Business Management 210
(3)
Small Business Management

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Through problem solving rather than abstract discussion,
students are introduced to techniques for distinguishing
between correct and incorrect patterns of reasoning.
Students are encouraged to see these "patterns" as universal and applicable to all situations and people.

Business Management 240

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Canadian Business Law I
Examines the effect of legal principles from both common
and statute law on business relationships. A n introductory course in law which focuses on the source of rules
and principles of commercial law, the functioning of the
Canadian legal system and its components, and involving
a detailed examination of the Law of Contract, including
the Sale of Goods, Negotiable Instruments, Employment
Law, and Consumer Protection legislation.
Available for transfer credit.
Business Management 241
Canadian Business Law II

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Preferably, BSMG 240, or an introductory
college or university course in commercial or contract
law, or by permission of the instructor.
A second course in law which examines the effect of legal
principles from both case and statute law upon business
relationships. The principal focus in this course is on the
application of common law and legislation to commercial
transactions apart from basic contract, including Corporations, Torts, Agency, Partnership, Bankruptcy, Creditors'
Rights, Labour, Insurance, Bailment and Real Property.
Available for transfer credit.

Career/Vocational — Business Management
125

Business Management 252

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Microcomputer Accounting Applications
Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C-grade
Students will complete microcomputer accounting
implementation projects using A C C P A C accounting
software and will be expected to understand the practical
constraints of internal control in the A C C P A C environment. Systems covered will include general ledger,
accounts receivable, accounts payable, and inventory
control.
Business Management 253
(3)
(3,0,0) (F,S)
Management Responsibility in Labour Relations
A study of management's responsibility and role in
present-day labour relations. Topics covered include the
history of unionism, contemporary unionism, the B.C.
Labour Code and collective bargaining.
Business Management 255

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Financial Accounting I
Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C - grade.
This course studies the theories underlying financial
statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and
reinforcement of the material covered in BSMG 178 and
179. The course encompasses the study of Financial
Accounting at the intermediate level.
Transferable to SFU.
Business Management 256

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Financial Accounting II
Prerequisite: BSMG 255 with a minimum C - grade.
A sequel to BSMG 255 which examines current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial
statement presentation.

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (F)

Retail Financial Management
This course examines the sources of financing available to
retail stores. Special emphasis is placed on preparing
requests for bank loans and understanding financial
statements.
Business Management 260

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Finance I
Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade.
The financial manager's responsibilities are studied in
depth in Finance I and the subsequent course, BSMG 261.
This course concentrates on the details of financial
planning and the management of current assets and

Career/Vocational — Business Management

126

Business Management 261

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Finance II
Prerequisite: BSMG 260 with a minimum C - grade.
A continuation of BSMG 260, examining longer term
sources of financing and investment. Major financial
policy decisions, international finances, and relevant
Canadian and international topics are discussed.
Business Management 262

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Production/Operations Management
Of special interest to generalist managers and operators of
small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the
student with the principles, practices and functions of
production-operations management, using modern
decision-making aids. Foundation skills in production
control (inventory, quality and cost control) are examined
using computing devices and procedures.
Business Management 264

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Cost and Managerial Accounting I
Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C - grade.
A study of organizational decision making and planning
using accounting tools. Topics include the nature of accounting controls, common control methods, measures of
management performance, and the role of the management cost accountant.
Business Management 267

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Finance
Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179

Transferable to SFU.
Business Management 257

liabilities. Other areas of study are financial analysis, time
value of money, working capital policy, and the tax environment. Throughout the course, contemporary financial
issues are discussed. Designed for students requiring C A ,
C G A and C M A transfer credit.

As a practical look at financial management, this course
will cover obtaining financing, management of assets, investment decisions, financial planning, and financial
analysis. Contemporary financial issues will be discussed
throughout the course. This is for business students who
are not majoring in financial management.
Business Management 268

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Human Resource Management
This course provides the student with a basic, functional
understanding of current personnel/human resource
management concepts and applications in developing
small and larger businesses. Special emphasis will be
placed on the concept of personnel management being the
responsibility of A L L management, not just the Personnel
Department.

Business Management 271
Merchandising

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

This course will acquaint the student with an overview of
both retailing and merchandising operations in today's
competitive market. Discussion will cover types of
retailing establishments, analysis of a trading area, site
location, and store layout and design, with an emphasis
on changing lifestyles and consumer demand patterns.
Students will be exposed to a wide range of merchandising techniques and strategies covering many corporations
and commodities. Guest lecturers and field trips emphasize practical aspects.

Business Management 273
Advertising I

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

primary responsibility of each student, assistance is
provided by the program convenor and faculty to ensure
that work experience and assigned tasks are at an appropriate learning level. In some cases, a directed research
project may be undertaken in lieu of the practicum.

Business Management 277
International Marketing

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

A study of the mechanics of international trade, foreign
exchange rates, tariffs, etc. Product/distribution/
promotion mixes for export markets of Canadian industry
with an emphasis on Pacific Rim and American market
influences. Students will learn how to adapt domestic
marketing techniques to foreign conditions.

Business Management 279
Advertising II

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

This course will examine the Canadian and American
advertising industry from both micro and macro perspectives. It will enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and provide
an insight into the various aspects of advertising history,
creativity, communication systems, media choice, and
other functions. This is not a course on designing,
creating and preparing specific types of advertising, but is
meant to serve as an overview of what advertising is and
how it relates to other marketing concepts and operations.

As a follow-up to Advertising I, this course will offer
students an opportunity to create and present a full
advertising campaign for an operating company. A team
approach will be used to create an advertising agency
environment with such areas as research, creative media,
and account supervision being studied and portrayed.
While not a prerequisite, Advertising I is recommended to
fully understand the course content and program.

Business Management 274
(3)
Cost and Managerial Accounting II

Business Management 286
(3)
Introduction to Business Taxation

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: BSMG 264 with a minimum C - grade.

(3,0,0)(F)

A more in-depth study of subjects covered in Cost and
Managerial Accounting 264. Cost determination for
manufacturing operations, planning and cost control systems, performance evaluation methods, strategic decisionmaking methods.

This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian
income tax system as it applies to corporation, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student
can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the
basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on
some business decisions.

Business Management 275
Marketing Research

Management Accounting

(3)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

Business Management 291

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: BSMG 158 & 159

Prerequisite: BSMG 178 & 179 with a minimum C- grade.

A n introductory course indicating how to make the most
out of marketing research. Through practical applications
of a research project, students will learn the elements of
research design, basic methods of collecting data, analysis
and reporting. Applications of Canadian and American
research will be studied.

This course introduces students to the specialized area of
Management Accounting. It provides an overview of
controls affected internally by management using the
tools of budgets, costing and analysis. Planning for an organization will be examined from both the capital and
operational perspectives.

Business Management 276
(3)
Management Practicum in Industry

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: An acceptable resume, approved by the end
of Term 3
Students in their final quarter in some programs are
required to undertake a concentrated period of practical
experience in the workplace. While placements are the

BCOP Course Descriptions
BCOP 111
(3J
An Overview of Computers and Computing
-

(6,0,0) (F)

The fundamental concepts for hardware, software, data
organization and the development of Information
Systems. Historical perspective included with each area.

Career/Vocational — Business Management
127

BCOP 121

(3)

(6,0,0) (F)

BCOP 211

(3)

(6,0,0) (F)

Intro to Microcomputer Applications

Computer Operating Systems

The purpose and function of an operating system (DOS),
word processing (MS-WORD), desktop management
(WINDOWS), and data management (dBASE), and
spreadsheets (VP Planner/Lotus).

Comprehensive knowledge of four widely used operating
systems: UNIX, MS-DOS, O S / 2 A N D MPE. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/
software errors as well as the operating system's Job
Control Language.

BCOP 122

(3)

(6,0,0) (S)

Microcompter Applications for Development
Sudents will develop applications for spreadsheets (VP
Planner/Lotus) and data management (dBASE) using
thier programming features.
BCOP 131
(3)
(6,0,0) (F)
Introduction to Programming and Programming Logic
This is the foundation course for all programming skills
developed by the program. This course will use a computer language to demonstrate the structured programming skills necessary for good programming.

BCOP 212

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (Su)

Training Users of Computer Hardware/Software Systems
There are many training jobs in the computer field. This
course will develop and refine the student's instructional
skills
BCOP 231

(3)

(6,0,0) (F)

The Management of Data
Data diagram modelling, database design, enterprise
modelling—a top -down view of the organization and
data control.
BCOP 250

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (F)

BCOP 141
(3)
Math and Statistics in the Business World

Accounting: to Control/Track Information

The review of basic quantitative analytical tools used by
business and business-like organizations and an insight
into the fundamentals of statistical/descriptive analysis.

This course will provide hands-on experience using both
Bedford and AccPac. Some emphasis will be given to the
theory of audit controls and the way they are implemented.

BCOP 161

(3)

(6,0,0) (F)

Introduction to Business: Concepts, Ethics and Practice
A n introduction to the functions and processes of business. Planning, organizing, staffing, directing and controlling will be emphasized. The student will be introduced
to production management, financial management and
human resource management. A n examination of business practices with respect to Canadian Society, the
environment and business ethics will be undertaken.
BCOP 171

(3)

(6,0,0) (S)

BCOP 260

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (Su)

Using the computer as a Design Tool
A thorough grounding in the Mac operating system, Mac
networking, Mac applications with emphasis on desktop
publishing and document design.
BCOP 272
(3)
(6,0,0) (F)
Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part I
A traditional life-cycle project using CASETOOLS.

The Developmental Tools of Information Systems

BCOP 273

A traditional ook at the systems development process.
Modelling and charting will be included.

Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part II

BCOP 191

(3)

(6,0,0) (F)

(3)

(6,0,0) (Su)

Use of system design and implementation methodologies
in a software engineering project.

General Business and Personal Skills

BCOP 280

This modular format course covers keyboarding, reading/speed reading, time management, study, and interview skills. Students will learn effective resume and
cover-letter writing.

Effective Interpersonal Skills in Organizations

Career/Vocational — Business Management

128

(3)

(6,0,0) (Su)

This course looks at the effects of individual and group
behaviour in organizations. Core topics include motivation, leader behaviour and power, attitude development,
perception, work stress and conflict. Students will also
learn how to apply communication, problem-solving and
conflict resolution skills toward an organization's overall
effectiveness.

BCOP 289

(3)

(6,0,0) (Su)

CMPT 189

(3)

(6,0,0) (S)

"C" and Machine Level Programming

COBOL I Intro to a Third Generation Language

Transfers skills from COBOL and dBASE programming.
STudents will use basic system programming commands
and write application programs using most features of the
language.

Organization and writing of programs, program structure
and language, test editing and compilation. Further,
students will learn how to handle I/O for disk, console
and reports. Emphasis willb e placed on developing a
system of programs over the two COBOL courses.

BCOP 291

(3)

(6,0,0) (Su)

Finance for Managers
The student wil learn financial management techniques
used by businesses to make decisions regarding financing, asset management and profitability, with an emphasis on budgeting and forecasting.
BCOP 301
(6)
Co-op Placement I

(Su)

BCOP 302
(6)
Co-op Placement II

(S)

Computer Management Course Descriptions
CMPT 152

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (S)

Structured Programming
Introduction to standard programming structure, standard techniques and programming aids in relation to
business applications.
CMPT 155

(3)

(6,0,0) (S)

Quantitative Methods for Managers

(3,0,0) (Su)

Job search skills, career preparation, resume' writing,
interview techniques and personal development.
CMPT 180

(3)

(6,0,0) (S)

Introduction to Data Processing
Hands-on general orientation to computer uses: word
processing (MS-WORD), data management (dBASE III+),
and DOS.
CMPT 182

(3)

(6,0,0) (S)

Develops an understanding of the elements of the accounting cycle. Introduces basic accounting concepts and
procedures as a basis for financial decisions.
CMPT 205
(3)
(6,0,0) (Su, F)
COBOL IIA Third Generation Language for Development
Table handling, master file updates, file maintenance, disk
file handling techniques, etc. Students will learn how to
program for multiple input files, array processing,
indexed file processing, copy libraries and external
program calls. Emphasis will be placed on developing a
system of programs over the two COBOL courses.
CMPT 208
(3)
"C" and Machine Level Programming

(6,0,0) (F)

Transfers skills from C O B O L and dBASE programming.
Students will use basic system programming commands
and most features of the language.
CMPT 222

(3)

(6,0,0) (Su)

Microcomputer Applications I

A survey of the basic quantaitative tool used to aid
decisionmaking. Financial and statistical concepts,
methods and applications will be examined.
CMPT 172
(1.5)
Employment Preparation

CMPT 191
(3)
Accounting for Managers I

(6,0,0) (S)

Introduction to Systems
Provides a basic understanding of systems concepts and
development of specific skills: form design, coding, flow
charting, life-cycle phases and related written communication.

Hands-on experience with popular programs: data
management (dBASE IV), spreadsheet (VP Planner/
Lotus) and principles of software and hardware selection.
CMPT 223
(3)
Microcomputer Applications II

(6,0,0) (Su)

Advanced instruction in disk structure, disk recovery,
batch file menu systems and dBASE programming.
CMPT 230
(3)
Operating Systems

(6,0,0) (F)

Comprehensive knowledge of four widely used operating
systems: UNIX, MS-DOS, O S / 2 and MPE. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/
software errors as well as the operating system's Job
Control Language.
CMPT 291

(3)

(6,0,0) (Su)

Accounting for Managers II
The study of financial information requirements and
controls necessary to support specific decisions, with an
emphasis on budgeting, forecasting and decision making.
Career/Vocational — Business Management

129

CMPT 293
(3)
Systems Design

(6,0,0) (Su)

IBUS 334

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

International Cross Culture

Practical experience in logical design of on-line systems
for businesses, use of structured systems analysis and
design, data dictionary, structured charts.

Participants will study comparative cultural systems to
develop sensitivities to other cultures, particularly as
related to business dealings.

CMPT 296 (3)
(6,0,0) (F.Su)
Fourth Generation Languages (4GL) POWERHOUSE

IBUS 338

A hands-on course with a focus on using a data dictionary
to drive data entry screens and report wrriters. Students
will prototype the same application as in the COBOl
course.

A n in-depth study of our historical and current trade relations with our major trading partner. Case studies will be
used to illustrate the "real world" nature of our crossborder trade and emerging trade patterns.

CMPT 297

IBUS 340

(1.5)

(3,0,0) (F)

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Canada/USA Trade Relations

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Introduction to Telecommunications

International Trade Law

Introduction to data communications: industry standards,
networking protocols, PC links, L A N s and WANs, etc.
Principles and concepts of data/voice/video telecommunications with emphasis on systems for business data.
The practical components will include work with functioning L A N and WaN systems.

International trade conventions and agreements, the legal
processes of importing and exporting, and the challenge
of dealing with conflicting domestic laws between countries will be studied.

CMPT 298
(3)
Database Design

(6,0,0) (Su)

IBUS 357

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

International Trade & Marketing

Data modeling, Bachman Diagrams, design tools, data
structures and management techniques, data security,
query facilities, etc.

This course will develop student awareness of the
potential of international trade and provide the ground
work for an in-depth study of trade with our major
trading partner, the U.S., in second term. International
Marketing will provide students with the tools necessary
to develop export trade.

International Business Course Descriptions

IBUS 366
(3)
International Banking & Finance

IBUS 315
(1.5)
Critical Thinking & Problem Solving

Students will develop an understanding of two types of
risk involved in international business: performance risk
and financial risk. A examination will then be made of
the risk management products available through banks
and other financial institutions to mitigate corporate risk.

(1.5,0,0) (F)

A framework for logical analysis of information will be
provided in a workshop setting. Students will be taught
to detect false reasoning, illegitimate appeals to emotions,
inconsistencies and contradictions.
IBUS 322

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (F)

International Business Communications
Essentials for communicating cross-culturally will be
studied, including writing for machine translation.
IBUS 330

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Pacific Basin: An Economic Geography
A broad study of the international business milieu will be
undertaken from the economic/geographic/political
perspective.

Career/Vocational — Business Management

130

IBUS 370

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

(3,0,0) (F)

Customs Documentation & Procedures
This course will provide a working understanding of the
tools and methodology required to analyze the impact of
Canadian Commodity Taxes and current Canada Customs legislation on a business engaged in import/export.
IBUS 374
(3)
International Transportation Strategies

(3,0,0) (S)

This course provides an introduction to commodity
movement alternatives, relative costs of various forms of
transportation, regulatory requirements, and the traders'
rights and responsibilities in Canada and internationally.

IBUS 399
(3)
(3,0,0) (S)
International Trade Opportunities & Strategies

through instruction, field trips, individual design and
analysis.

A series of guest lectures by industry and government
experts on topics which are immediately relevant to
Canadian business people. Lectures will be followed by
case studies designed to apply the speakers' concepts.

MMGT 161
(3)
Management Presentation Skills

Merchandising Management Course
Descriptions

MMGT 122
(3)
Computers for Retailing I

This course provides students with an understanding of
the computer, how it works, how it processes data into
useful information, and how it can be used as an effective
tool in business. Students will learn how to use a word
processing program (Microsoft Word) to produce memos,
letters, research papers and business reports. They will
also be introduced to using a data base management
system (dBASE).

MMGT 153
(3)
Creative Advertising Production

Business skills will be developed in training for management and supervisory positions. Public speaking, report
writing, chairing meetings and management communications skills will be covered.

MMGT 165
(1.5)
Work Experience
(3,0,0) (F)

(3,0,0) (S)

(3,0,0) (F,S)

(1.5,0,0) (F)

The students will explore the various career opportunities
in retailing by networking within the industry. They will
complete a two-week practicum during the term in a
retail or retail-related business.

MMGT 166
(1.5)
Work Experience
MMGT 172
(3)
Textiles and Accessories

(1.5,0,0) (S)

(3,0,0) (S)

A n introductory study of textile fabrics and the textile
industry will survey the development and use of fabrics.
Other products studied will include jewellery, metals,
toys, etc.

A n emphasis is placed on the practical applications of
advertising principles through developing production
skills. Copywriting, layout, design and illustrative
techniques will be taught.

MMGT 174
(3)
History of Fashion and Design

MMGT 156
(3)
Fashion Public Relations

A survey of social history from the Egyptians to the
present will discuss the design cycle, contemporary styles
and motifs in architecture, interiors, and garments and
relate them to the market place of today.

(3,0,0) (S)

A n overview on promotion from a study of personal selfpromotion to the larger world of promoting retailing. The
emphasis in class will be to learn how to promote products, ideas and services for the market place. This course
culminates in a professional fashion presentation where
all skills learned are demonstrated.

MMGT 157
(3)
Visual Presentation

(3,0,0) (F)

Practical techniques and theory of visually presenting
merchandise: window displays, interior displays, and
merchandising of fixtures will be taught.

MMGT 158
(3)
Design and Colour

(3,0,0) (F)

This introduction of concepts of colour and design teaches
application of the principles of graphic composition, basic
form and shape, colour theory and visual communications, with an impact on retail-related themes and subjects

MMGT 178
(3)
Canadian Business Methods

(3,0,0) (F)

(3,0,0) (F)

Retail business methods in Canada, will focus on the
Canadian environment and the recent rapid changes in
the retail industry.

MMGT 221
(3)
Computers for Retailing II

(3,0,0) (S)

This course provides students with an understanding of
the microcomputer market, the management uses of
microcomputers and the steps in hardware and software
selection. Students will learn how to communicate with
an IBM PC through its Operating System commands, how
to use a contact management package (Maximizer) at a
managerial level and how to use a financial planning
package (Lotus 1-2-3) in the creation of various business
reports.

Career/Vocational — Business Management

131

MMGT 258
(3)
Merchandise Marketing

(3,0,0) (S)

This course provides students with an opportunity to
explore additional selected topics in merchandising
which may include market research, small business
contracts, buying, trends in visual retailing, and creative
media use with an emphasis on the expanding international market place.

MMGT 264
(3)
Retail Store Design

(3,0,0) (S)

Store Interiors teaches the fundamentals of interior
design as they relate to merchandising. Students design a
store using the floor plan, renderings, choice of fabric,
selection of colours and texture to showcase merchandise.

MMGT 265
(3)
Career Readiness

The objective of this course is to provide the student with
practical skills for successful job search. The students will
research several professionals in the retail industry, and
will spend a brief period with a professional (during
work). Focus will be on resume writing, interview skill
development, and other career-related skills.

MMGT 272
(3)
Independent Store Management I

A continuation of M M G T 272.

132

(3,0,0) (F)

This course is a practical application of the Retail Management courses. The instructor will provide the basic
management structure of the Retail Management "Gift
Shop" activities weekly. The students will act as store
managers in Control, Staff Training, Buying and Display
and Promotion. Students will be entirely responsible for
operating the store and all those activities and managerial
responsibilities in operating a successful retail store.

MMGT 273
(3)
Independent Store Management II

Career/Vocational — Business Management

(3,0,0) (S)

(3,0,0) (S)

Communications
Contact Person: Crawford Kilian, Coordinator, Office
G102. Phone: 986-1911, local 2585.

Instructional Faculty
C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU)
R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU)
B. REID, B A . (Alberta)
L. S A V A G E B.A., Dip.Ed. (McGill), M. Ed. (Alberta)
A. SEDKY, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Ain Shams, Cairo)
G. W A U G H , B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard
Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered
Psychologist
M. WITTMAN, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (UBC)
The Communications (CMNS) Department provides
training in writing and speech for students in Career/
Vocational programs as well as those wishing to apply
specific skills to the world of work. In addition to courses
in English basics, C M N S also offers courses in business
and report writing, career preparation, public speaking,
and freelance writing.

Career Opportunities
In an information-based economy, good communication
skills are a vital asset in any career. Many career-program
C M N S courses offer components on effective job search
techniques, including resume writing and interviewing.
Courses for freelance writers equip students with the
basic skills needed to market their work to magazines,
newspapers and book publishers.

Admission Requirements
Students wishing to enrol in a specialized career-program
C M N S course must meet the admission standards of that
particular program. In some cases students may wish to
take the C M N S component before enrolling in the rest of
the program. Such students will require permission of the
coordinators of both C M N S and the career program in
question.
Students wishing to enrol in "open" sections of CMNS,
such as those offered in the evening, must meet general
College admission standards.

Special Fees and Expenses
Most C M N S classes require no special fees; consult the
coordinator if you have questions about such fees in your
course.

Awards and Scholarships
The Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship is awarded
annually to an outstanding student enrolled in a credit
writing course in the fall term. The award is granted as
early as possible in the spring term of the same academic
year.

Course Descriptions
Communications 110
(3)
Standard English Usage

(3,1,0) (F,S)

A course in grammar, spelling, punctuation, and diction.
Students also gain experience in proofreading, correcting
and revising short written assignments.

Communications 120
(3)
Effective Writing and Speech

(3,1,0) (F,S)

A course emphasizing structure and style in spoken and
written communication, with some review of English
basics as well. By writing and editing short essays,
students develop a writing style both concise and precise.

Communications 130
(3)
Introductory Media Communications

(3,1,0) (F)

A n introduction to writing and speaking for Media
Resources students.

Communications 140
(1.5)
Introduction to Interactive Writing

(3,1,0) (F,S)

A course in writing for computer media. Students learn to
write with a clear, concise writing style in various genres;
to "translate" from technical jargon into plain English; and
to develop basic editing and rewriting skills.

Communications 141
Interactive Writing

(1.5)

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Writing, editing, revising and publishing extensive
documents for both technical and nontechnical readers.
Students compile articles into an electronic magazine or
portfolio accessible by modem or disc.

Communications 142
(1.5)
Advanced Interactive Writing

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Developing skills in computer communications "scriptwriting," planning, outlining, producing and revising
extensive elecronic documents. Critiquing other documents.

Career/Vocational — Communications

133

Communications 152

(3)

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Communications 179

(3)

(3,1,0) (S)

Report Writing

Legal Communications

Prerequisite: Proven English skills.

Intended primarily for students in the Legal Assistant
Program. Emphasis is on the styles and formats of
writing in law firms, especially letters and contracts.
Some attention as well to English basics.

Researching, organizing and presenting information for
business and technical reports. Attention to graphics,
style and report format. Spoken presentations are
required.
Communications 153

(3)

(3,1,0) (S)

Communications and the Arts
Prerequisite: C M N S 120 or proven English skills.
The use of language in combination with graphic and
other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for
artists and craftspersons. Writing assignments include an
article on some aspect of art which the student will
submit for publication. A spoken presentation is required.
Communications 154
(3)
Communications in Recreation

(3,1,0) (S)

Prerequisite: C M N S 120 or proven English skills.
Writing and speech related to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, articles
and briefs. Spoken presentations are required.

Communications 190

(3)

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Magazine Article Writing
Researching and writing articles for publication in news
media and magazines. Analysis of magazine readership,
techniques of researching and interviewing, the current
market for articles and development of an effective prose
style. Students write three articles in suitable format and
submit them for publication in established periodicals.
Communications 250
Technical Writing

(3)

(3,1,0) (F,S)

The basic techniques of technical writing for students
from business or technical backgrounds: extended
definition, process, procedure, description and summary.
Intensive work in descriptive writing and vocabulary
usage; examination of actual technical reports; study of
the role of technical writers in corporate settings.
Not offered in 1991-92.

Communications 155

(3)

(3,1,0) (F)

Communications in Early Childhood Education
Effective verbal and nonverbal communication and the
writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations
are required.
Communications 156

(3)

(3,1,0) (S)

Advanced Media Communications
A continuation of C M N S 130 with emphasis on interviewing techniques in applied situations. The course also
deals with public speaking and group leadership techniques.
Communications 159
(3)
Communications for the Legal Secretary

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Strong emphasis on English basics (grammar, spelling,
punctuation, correct usage), proofreading skills, and
business writing.
Communications 170
Public Speaking

(3)

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Researching, organizing and presenting different kinds of
speeches. Attention to voice training, nonverbal communication, and public speaking in various contexts.

Career/Vocational — Communications
134

Communications 280
(3)
Marketing Commercial Fiction

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Preparing short stories and novels in commercial genres
such as mysteries, romances, thrillers and science fiction.
Discussion of the market for such fiction in Canada and
the U.S. Students will submit three assignments (such as
three short stories or a novel synopsis and two chapters)
in marketable form. Students should discuss their plans
with the instructor before registering.
Communications 290
(3)
Marketing a Non-Fiction Book

(3,1,0) (F,S)

Planning, organizing, researching and writing a publishable non-fiction book. Survey of potential markets,
development of a detailed outline, and production of a
proposal including a query letter, outline, and sample
chapters to be submitted to an appropriate publisher.
Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering.
Not offered in 1991-92.

Early Childhood Education
Contact Person: Lois Rennie, Coordinator, 984-4947

TEN MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Instructional Faculty
R. A N N E , Dip. E.C.E. (Ryerson), Art Therapy (Toronto)
J. C L A R K , R.N. (Regina General Hospital), Teaching Dip.
(Sask.)
M. RAWSTHORNE, B.H.E., M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.
L.J. RENNIE B.Sc., Dip. E.C.E. (Brigham Young)
Our society is recognizing the importance of the early
years in children's development. There is an increasing
need in communities for child care services, and for
trained staff who can ensure that the children's needs are
met in a variety of programs for preschoolers. The Early
Childhood Education program prepares students for
supervising in these centres.

Career Opportunities
Graduates of the 10 month program are eligible, upon
completion of the 500 hours of work experience required
by the Provincial Child Care Facilities Licensing Board, to
receive the Preschool Supervisor Certificate which
qualifies them to be in charge of a Nursery School or Day
Care Centre for 3-5 year olds. They may also be employed in programs for children under three or who have
special needs. Additional courses which are needed for
Supervisors in these centres are provided in the Post Basic
Early Childhood Education programs.
The positions obtained by graduates demand a high
degree of maturity and interpersonal skill in addition to
the ability to plan and implement program activities for
young children.

participation through labs, practical demonstrations,
reports, group projects, role play, and discussions.
Students are encouraged to explore their values, beliefs,
feelings, and self concepts. All ECE students are expected
to maintain the Program's standards of academic achievement and professional behaviour. In practicum centres
students will adhere to ECEBC's Code of Ethics.

Admission Requirements
Enquiries to the department may be made at any time.
Information meetings for potential applicants are held
early in the year. Following these meetings applicants are
required to attend a group interview with the Program
Coordinator and Instructors. Further interviews may be
held in early August, if spaces are available.
Candidates must be 19 years of age or older, with Secondary School Graduation. A year or more of life experience following high school usually contributes to the
development of the maturity and personal characteristics
which are necessary for success in the program and in
working with young children and their families.
Successful applicants will show evidence of development
of interpersonal and life skills, emotional health, and a
commitment to young children and their families.
Related past work experience and education will be
considered. College-level writing and academic skills are
essential.
Three references are required. Applicants are required to
be functional in the English language, and the department
reserves the right to assess their competence prior to
admission into the program. Applicants are required to
present a medical report on a form supplied by the
College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Some practicum centres require a Criminal Records
check.

The Program
Early Childhood Education is a full time 10 month
program beginning in the middle of August. Based on
the Competencies in Early Childhood Education developed by the Ministry of Education, the foundation of the
E.C.E. program is the study of development from birth to
adulthood. The history and current philosophies of Early
Childhood Education are examined. A n interrelated
series of courses focus on the care and guidance of the
young child, program planning, and curriculum content.
Other areas of study include health and nutrition, interpersonal skills, parent-teacher relationships and community resources. Theory and practice are closely related
throughout the program as students spend weekly
periods in a variety of settings under the guidance of
qualified supervisors. Two five week block practicums
are also included.
Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active

Special Fees and Expenses
The student can expect to spend approximately $650 on
books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for
a First Aid course and transportation for practicums.

Graduation Requirements
Attendance: Early Childhood Education courses are
intensive; regular attendance is mandatory.
Provincial certification requires the graduate to hold a
valid First Aid Certificate. The student is responsible for
obtaining this and for presenting it to the coordinator
before the end of September. The St. John's Emergencylevel Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher
level is acceptable.
Continuation into the second term of the program is
dependent on the demonstration of an adequate level of

Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education

135

interpersonal, academic and teaching/ guiding skills.
C- is the minimum acceptable grade in all courses.
Practicum course grades must be C or higher.
Graduation from the program requires completion of all
courses in the program with a 2.0 G P A after the first term.

Program Content
FIRST TERM
C M N S 150
Education 155
Education 170
Education 171
Education 172
Education 173
Education 174
Education 175
Education 176

Credits/Lab
Basic Communications
3
Human Growth and Dev. I
3
Interpersonal Skills
1.5
Introduction to E.C.E.
15
Guiding Young Children I
15
Curriculum Development I
1.5
4
Health
1.5
Observing and Recording
1.5
Applied Theory—Practicum I
3
6
18
10
SECOND T E R M
Education 254 Theoretical Perspectives
3
Education 270 Intro, to Working with Families 1.5
Education 271 Intro, to Centre Organization
15
Education 272 Guiding Young Children II
1.5
Education 273 Curriculum Development II
1.5
4
Education 274 Nutrition
1.5
Education 275 Human Growth and Dev.
15
Education 276 Applied Theory—Practicum II
4
6
Education 277 Applied Theory—Practicum III 4
6
Education 279 Practicum Issues & Practices
15
21.5 16

sequence. A schedule is available on request from the
department.
There are three core courses which are part of both
programs. Credit for these courses taken as part of one
program means that the student has credit for part of the
second program as well.
Graduates of the Capilano College 10 month Early
Childhood Education program who complete the two
Post Basic Programs are eligible for the College Diploma
in Arts and Science.
For further details and course descriptions, contact the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.

Under Three Program
Program Content
FIRST TERM
'Education 350 Advanced Child Development
(Fall '92)
•Education 351 Family, School & Community
Education 355 Physical Care & Safety
(Fall '92)
Education 356 Under Three Practicum A
Education 357 Under Three Practicum B

Credits
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
15
8.0

SECOND T E R M
•Education 352 Centre Operations (Spring' 93)
Education 353 Program Planning (Spring '93)
Education 356 Under Three Practicum A
Education 357 Under Three Practicum B

2.0
1.5
1.5
15
6.5

E.C.E. POST BASC
I PROGRAMS
The Early Childhood Education "Under Three" Program
and the E.C.E. Special Needs Program are evening parttime programs for persons who have already completed a
basic program in Early Childhood Education. Candidates
must either hold a Preschool Supervisor Certificate from
the Provincial Child Care Facilities Licensing Board or be
in the process of completing the required 500 hours work
experience.
Completion of the Under Three Program qualifies students for the PCCFLB Infant/Toddler Preschool Supervisor Certificate. Completion of the Special Needs Program
qualifies students for the PCCFLB Special Needs Preschool Supervisor Certificate.
Each of the two programs consists of seven courses
including two practicums. Courses are scheduled in the
late afternoon and evening to accommodate persons who
are working full-time. Some flexibility is possible in
scheduling the daytime practicum in order to meet the
needs of individual students.
Courses in these two programs are scheduled on a twoyear rotation. Students can begin at any time in the

Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education

136

Special Needs Program
Program Content
FIRSTTERM
Education 262 Special Education
•Education 350 Advanced Child Development
(Fall '92)
•Education 351 Family, School & Community
Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A
Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B

Credits

SECOND TERM
•Education 352 Centre Operations (Spring '93)
Education 354 Program Planning for Special Needs
Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A
Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B

2.0

1.5
15
5.0
2.0
15
15
5.0

•These courses apply to both the Under Three & Special
Needs Programs

Course Descriptions
Education 155
(3)
Human Growth and Development I

(4,0,0) (F)

The first half of a two-part sequence. Course material
spans the period from conception through the preschool
years and examines physical and motor development,
cognitive, language, and affective growth and development. A n introductory study of theories, principles of development, and child study techniques is included.

Education 170
(1.5)
Interpersonal Skills

(15,0,0) (F)

A n introductory two-week course in which students gain
an understanding of basic communication principles and
techniques. Practice in the application of these skills is
included.

Education 171
(1.5)
Introduction to Early Childhood Education

(15,0,0) (F)

A two week course which introduces the student to many
aspects of programs for the young child and the role of
the preschool teacher. Course content includes discussion
of philosophy and goals, scheduling, arranging play
spaces, the important role of play, and knowing children
as individuals. Basic play activities are examined with
respect to learning values, equipment, preparation, and
teacher guidance.

Education 172
(1.5)
Guiding Young Children I

(2,0,0) (F)

This course develops a theoretical framework of guidance
principles and techniques and examines their application.
It also discusses the significance of routines in the day
care centre program, and describes procedures and
teacher guidance in these situations.

Education 173
(1.5)
Curriculum Development I

(2,4,0) (F)

The first of a two part sequence in which curriculum areas
are explored. This course is based on the philosophy that
play provides the foundation for children's growth and
development The course is closely coordinated with the
concurrent practicum course so that students have
particular children in mind as they plan goals, developmentally appropriate activities and materials, and teaching strategies. Building a curriculum resource file is a
significant component of this course.

Education 174
Health

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (F)

The course is designed to familiarize students with some
of the common childhood illnesses. Particular emphasis

is placed on the management of the young child with a
health problem in a preschool setting. The course also
includes preventive health measures, and the symptoms
of common childhood illnesses and communicable
diseases.

Education 175
(1.5)
Observing and Recording

(2,0,0) (F)

A course which develops skill in objectively observing
and recording the behaviour of young children. Weekly
supervised observations form the major part of the
course. Different kinds of observational techniques are
explored. The uses of teacher observations are examined.

Education 176
(3)
Applied Theory—Practicum I

(2,0,6) (F)

The first of three practicum courses. In this course the
student spends two mornings per week in a practicum
centre, arranged by the College, working under the
supervision of a qualified supervisor. An instructor also
observes the student working in the centre. Assignments
are integrated with the course work in Education 173.
Students plan, implement, and evaluate activities. Classroom discussion once a week helps the student integrate
theory and practice.

Education 254
(3)
Theoretical Perspectives

(4,0,0) (S)

This course provides an introduction to educational
philosophy recognizing historical, sociological and
psychological influences. Major contemporary issues will
be examined. Cross culture approaches to early childhood education will be discussed.

Education 270
(1.5)
Introduction to Working with Families

(2,0,0) (S)

This course is designed to develop a beginning understanding of the significance and complexity of an effective
relationship between the early childhood educator and
the child's family. The student is helped to identify
needs, feelings, values, and expectations of parents, to
plan for the introduction of new families to the centre, to
clarify roles of family and staff, to further develop
communication skills, to examine similarities and differences in customs and values in various ethnic and
religious groups, to recognize personal values, and to
identify the essence of a professional relationship with
parents.

Education 271
(1.5)
Introduction to Centre Organization

(2,0,0) (S)

An introductory look at some of the administrative
aspects of operating a centre for young children. This

Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education

137

course assumes a knowledge of curriculum and daily
program planning, and identifies necessary functions
relating indirectly to children, e.g. handling finances,
hiring staff, leadership and management, cleaning and
maintenance, policies and procedures, etc. Provincial
legislation regulating child care is examined. Steps to
opening a centre will also be discussed.

Education 272
(1.5)
Guiding Young Children II

(2,0,0) (S)

This is a follow up to Education 172 and will extend the
student's repertoire of guidance/teaching techniques.
The focus is on responding to the needs of the individual
child and on fostering prosocial behaviour and a positive
self concept. The student will develop skill in writing behavioural goals, and planning for their achievement.
Planning effectively for the new child in the group is also
included.

Education 277
Applied Theory - Practicum III
This is the final course of the E.C.E. program, taken after
completion of all other courses in the program. The
student consolidates and extends the skills developed
earlier. It is a full day block practicum of five weeks
duration. Weekly classes again link theory to its practical
application.

Education 279
(1.5)
Practicum Issues & Practices

(2,0,0) (S)

This course will examine two significant current practices
in E C E - infants and toddlers in group centre and the integration of children with special needs in typical centres.
Issues surrounding child abuse will be discussed. "Let's
Talk About Touching" program will be incorporated.

Post Basic Program Course Descriptions
Education 273
(1.5)
Curriculum Development II

(2,4,0) (S)

A continuation of Education 173. The student will acquire
further knowledge, experience and skill in planning, implementing and evaulating curriculum activities to
enhance the development of the whole child. It is recognized that each child's cultural heritage must be valued
and, therefore, visible throughout the curriculum. This
course is closely coordinated with Education 276/277.

Education 274
Nutrition

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (S)

A n introduction to the basic nutrients and their role in
human physiology, and the special requirements of the
preschool child for optimum health. The second part of
the course deals with the planning and preparation of
foods and snacks for the preschool child, food storage,
and food safety.

Education 275
(1.5)
Human Growth and Development II

(2,0,0) (S)

A continuation of Education 155 following the
preschooler through the middle years of childhood,
adolescence, and into adulthood.

Education 276
Applied Theory—Practicum II
This is a full time block practicum of five weeks duration.
The student works under the guidance of a qualified early
childhood educator in a centre selected by the College.
A n instructor also observes the student. Classroom
discussion is focused on integrating theory and practice.
Assignments are designed to extend the developing skills
of activity planning and teaching/guiding young
children.

Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education

138

FIRST TERM

Education 351
(2)
Family, School & Community

(2.5,0,0) (F)

The teacher/family partnership will be examined with the
focus being on families with infants, toddlers and special
needs children.

Education 262

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (F)

Contemporary issues in special education will be examined in a historical perspective. Students will gain an
understanding of specific handicapping conditions and
their impact on the child, family and childcare centre.

Education 356
Under Three Practicum A
This is the first of a two part sequence in which the
student will work with "Under Threes" in a group setting.
Previously developed skills will be extended and
adapted to infants and toddlers. Emphasis will be placed
on the development of strategies to promote self-esteem,
language, social behaviour and self-help skills.

Education 357
Under Three Practicum B
This is the second of a two part "Under Three" Practicum
sequence. The student will "fine tune" her/his ability to
work with both children and adults in a day care program
for children under three years of age.

Education 358
Special Needs Practicum A

Health and Human Services
LONG TERM CARE AIDE PROGRAM

Early Childhood Education (continued)
This is the first of a two part sequence in which the
student will work with children with special needs in an
integrated or specialized setting. Emphasis will be placed
on the development of strategies to promote the child's
self-esteem, developing communications, self-help and
cognitive skills.

FOUR MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Instructional Faculty

Education 359
Special Needs Practicum B
This is the second of a two part Special Needs Practicum
sequence. The student will extend her/his ability to plan
a program for an individual child and the group in an
integrated or specialized setting. Communication with
parents, staff and children will be emphasized.

T. ADLER, B.A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC)
S. ENGELBERT, B.A., R.N.
B. MILLER, R.N.
M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N.
K. TAYLOR, R.N.
C. TWEEN, R.N.

Career Opportunities

SECOND TERM

Education 354

Contact People: Margot Rawsthorne, Coordinator,
Phone: 984-4947
Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists;
Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (S)

The student will develop skills in program planning for
children with special needs in specialized and integrated
settings. Guidance strategies, activity plans and individual educational plans will be examined.

Education 356, 357, 358, 359
See First Term
'Education 351 is a core course and is, therefore, a
component of both the Under Three and Special Needs
Programs.
Courses offered in 1992/1993 will complete the two year
rotation enabling students to qualify for either or both
Infant/Toddler Preschool Supervisor Certificate, Special
Needs Preschool Supervisor Certificate.

The proportion of elderly in the population is evergrowing. Consequently, there is a steady demand for
qualified men and women to work full-time or part-time
in this field.
Graduates of the full-time program qualify to work with
long term care clients in a variety of settings:
1. Personal care residences
2. Intermediate care residences
3. Extended care facilities

The Program
Capilano College offers a four month full-time certificate
program recognized throughout British Columbia. This
program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to qualify to work with long term care clients in a
variety of settings.
Two programs a year are offered: September to December, and January to April. Applications are considered in
October for the January Program and in April for the
September Program.
All students who are interested in the Long Term Care
Aide program must attend an Information Meeting. This
meeting takes place in October for the January program,
and in April for the September program.

Admission Requirements
1. Desire to work with people requiring long term care.
2. Good physical and mental health (a Medical Certificate
and T.B. test are necessary).
3. Grade 10 English or equivalent. (Applicants may be
required to complete a reading comprehension test).
4. Minimum age 19.
5. Current First Aid and CPR Certificates.

Career/Vocational — Health and Human Services

"

139

Graduation Requirements
Attendance: The four month Long Term Care Aide
program is intensive - regular attendance is mandatory.
L T C A students must obtain a minimum of B- in L T C A
003, a credit in L T C A 004 and must possess FIRST AID
and CPR certificates on the date of graduation to obtain
the Long Term Care Aide Certificate.

Fees and Expenses
L T C A 003

Tuition = $461.25 (in 1990)

L T C A 004

Uniform & shoes = $80.00 approximately
Text & Student Handbook = $70.00
Other equipment = $55.00

Financial Aid is available to eligible students.

Awards and Scholarships
The L T C A program offers the Rosalind Brossard
Scholarship.

Program Content
L T C A 003
L T C A 004

Long Term Care Aide Theory
Long Term Care Aide Practicum

(15,0,0) (F,S)

Effective communication with the long term care client
and members of the health care team. Ethical and professional standards of behaviour. Growth and development
of the long term care client. Need for: Nutrition, Sexuality, Sensory Stimulation, Security/Self-esteem, Protection
and Safety, Rest and Activity, Elimination, Oxygen.

LTCA 004
(0)
Long Term Care Aide Practice

Career Opportunities
As more disabled people move from institutionalized
living into their own homes in the community, there is an
increasing demand for qualified men and women, to
work full-time or part-time in this field.
Graduates of this full-time program qualify to work with
physically disabled clients of all ages. The positions
obtained by graduates demand a high degree of maturity
and interpersonal skill, with the ability to respond to the
needs of clients with many different types of physical
disabilities.
Graduates of the P C A D program find employment in
many areas of the health field including: group homes,
private homes, recreation centres and health care centres.
Graduates will work with physically disabled clients,
enabling the client to participate in everyday living. The
potential for employment is excellent.

Program

Course Descriptions
LTCA 003
(15)
Long Term Care Aide Theory

L. CUTHBERTSON, B.H.Sc. (O.T.) (McMaster), M.Ed.
(Brock) Reg. O.T. (BC)
M. D A Y A N , B.S.R. (UBC), Chartered Physiotherapist
J. GIBBS, R.P.N., R.S.W.
M. RASTHORNE, M.Ed.(UBC), R.D.N.

(0,3,12) (F,S)

Application of knowledge and skills in supervised laboratory and clinical settings.

PERSONAL CARE ATTENDANT FOR THE
DS
I ABLED
Contact People: Jan Gibbs
Phone: 984-4947
Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists
Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant

The objective of the program is to provide the basic skills
and knowledge required for a career in the Health and
Human Service field. This full-time, eight month certificate program integrates health care theory with practice.
Practicum experiences take place in a variety of community health care settings. All students who are interested
in the Personal Care Attendant program must attend an
Information Meeting and have an interview with an
instructor.

Admission Requirements
1. All prospective students are required to attend an
Information Meeting and have a student/instructor
interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further interviews may be
held in mid-August, if spaces in the program are available.
2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a
genunine desire to work with physically disabled people,
in the Health & Human Services field. Two references are
required.

EIGHT MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10 or
equivalent, with grade 12 preferred. Students may be
asked to complete a reading comprehension test.

Instructional Faculty

4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and
are required to complete a medical report on a form

T. ADLER, B.C. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC)

Career/Vocational — Health and Human Sen/ices
140

provided by the college, plus evidence of the absence of
active tuberculosis. Some practicum placements require a
Criminal Record Check.

are integrated with lab and practicum placements in
P C A D 002.

PCAD 015
Graduation Requirements
Attendance: The Personal Care Attendant courses are
intensive; regular attendance is mandatory.
Graduation requires a valid First Aid Certificate which
includes C.P.R. The student is responsible for obtaining
this and presenting it to the co-ordinator before the end of
October. The St. John's Emergency level Safety Oriented
First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable.
Students must obtain a minimum C+ average (2 1/3
G.P.A.) with completion of all courses in the program.

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

This course provides an introduction to basic anatomy
and physiology of the body, related to the human needs
of people of all ages.

PCAD 019
(7.5)
Applied Theory - Practicum I

(0,4,11) (F)

The first part of the practicum course. Students spend
one day a week in the health lab and two days a week in a
practicum placement, arranged by the College. A clinical
instructor visits and observes the student working in the
practicum placement. Assignments are integrated with
the lab instruction and course work in P C A D 013.

Fees and Expenses
PCAD 022

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar for a
30 credit program. The student can expect to spend
approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional
costs will be incurred for a First Aid course and transportation for practicums.

This is the second course in human relations, in which the
student continues to devleop knowledge and skills related
to the needs of clients with physical disabilities.

Financial Aid is available to eligible students.

PCAD 024

Program Content
P C A D 001 Personal Care Attendant for the Disabled
Theory
P C A D 002 Personal Care Attendant for the Disabled
Practicum

Course Descriptions
PCAD 002

(15)

(0,4,11) (F,S)

Application of knowledge and skills in supervised
laboratory and practicum settings. Students learn problem solving techniques in simulated situations.

PCAD 011

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

This is the first course in a two part sequence, in which
the student will develop the knowledge and skills in
human relations which are needed to be an effective
facilitator of independent living for persons with disabilities.

PCAD 013

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (F)

This course enables students to understand the theoretical
basis for the procedures needed by the Personal Care
Attendant working with physically disabled clients of all
ages. The procedures include the principles of body
mechanics, medical asepsis, medical conditions and the
functional limitations of each disability. The assignments

(1.5)

(1,5,0,0) (S)

This is a continuation of P C A D 013. The student learns
the theoretical basis of advanced procedures essential to
the role of the Personal Care Attendant. The course
content is also integrated with lab and practicum placements in P C A D 002.

PCAD 026

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (S)

This course enables students to plan and prepare appropriate snacks and meals for people with physical disabilities. Working cooperatively with clients, their families
and health professionals is emphasized. Topices which
are covered include: menu planning and healthy eating
habits; physical, social, religious and cultural differences;
food purchase and storage; food safety.

PCAD 027

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (S)

This course enables students to provide a safe home
environment for people with disabilities. Topics include:
sanitation, accident prevention, fire prevention and safe
working procedures.

PCAD 029
(7.5)
Applied Theory - Practicum II

(0,4,ll) (S)

This is the second part of the practicum course. Students
spend two weeks in a clinical setting arranged by the
College, under the supervision of a clinical instructor.
There is a final block of practicum, under the guidance of
a qualified supervisor in a centre selected by the College.
Classroom discussion is focussed on integrating theory
and practice.
Career/Vocational — Health and Human Services

141

Landscape Horticulture
Contact: 984-4947

Special Fees and Expenses

ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

In addition to the program tuition, students will incur
further expenses of approximately $500.00 for books,
personal work gear and equipment, certification fees,
conference and membership fees.

Instructional Faculty
L. KOSKITALO, Coordinator, B.Sc. (U. of M.), Ph.D.
(UBC)
R. WELSH, Dip. Landscape Tech. (B.C.I.T.)
Support Staff: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant

Career Opportunities
Graduates of the Applied Landscape/Horticulture
program find employment in many areas of horticulture
including: municipal parks, golf courses, residential and
commercial landscape installation and/or maintenance;
garden centre sales, nursery and greenhouse operations.

The Program
The objective of the Applied Landscape/Horticulture
program is to provide individuals with the basic skills
and knowledge prerequisite to beginning a career in landscaping or landscape-related industries.
This full-time 8 month certificate program integrates
horticultural theory with practice; the first term emphasizing theory and the second term practical applications.
Due to the popular nature of the program, and its limited
enrollment, prospective students are advised to contact
the Horticulture department by late April to arrange to
attend our mid-May INFORMATION MEETING. Student/instructor interviews can be arranged at the conclusion of this meeting.

Graduation Requirements
Due to the intense nature of the program, regular fulltime attendance is crucial. Students are expected to
attend and participate in all classes and program activities. Students with poor attendance may be required to
withdraw. Participation in all field trips, including the 3day orientation field trip, is compulsory.
Students must attain a minimum aggregate G.P.A. of 2.3,
must possess a valid B.C. pesticide dispenser or acceptable applicator certificate, and attain a minimum 60%
standing in plant materials to successfully complete the
program.

Awards and Scholarships
The Applied Horticulture Bursary for $500.00 is presented
at the beginning of the second term. Applications for this
award will be received in mid-December, the award being
based upon:
• first term marks
• program participation
• financial need
The B.C. Council of Garden Clubs Scholarship for $500.00
is presented at the beginning of the second term.
This scholarship is awarded to the student who has
demonstrated excellence in terms of scholastics and
programs involvement.

Admission Requirements
1. All prospective students are required to attend a
student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the
program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further
interviews may be held in mid-August, if spaces in the
program are available. Students who are unable to attend
the interview should contact the program coordinator to
make alternative arangements.
2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and should
have a genuine interest in and desire for commencing or
continuing a career in horticulture.
3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10,
with grade 12 preferred. Students not proficient in basic
math may be required to take an upgrading course.
4. Applicants should be in reasonable health and physical
condition.
5. Successful applicants will show evidence of development of interpersonal skills and emotional health.

Career/Vocational — Landscape Horticulture

142

Program Content
FIRST TERM[
Credits Labs
HORT 101 Introductory Horticulture
5
8
HORT 102 Plant Materials I
5
0
HORT 103
Growing Media & Fertilizers
2
1
HORT 105
Plant Production
2
1
HORT 106
Landscape Irrigation & Drainage 2
1
HORT 107
P & T Gardens Practicum
0
0
16
11
SECOND TERM
HORT 108
Landscape Design
1
2
HORT 109
Plant Materials II
5
0
HORT 110
Turfgrass Management
3
2
HORT 111 Business Practices
1.5
1
HORT 112 Landscape Installation
& Maintenance
4.5
8
HORT 114
P & T Gardens Practicum
0
0
15
13

Course Descriptions
Horticulture 101
(5)
Introductory Horticulture

(6,8,0) (F)

This course details commercial horticulture in B.C., covers
basic plant science theory, deals with work site safety and
develops basic horticultural skills including the use and
proper care of hand tools, day to day greenhouse operations, planting and watering techniques. Students participate in a 3-day orientation field trip near the beginning of
this course. Students also participate in a WCB certified
survival first aid practicum. Students conclude this course
by writing the B.C.Ministry of Environment General
Dispenser and Landscape Applicator pesticide certification examinations.

Horticulture 102
Plant Materials I

(5)

(7,0,0) (F)

A n introduction to woody and herbaceous ornamentals
including deciduous trees and shrubs, conifers, broadleaf
evergreens, bulbs, and ground covers. This course emphasizes identification, landscape values and requirements of the plant materials studied.

Horticulture 103
(2)
Growing Media & Fertilizers

(3,1,0) (F)

This course is designed to provide students with the
media science knowledge necessary for the production
and maintenance of plants in the greenhouse, nursery and
landscape.

Horticulture 105
Plant Production

(2)

(3,1,0) (F)

To acquaint students with greenhouse and nursery
production systems and methods. Topics will include:
plant propagation, greenhouse production and nursery
stock production. Students will successfully produce a
number of specific greenhouse and nursery crops.

Horticulture 106
(2)
Landscape Irrigation and Drainage

(3,1,0) (F)

This course is designed to familiarize the student with the
basics of turf and drip irrigation systems as well as basic
landscape drainage systems. Students learn how to
install, operate and maintain landscape irrigation systems.

Horticulture 107
(0)
P & T Gardens Practicum

Horticulture 108
(1)
Landscape Design

(1.5,2,0) (S)

A highly practical introductory course in design theory
and practices; plan reading and revisions; and basic
design skills. Course materials are presented by means of
lectures, visuals, projects and specific practicum labs.

Horticulture 109
Plant Materials II

(5)

(7,0,0) (S)

A continuation of H O R T 102 with the emphasis on
conifers, broadleaf evergreens, annuals and perennials.

Horticulture 110
(3)
Turfgrass Management

(4.5,2,0) (S)

An introductory turfgrass course dealing with the
selection of grasses for turfs, turfgrass installation, and
maintenance (includes fertilization, irrigation, moving,
cultivation, pest control practices) for residential and
large area turfs.

Horticulture 111
(1.5)
Business Practices

(2,1,0) (S)

Deals with business establishment, business organizations, business operations, landscape estimating, quotations and contracts. Job search, job applications, resumes
and interviews are also discussed.

Horticulture 112
(4.5)
Landscape Installation & Maintenance

(5,8,0) (S)

A largely applied course covering plant installation and
common landscape maintenance practices. Landscape
installation topics include: site preparation, use of aggregates, and construction of walks, steps, retaining walls,
fences, trellises, and use of paving materials. Maintenance
topics include: pruning, planting and transplanting,
mulches, and methods of fertilization. The majority of the
course time is spent on field installation and maintenance
work.

Horticulture 114
(0)
P & T Gardens Practicum

(0,0,2) (S)

A continuation of H O R T 107.

(0,0,2) (F)

This is an optional landscape maintenance work experience at Park and Tilford Gardens. The objectives of the
practicum are to develop a professional work ethic, to
master basic gardening skills and to learn to complete
tasks effectively and in a timely manner.

Career/Vocational — Landscape Horticulture

Legal Assistant
Contact: 984-4959

Instructional Faculty
M. ALPERSTEIN, B.Sc., (U of C)
D. C O C H R A N , B.A., LL.B. (UBC), Cert. Ed., M.A. Ed.
(SFU)
V. C O C H R A N , LL.B. (UBC), External Co-ordinator
A. D U M O U L I N , B.A., LL.B. (UBC)
W. ENWRIGHT, B.F.A., M.F.A. (UBC) LL.B. (McGill)
J. FAIRLIE, B. Mus., LL.B. (UBC)
N. H A L L
D. PHILLIPS, Internal Co-ordinator
M. SPENCE, B.Sc., LL.B. (UBC)
D. T H O M S O N , B.SC., LL.B. (Queens)
G. W A U G H , B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard
Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered
Psychologist

1. TWO YEAR ASSOCA
I TE IN ARTS AND
SCE
I NCE DP
I LOMA
Upon completion of the two year program, students must
complete a six month practicum under the supervision of
a lawyer. Students are paid during this practicum by
their employer.
At the end of a successful practicum, the student is
eligible for graduation. Faculty work closely with
students and with the legal community to ensure successful practicum placements.

Support Staff

Faculty maintain close contacts with the legal community,
and several faculty members are practising lawyers. As
well, support is provided by an external Advisory Committee, which provides information on recent developments in the legal community, and offers advice on topics
ranging from curriculum changes to grad placements.

K. JONES, Receptionist
M. M A C K A Y , Divisional Assistant
R. BERGNER, Receptionist
M. TAYLOR, Clerk Typist

Members of the Advisory Committee include representatives from the Law Society of British Columbia, the
Canadian Bar Association, private law firms, a government agency, and crown corporations.

Career Opportunities

Admissions Requirements

A legal assistant, while working under the supervision of
a lawyer, is capable of originating work and making decisions. This person has knowledge of both procedural and
substantive law. Some examples of work functions are:
interviewing clients; drafting pleadings, wills, probate,
conveyancing and corporate documents; legal research;
file management; assisting in trial preparation.

Prospective applicants may apply by telephoning
984-4959. All names will be recorded and applicants will
receive an invitation to an information meeting, and a
formal admission procedures outline.

Graduates of the program will find challenging careers
working as legal assistants in law offices, government
agencies, and corporate legal departments.
The program has been in operation for thirteen years and
has a 90% placement rate. (This figure may fluctuate for
any one graduating class depending on the economy.)

This is not an entry level program. All applicants will be
required to have a personal interview. Admission to the
program is based on an interest in law, maturity, postsecondary education and/or work background, and commitment to the Legal Assistant Program.
There are 35 seats available in the Legal Assistant Program. Interviews are conducted until the program is full,
and are normally held each year from March to May.

Academic Standards
Programs
There are two legal assisant programs offered at Capilano
College.
1. The Associate in Arts and Science Diploma program.
This is a two year full-time program designed for
people without current legal experience.
2. The Legal Assistant Part-time Option Certificate
program. This evening program is designed for people
who are presently working in a law office with at least
two years' legal secretarial or paralegal experience.

Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program

144

The Legal Assistant program requires students to maintain a cummulative 3.0 grade point average over the four
terms. In addition, any student whose grade point
average falls below 2.0 will not be permitted to continue
in the program.

Special Fees and Expenses
The student can expect to spend approximately $1000.00
per year on books and photocopying expenses. Since
regular use of a law library is necessary for research
purposes, students should include necessary transportation expenses. Financial assistance may be available in
the form of student loans and bursaries. Information on
these is available at the Office of the Registrar.

Graduation Requirements
Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all Legal Assistant courses offered (67.5
credits). Students must also complete 3 credits of University Transfer 100 level courses and 3 credits of computer
training equivalent to BSMG 180. These courses may be
completed at any accredited post-secondary institution.
In addition all students must complete a 6 month practicum, and receive a "Pass" grade prior to graduation.
To be eligible to go out on a practicum students must
maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA.

Two Year Associate in Arts and Science
Diploma Program Content
FIRST TERM
LGAS 150
Intro to Study of Law
LGAS 162
Litigation Procedures I
LGAS 170
Legal Research
LGAS 176
Legal Office Procedures
LGAS 252
Torts I

SECOND TERM
LGAS 156
Introduction to Evidence
LGAS 157
Wills & Probate Procedures
LGAS 158
Introduction to Securities Procedures
LGAS 180
Contracts I
LGAS 254
Torts II
LGAS 256
Family Law
THIRD TERM
LGAS 152
Litigation Procedures II
LGAS 153
Basic Corporate Procedures
LGAS 172
Legal Drafting I
LGAS 179
Legal Interviewing
LGAS 181
Contracts II
LGAS 253
Company Law
LGAS 264
Insurance Law I
FOURTH TERM
LGAS 155
Conveyancing Procedures
LGAS 174
Legal Drafting II
LGAS 255
Real Property
LGAS 262
Litigation Procedures III
LGAS 265
Insurance Law II
CMNS 179 Communications

LGAS 199

Career Practicum
Total Credits:
Academic Transfer:
Computer Course:
Diploma Requirement:

Credits
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3J)
15.0

1.5
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
1.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3J)
18.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.5
3.0
67.5
3.0
73.5

Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program
145

2. LEGAL ASSS
I TANT PART-TIME OPTO
IN

LGAS 264/265
LGAS 268
LGAS 271

Insurance I & II
Criminal Law
Administrative Law

This is a part-time evening program designed for students
with at least two years legal secretarial or paralegal
experience who are presently working in a law office.

Transfer Credits

Those without a legal background or the two years
experience may be admitted to a particular course only
after consultation with the Coordinator. It is the student's
responsibility to initiate the contact with the Coordinator
prior to registration.

Transfer credits will not automatically be given for
courses taken at other institutions. Students will be
required to demonstrate current knowledge before course
exemption will be granted.

Acceptance into a particular course does not mean a
student has been accepted into the program as a whole.

Course Descriptions

The Legal Assistant Option courses normally start in
September, although occasionally they may also start in
January. Contact the Legal Assistant Program area at 9844959 for registration deadline information.
The requirements for the certificate must be completed
within five years of commencing the courses. The fiveyear period may be extended for one year in exceptional
circumstances.

Certificate Requirements

Please see program content to determine which courses
apply to the program in which you are interested.

LGAS 150
(3)
Introduction to the Study of Law

(4,0,0) (F)

Introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. The
course will cover the historical development of legal
institutions and the principles of common law and equity,
the interpretation of statutes, and an analysis of the
system; its strengths and weaknesses.

In order to attain the Legal Assistant Part-time Option
Certificate students must successfully complete 39 credits.
Thirty-three of these credits must be chosen from substantive Legal Assistant Courses.

Transferable to SFU.

Students must also complete six credits of University
Transfer courses at a 100 level or one three credit 100 level
university transfer course and 3 credits of computer
training equivalent to BSMG 180. A 2.66 cumulative G P A
must be maintained.

An introduction to the law of evidence. Although some
statutes will be considered, emphasis will be on case law
and current developments in the law.

Legal Assistant Part-time Option
Program Content

Prerequisite: L G A S 162

* Courses marked with an asterisk are required courses
and must be taken before a student is eligible to receive a
certificate.
+ Students wishing to enter the program must first take
LGAS 150 and then L G A S 170 before they will be admitted to any course except L G A S 151.
*+
*+
*+

*

L G A S 150
L G A S 151
LGAS 170
L G A S 172/174
L G A S 179
L G A S 180/181
L G A S 182
L G A S 252/254
L G A S 253
L G A S 255
L G A S 256

Introduction to Study of Law
Evidence
Legal Research
Legal Drafting I & II
Legal Interviewing
Contracts I & II
Creditors' Remedies
Torts I & II
Company Law
Real Property
Family Law

Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program

146

LGAS 151
Evidence

(3)

LGAS 152
(1.5)
Litigation Procedures II

(4,0,0) (S)

(2,0,0) (F)

This course is designed for legal assistants assisting in a
litigation practice. The rules of court will be studied in
detail from the beginning of a process to trial.

LGAS 153
(1.5)
Basic Corporate Procedures

(2,0,0) (S)

A n examination of the B.C. Company Act and the
C.B.C.A. and the various documents required to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Differences between reporting and non-reporting
companies will be studied.

LGAS 155
(1.5)
Conveyancing Procedures

(2,0,0) (S)

Introduce students to basic conveyancing procedures in
B.C., including the role of the conveyancing assistant, the
structure of a real estate sale, the system of registration in
B.C., and basic procedures when acting for a purchaser
and/or vendor.

LGAS 156
(1.5)
Introduction to Evidence

(2,0,0) (S)

This course is an introduction to the law of evidence
including relevancy, materiality, admissibility, opinion
evidence, etc.

LGAS 157
(3)
Wills & Probate Procedures

(4,0,0) (S)

LGAS 176
(3)
Legal Office Procedures

(4,0,0) (F)

Practical information about the organization of legal
offices. Instruction in timekeeping, filing and communications systems, use of data processing equipment in law
offices, ethical responsibility of legal assistants and legal
terminology will be covered.

LGAS 179
(3)
Legal Interviewing

(4,0,0) (F)

An examination of the Wills Act, the Estate Administration Act, and Wills Variation Act. Students will prepare
the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and
Letters of Administration. Students will also learn how to
deal with assets after Letters Probate or Administration
have been obtained.

This course will give an understanding of the role of the
legal assistant and of the process of legal interviewing.
Students will acquire skills in conducting various types of
interviews.

LGAS 158
(1.5)
Introduction to Securities Procedures

LGAS 180
Contracts I

(2,0,0) (S)

Introduce students to and familiarize them with the B.C.
Securities Act and Regulation, the role of the B.C. Securities Commission and the requirements of the Vancouver
Stock Exchange.

LGAS 162
(3)
Litigation Procedures I

(4,0,0)(F,S,Su)

Provides the student with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as
reading briefs and legal documents; using encyclopedia,
annotated reports, law reviews, case comments; locating
decisions.

LGAS 172
(3)
Legal Drafting I

(4,0,0) (F)

Course work includes drafting of agreements, statements
of claim and defences, letters and memos, and a study of
the rules of statutory interpretation. Emphasis will be
placed on developing different writing styles, rather than
obtaining a detailed knowledge of specific areas of law.

LGAS 174
(3)
Legal Drafting II

(4,0,0) (F,S)

The objective of this course is to give the students a
general understanding of the fundamental principles of
contract law, including offer and acceptance, certainty,
intention, consideration, privity capacity and public
policy.

(4,00) (F)

Introduction to procedures in the courts of B.C. The
course will cover basic procedures in pre-trial preparation
of documents, and the use of precedents in litigation.

LGAS 170
(3)
Legal Research

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: LGAS 172
A continuation of the work begun in LGAS 172; students
will draft more complex documentation.

LGAS 181
(3)
Contracts II

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Prerequisite: LGAS 180
This course is a continuation of LGAS 180; Topics include
frustration, breach, misrepresentation, mistake, and
remedies.

LGAS 182
(3)
Creditors' Remedies

(4,0,0) (F)

Discussion of the principles, practice and information
gathering procedures necessary to realize on judgments.
The case method will be used and students are expected
to be familiar with the documentation used in the above
process.

LGAS 199
(3)
Career Practicum

(2,0,0)(F,S,Su)

Prerequisite: 3.0 Cumulative G P A
This includes the work portion of the Career Practicum
which consists of six months in a law firm. It also
includes classroom seminars and instructor/student
consultations. Students will be assisted by the instructor
in finding a practicum, but it is the student's responsibility to obtain a practicum position. This practicum must
be commenced within two years of completing the Legal
Assistant course requirements.

Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program

147

LGAS 252
Torts I

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

An introductory study of torts - the protection of personal
interest from interference and the way in which the courts
meet this need in a changing society. Principal topic to be
studied is the law of negligence.

LGAS 253
(3)
Company Law

(4,0,0) (F)

LGAS 262
(3)
Litigation Procedures III

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisites: LGAS 152 and 162
This course covers divorce, Family Relations Act, and
small claims procedures.

LGAS 264
(3)
Insurance Law I

(4,0,0) (F.S)

The law relating to business associations. A n examination
of rights and duties of officers, directors, and shareholders, as well as an analysis of provincial securities practice.

An overview of Canadian Insurance law including structure of the industry, insurable interest, valuation, subrogation, contribution and indemnity and duty to disclose.

LGAS 254
Torts II

LGAS 265
(3)
Insurance Law II

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: LGAS 252
This is a continuation of LGAS 252. Intentional torts are
studied, including false imprisonment and assault and
battery. As well, nuisance, defamation, and recovery of
pure economic loss are analyzed.

LGAS 255
(3)
Real Property

(4,0,0) (S)

A review of the common law relating to real property as
modified by legislation will be studied in this course
using the case analysis method.

LGAS 256
(3)
Family Law

(4,0,0) (S)

Law and the family: marriage and its dissolution; rights
and duties of spouses and parents; custody; access,
guardianship, and adoption.

Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program

148

(4,0,0) (S)

Continuation of L G A S 264 covering agents' duties and
responsibilities; form and formation of the insurance
contract; cover, including exceptions to cover; the claims
process; I.C.B.C. insurance issues.

LGAS 268
(3)
Criminal Law

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Substantive elements of selected criminal offences and
consideration of various defences. The effect of the
Charter of Rights on rights of the accused will be also
studied. This course will receive 3 general elective credits
at SFU.

LGAS 271
(3)
Administrative Law

(4,0,0) (F,S)

The law relating to administrative tribunals in Canada.
The rules of natural justice and fairness will be examined
as well as judicial review of decisions and administrative
tribunals. Emphasis will be on provincial administative
tribunals and the effect of the Charter in this area.

Media Resources
Contact: 984-4940
TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE
DIPLOMA

Instructional Faculty
J.V. BIZZOCCHI, B.A. (Michigan), Teaching Cert. (Sec.)
(Michigan), Video Production (Banff Centre)
M. FEARON, B.A.. (Mount Allison), M.A. (UBC)
P. KELLINGTON, Film Studies (UBC) A.A.S., Media
Spec. Cert. (Capilano)
B. MAYLONE
J. MOORE, B.Sc. (McGill), M.A. (McGill)
B. REID, B.A. (Alta.)
S. ROGERS, B.A. (Ryerson)
P. THOMPSON, B.A. (Stanford), M.Ed., Teaching Cert.
(Minnesota)
J. WESTENDORP, B.F.A. (UBC)
R. CARVER
In recent years there has been an increasing awareness of
the importance of the media in communications, industry
and education. Consequently there is a growing market
for personnel with the appropriate training and attitude
for work in these fields.

Career Opportunities
In 20 years of operation, approximately 80% of the Media
Resources graduates have become employed in related
fields within six months of graduation. Our graduates are
currently working in a variety of settings as media producers and A / V directors for a variety of educational institutions, private companies, and other organizations;
production and administration staff; news and film
editors; and freelance producers.

The Program
FILM, PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO and COMPUTERS are vital components of the media mix used in all
levels of educational and instructional communication.
The Media Resources Program is a two-year program
training students for current and developing applications
of media technologies. In areas of education, commercial
and community media, there is an increasing readiness to
use new techniques to foster learning, growth, and social
interaction. Capilano College's Media Resources Program
prepares students for work and leadership in this growing media resources field.
The core of the program is production training. Students
are taught standards of excellence and effectiveness in all
forms of educational production work. Basic technical
skills are taught in all media areas, and a large number of

projects are completed by students during their training.
In this way students are prepared for a wide range of
practical work possibilities, rather than simply a proficiency in theory.
The program involves more than technical skills. Courses
also develop knowledge and skills in communication,
learning theory, instructional design, the uses of media in
education, the maintenance and purchasing of equipment,
and resources distribution.
The program's instructional design reflects its practical
goals. Workshop methods, hands-on training and field
trips are used throughout the program.
The College's training facilities are equipped with a broad
variety of standard audiovisual equipment. This ensures
that students are ready to do quality work with the types
of equipment presently used in educational instruction,
training, and community facilities.

Admission Requirements
The Media Resources Program consists of four terms of
study. New students are admitted each September in a
class of 28.
Persons over 18 years of age or with secondary school
graduation are eligible for admission to the College and
this program. Application forms are available from the
department and at Information Meetings held between
November and April.
Applicants will be contacted for an interview in the
January-May period and, if there are places available, in
August. Interviews are conducted until the class is filled.
Admission is based on general ability, interest in media,
noteworthy experience, previous work, education, and
commitment to the Media Resources Program.
It is highly recommended that applicants to the Media
Resources Program take Media 065 (Media Studies) and a
media production course (such as filmmaking, photography, slide-tape, or video production) prior to applying to
the Program. Everyone admitted to Media Resources
must take Media 065 during the first term in the program
(unless Media 065 or an equivalent university-level film
history course has been taken).

Special Fees and Expenses
Students may expect to pay approximately $5000.00 for
tuition, fees, materials and textbooks during the two-year
program.

Graduation Requirements
In order to graduate from the Media Resources Program,
the student must successfully complete all the component
courses.

Career/Vocational — Media Resources

Lab

Professional Standards
All Media Resources students are required to adhere to
high standards of academic performance and professional
behaviour (as described in the booklet Media Resources

Department Guidelines).
Lab

Program Content

credits Hours

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
FIRSTTERM
C M N S 150
Basic Communications
Media 152
Graphics- Media Specialist
Media 181
Basic Audio Production
Media 183
Photographic Production
Media 189
Research Methods
Media 190
Instructional Design
Media 191
Media Selection & Utilization
Media 195
Applications of Photography

SECOND T E R M
Media 157
Introduction to Filmmaking
Media 171
Small Format Television
Media 172
Video Technology I
Media 173
Ed. Media Applications: Audio
Media 182
Advanced Audio Production
Media 185
Advanced Photography
Media 186
Computers in Media Prod.
THIRD T E R M
Media 253
Filmmaking Prod. Techniques
Media 260
Slide/Tape Production
Media 271
Educational T.V. Systems
Media 272
Video Technology II
Media 295
Visual Concepts- Filmmaking
Media 296
Educational Media
Applications: Slide/Tape
Media 297
Ed. Media Applications: T V
Media 250
Documentary Scriptwriting
FOURTH TERM
C M N S 156 Communications for the
Media Resources Student
Production Resources
Media 263
Media Specialist in Education
Media 303
and Training
Educational Media
Media 304
Applications: Computers
Advanced Multi Image
Media 299
Production

TOTAL

Career/Vocational — Media Resources

150

60
0
60

66
6
72

Credits Hours
PART-TIME COURSES
1.5
Media 055
Basic T.V. Studio Operation
3
Media 061
Basic Slide/Tape Production
3
Media 065
Media Studies
3
Media 071
Basic Photography - Open Lab
3
3
Media 073
Advanced Photography
3
Media 074
Basic Filmmaking - Open Lab
Media 090
Independent Production and
1.5
Portfolio Presentation
Media 092
Media 093

3
3
3
3
1.5
3
1.5
3

6
6
3

Course Descriptions

0

Media 152
(3)
Graphics for the Media Specialist

21

15

3
3
1.5
3
3
3
3
19.5

6
3

3
3
3
1.5
3
3
3
15
21

Media 094

Computers in Media
- Desktop Publishing
Computers in Media
- Desktop Presentation
Computers in Media
- HyperCard Applications

6
3
18
6
3
6

1.5
1.5

(3,0,0) (F)

A n introduction to the methods, materials and equipment
related to mixed media production; special consideration
given to layout and fundamental design.

Media 157
Filmmaking

(3)

(3,6,0) (S)

A n introduction to the basic principles of filmmaking
theory and practice. Topics covered include: camera
operation, the filmmaking process, film animation, film
planning, storyboarding, and film construction (montage
and continuity) techniques.

Media 171
(3)
Small Format Television

(3,3,0) (S)

Camera work, lighting, audio, editing and television
graphics using 1 /2" portable video equipment. The
development of a shooting script is also emphasized.
0
15

Media 172
(1.5)
Video Technology I

(1.5,0,0) (S)

A n introduction to video systems, including a history of
video technology, components of a complete video
system, and a comparison of different formats.

3
1.5

6

1.5

6

Media 173
(3)
Educational Media Applications: Audio

15
10.5

0
12

72

60

A n introduction to the fundamental principles of sound
generation and reproduction, and to the terminology,
hardware, and systems related to audio components.
Applications of audio technology, equipment maintenance, and critical analysis of product specifications are
given special emphasis.

3

(3,0,0) (S)

Media 181

(3)

(3,6,0) (F)

Basic Audio Production
A n introduction to basic production techniques; components include interviewing, scripting, dubbing, editing,
mixing, and packaging. The course also covers the
operation of microphones, tape recorders and dub/mix
facilities.
Media 182

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Advanced Audio Production
The application of production techniques in a variety of
situations, including multi-track recording and mixing,
documentaries, location recording, radio plays, film and
video soundtracks and music recording, often using the
department's sound production studio.
Media 183
(3)
(3,6,0) (F)
Theory and Applications of Photographic Production
A n introduction to the photographic base relative to
audiovisual production, including the camera and its
controls, darkroom techniques, photosensitive materials
and their control, and visual reproduction.
Media 185

(3)

(3,6,0) (S)

Advanced Photography
The application of photographic techniques, with emphasis on combining shot sequences to tell a story, as well as
editing, layout, presentation, and basic studio operation.
Media 186

(3)

(3,3,0) (S)

Computers in Media Production
An introduction to the use of computers in pre-production to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on
computer application in graphics, budgeting, storyboarding and planning for the media.
Media 189

(1.5)

Methods for planning, organization, and presentation of
research for educational media productions. Sources
considered will include print, non-print, and people.
(3)

(1.5,0,0) (F)

An introduction to the operation, characteristics, and
applications of the range of educational media.
Media 195
(3)
Special Applications: Photography

(3,0,0) (F)

An introduction to the areas of darkroom maintenance,
photographic chemistry, print finishing, small and
medium format copy camera, and relevant copying
materials used in a variety of media applications.
Media 250
(1.5)
Documentary Scriptwriting

(1.5,0,0) (S)

An overview of the production planning process with an
emphasis on the roles of scripts, concepts, treatments and
storyboards in documentary production.
Media 253
(3)
Film Making Production Techniques

(3,6,0) (F)

An introduction to film production practice. Topics
include camera work (operation, lenses, composition,
camera moves), lighting (basic exposure, triangle lighting,
lighting for mood, colour temperature, special problems),
editing (montage and continuity), titling, audio, and
scripting.
Media 260

(3)

(3,3,0) (F)

Slide/Tape Production
A n introduction to the production of instructional slide/
tape programs. Includes operation of slide/tape equipment, production of transparencies, sound track and
design considerations,and the integration of sound and
visuals.
Media 263

(1.5,0,0) (F)

Research Methods

Media 190

Media 191
(1.5)
Media Selection and Utilization

(1.5)

(1.5,6,0)(S)

Production Resources
The comparative study of media technical systems and
their operation; evaluation of various resources available
in the Lower Mainland; design and/or modification of
systems for media production and delivery; and interface
of different types of systems.

(3,3,0) (F)

Instructional Design
An introduction to the fundamentals of instructional
design as applied in the production of educational media
packages. Topics will include systems theory, objectives,
audience analysis, evaluation, curriculum, learning
activities, and resources.

Media 271
(3)
Educational Television Systems

(3,6,0) (F)

This course assumes background in basic portable video
tape equipment and operations covered in Media 171 and
is designed to develop the students' ability to effectively
use multi-camera studio setups for the production of
educational programs. These programs are of a quality
suitable for cablecast or broadcast on the Knowledge
Network.

Career/Vocational — Media Resources

151

Media 272

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (F)

Video Technology II
A continuation of video systems with an emphasis on
colour, the practical application of test equipment, system
design, and a look into the future of video technology.
Media 295

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Visual Concepts in Filmmaking
A companion course to Media 253, this course will train
the student in film theory and its relationship to film
planning and film production. Topics covered will
include film vocabulary, selected historical concepts,
traditional continuity theory, the theory of montage, film
aesthetics, the role of sound in film, and film planning.
Media 296

(3)

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Educational Media Applications: Multi-Camera TV
Production

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (S)

An introduction to video and television techniques for
studio production. Students wall design, shoot and edit
several short subjects using the College's television studio
(Dynamics Lab).
(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Basic Slide/Tape Production
A basic introductory course in slide-tape production.
Similar to Media 260, but more limited in scope and depth
of coverage. This course is not for students enrolled fulltime in the Media Resources Program.
(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

Media Studies
A n introductory analysis and historical overview of
media, especially film, combining aesthetic concepts,
production techniques, and theoretical foundations. See
discussion on Media Resources admission requirements.

(1.5,0,0) (S)
Media 071

Advanced Multi Image Production
This course builds on the skills acquired in Media 260 and
296 as it considers advanced production techniques for
audio-visual and multi image productions.
(1.5)

(1.5)

Basic Television Studio Operation

Media 065

This course assumes the background in basic portable
videotape equipment and operations covered in Media
171 and is designed to develop the student's ability to
plan, script, produce, and evaluate single and multicamera educational television productions.

Media 303

Media 055

Media 061

Consideration of the design, utilization, and evaluation of
slide/tape productions for educational purposes.

Media 299

Each term the department wall offer a limited number of
courses that are open to college students and community
members not enrolled full-time in the Media Resources
Program. These courses carry college credit and may be
applied towards a Capilano College Diploma. Check the
timetable to see which ones will be offered in a given
time.

(3,3,0) (F)

Educational Media Applications: Slide/Tape

Media 297

Optional Courses

(1.5,6,0) (S)

The Media Specialist in Education and Training

Media 073

Media 304

Media 074

(3,0,0) (S)

(3,0,0) (S)

A n introductory course including both practical and
theoretical aspects of 35 mm photography. Topics
include: the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, visual reproduction, photo-sensitive materials,
filtration, and composition.

A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, information transmission, emotive learning, and selfawareness. A field practicum course exploring the
relationship of the media specialist to education in
general and the role of the media generalist in educational
and instructional communication.
(3)

(3)

Basic Photography - Open Lab

(3)

(3,3,0) (F,S)

Advanced Photography
A practical and lecture course in advanced photography.
Similar to Media 185, this course is not for students
enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program.
(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

Educational Media Applications: Computers

Basic Film Making - Open Lab

A theoretical and hands-on introduction to the use of
computers in education. Includes producing and evaluating computer-assisted instruction packages and computer-assisted video instruction.

A practical and theoretical course in cinematography
similar to Media 253, but more limited in scope and depth
of coverage. This course will provide access to production facilities rather than structured laboratory instruction. Not for students enrolled full-time in the Media
Resources Program.

Career/Vocational — Media Resources
1 K 9

Music
Media 090
(1.5)
(1.5,0,0) (S) (Open)
Independent Production and Portfolio
A survival guide to the world of freelancing, with an
emphasis on the various fields of audiovisual production.
Topics include: portfolio preparation, developing
clientele, budgeting, legal concerns, and developing new
opportunities.
Media 092
(3)
Computers in Media - Desktop Publishing

(3,0,0) (F)

A practical introduction to the computer as a tool for
desktop publishing. The computer will be used to assist
in development of skills for layout and design for print
materials.
Media 093
(1.5)
(1.5,0,0) (S)
Computers in Media Desktop Presentation
An introduction to the computer as a tool for desktop
presentation. The computer will be used to plan, design
and deliver presentations for education,training, or
industry.
Media 094
(1.5)
(1.5,0,0) (S)
HyperCard Applications in Media and Training
An introduction to the use of hypercard to create tutorials,
promotional material, and presentations. The applications will be appropriate for educational, training, or
business situations.

Contact: 984-4951

Instructional Faculty
P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto)
G. ALCOCK, A.R.C.T. (Toronto)
F. ARDIEL, B.A. (SFU)
D. ASTOR, BA. (UBC)
H. BASHAW, B.Mus., M.Mus., (UBC)
J. BECKOW, B. Mus. (UCLA), Dip. Music Therapy
M. BLACK
N. BOHNA, Dip. (Capilano), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC)
S. BOSWELL
D. BROWN
K. BURKE, B.A. (Antioch), Dip. M.T. (Capilano), M.T.A.
K. CARWANA, B.S.R. (UBC)
K. CERNAUSKAS, Dip. (Salzburg), B.Mus. (Toronto)
R. DOYLE
L. FALLS, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC)
J. GEE, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC), Coordinator
S. GUNN
R. GURR
A. HARLOW
C. HANNEY, B.Mus. (UBC)
M. HOWARD, Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano)
P. HOY, B.Mus. (U.Texas), M.Mus, D.Mus (USC)
L. KAARIO, B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (W.Wash.)
L. KASPVZAK, M.F.A. Hons. (Poland)
S. KING, B.Mus. (UBC)
K. KOBYLANSKY, Dip. (Ryerson), Dip. (Tchaikovsky
Conservatory, Kiev), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC)
I. KUKURUDZA
R. LISTER, B.Mus. (UBC)
R. MAROIS, B.Mus. (LAVAL)
A. MCINTYRE, B.Mus. (UBC)
R. MCKENZIE, M. MUS. (UBC)
N. MCMASTER, B.A. (UBC), Dip. M.T. (Nordoff &
Robbins), M.T.A.
D. MCCOY, M. Mus. (UBC)
G. MCNAB, B.Mus. (UBC), M. Mus. (UBC)
E. MOFFITT, B.Mus. (McGill) M.A. (CPU), Dip. Music
Therapy (Capilano), M.T.A.Coordinator
K. MOORE, B.Mus. (UBC
L. MOREY, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (U of Sussex)
T. NICKELS
E. OSADCHY, Dip. (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev)
T. OXBOL, Dip. (Copenhagen)
A. POLSON
J. RABINOVITCH, B. Fine Arts (Concordia), Dip. Music
Therapy (Capilano)
M. REVELEY, B.Mus. (UBC), Coordinator, Diploma
(Berklee School of Music)
C. ROGERS, M.A. (West. Ont.)
J. SIMPSON, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC), Coordinator
T. TUNNACLIFFE, B. Mus. (UBC)
D. VANDEREYK, B. Mus. (UBC) M. Mus. (UBC)

Career/Vocational - Music

153

L. VERNON, B.Mus. (UBC)
V. WATERS, Dip. (Philadelphia), 0ulliard)
J. WHITING, L.T.C.L./F.T.C.L. (Trinity)
S. WILLIAMS, B.Mus. Ed. (Toronto) M.C.A.T.
(Hahnemann) M.T.A.
A. WOLD, B.Mus. (UBC), A.R.C.T. (Toronto)
S. WOODYARD, B.Mus. (Victoria)

General Information
Capilano College offers three Music programs: Commercial Music, Music Therapy and the Bachelor of Music
Transfer Program. Most courses are open to part-time
students.

University Transfer
It is not the primary intention of the Commercial Music
Program to provide transferability towards a university
degree. However, selected courses can be transferred and
students of the program have gone on to gain university
degrees in music from other institutions. Students with
degrees in traditional music have found our program
beneficial in developing their abilities in jazz and popular
music.

Admission Requirements
Entering students are expected to demonstrate knowledge
of the rudiments of music and a level of performance on
their major instrument that is acceptable to the faculty.

Special Fees and Expenses
The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be
announced at least one month prior to the beginning of
the fall term. In 1990/91 the fees were $310.00/term.

COMMERCA
I L MUSC
I PROGRAM
Contact Person: Mike Reveley, Coordinator, Office HI 15,
Phone 984^951.
TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE
DIPLOMA.
This program offers aspiring jazz/commercial musicians
and vocalists an in-depth grounding in their field. To
ensure a practical education, the program offers a choice
of specialized areas of study. Two-year Associate in Arts
and Science Diplomas are offered with options in Instrumental Performance, Vocal Performance, Arranging/
Composition and General Music.
As recording experience has become an essential part of
today's musical training, the Commercial Music Program
has now integrated multi-track recording into the curriculum. Vocal, instrumental, and arranging/composition
students all make extensive use of our multi-track facilities. Composition and arranging students will work with
electronic instruments in our Midi Studio.
A computer lab is available to students for supplemental
help in ear training, sight reading, and other basic music
skills.

Career Opportunities
The role of the Commercial Music Program is to provide
its students with the skills necessary to develop careers as
self-employed professionals in the contemporary music
industry.

Career/Vocational — Merchandising Management
4ttA

Admissions Procedure
All full-time applicants must:
1. Comply with the general admission requirements of
Capilano College
2. Participate in an interview with the music coordinator
or a program instructor
3. Write a theory placement test
4. Play an audition on their major instrument
Auditions involve the presentation of two contrasting (in
tempo and style) prepared pieces and the demonstration
of technical (e.g. scales, arpeggios) and sight reading
abilities.
Returning students may pre-register during the month of
April. Returning or new full-time students who have
been accepted may register during May and August.
Part-time students may enroll during in-person registration.
Interviews, auditions and placement tests are held in May
and August. Please phone 986-1911 or 984-4951 for an
audition and interview appointment.

Graduation Requirements
Students must complete all courses outlined under
"Program Content" to receive an Associate in Arts and
Science Diploma. These include all of the core curriculum
courses plus twelve elective credits selected from the
Commercial Music Options. A total of 56.5 credits.
Upon the demonstration of a sufficient piano level
(Toronto Conservatory Grade VII or equivalent) a student
may be given a course exemption from class piano.

Program Content
FIRST TERM
Music 020
Concert Series I
Music 103
Comm. Harmony I
Music 114
Class Piano
Music 170
History Jazz
Music 184
Sight/Ear
ENS
1st term level
PMI
100 level
Music
Major Electives

SECOND TERM
Music 021
Concert Series II
Music 104
Comm. Harmony II
Music 105
Orchestration I
Music 115
Class Piano
Music 185
Sight/Ear
ENS
2nd term level
PMI
200 level
Music
Major Electives

THIRD TERM
Music 022
Concert Series III
Music 171
History of Popular Music
Music 203
Comm. Harmony III
Music 214
Class Piano
Music 284
Sight/Ear
ENS
3rd term level
PMI
300 level
Music
Major Electives
FOURTH TERM
Music 023
Concert Series IV
Music 204
Comm. Harmony IV
Music 215
Class Piano
Music 260
Comm. Relations
Music 285
Sight/Ear
ENS
4th term level
PMI
400 level.
Music
Major Electives

Credits
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.5
3.0
1.0
2.0
3J)
14.5
Credits
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
3.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
14

1.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
3.0
1.0
2.0
3J)
14.0
1.0
1.5
1.0
1.5
3.0
1.0
2.0
3£

FOURTH TERM
Music 281
Improvisation IV
Music 295
Repertoire IV

1.5
3.0

Vocal Performance Electives
FIRST TERM
Music 032
Vocal Master Class
Music 132
Studio Vocal Performance
Music 134
Vocal Jazz Master Class

1.0
1.5
1.5

SECOND TERM
Music 034
Vocal Master Class
Music 133
Studio Vocal Performance
Music 135
Vocal Jazz Master Class

1.0
1.5
1.5

THIRD TERM
Music 232
Studio Vocal Performance
Music 234
Vocal Jazz Master Class

1.5
1.5

FOURTH TERM
Music 233
Studio Vocal Performance
Music 235
Vocal Jazz Master Class

1.5
1.5

Arranging/Composition Electives
SECOND TERM
Music 107
Composition I
Music 172
Arranging I

1.5
1.5

THIRD TERM
Music 205
Orchestration II
Music 206
Composition II
Music 209
Intro to Midi
Music 272
Arranging II

1.5
15
1.5
1.5

FOURTH TERM
Music 208
Music Production
Music 273
Arranging/Composition III
Music 270
Song Writing

1.5
3.0
1.5

BACHELOR OF MUSC
I TRANSFER
PROGRAM
Contact Person: Joyce Gee, Coordinator, Office H119,
Phone 984-4951.

14
COMMERCIAL MUSIC OPTIONS

TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE

Instrumental Performance Electives

DIPLOMA AND TRANSFERABILITY TO THIRD YEAR
UNIVERSITY

FIRST TERM
Music 180
Improvisation I
Music 194
Repertoire I

1.5
3.0

SECOND TERM
Music 181
Improvisation II
Music 195
Repertoire II

1.5
3.0

THIRD TERM
Music 280
Improvisation III
Music 294
Repertoire III

1.5
3.0

Career Opportunities
• Private Music Teacher - with the completion of the two
year diploma program
• first two years toward a Music degree leading to a
career in Music Education or Performance

Career/Vocational — Music

155

University Transfer

Special Fees and Expenses

Capilano College offers the first two years of a Bachelor of
Music Degree. All courses in the Bachelor of Music
Transfer Program are transferable to the Music Department at the University of British Columbia and the
Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. Students
wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Arts at UBC, SFU, or
UVic with a major in music may take Music 100/101,
112/113,120/121 in their first year, and Music 200/201,
212/213, 220/221 in their second year. Our students have
also received transfer credit from the following universities: Alberta, Western Ontario, McGill, and Western
Washington.

The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be
announced at least one month prior to the beginning of
the fall term. In 1990/91 the fees were $310.00/term.
For Bachelor of Music Students Only: A deposit of $40.00
of the P.M.I, fees must be paid by the end of the Registration period in order to take P.M.I. No late registration is
allowed.

Graduation Requirements
The complete program requirements must be successfully
completed to receive an Associate in Arts and Science
Diploma.

Admission Requirements
Entering students should have a basic knowledge of
music rudiments (approximately at the level of Toronto
Conservatory Rudiments II).
Students entering on piano must be at a grade ten level
(Toronto Conservatory). Piano students who require a
qualifying term may enroll in other courses.
Students entering in composition must have a working
knowledge of diatonic harmony.
Students entering in voice or instruments other than
piano must have a performance level acceptable to the
faculty.

Admissions Procedure
All applicants must:
1. Comply with the general admission requirements of
Capilano College.
2. Participate in a private interview with the music
coordinator or a program instructor.
3. Write a theory placement test.
4. Play an audition on their major instrument: this will
consist of two contrasting pieces, technique, and sight
reading.
5. Take an English Placement Test.
Auditions will involve the presentation of two contrasting
prepared pieces and a demonstration of the student's
instrumental technique and sightreading ability.
Returning students may pre-register during the month of
April. New students demonstrating sufficient instrumental and/or theoretical accomplishment in their placement
test may preregister during May and August to ensure
their enrollment. Students may register during in-person
registration.
All interviews, auditions, and placement tests are held in
May and August. Early application is advised.

Career/Vocational — Music
116

Scholarships
The program offers two entrance scholarships of $200
each, and two second year $200 scholarship.

Program Content
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

Credits/Lab Hours
52
12

64
FIRSTTERM
ENS 100 or 110
PMI 100 Level
Music 100
Music 112
Music 114
Music 120
Music 360*
English 100 or 102

1.0
2.0
3.0
1.5
1.0
3.0
1.5
3£

16.0
SECOND TERM
Ensemble 150 or 160
PMI 200
Music 101
Music 113
Music 115
Music 121
Music 361*
English 103 or 104 or 105 or 106
THIRD TERM
Ensemble 200 or 210
PMI 300 Level
Music 200
Music 212
Music 214
Music 110 or 210*
Music 220
English 200 or 212

1.0
2.0
3.0
1.5
1.0
3.0
1.5
3,0
16.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
1.5
1.0
1.5
3.0
3£
16.0

8
0
8

FOURTH TERM
Ensemble 250 or 260
PMI 400 Level
Music 201
Music 213
Music 215
Music 111 or 211*
Music 221
English 201 or 213

1
2
3
1.5
1
1.5
3
3
16

* Students may substitute six credits of Arts electives for
Mus 360/361, and 110/111 or 210/211 if their goal is
General Music Studies.
* Students may, with the permission of the coordinator,
substitute Stage Band, Ens 135/185, 235/285 or Percussion Ensemble Ens 140/190,240/290 for Mus 360/361 and
110/111 or 210/211. Such students will require 62 credits
for graduation.
* Guitar students must take Guitar Ensemble through
Extension Services. Such students may graduate with 61
credits by excluding Mus 360/361, Mus 110/111 or 210/
211, or 3 credits of arts electives from their program.

MUSC
I THERAPY PROGRAM
Contact Person: Elizabeth Moffitt, Coordinator, Office
No. H118, Phone: (604)984-4951.
• B A C H E L O R OF MUSIC THERAPY BRITISH COLUMBIA OPEN UNIVERSITY
* TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE
DIPLOMA
Graduates of the Capilano College Music Therapy
program receive a Bachelor of Music Therapy from the
British Columbia Open University along with the Diploma in Music Therapy from Capilano College.

disorders, in a variety of clinical settings or in private
practice. They are trained to work as part of a health care
team.

The Program
The Music Therapy Program at Capilano offers the 3rd
and 4th years leading to the Bachelor of Music Therapy
granted by the British Columbia Open University. This
degree program is designed so that students may enter
with a variety of backgrounds: music, general arts,
education, or nursing etc. All four years may be completed at Capilano College.
This program provides students with the opportunity to
gain knowledge and develop competencies in such areas
as clinical disorders; assessment, planning and intervention; improvisation and music of many eras and cultures;
interpersonal skills and group dynamics; basic research,
documentation and presentation of music therapy.
The program blends academic and experiential course
work. Students deepen their experience of music, creative
expression and the role of the arts. They are encouraged
to explore their values, beliefs, feelings and communication patterns, to increase their effectiveness in the field.
They have practicums with a different population for each
of thefourterms, in which they are given increasing
responsibility to design, implement and evaluate their
own treatment programs, under clinical supervision.
This course work fulfills the educational requirements for
professional accreditation by the Canadian Association
for Music Therapy.
A supervised internship is also required before graduation, to fulfill the accreditation requirement for clinical
work.
The Music Therapy Program has a policy regarding
continuation in the program.

Admission Requirements
All students entering the Music Therapy Program must:

Music therapists use the creative process inherent in
musical participation to assist individuals and groups to
improve their mental, physical and emotional functioning. Music therapists work with deep emotions in special
therapeutic programs, run exercise and dance programs,
lead choirs, instrumental ensembles and music appreciation groups as they contribute to therapeutic goals. Music
therapy is increasingly identified by health care professionals as an effective catalyst for client motivation,
stimulation and communication.

3. Play an audition on his/her concentration instrument,
demonstrating technique, repertoire, and musical
sensitivity through two contrasting pieces at least at a
Grade 9 Toronto Conservatory level, or equivalent.

Career Opportunities

4. Have completed one full year at the university level of
Music Theory*, Ear Training and Sight singing.

Graduates of the program work with all age groups, with
a wide range of physiological, cognitive and emotional

1. Comply with the general College entrance require
ments.
2. Participate in an interview with the Music Therapy
Coordinator. Interviews are held in May and August.

5. Have successfully completed at least two years at the
university level, including at least six credits of
English, six credits of Music History, twelve credits of

Career/Vocational — Music

157

psychology **, (including Introductory Psychology,
Developmental Psychology and Psychology of Aging),
three credits of Human Biology, three credits of Orff
and Kodaly Methodology.
6. Have some experience with people with special needs.
7. Be able to demonstrate a high level of maturity,
integrity, and natural interpersonal ease.
8. Have basic guitar and keyboard skills at the level of
University Class Piano.

FOURTH TERM
Music & the Creative Arts
MT450
The Influence of Music II
MT451
Music Therapy IV
MT461
Introduction to Research Methods
MT462
for Music Therapists
Class Guitar Improvisation
MT480
Practicum III
MT491
Concentration Instrument
PMI 400
Secondary Instrument
PMI

** Abnormal Psychology is offered within the Music
Therapy Program.

MT310

Graduation Requirements

Some Music Therapy Practicum Placements

Continuation in the program and granting of the Arts and
Science Diploma in Music Therapy will be contingent
upon demonstration of an adequate level of personal,
academic and clinical skills as jointly evaluated each term
by music therapy faculty and field supervisors.

CHILDREN

FIRSTTERM
MT320
Improvisation I
MT 330
Basic Clinical Skills
MT 350
The Influence of Music
MT 360
Music Therapy I
MT 370
Disabling Conditions of Childhood
MT380
Interpersonal Skills
PMI 300
Concentration Instrument
PMI
Secondary Instrument
SECOND TERM
MT 361
Music Therapy II
MT 391
Practicum I
PSYC 222
Abnormal Psychology
MT 364
Disabling Conditions of Adulthood
PMI 200
Concentration Instrument
PMI
Secondary Instrument
THIRD TERM
PSYC 201
Group Dynamics
MT420
Improvisation II
MT 460
Music Therapy III
MT 490
Practicum II
PMI 300
Concentration Instrument
PMI
Secondary Instrument

Career/Vocational — Music
•4EO

^LQ

Vocal workshops monthly throughout the 2 years.

studies must be challenged for credit.

Major Program Requirements

3.0
1.0
6.0
2.0
19.0

* For the music courses, any equivalent non-credit

Program Content

1.5
1.5
3.0

credits
80.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
15
2.0
1.0
18.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
L0
18
3.0
15
3.0
6.0
2.0
1.0
16.5

Internship (compulsory upon
completion of all above courses)

9

North Vancouver School Board
Children's Hospital
UBC Bob Berwick Preschool

PSYCHIATRY
Riverview Hospital
Westside Community Care Team

GERIATRICS
German Canadian Care Home
UBC Extended Care
Yaletown House

PALLIATIVE CARE
Lion's Gate Hospital
Vancouver General Hospital
St. Paul's Hospital

Course Descriptions
MUS 020
(1)
Concert Series I

(0,0,6) (F)

This is a concert series intended to broaden the music
experience of full-time Commercial music students by
exposing them to a variety of jazz and popular styles.
Grades are credit/no credit based on attendance.
MUS 021
(1)
Concert Series II

(0,0,6) (S)

See MUS 020.
MUS 022

(1)

Concert Series III
See MUS 020.

(0,0,6) (F)

MUS 023
(1)
Concert Series IV

(0,0,6) (S)

See MUS 020.
MUS 032
(1)
Vocal Master Class I

(1,0,0) (F)

An introductory course intended to develop the students'
vocal performance capabilities through exploration of
various popular and jazz musical styles. Material is
prepared for performance with a keyboard accompanist.
MUS 033
(1)
Vocal Master Class II

(1,0,0) (S)

(1)

(4,0,0) (F)

An exploration through five centuries of choral music
from the Renaissance to the present. Opportunities for
singing without accompaniment (a capella), with piano,
with rhythm section and/or complete symphony orchestra. Particular attention will be paid to pitch, rhythm,
diction and balance. Performance before an audience will
be the culminating event of the term.
ENS 105
(1)
Jazz Vocal Ensemble

(4,0,0) (F)

Rehearsal and performance in one of Capilano College's
Jazz Choirs. Students will be auditioned during the first
week of classes. The intent of the class is to build group
singing abilities in such areas as phrasing, blending and
intonation. Performances are a mandatory part of the
course.
ENS 110
(1)
Orchestra I

(4,0,0) (F)

Rehearsal and performance of concert repertoire. Prospective students must contact the Music Department at
least one week before classes commence to arrange for an
audition. Persons winning a position through audition
will be allowed to register.
ENS 120
(1)
Guitar/Bass Ensemble I

(4,0,0) (F)

Performance in guitar/bass ensemble for the development of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis will
be on single-note reading in all areas of the neck.

(2,0,0) (F)

Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz/Rock
Ensemble for development of phrasing and sight reading
skills.
ENS 140
(1)
Percussion Ensemble

(4,0,0) (F)

An ensemble comprised exclusively of percussion
instruments of both definite and indefinite pitch. Students will develop their sight reading and interpretive
skills.
ENS 150
Choir II

A continuation of Music 032.
ENS 100
Choir I

ENS 135
(1)
Jazz Ensemble

(1)

(4,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS f 00.
ENS 155
(1)
Jazz Vocal Ensemble II

(4,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 105.
ENS 160
(1)
Orchestra II

(4,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 110.
ENS 170
(1)
Guitar/Bass Ensemble II

(4,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 120, with more emphasis on
complex rhythms.
ENS 185
(1)
Jazz Ensemble

(2,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 135.
ENS 190
(1)
Percussion Ensemble II

(4,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 140.
ENS 200
Choir III

(1)

(4,0,0) (F)

A continuation of ENS 150.
ENS 205
(1)
Jazz Vocal Ensemble III

(4,0,0) (F)

A continuation of ENS 155.
ENS 210
(1)
Orchestra III

(4,0,0) (F)

A continuation of ENS 110.
ENS 220
(1)
Guitar/Bass Ensemble III

(2.5,0,0) (F)

A continuation of ENS 170.

Career/Vocational — Music

(2,0,0) (F)

ENS 235
(1)
Jazz Ensemble
A continuation of ENS 185.
ENS 240
(1)
Percussion Ensemble III

(4,0,0) (F)

(4,0,0) (S)

(1)

A continuation of ENS 200.
ENS 255
(1)
Jazz Vocal Ensemble

(4,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 205.
(4,0,0) (S)

ENS 260
(1)
Orchestra IV
A continuation of ENS 210.
ENS 270
(1)
Guitar/Bass Ensemble IV

(2.5,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 220.
ENS 285
(1)
Jazz Ensemble

(2,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 235.
ENS 290
(1)
Percussion Ensemble IV

(4,0,0) (S)

A continuation of ENS 240.
Music 100
Theory I

(3)

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

(3,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: A working knowledge of music rudiments
(scales, intervals, triads)
A practical look at melodic/harmonic relationships in
tonal music. Includes study of the overtone series,
intervals, scales, modes, chord symbols, diatonic chords,

Career/Vocational — Music

i en

Continued exploration of chord progression and melody,
including: secondary dominants, and diminished chords,
minor key chord progression, subdominant minor in
major keys, chord scales, mixed mode concepts, pivot
chords, augmented sixths, songforms and turnarounds.
Music 105
(1.5)
Orchestration I

(2,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Music 103 Commercial Harmony I
Students will undertake the study of score preparation,
notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and
writing for the rhythm section instruments.
Music 107
(1.5)
Composition I

(2,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: To be taken concurrently with Commercial
Harmony II.
Study includes: the composition of jazz and pop style
melodies on standard chord progressions analysis of jazz
and popular repertoire..
Music 110
(1.5)
Class Strings

(2,0,0) (F)

A practical study of the violin family.

Prerequisite: Music 100 or equivalent.
A continuation of Music 100 with the introduction of
tonicization, modulation, diatonic sequence, and melodic
and rhythmic figuration.
Music 103
(2)
Commercial Harmony I

(2,0,0) (S)

(4,0,0) (F)

A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis
on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. Related
concepts of form will be explored. The student will learn
control of chord progression and voice leading. He/she
will be familiarized with figured bass.
Music 101
Theory II

Music 104
(1.5)
Commercial Harmony II

Prerequisite: Music 103 Commercial Harmony I

A continuation of ENS 190.
ENS 250
Choir IV

root motion, Roman numeral analysis, principles of chord
progression, inversions, functional harmonic analysis,
melodic analysis and chord scales.

Music 111
(1.5)
Class Strings

(2,0,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 110.
Music 112
(1.5)
Ear Training and Sight Singing I

(3,0,0) (F)

Study of the aural recognition of intervals and chords.
The student will learn to transcribe melodies and rhythms
appropriate to their level, and to sight sing melodies
using Solfege harmonic dictation.
Music 113
(1.5)
Ear Training and Sight Singing II

(3,0,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 112.
Music 114

(1)

(2,2,0) (F)

Piano Class
This course is designed for students who wish to learn
basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during

this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical
concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic
triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and
modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material
covered in class. Students practice on the department's
pianos.
Music 115 (1)
Piano Class

(2,2,0) (S)

(3)

(3,0,*) (F)

A study of musical history from the time of ancient
Greece to Dufay.
* Some concert attendance will be required.
Music 121
History II

(3)

(2,0,0) (F)

A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots
in Africa to the present.
Music 171
(1.5)
History of Popular Music

(2,0,0) (F)

A survey of popular music styles of the 20th century.

A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard
sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced
along with easy original repertoire.
Music 120
History I

Music 170
(1.5)
History of Jazz

(3,0,*) (S)

A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi

Music 172
Arranging I

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Music 103, to be taken concurrently with
Music 104 and Music 105.
A study of four-part block harmonization arranging
techniques.
Music 180
(1.5)
Improvisation

(1,2,0) (F)

A course to teach the basics of improvisation on chord
changes. The first term will be devoted to rhythmic
concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions.

* Some concert attendance will be required.
Music 132
(1.5)
Studio Vocal Performance

(2,1,0) (F)

By audition only
A course designed to develop the students studio performance ability thorough preparation and performance
of selected solo and ensemble material in the colleges'
recording studio.
Music 133
(1.5)
Studio Vocal Performance

(2,1,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 132.
(2,0,0) (F)

A continuation of Music 180. This term will be devoted to
analysis of chord progressions and more advanced chordscale analysis. At the end of this term, students should
have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to analyze
and learn to improvise on any "standard" jazz tune.
Music 184
(3)
Sightsinging/Ear Training

(2,2,0) (F)

Music 185
(3)
Sightsinging/Ear Training

(2,2,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 184.

By audition only.
This course is intended to develop the live performance
abilities of the student through the study of jazz repertoire. Students will study style and interpretation and
perform with some of Vancouver's top jazz musicians.
Music 135
(1.5)
Vocal Jazz Master Class II

(1,2,0) (S)

Aural and sight training concentrating on melodic, rhythmic dictation and sightsinging.

Prerequisite: Music 132

Music 134
(1.5)
Vocal Jazz Master Class I

Music 181
(1.5)
Improvisation

(2,0,0) (S)

Music 194
(3)
Small Ensemble I

(1,4,1) (F)

For all instruments, requirements include several hours
of rehearsal a week plus a number of performances. The
styles studied are varied. Students are expected to
develop individual and ensemble performance abilities
and a professional attitude to both performance and
rehearsal.

Prerequisite: Music 134
A continuation of Music 134.

Career/Vocational — Music

161

T

Music 195
(3)
Small Ensemble II

(1,4,1) (S)

A continuation of Music 194.
Music 200
Theory III

(3)

Music 206
(1.5)
Composition II

(2,0,0) (F)

To be taken concurrently with Commercial Harmony III.
(4,0,0) (F)

A course oriented to those interested in developing their
abilities in composing and arranging. A study of the
principles of part writing.

Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent.
Music 208
(1.5)
Music Production

(2,0,0) (S)

A study of advanced tonal procedures: review of nonchord tones, mixture, seventh chords, applied V and VII,
diatonic modulation, seventh chords with added dissonance. A detailed study of compound ternary and rondo
forms. Investigation of the fugue.

A course designed to acquaint students with the role of
the music producer and some of the technology used in
music production.

Music 201
Theory IV

Music 209
(1.5)
Introduction to Midi and Music Synthesis

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Music 200

(2,1,0) (F)

A study of chromaticism: the phrygian II, augmented
sixth chords, other chromatic chords, chromatic voiceleading techniques, chromaticism in larger contexts. A
detailed study of sonata, sonata-rondo, and variation
forms.

This course is designed to acquaint students with the
basic principles of Midi, synthesis, and computerized
sequencing; students will learn the operation of drum
machines, 4 track recorder, computer programs and
synthesizers. This course is intended to be taken with
Music 205 and Music 272.

Music 203
(1.5)
Commercial Harmony III

Music 210
(1.5)
Class Woodwinds

(2,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Music 104 or permission of the instructor.

A practical study of the woodwind family.

Continued exploration of chord progression and melody
including: analysis of popular chord progression, modal
harmony, mixed mode chord progression, augmented 6th
chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions,
turn arounds, correction of standard progressions,
reharmonization techniques.

Music 211
(1.5)
Class Woodwinds

Music 204
(1.5)
Commercial Harmony IV

(2,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Music 203
Continued exploration of chord progression and melody
including: analysis of modern jazz chord progression,
organpoint, equal division of the octave, parallel harmony, modal jazz chord progression, '70s jazz theory of
modal areas, modern voicing techniques.
Music 205
(1.5)
Midi Rhythm Section

(2,0,0) (F)

Writing for modern synthesized rhythm section (drum
machine, guitar, bass and keyboards). To be taken concurrently with Music 272.

Career/Vocational — Music

162

(2,0,0) (F)

(2,0,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 210.
Music 212
(1.5)
Ear Training and Sight Singing III

(3,0,0) (F)

A continuation of Music 113.
Music 213
(1.5)
Ear Training and Sight Singing

(3,0,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 212.
Music 214
Piano Class

(D

(2,2,0) (F)

For students who have taken Music 115 or have had
previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced
to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as
four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor
scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer
and their musical application in simple repertoire. The
lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the
keyboard.

Music 215
Piano Class

(1)

(2,2,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 214 with increased complexity of
repertoire and technique.
Music 220
History III

(3)

(3,0,*) (F)

This course is designed as a complementary study both
for Music and General Arts students. The music from
Cavalli to Mozart will be examined emphasizing aural
recognition of the evolution of musical style.
* Some concert attendance will be required.
Music 221
History IV

(3)

(3,0,*) (S)

A course designed as a complementary study both for
Music and General Arts students. This course will
examine music from Beethoven to the present day. The
emphasis will be on aural recognition of the evolution of
musical style and its relationship to its historical context.
* Some concert attendance will be required.
Music 232
(1.5)
Studio Vocal Performance

(2,1,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Music 133
A continuation of Music 133
Music 233
(1.5)
Studio Vocal Performance

(2,1,0) (S)

(2,0,0) (F)

An investigation of the techniques and roles of lyrics and
lyric writing for popular song styles.
Music 272
Arranging II

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (F)

Prerequisite: Music 172: Arranging I, and Music 105:
Orchestration I, taken concurrently with Music 203:
Commercial Harmony III and Music 205: Orchestration II.
Arranging projects for various combinations of instruments, plus a study of two and three-part writing.
Music 273
(3)
Arranging/Composition III

(3,2,0) (S)

Prerequisites: Music 272: Arranging II, Music 105 and 205:
Orchestration I & II, taken concurrently with Music 204:
Commercial Harmony IV.
Course content includes: advanced chord voicing
concepts, background writing, linear writing techniques,
arranging projects for various instrumental vocal and
rhythm section combinations, studio recording labs, and
composition of pop, rock and jazz tunes in all harmonic
styles.
Music 280
(1.5)
Improvisation

(2,2,0) (F)

A continuation of Jazz Master Class II instruction with
more emphasis on individual contribution and responsibility.
(2,0,0) (S)

(2,2,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 280.
Music 284
(3)
Sightsinging/Ear Training

Prerequisite: Music 135

(2,0,2) (F)

A continuation of Music 185.
Music 285
(3)
Sightsinging/Ear Training

(2,0,2) (S)

A continuation of Music 284.

Prerequisite: Music 235

Music 294
(3)
Small Ensemble III

A continuation of Music 234.
Music 260
(1.5)
Commercial Relations in Music

Prerequisite: Music 103 or permission of the instructor.

Music 281
(1.5)
Improvisation

A continuation of Music 232

Music 235
(1.5)
Vocal Jazz Master Class IV

(2,2,0) (S)

A continuation of Music 181. Students must audition.

Prerequisite: Music 232

Music 234
(1.5)
Vocal Jazz Master Class III

Music 270
(1.5)
Song Writing

(2,0,0) (S)

A course involving aspects of the music industry including copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations
and the recording industry.

(1,4,1) (F)

A continuation of Music 195 with emphasis on recording
work.
Music 295
(3)
Small Ensemble IV

(1,4,1) (S)

A continuation of Music 294.

Career/Vocational — Music

163

Music 360
(1.5)
(1.5,0,0) (F)
Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly
Methodology

Music Therapy 361
Music Therapy II

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly methodology
and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a
classroom.

This course presents three music therapy styles with a
focus on theory, analysis, and practice. Included are
Developmental Music Therapy, Nordoff/Robbins improvisational style, and the use of Music Therapy in inpatient psychotherapy.

Music 361
(1.5)
Method Studies in Music Education: Orff
Methodology

Music Therapy 364
(3)
Disabling Conditions of Adulthood

(1.5,0,0) (S)

This will provide a knowledge of Orff methodology and
the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom.
PMI (Various Numbers)
(2)
Concentration Private Music Instruction

(1,0.0) (F.S)

A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course
consists of a series of one-hour lessons.
PMI (Various Numbers)
(1)
Secondary Private Music Instruction

(.5,0,0) (F,S)

This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the
student's secondary instrument.
Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get
permission from the coordinator of their Music Program.

Music Therapy Courses
Music Therapy 320
Improvisation I

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (F)

An experiential study of free and structured improvisa
tion forms for groups and solo work.
Music Therapy 330
Basic Clinical Skills

(3)

(3,0,0) (F)

An introduction to the basic concepts of observation,
assessment and goal setting, including six weeks of
introductory field work and in-class observations.
Music Therapy 350
(3)
The Influence of Music

(3,0,0) (F)

A study of the physical and psychological impact of
music, and its components for music therapy. A study of
healing and music in various cultures.
Music Therapy 360
Music Therapy I

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

This course presents the development of music as therapy, the clientele groups and their needs, and the potential of music as a therapeutic medium.

Career/Vocational — Music

164

(3,0,0) (S)

A basic introduction to anatomy and physiology, normal
and abnormal, and practical elements of standard treatment.
Music Therapy 370
(3)
Disabling Conditions of Childhood

(4,0,0) (F)

A basic introduction to abnormal child development and
some major intervention approaches.
Music Therapy 380
(1.5)
Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists

(1.5,0,0) (F)

Communication and observation exercises to increase
awareness of ingrained skills and habits, and to introduce
new alternatives.
Music Therapy 391
Practicum II

(6)

(2,0,6) (S)

Field work, in which students design, lead and document
music therapy sessions, in consultation with staff supervision. Weekly seminars examine practicum issues.
Music Therapy 420
Improvisation II

(1.5)

(1.5,0,0) (F)

An exploration of group process through free and structured improvisational group techniques.
Music Therapy 450
(1.5)
Music and the Creative Arts

(2,0,0) (S)

An experiential exposure to creative arts which can be
used in conjunction with music: eg. dance, visual arts,
poetry.
Music Therapy 451
(1.5)
The Influence of Music

(2,0,0) (S)

A continuation of lecture and experiencial exposure to the
influence of music.
Music Therapy 460
Music Therapy III

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

A continuation of the presentation of music therapy
styles, for psychiatry, palliative care, music education and
in healing, including the work of Helen Bonny and Mary

Office Administration
Priestley. Assessment and treatment planning will be
covered in depth.

Contact: 984-4959

Instructional Faculty
Music Therapy 461
Music Therapy IV

(3)

(3,0,0) (S)

This course focuses on professional attitudes, skills, and
awareness. Students learn job hunting skills, and practise
leading workshops.

Music Therapy 462
(3)
Principles of Research

(3,0,0) (S)

An introduction to elementary research designs and basic
statistical procedures.

Music Therapy 480
(1)
Guitar improvisation for Music Therapists

(1,0,0) (S)

Group leading using guitar improvisation, plus exploration of current popular styles and idioms.

Music Therapy 490
Practicum III

(6)

(2,0,6) (F)

Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 191.)

Music Therapy 491
Practicum IV

(6)

(2,0,6) (S)

Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 191.).

D. BLANEY, I.D. (UBC), C.P.S.; Coordinator, Legal
Secretarial Program
N. BURY, B.A. (UBC), ACI, (U. of T.) Coordinator Office
Technology Program
D. CLARK, Lab Supervisor
J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina Gen. Hosp.), Teaching Dip.
(Sask.)
V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC)
C. CRAM, B.A., M.A., Prof. Teaching Certificate, (Univ.
of Toronto)
E. FLETCHER
S. FREUND, I.D. (UBC), Legal Assistant Certificate,
Coordinator, Office Technology Program
S. HORN, I.D. (UBC)
L. JEST, I.D. (UBC), Coordinator, MOA Program
D. PHILLIPS, Coordinator, Legal Assistant Program
M. SEWARD, B.S.A. (St. Francis Xavier), B.Ed. (Mt. St.
Vincent)
B. SMITH, B.A., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC)
L. SPICER, B.Comm., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC) M.B.A.
W. TILLEY, B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (SFU)
K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC), C.G.A.
G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard
Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist
A. WHITE, Instructor/Lab Supervisor

Support Staff
Music Therapy 310
Internship

(9)

1000 hours of clinical field work, including monthly
seminars.

Karen Jones, Receptionist
Martha Mackay, Divisional Assistant
Margaret Taylor, Clerk Typist

General Information
The Office Administration Division offers business
training through the following programs:
• Office Technology Program - Secretarial, Financial and
Word/Information Processing options
• Accelerated Office Training Program- Financial and
Secretarial Options
• Legal Secretarial Program
• Medical Office Assistant Program

Why Office Administration at
Capilano College?
Quality Education: small classes, personalized instruction, and professional instructors
Career Training: secretary, clerk typist, accounting clerk,
medical office assistant, legal secretary and word information processing
Flexibility: day or evening, part-time or full-time

Career/Vocational — Music/Off Ice Administration

165

Low Cost: our professional training courses are competitive with other institutions on the Lower Mainland
New Technology: electronic typewriters, microcomputer
training in fully equipped microcomputer labs.

1. Secretarial Option
Career Opportunities

The Office Administration department coordinates and
delivers six different programs to students with varying
levels of skills. These programs/courses provide you
with a comprehensive education in preparation for
employment in business.

The graduates of this option are employed in any area of
business requiring well developed office skills. Successful
students find employment as clerk typists, secretaries,
data entry clerks, and dicta-typists. Many graduates
continue to supplement their training with either Legal,
Medical or Information Processing programs.

OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM

The Program

Contact: 984^959
The Office Technology Programs are designed to train
students in basic office skills as well as in the computer
skills essential for the automated office. There are three
options within the program providing specialized
training in accounting procedures, clerical applications
and word/information processing.

Graduation Requirements
In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office
Technology programs you must successfully complete the
courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation,
and maintain a grade point average of 2.0.

Special Fees and Expenses
Costs of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly.
Contact the office at 984-4959 for up-to-date information.

Awards and Scholarships
Gerry Turner Memorial Award - Office Technology
Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She
was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the
Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever
she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to
promote excellence, and to improve the image of the
college in the community. This award is maintained by
Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to
remember her good humour, gentle demeanor, and
always even disposition.
The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of
scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in the
Office Technology Program in the Spring term.

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
166

The Secretarial Option is a full-time eight month program
offered each year from September to April. This program
provides training in general office skills.

Admission Requirements
Students are required to have a personal interview with
the program coordinator prior to program admission.
The purpose of the interview is to answer any questions
concerning the program and to ascertain whether this
type of training is suited to the career goals of the student.

Program Content
FIRST TERM
BOT 100 Business English
BOT 102 Keyboarding
BOT 105
Administrative Procedures
BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I
BOT 110
Business Records
BOT 111
Procedures & Systems
OFTR 165 Typing Speed Development I
WDPR 101 Language Skill Development

Credits
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
18.0

SECOND TERM
OFTR 155 Business Writing
OFTR 161 Microcomputer Business Applications
OFTR 166 Typing Speed Development II
OFTR 181 Machine Transcription
OFTR 252 Interpersonal Skills
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience I
OTEC 108 Word Processing
Certificate Requirements: 33 credits

3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
1.5
1.5
L5
15.0

2. Financial Option

3. Word/Information Processing Option

Career Opportunities

Career Opportunities

Individuals are increasingly being confronted with information presented in financial terms. This option provides
students with an understanding of both manual and
electronic accounting procedures and the ability to apply
this knowledge to business situations.

The Word/Information Processing Option provides
students with the skills needed to work in today's offices.
Graduates from this option will find employment in a
wide range of positions, which include administrative
secretary, correspondence secretary, office assistant, word
processing specialist, proofreader, and records management trainee.

Graduates are finding employment in positions such as:
accounting clerks, data information processors, accounting assistants, junior bookkeepers, full-charge bookkeepers for small and medium-sized firms.

The Program
The Financial Option is a full time program, offered from
September to June. This program provides students with
training in accounting, general office applications, and
microcomputers.

Admission Requirements
Students are required to have a personal interview with
the program coordinator prior to program admission.
Although no prerequisites are required for entry into the
Financial Option, students will be assessed at the completion of their second month to determine their suitability
for the financial option.

Program Content
FIRST TERM
BOT 100
Business English
Keyboarding
BOT 102
BOT 105
Administrative Procedures
BOT 108
Accounting Procedures I
BOT 110
Business Records
BOT 111
Procedures & Systems
OFTR 165
Typing Speed Development I

Credits
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
16.5

SECOND TERM
BOT 109
Accounting Procedures II
OFTR 155
Business Writing
OFTR 161
Microcomputer Business Applications
Typing Speed Development II
OFTR 166
OFTR 252
Interpersonal Skills
Word Processing
OTEC 108
OTEC 109
Electronic Bookkeeping
THIRD TERM (May/June)
BOT 128 Computers in the Financial Office
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience I
OFTR 301 Directed Work Experience II

4.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
3.0
18.0
1.5
1.5
15
4.5

The Program
The Word/Information Option is a full time program
offered from September to June. This program provides
students with training in secretarial, word processing, and
microcomputers skills.

Admission Requirements
Students are required to have a personal interview with
the program coordinator. The Word/Information Processing Option requires a minimum typing speed of 45 words
per minute. Students will be evaluated at the completion
of the second month to determine their suitability for the
Word /Information Processing option.

Program Content
FIRST TERM
BOT 100 Business English
BOT 102 Keyboarding
BOT 105 Administrative Procedures
BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I
BOT 110 Business Records
BOT 111 Procedures & Systems
OTEC 108 Word Processing
WDPR 101 Language Skill Development

Credits
3.0
3.0
15
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
15
18.0

SECOND TERM
OFTR 155 Business Writing
OFTR 161 Micro Computer Business Applications
OFTR 166 Typing Speed Development II
OFTR 181 Machine Transcription
OFTR 188 Word Processing II
OFTR 252 Interpersonal Skills &
Organizational Psychology

THIRD TERM (May/June)
OFTR 167 Typing Speed development III
OFTR 189 Word Processing III
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience
OFTR 301 Directed Work Experience II

Certificate Requirements: 39.0 credits

3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
15
15.0

1.5
3.0
1.5
15
7.5

Certificate Requirements: 40.5 credits

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
167

ACCELERATED OFFICE TRAN
IN
IG
PROGRAM
Career Opportunities
Graduates of this program are employed in areas of
business requiring well developed office skills. There are
job opportunities for graduates of the Secretarial option as
trainees in many types of businesses. Graduates of the
Financial option are employable as accounting clerks or
bookkeepers in small to medium sized firms.
The Office Training Program is a six month, accelerated
program designed to allow students to acquire fundamental office skills plus specialized studies in accounting
procedures and introductory word processing.
Students taking the Financial Option are fully trained in a
manual accounting system. All students receive an
introduction to word processing.
While all students receive an introductory course in
microcomputers, graduates of this program are advised to
augment their training by taking additional microcomputer courses after graduation.

Applicants are required to meet with the program
coordinator prior to acceptance. The purpose of this
interview is to familiarize the student with program
curriculum and ensure that this program meets with the
individual's career goals.

Program Content

SECOND TERM (May & June)
BOT 109 Accounting Procedures II
OTEC 108 Word Processing
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience

Certificate Requirements: 22.5 Credits

Credits
3.0
1.5
3.0
4.5
3.0
45
19.5

1.5
15
3.0

1.5
3.0
15
6.0

Certificate Requirements: 21.0

Course Descriptions
Business Office Training 100
Business English I

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

The course will familiarize students with business communications with emphasis on spelling, punctuation, and
grammar. Memo writing will be covered.
(3)

(4,2,0) (F,S)

Students will learn the basic skills of keyboarding using
correct techniques to acquire speed, accuracy and knowledge of basic formatting. The course is designed to
instruct the student in current styles for the preparation of
typewritten business materials as well as the correct
methods to use in achieving these styles.
Business Office Training 105
Administrative Procedures

Financial Option

3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
45
15.0

SECOND TERM (May & June)
OTEC 108 Word Processing
OFTR 181 Introduction to Machine Transcription
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience

Business Office Training 102
Keyboarding

Admission Requirements

FIRST TERM (January - April)
BOT 102 Keyboarding
BOT 105 Administrative Procedures
BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I
BOT 109 Accounting Procedures II
(March to June)
BOT 110 Business Records
BOT 127 Business English

Secretarial Option
FIRST TERM (January - April)
BOT 102 Keyboarding
BOT 105 Administrative Procedures
BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I
BOT 110 Business Records
BOT 127 Business English

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (F,S)

Introduce the student to basic office administrative
procedure techniques associated with the modern
business office. Define records and records management
and present the student with the principles and practices
used in records control in a modern business office.
Business Office Training 108
Accounting Procedures I

(3)

(4,2,0) (F,S)

This course introduces students to the theory of accounting and to tasks performed in the basic accounting cycle.
Emphasis is placed on correct analysis, accuracy and
thoroughness, as well as on attitudes of professionalism
and independence.
Business Office Training 109
Accounting Procedures II

(4.5)

(6,4,0) (S,Su)

This course is a continuation of BOT 108 with an emphasis placed on accounting systems and procedures. Business simulations are used throughout the course.

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
168

Business Office Training 110
Business Records

(3)

(4,0,0) (F,S)

This course will provide the student with an introduction
to business and the skills to correctly compute and record
the necessary figures to accurately maintain basic business records. The student will also learn how to operate a
ten-key electronic calculator with a minimum level of 100
key strokes per minute on a one minute timing.
Business Office Training 111
Procedures & Systems

(1.5)

(2,0,0) (F)

Introduce students to vocabulary, developments and
advances in office technology so that they are aware of the
skills and knowledge they will need in order to function
in the electronic office. Integrate information processing
theory with office management practices.
Business Office Training 127
Business English

(4-5)

(6,0,0) (S)

This course is designed to train students in all aspects of
business communications necessary for office workers.
Emphasis will be placed on spelling, punctuation and
grammar and techniques for preparing memorandums
and business letters.
Business Office Training 128
(1.5)
Computers in the Financial Office -

(2,0,0) (Su)

The use of the computer to perform specialized business
applications. Spreadsheets, their design and use, will be a
major component of this course.
Office Technology 105
(1.5)
Electronic Bookkeeping I

(1.5,0) (F,S)

The use of accounting programs for entering, storing, and
retrieving records; and producing reports of the financial
activities of a business.
Office Technology 108
Word Processing

(1-5)

(2,2,0) (F,S,Su)

Office Training 155
Business Writing

(3)

(4,2,0) (S)

This course utilizes the computer to improve the student's
quality of grammar, spelling and word usage, and to
develop and/or improve his/her composition skills.
Office Training 161
(3)
Microcomputer Business Applications

(4,0,0) (S)

An introduction to the theoretical aspects of microcomputers and to a number of widely-used business programs;
DOS, Spreadsheets and database.
Office Training 165
(1.5)
Typing Skill and Speed Development

(2,0,0) (F)

This course will build typing speed and accuracy by
taking the student by planned progression from the point
at which each is currently performing to appreciably
higher stroking levels.
Office Training 166
(1.5)
Typing Skill and Speed Development II

(2,0,0) (S)

A continuation of OFTR 165.
Office Training 167
(1.5)
Typing Skill and Speed Development III

(2,0,0) (Su)

A continuation of OFTR 166. Maintenance or further
development of typing speed and accuracy.
Office Training 181
(3)
Machine Transcription

(3,0,0) (S,Su)

Development of transcription skills including special
reviews of spelling, punctuation and grammar, to produce mailable business letters using the microcomputers.
Office Training 188
Word Processing II

(3)

(4,6,0) (S)

Prerequisite: OTEC 108 or equivalent.

A hands-on course in the use of the microcomputer for
word processing applications in the preparation of forms,
documents and correspondence.

A reinforcement of work procedures used in word processing by producing complex documents which require
format, machine operation, and language skill decisions.
Advanced features of WordPerfect will be used.

Office Technology 109
Electronic Bookkeeping

Office Training 189
Word Processing III

(3)

(4,0,0) (S)

Hands-on course to develop proficiency in the use of the
computer for completing bookkeeping tasks, including
accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll, general
ledger, and inventory modules.

(3)

(4,0,0) (Su)

Students will learn to use Microsoft Word for producing
documents and reports.

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
169

Off ice Training 252
(1.5)
(2,0,0) (S)
Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology
This course will provide students with basic psychological concepts and experience in several skill areas important in business. It includes practice in relating, assertion,
feedback and problem solving skills. Other topics
include: small group behaviour, verbal and non-verbal
communications; dynamics of personality; leadership
styles; supervisory difficulties and conflict resolution. An
experiential approach allows the student to practice
constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive setting.
Office Training 300
(1.5)
Directed Work Experience

(2,0,30) (S,Su)

This course involves both lectures and at least thirty hours
of office experience in an industry placement in a field
related to the students' program option. This will better
qualify the student for employment in that area and/or
enable the student to make an informed decision as to
career choice.
Office Training 301
(1.5)
Directed Work Experience II

(2,0,0) (Su)

Emphasis will be placed on job search techniques.
Students will be required to research employment opportunities, seek interviews with prospective employees, and
produce progress reports at regular intervals.
WDPR 101
(1.5)
Language Skill Development

(2,0,0)

This course will train students in language arts skills.
Students will learn to apply correct techniques of written
communications in their proofreading, verifying, and
editing.

LEGAL SECRETARA
I L PROGRAM
Contact: 984-4959

Career Opportunities
The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal secretaries.
This very specialized program provides intense training
in traditional secretarial skills as well as legal procedural
courses including: Civil litigation, wills and probate,
corporate law, and conveyancing and mortgaging. Upon
completion of the program students find employment in
specialized, as well as general, law offices.
Many graduates of the Legal Secretarial Program proceed
to the Part Time Legal Assistant Option Program after
graduation.
The Legal Assistant Program requires Option students to
have 2 years working experience prior to enrolling in the
first course, but Legal Secretarial Program graduates are
required to have only one year working experience. This
allows them to further their education in the evening
while earning a salary and gaining valuable experience in
the legal support field.

The Program
This eight month vocational program covers four main
areas of law which provide a fundamental understanding
of the legal system in B.C. Students are trained in legal
terminology, procedural rules, and review relevant
legislation, and formatting and handling of legal documents. Shorthand, typing, word processing, legal office
procedures, and a two-week legal office work practicum
are included in the curriculum.
A Capilano College certificate is granted upon successful
completion of the program.

Admission Procedures
Students are admitted to the Program twice a year in
September and January for two consecutive four month
terms of study.
Applications may be made at any time. To ensure your
name is on the list for the Information Meetings held
twice a year call the Office Administration Department at
984-4959.
Interested applicants are invited to attend an information
meeting. An evaluation of keyboarding speed, English
language proficiency, and arthmetic skills will be conducted at this time. During the meeting, an appointment
for a personal interview will be arranged.
During your interview you will have an opportunity to
ask further questions, and discuss your qualifications and

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
170

career goals. Your test results will be reviewed with you
at this time. The objective of the Personal Interview is to
assist in selecting applicants who will be most suited to a
career as a Legal Secretary.

Program Content

In addition to registration and tuition fees, students can
expect to spend approximately $800.00 on textbooks and
supplies.

Credits
FIRSTTERM
3.0
Beginning
Shorthand
LGST 102
Basic Litigation
3.0
LGST 109
Basic Conveyancing & Mortgage
LGST 112
3.0
Procedures
1.5
Wills & Probate Procedures
LGST 114
1.5
Introduction to the Legal System
LGST 116
Legal Document Processing
LGST 123
on the Microcomputer
3.0
3J)
CMNS 159 Communications for Legal Secretaries
18.0
SECOND TERM
1.5
Shorthand Speed Development
LGST 103
Typing Skill & Speed Development
1.5
LGST 105
Legal Machine Transcription
3.75
LGST 107
LGST 110
Corporate Procedures
3.0
Basic Conveyancing & Mortgage
LGST 112
Procedures (continued)
3.0
Legal Office Procedures
LGST 117
1.5
Directed Work Experience
LGST 119
Computer Applications
LGST 122
in the Legal Office
10
17.25

Graduation Requirements

Total Program Credits: 35.25

A program completion certificate is awarded to students
who have successfully completed 35.25 credits.

Course Descriptions

Awards

Legal Secretary 102
Beginning Shorthand

Two scholarships are awarded annually to students in the
Legal Secretarial Program. The first one is the Davis &
Company Legal Secretarial Scholarship. This $300.00
scholarship, donated by the law firm of Davis & Company, is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and
financial need. This scholarship is available in the Spring
to a second term student in the Legal Secretarial Program.

Beginning study of Forkner shorthand system with
emphasis on application of theory and development of
speed utilizing high frequency vocabulary. Successful
students should be able to take dictation at 60 wpm after
completing one term. This course requires an additional
two hours of lab time per week.

The second one is the Campney & Murphy Legal Secretarial Scholarship. This $350.00 scholarship, donated by
the law firm of Campney & Murphy, will be awarded in
the summer term to an outstanding student entering the
second term of the Legal Secretarial Program.

Legal Secretary 103
(1.5)
Shorthand Speed Development

Admission Requirements
1. High school diploma or equivalent
2. English language proficiency
3. Keyboarding of 45 wpm
Please submit the following material prior to or during
the pre-admission interview:
(a) A resume describing your education, skills, and work
experience.
(b) A transcript from the last educational institute you
attended
(c) A letter of recommendation from a former employer
or teacher.

Special Fees and Expenses

Candidates for both scholarships must rank in the top
four grade point average placements during first term
and must demonstrate potential as professional careerminded legal secretaries.

(3)

(4,2,0) (F,S)

(2,0,0) (S.Su)

Prerequisite: LGST 102 or a shorthand speed of 60 wpm.
Continuation of speed development, theory review,
increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar
material aiming at 90% accuracy in transcription.

Legal Secretary 105
(1.5)
Typing Skill and Speed Development

(2,0,0) (S,Su)

Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed
writings to increase speed and accuracy in keyboarding.

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
~171

Legal Secretary 107
(3.75)
Legal Machine Transcription

(5,2,0) (S,Su)

After a review of basic transcription skills, students will
develop skills in transcribing legal materials including:
correspondence, accounts, legal forms, and documents in
specialized areas of law. Mandatory two hour lab per
week.
Legal Secretary 109
Basic Litigation

(3)

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Introduction to court procedures in County and Supreme
Courts of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pretrial preparation, the preparation of documents, the use of
precedents in County and Supreme Courts.
Legal Secretary 110
(3)
Corporate Procedures

(4,0,0) (F,S)

Legal Secretary 117
(3)
Legal Office Procedures

(4,0,0) (S,Su)

A course to prepare legal secretarial students for positions
in law offices. Instruction in time keeping, diary systems,
use of law library, ethical responsibilities, filing, and other
procedures particular to the profession. Emphasis will be
placed on the structure of a law office, the differences
between large and small offices, and the office procedures
unique to the practice of law.
Legal Secretary 119
(1.5)
Directed Work Experience

(2,0,30) (S,SU)

In-term work experience involving three lecture hours
and at least 60 hours of related office experience in the
legal field. Also covered is the resume, job application,
cover letter and interview.
Legal Secretary 122
(3)
(4,2,0) (S,SU)
Computer Applications in the Legal Office

An examination of the B.C. Companies Act and the
various documents that a legal secretary must be familiar
with in order to incorporate a company and attend to
routine filings and resolutions. Records Office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates
and registration, etc., will also be covered.

The course provides legal secretarial students with an
overview of technological advances in office automation;
it also introduces students to software applications used
in legal offices.

Legal Secretary 112
(3)
(4,0,0) (F.S.Su)
Basic Conveyance & Mortgage Procedures

Legal Secretary 123
(3)
(4,2,0) (F,S)
Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer

History and examination of the land registry system in
B.C. Land Titles Act requirements, documents necessary
for registration; the nature and effect of transfers and
charges; search procedures will be covered. The course
covers contracts of purchase and sale, Land Titles Act
requirements, procedures, documents, forms involved in
conveying title and registering various charges. Emphasis
will be on preparing acceptable documents, transfers,
mortgages, agreements for sale and necessary related
forms.

Using WordPerfect software on an IBM compatible
microcomputer, the student will be introduced to word
processing concepts through practical applications
indicative of a legal office.

Legal Secretary 114
(1.5)
Wills and Probate Procedures

(2,0,0) (F,S)

An examination of the Wills Act, and Estate Administration Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents
to obtain Letters Probate and Letters of Administration in
the Supreme Court of B.C.
Legal Secretary 116
(1.5)
Introduction to the Legal System

(2,0,0) (F,S)

This course acquaints students with a working knowledge
of the Canadian and B.C. Court System, ethics of the legal
profession and the rules of the Law Society relating to
trust accounts, with added emphasis on legal vocabulary.

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
172

MEDC
I AL OFFICE ASSS
I TANT PROGRAM Awards and Scholarships
Contact: 984-4959

Career Opportunities
The health care industry is one of the largest industries in
Canada, and the Medical Office Assistant is a recognized
member of the modern medical team. Graduates of this
program have the specialized training required to work in
a number of medical settings: receptionist or medical
assistant in an office or clinic, or in a hospital as an
admitting clerk or department stenographer.

The Program
This Medical Office Assistant program offers pre-service,
specialized education for prospective students which
includes:
• Medical terminology and anatomy and physiology
• Medical ethics
• Medical transcription
• Medical records management
• Aseptic techniques
• Preparation, assisting and follow up of patient for
medical examinations
• Specimen collection and basic office diagnostic procedures
• Financial record keeping and computer medical billing
• A two- week work practicum in industry

Admission Requirements

The Maureen Piekaar Bursary was established in memory
of Maureen Piekaar, an instructor in the Medical Office
Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be
awarded to a second-term MOA student based on a
financial need and a satisfactory standing of 70% or
better.

Program Content
Credits
FIRST TERM
3.0
CMNS 150 Communications
Medical Document Processing I
3.0
MOA 100
Medical Administrative Procedures
3.0
MOA 105
1.5
Introduction to Health Care
MOA 107
Anatomy & Related Physiology
MOA 109
and Pathology I
3.0
3.0
Medical Terminology I
MOA 111
15
Medical Document Processing II
MOA 121
18.0
SECOND TERM
Typing Skill & Speed Development
1.5
MOA 102
Machine Transcription
3.0
MOA 103
Medical Administrative Procedures
1.5
MOA 106
Introduction to Health Care II
3.0
MOA 108
MOA 110
Anatomy & Related Physiology
3.0
and Pathology II
Medical Terminology II
3.0
MOA 112
Directed Work Experience
1.5
MOA 115
Computers in Health Care
MOA 122
L5
18.0
Total Program Credits: 36

All applicants must meet with the Program Coordinator
prior to registration to assess whether or not they have the
personal qualities and clerical skills necessary to be a
successful Medical Office Assistant.

Course Descriptions

Prior to admission students must complete a St. John's
Standard First Aid Certificate and achieve a typing speed
of 40 wpm.

Prerequisite: Typing speed of 40 wpm

Medical Office Assistant 100
(3)
Medical Document Processing I

(4,2,0) (F)

Graduation Requirements

Speed development and accuracy in typewriting with
emphasis on production, including display techniques,
letter styles, and general business and medical reports on
both the electronic typewriter and microcomputer.

Students completing 36 credits, as outlined in the above
profile, will be awarded a Capilano College Program
Completion Certificate.

Medical Office Assistant 102
(1.5)
Typing Skill and Speed Development

Special Fees and Expenses

Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed
waitings to increase speed and accuracy in medical typewriting.

In addition to tuition and registration fees, students can
expect to spend approximately $600.00 on textbooks and
supplies.

(2,0,0) (S)

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
173

Medical Office Assistant 103
Machine Transcription

(3)

(4,2,0) (S)

Prerequisite: MOA 100 & 111
Practice in transcribing medical consultation letters and
hospital reports from dictation equipment. This course
entails a mandatory two-hour lab.
Medical Office Assistant 105
(3)
Medical Administrative Procedures I

(4,0,0) (F)

(2,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: MOA 105
Continuation of MOA 105. Students will be able to
perform financial record keeping for the medical office.
Medical Office Assistant 107
Introduction to Health Care I

(1.5)

(2,.5,0)(F)

Prerequisite: St. John's Standard First Aid Certificate
Students will learn about clinical procedures pertinent to
the doctor's office and the hospital setting. The course
includes general information about physical and mental
health; medications and health products. Students will
learn how to use and maintain medical office equipment.
Medical Office Assistant 108
Introduction to Health Care II

(3)

(4,.5,0) (S)

Prerequisite: MOA 107
Continuation of MOA 107.
Medical Office Assistant 109
(3)
(4,0,0) (F)
Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology
A study of structure, function and interrelationships of
the organic systems of the body. Common medical disorders, operative procedures and related terminology will
be studied in conjunction wdth the systems.
Medical Office Assistant 110
(3)
(4,0,0) (S)
Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology II

Prerequisite: MOA 109
A continuation of MOA 109.

Career/Vocational — Office Administration
174

(3)

(4,0,0) (F)

Introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots,
and combining forms common to medical terminology.

Medical Office Assistant 112
Medical Terminology II

(3)

(4,0,0) (3)

Prerequisite: MOA 111

Students will learn office procedures common to medical
offices and hospitals. The students will gain expertise in
meeting the patient, making patient appointments,
keeping patient records, maintaining a filing system, and
processing patient accounts for submission to licensed
carriers.
Medical Office Assistant 106
(1.5)
Medical Administrative Procedures II

Medical Office Assistant 111
Medical Terminology I

Continuation, reinforcement of terminology in MOA 111.
Medical Office Assistant 115
Directed Work Experience

(1-5)

(2,0,54) (S)

Following successful completion of term two, a medical
office/clinic or hospital work practicum is arranged for
the student. Before the work placement, the student will
be required to attend career preparation lectures which
will include practice sessions for the employment interview.
Medical Office Assistant 121
(1.5)
Medical Document Processing II

(2,2,0) (F)

Prerequisite: MOA 100
This course will familiarize the student with intermediate
word processing applications used in a medical and/or
hospital environment. The student will produce form
letters, mailing lists, standard paragraphs for recall,
patient forms and medical manuscripts.
Medical Office Assistant 122
Computers in Health Care

(1.5)

(2,1,0) (S)

The student will acquire skills to use the microcomputer
to accumulate patient demographic data, disease data,
and accounts receivable data for claims submission and
research purposes.

Outdoor Recreation Management
Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White
or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4947

Instructional Faculty
D. BASHAM, P.G.C.E., Coordinator
C. BONIFACE, B.Sc., P.G.C.E. (Birmingham), M.Sc.(SFU)
L. BOWERING, B.Ed. (UBC)
T. BRAAKSMA, Coordinator, Wilderness Leadership
Cert. (Cap), Canoe Sport Instructor Cert., CANSI
N. CHESTER, B.Ed., B.A. (P.E.) (Sask.), M.P.E. (UBC)
C. FISHER, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Management, (Cap. Col.)
S.S.H. FISHER, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Management, (Cap.
Col.)
W. FRISBY, B.A., M.A., Ph.D
J. HABERIL, ACMG
J. HATCHARD, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness
Leadership Cert. (Capilano), Canoe Sport (B.C.)
Instructor Cert., CANSI
W. INGLIS, B.A., Dip. Marketing
C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU)
J. RUTTER, B. Ed. (SFU)
J. SPENCER, B.A.
D. STEVENS, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness
Leadership Cert. (Cap), Canoe Sport Instructors Cert.,
St. John's Ambulance Instructors Cert., CANSI, CSA
Tour Leaders Cert.
D. TAIT
B. WHITE, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (SFU), Coordinator

OUTDOOR RECREATO
I N MANAGEMENT
TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE
DIPLOMA
B.C.'s "super natural" environment is ideal for outdoor
recreation, and with the growing tourism business and
increase in leisure time for most people, the demand for
qualified, well-trained managers in the field of recreation
management is expanding rapidly.
Nestled on the forested slope of the North Shore mountains, close to Whitewater rivers, wilderness lakes, ocean
shoreline, and mountain back country, the College is
ideally suited for the challenging two-year program.
The Outdoor Recreation Department is relaxed and
informal; however, we set and maintain high academic
and wilderness leadership performance standards. Students will appreciate the individual attention College
faculty are able to provide.

Career Opportunities
Capilano College's well-established Outdoor Recreation
Management program provides excellent training for a
wide range of careers in federal and provincial parks,
resorts, social service agencies, adventure tourism, and
environmental education. Careful practicum placements
and an increasing variety of career opportunities ensure
that graduates readily find employment in the field.

The Program
The curriculum includes several trips into B.C.'s wilderness areas, including backpacking experiences in the
Coast Mountains, canoeing on coastal waterways, and
nordic skiing in the Cariboo.
Our program has earned an excellent reputation for its
top-quality management and technical skills, wilderness
leadership training, and employment contacts. Over the
past 19 years, we have expanded our network of practicum placements, keeping us in touch with the latest
developments and providing access to career prospects.

Admission Requirements
Information meetings and interviews are scheduled in the
fall and spring. Phone the department for dates and
times.
In order to be considered, applicants must be at least 19
years of age at the date of entry into the program, should
have good reading and writing skills, have previous
relevant outdoor experience, and must be physically and
psychologically fit. Previous post-secondary education is
an asset in this program.
Note: Prior to admission, a doctor's certificate of health
will be required. All students need to be well equipped
with outdoor gear and must be prepared to pay additional costs for field trips.

Admission Procedure
Please bring the following documentation to your interview:
• At least two letters of reference
• High school or post secondary education transcripts
• A letter of application, including a resume of past
experiences

The College offers two programs: a two year diploma in
Outdoor Recreation Management and a part-time certificate program in Wilderness Leadership.

Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation
175

Program Content

Credits/Lab hours

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
FIRSTTERM
CMNS 150 Basic Communications
REC 140
Recreation Delivery Systems
REC 152
Intro, to Outdoor Recreation
REC 156
Intro, to Environmental Studies
*REC 157
Skills Development
REC 169
Landscape Interpretation
TOUR 111 From Tourism to Tourist
TOUR 118 Special Events
SECOND TERM
CMNS 154 Communications in Recreation
REC 141
Outdoor Rec Programming
Computer Lab
REC 151
The Outdoor Environment
REC 153
Leisure Issues
*REC 157
Skills Development Lab
REC 163
Wilderness First Aid I
REC 164
Nordic Skiing I
TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing

63.0
6.0
69.0

12.0
0
12.0

3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
21.0

2.0
2.0
0
2.0

3.0
3.0
0
3.0
3.0
0
3.0
3.0
1.5
19.5

3.0
2.0
3.0

*Note: REC 157 is a full-year course. Students register in
the fall only for this course.

3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
15
16.5

FOURTH TERM
REC 255
Outdoor Recreation Practicum
Note: REC 263, Wilderness First Aid II, is offered as an
option in the third term.

Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation
176

PART-TIME CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

The Program
This is a program for the adventurous! Students will
learn the skills necessary to become accomplished leaders
in the outdoors. Canoeing, nordic skiing and mountain
travel are the major activities, and safety is the emphasis.
Emergency management, first aid, and wilderness contingency planning are stressed. Also, ethical behaviour in
natural environments and the responsibility to pass these
attitudes on to others is accentuated. Students learn
through practical experience and are trained to certifiable
skill levels.
Level One, the Capilano College Skills Acquisition
Certificate, is designed to provide the student with a basic
level of activity skills.
Level Two, the Wilderness Leadership Certificate, combines basic skills with leadership training.

Admission Requirements
0
8.0

Note: REC 162 Wilderness Canoeing is offered
as an option at the end of the second term.

THIRD TERM
REC 161
Backpacking Leadership
REC 178
Human Relations in Recreation
REC 240
Recreation Administration
REC 252
Outdoor Rec. Resource Mgt.
REC 259
Skills Development
REC 293
Human Services Applications
TOUR 120 Adventure Tourism

WL
IDERNESS LEADERSHP
I PROGRAM

9J)
9.0

Students must be 19 years of age or older, have some
outdoor experience, and possess personal outdoor
equipment and clothing.

Graduation Requirements
Students will enroll in one course per term, and must
obtain a B grade in each course in order to continue in the
program. Because outdoor leaders are responsible for
people's lives a student receiving a C grade must repeat
the course or show proficiency in that activity during the
following term before continuing in the program. This
must be arranged with the consent of the Program
Coordinator and the course instructor.

Program Content
Wilderness Canoeing Option
I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE
FIRST YEAR
REC 162
Canoe Leadership I
REC 163
Wilderness First Aid I

Credits
3.0
3.0

SECOND YEAR
REC 262
Canoe Leadership II

3.0

II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
First Year
REC 162,163
REC 165
Intro to Wilderness Leadership

6.0
1.5

Second Year REC 262
REC 263
Wilderness First Aid II

3.0
3.0

Wilderness Backpacking Option
I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE
FIRST YEAR
REC 161
Backpacking Leadership I
REC 163
Wilderness First Aid I

Recreation 152
(3)
Introduction to Outdoor Recreation
Credits
3.0
3.0

SECOND YEAR
REC 262
Backing Leadership II

3.0

II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
First Year
REC 163,161
REC 165
Intro to Wilderness Leadership

6.0
1.5

Second Year REC 261
REC 263
Wilderness First Aid II

3.0
3.0

Wilderness Nordic Skiing Option
I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE
FIRST YEAR
REC 163
Wilderness First Aid I
REC 164
Nordic Skiing Leadership I

3.0
3.0

SECOND YEAR
REC 264
Nordic Skiing Leadership II

3.0

II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
First Year
REC 163,164
REC 165
Intro to Wilderness Leadership

6.0
1.5

Second Year
REC 263
Wilderness First Aid II
REC 264
Nordic Skiing Leadership II

3.0
3.0

Note: This is a part-time program.

Recreation 140
(3)
Outdoor Recreation Delivery Systems

(3,0,5)

The structure of delivery systems in British Columbia
including non-profit/non-govemment organizations.
Recreation 141
(3)
Outdoor Recreation Program Planning

(3,3,0) (S)

Topics will include: the problems of planning programs
in existing delivery systems, seeking ways to solve these
present problems, new philosophies to consider in
program planning. A lab introducing computer applications in Recreation is included in the course.
Recreation 151
(3)
The Outdoor Environment

An overview of the development of outdoor recreation.
Nature and scope of outdoor recreation in relation to
modern leisure, nature of supply and demand, demand
analysis as a planning tool, outdoor recreation resource
perception, psychological nature of outdoor recreation,
experience and behaviour, carrying capacities of
wildlands, land use conflict, multiple use policies, inventory techniques, land use zoning.
Recreation 153
Leisure Issues

(3)

(3,2,0) (S)

A concentration on the basics of weather and climate and
how weather affects outdoor recreation activities. Mountain weather and personal forecasting will be dealt with in
detail.

(3,0,0) (S)

Work and leisure in the human life cycle, adolescence,
aging, special needs and leisure, cultural variations in
leisure, leisure-related social problems, lifestyle-based
variation in work and leisure, factors in lifestyle choice,
consumerism and outdoor recreation, sociological perspectives on present and future trends.
Recreation 156
(3)
Introduction to Environmental Studies

(3,2,2) (F)

An introduction to ecological principles and their application to environmental issues. Local ecosystems and their
indicator species will be examined through field work.
Recreation 157
(3)
Skills Development

(3,3,0) (F,S)

Bike touring, winter camping, snowshoeing, camp crafts,
woodsmanship skills.
Recreation 161
(3)
Backpacking Leadership I

Course Descriptions

(3,0,0) (F)

(3,0,0) (F)

An introduction to the skills of alpine hiking and camp
crafts in wilderness areas. Emphasis will be placed on
leadership development in organization, safety and group
assessment. Topics will include access to wilderness
areas, equipment, clothing, navigation, trip planning and
legal issues. Consideration will be given to the problems
of working with groups, particularly in terms of budget
limitations and improvising equipment.
Recreation 162
(3)
Canoe Leadership I

(3,0,0) (F,Su)

An introduction to the skills, techniques and knowledge
of paddling in open canoes. This course includes instruction in proper handling of equipment; paddling skills in
grades of water up to and including grade two, practice
and rescue, tracking, lining, portaging, river reading,
canoe camping and teaching. Leadership techniques and
canoeing skills will be stressed throughout the course.
Upon completion of Canoe I students will be given the

Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation
177

opportunity to take the Flat Water Instructors exam from
BCRCA.

Recreation 240
(3)
Outdoor Recreation Administration

Recreation 163
(3)
Wilderness First Aid I

(Note: This course is open to recreation practitioners in
the field.) A study of general business practices in the
operation of outdoor recreation facilities, including:
record keeping, budgeting, accounting, purchasing,
advertising and concession agreements, liabilities, laws
and statutes governing parks and recreation agencies.

(3,0,0) (F.S)

(3,0,0) (F)

This course incorporates the principles of First Aid with
the specialized needs of the outdoor leader. This course is
designed for leaders who can arrange for medical attention for a participant within 12 hours of suffering an
injury. The course includes Basic Life Support (CPR)
skills and improvised splinting techniques, in addition to
the content of a standard first aid course. Special attention will be given to environmental injuries/illnesses.
Successful students may apply for Basic Wilderness First
Aid for Outdoor Leaders certification.

Parks planning and management, natural resource management, recreation resource management concepts,
interpretation techniques.

Recreation 164
(3)
Nordic Skiing Leadership I

Recreation 255
(9)
Outdoor Recreation Practicum

(3,0,0) (S)

This is an introductory course designed to give students
an initial exposure to winter environments on crosscountry skis. The course includes a lecture and field trip
series with emphasis on outdoor activity. Lecture topics
are: equipment, waxing, clothing, fitness, avalanche
awareness, nutrition, and safety. Skill levels will reflect
CANSI and CSA material content.
Recreation 165
(3)
Introduction to Wilderness Leadership

(1.5,0,0) (S)

This course will address topics which relate to Wilderness
Leadership in general, regardless of the activity. Topics
covered include navigation, woodsmanship, clothing,
equipment, menu planning, fitness, leadership styles and
legal issues.
Recreation 169
(3)
Landscape Interpretation

(3,2,0) (F)

Landscape awareness and appreciation, interpretation of
mountain environments, local geology and landforms,
assessing landscape for potential and hazards for outdoor
recreation, outdoor recreation impact on landscape.
Recreation 178
(3)
Human Relations in Recreation

(3,0,0) (F)

This course focuses on the development of interpersonal
skills in the areas of leadership, motivation, communications and group dynamics. It also deals with human
resource development including employee recruitment,
selection, training and development, performance
appraisal.

Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation
178

Recreation 252
(3)
Outdoor Recreation Resource Management

(3,0,0) (F)

(9,0,0) (S)

The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory
with working experience in the field. Students will
arrange with the faculty supervisor to spend three-andone-half months in an acceptable agency placement and
will be responsible to a specific agency supervisor.
Students will be provided with terms of reference for the
practicum experience. Student work performance and
potential will be evaluated by the faculty and agency
supervisor, and students will make a major presentation
to the department at the conclusion of the practicum.
Recreation 259
(1.5)
Skills Development

(1.5,0,0) (F)

The purpose of this course is to develop specialized visual
arts skills related to the students' employment goals.
Students will upgrade skills in wilderness photography,
display design, brochure design, layout and graphic arts.
Recreation 261
(3)
Backpacking Leadership II

(3,0,0) (Su)

Prerequisite: Backpacking Leadership I
The focus of this course is on expedition planning and
leadership, safe travel on ice and snow, and safety on
rocky terrain. Students will also be given instruction on
route finding and navigation. An additional fee will be
levied to cover field trip expenses.
Recreation 262
(3)
Canoe Leadership II

(3,0,0) (Su)

Prerequisite: Canoe Leadership I
This course is a review and addition to the Canoeing I
material. The additions include: canoe construction and
repair, canoe history and evolution of the aboriginal
canoes, tandem and solo moving-water skills, and canoe

poling. The course is designed to further develop paddling skills, personal experience, teaching ability and
leadership techniques. Where applicable the standards
and instruction will be from BCRCA and the Canadian
Recreational Canoeing Association.
Recreation 263
(3)
Wilderness First Aid II

(3,0,0) (F)

Tourism 112
(1.5)
Tourism Marketing

Concepts and principles of marketing, market research,
product pricing and costing, service as a primary product,
advertising methods, targets marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction.
Tourism 118
(1.5)
Special Events as Tourism Generators

Prerequisite: Wilderness First Aid I

(1.5,0,0) (S)

(1.5,0,0) (S)

Reviews the material presented in Wilderness First Aid I
with emphasis on increased proficiency under conditions
of isolation, where medical assistance is distant and
where evacuation may be delayed. Non-traumatic illnesses and medical problems are addressed. Emphasis on
practical problem-solving and decision-making. Successful students may apply for Advanced Wilderness First
Aid for Outdoor Leaders certification.

Creating a special event or attraction, product choice,
community fit, community resources, market analysis,
sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media
relations, management styles, B.C. case studies.

Recreation 264
(3)
Nordic Skiing Leadership II

Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting,
heli-skiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and
mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling
adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal
liability, organization and structure of the industry, ecotourism in the Pacific Rim, resource management issues,
protecting resource areas.

(3,0,0) (S)

Prerequisite: Nordic Skiing Leadership I or equivalent
This course is designed to further experience, awareness,
knowledge, and activity skills initiated in Wilderness
Nordic Skiing I. Emphasis will be placed upon the acquisition of techniques for teaching the skills of cross-country
skiing in a group situation and ski touring techniques for
multi-day trips. This course will also deal with safe winter
travel and winter survival.
Recreation 293
(1.5)
Human Services Applications

Tourism 120
(1.5)
Adventure Tourism

(1.5,0,0)(F)

(1.5,0,0) (F)

A study of human service policies, statutory responsibilities, social services trends, outdoor recreation services for
special populations, human growth and development
methods utilizing recreation, appropriate leadership and
programming applications.
Tourism 111
(1.5)
(1.5,0,0) (F)
From Tourism to Tourist: An Industry Perspective
An introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the
economy, the scale, impact and major sectors of the
tourism industry, tourism products in B.C., development
potential, language and terminology used in the industry,
tourism industry structure and organization, revenue and
costs in various sectors, case studies and applications.
Students will learn key legal issues in the industry, and
will identify educational and professional career path
opportunities in various industry sectors in the province.

Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation
179

Tourism Management
Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White
or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4947

Instructional Faculty

The program wall prepare students for recognition by the
Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism through its inclusion of
the Supervisory Development Program. Intensive,
specialty technical skills courses, contact with the industry, and a four and a half month supervised co-op work
term encourage a professional attitude to the industry.
The program's pragmatic business management approach
combined with creative, high content teaching promises a
rewarding educational investment for students.

D. BASHAM, Coordinator
W. INGLIS, B.A. Dip. Marketing
J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teacher's Cert. (Manitoba),
Tour. Mgt. Cert. (Capilano)
E. SHERLOCK, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
V. TIMMONS, Sr. Cert. Hospitality and Tourism
Administration (B.C.I.T.), B.A.
S. IBARAKI.
J. ROUSE, B.Sc. (UBC), Tour. Mgt. Cert., Capilano College
G. FANE, B.Sc, M.B.A., R.I.A.,
S. STOCKFORD, B.A. (Trinity Western)
B. WHITE, B.A., M.A., (SFU), Coordinator

Admission Requirements

TOURS
I M MANAGEMENT CO-OP
PROGRAM

Admission Procedure

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

In order to be considered, applicants should be high
school graduates, at least 19 years old with good reading
and waiting skills, and tourism industry work experience.
Previous post-secondary education is a definite asset.
Phone the Tourism Department for dates of the information meetings and follow-up interviews.

Please bring the following documentation to your interview:
• At least two letters of reference

Tourism is British Columbia's second largest industry. As
it continues to grow and diversify, the demand for welltrained, qualified supervisors and managers, and for
small owner-operated tourism businesses in the provincial tourism work force increases.
Capilano College presents two high quality educational
options to prospective students:
The Tourism Management Co-op Certificate Program,
offered at the Lynnmour campus, is an intensive, full-time
one year program, incorporating the seven-course core
Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism Supervisory Development curriculum.
The Tourism Supervisory Development Program is
offered on a part-time basis at the Lynnmour campus, and
at the Sechelt Campus and Whistler Resort Municipality
as demand warrants.
The Tourism Department at Capilano is a provincial
leader in innovative tourism education, working in close
co-operation with the Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism and
industry employers to present challenging programs
which will start you on your path toward a stimulating
career as a professional in the tourism industry.

The Program
Capilano College's full-time Tourism Management Co-op
Program is on the leading edge of tourism education
programs in B.C. Its goal is to train students in the
supervisory and management skills necessary for the
management of travel generators, including resorts, adventure tourism, attractions, conferences, and special
events.
Career/Vocational — Tourism

180

• High school or post-secondary education transcripts
• A letter of application, including a resume of past
experiences

Program Content
SPRING TERM
Session #1
TOUR 111 From Tourism to Tourist *
TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing *
TOUR 114 Human Relations *
TOUR 116 Financial Management *
TOUR 117 Computer Applications
TOUR 118 Special Events
TOUR 128 Tourism Careers

Credits

TOTAL

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
4.5
13.5

* Tourism Supervisory Development Program
SPRING TERM
Session #2
TOUR 115 Supervisory Leadership *
TOUR 126 Conference Management
TOUR 120 Adventure Tourism
TOUR 124 Advertising Strategies
TOUR 128 Tourism Careers (con't)
TOTAL
SUMMER TERM
TOUR 130 Co-op Work Term

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
6.0
12

FALL TERM
TOUR 113 Human Resource Development *
TOUR 119 The Japanese Tourism Market
TOUR 121 Tourism Packaging
TOUR 123 Media Techniques
TOUR 125 Financial Planning for
Tourist Operations
TOUR 127 Tourism Resource and Resort
Management in B.C.
TOTAL
* Tourism Supervisory Development Program

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
15
9.0

TOURS
I M SUPERVS
I ORY CERTIFICATE
PROGRAM
The Program
While preparing industry employees for the provincial
certification offered by the Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism, this program provides high quality supervisory
training for B.C.'s tourism industry. The program is fully
transferable within the province's system of colleges and
institutes. Courses are offered during the evening starting
in January. Courses in the Tourism Supervisory Program
will be offered in response to demand in the satellite
areas, as well as on the main Lynnmour campus.

Admission Requirements

SECOND TERM
TOUR 113 Human Resource Development
TOUR 115 Supervisory Leadership
TOUR 116 Financial Management

1.5
1.5
L5
4.5

THIRD TERM
TOUR 118 Special Events as Tourims Generators
TOUR 119 The Japanese Tourism Market
TOUR 121 Packaging in the Tourism Industry
TOUR 126 Conference Management
TOTAL

1.5
1.5
1.5
15
6.0
16.5

Course Descriptions
Tourism 111
(1.5)
(1.5,0) (S)
From Tourism to Tourist An Industry Perspective
An introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the
economy: its scale and impact, major sectors, tourism
products in B.C., development potential, language and
terminology, industry structure and organization,
revenue and costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the
industry.
Tourism 112
(1.5)
Tourism Marketing and Customer Service

(1.5,0) (S)

In order to be considered, applicants should be at least 19
years old with good reading and writing skills and some
tourism industry work experience. Phone the Tourism
Department for dates of the information meetings and
follow-up interviews. Selection occurs during the fall
term.

Concepts and principles of marketing, market research,
product pricing and costing, service as a primary product,
advertising methods, target marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction.

Admission Procedures

Recruiting, hiring, orientation, initial job training, designing job specifications, interviewing techniques, human
rights guidelines, relevant legislation, employee incentive
programs, (performance appraisal).

Please bring the following documentation to your
interview:

Tourism 113
(1.5)
Human Resource Development in Tourism

(1.5,0) (F)

• At least two letters of reference
• High school or post secondary education transcripts
• A letter of application, including a resume of past
experiences

Program Content
FIRST TERM
TOUR 111 From Tourism to Tourist
TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing
TOUR 114 Human Relations
TOUR 117 Computer Applications I

Credits
1.5
1.5
1.5
15
6.0

Tourism 114
(1.4)
Human Relations in Tourism

(1.5,0)(S)

Interpersonal communications skills for supervisors in the
tourism industry: stress management, listening skills,
time management, presentation methods, conflict resolution techniques, staff counselling interviews, non-verbal
cues.
Tourism 115
(1.5)
Supervisory Leadership in Tourism

(1.5,0) (S)

Motivation techniques, leadership styles and development, group dynamics, role-modelling, team-building
techniques, concepts of organizational culture, innovation
support, dealing with organizational change.
Career/Vocational — Tourism

181

Tourism 116
(1.5)
(1.5,0) (S)
Principles of Financial Controls in the Tourism Industry
Financial control methods, inventory control, labour costs
and controls, employee scheduling, payroll, loss prevention, reporting, accounting applications, financial statements, cash/credit transactions, basic financial planning.
Tourism 117
(1.5)
Computer Applications in Tourism

(1.5,0) (S)

An introduction to computer techniques applicable to the
tourism industry including operating systems, word processing, spreadsheets, and database systems. Future trends
and their impact on the industry are also covered.
Tourism 118
(1.5)
Special Events as Tourism Generators

(1.5,0) (S)

Creating a special event or attraction, product choice,
community fit, community resources, market analysis,
sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media
relations, management styles, B.C. case studies.

Tourism 124
(1.5)
Advertising Strategies

(1.5,0) (S)

Basic theoretical and practical aspects of advertising,
understanding communication systems and media,
developing a creative campaign.
Tourism 125
(1.5)
Financial Planning for Tourist Operations

(1.5,0) (F)

Designing a business plan, financial planning techniques,
financial goal setting for tourism managers.
Tourism 126
(1.5)
Conference Management

(1.5,0) (S)

Basic principles of conference management, client relations, pricing, program planning, staffing, venue selection, and catering.
Tourism 127
(1.5)
(1.5,0) (F)
Tourism Resource and Resort Management in B.C.

(1.5,0) (F)

Tourism resources in the nine tourism regions of B.C.,
infrastructure, access and resource potential, Tourism
Resource Management Policy, planning and management
of resorts, Asia-Pacific case studies, issues in resort
development.

Basic phrases necessary to assist Japanese guests. Expectations of Japanese tourists, acknowledgement of Japanese
culture and traditions, Japanese beliefs and attitudes,
dealing with the Japanese business community.

Tourism 128
(3)
(3,0) (F,S)
Tourism Careers and Hospitality Management

Tourism 119
(1.5)
The Japanese Tourism Market

Tourism 120
(1.5)
Adventure Tourism

(1.5,0)(S)

Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting,
heli-skiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and
mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling
adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal
liability, insurance issues, organization and structure of
the industry, licensing requirements for different activities, governments' role in area and activity management,
resource management issues, protecting resource areas,
Asia-Pacific case studies in eco-tourism.
Tourism 121
(1.5)
Packaging in the Tourism Industry

(1.5,0) (F)

The components of packaging, costing, market research,
dealing with tour wholesalers, researching the package
components, selling the package.
Tourism 123
(1.5)
(1.5,0) (F)
Media Production Techniques for Advertising
The production of advertising materials for the tourism
industry.

Career/Vocational — Tourism

182

An in-depth review of industry sectors and employment
opportunities, practicum orientation, employment liaison,
resume preparation, and an overview of the hospitality
management sector, incorporates AHMA Tourism and
the Hospitality Industry course.
Tourism 129
(1.5)
Computer Applications in Tourism II

(1.5,0) (S)

Tourism industry applications, including spreadsheets,
data bases, word processing, future trends, impacts on the
tourism industry.
Tourism 130
Tourism Co-op (Field) Work Term

(12.0) (Su)

The co-op work term is designed to apply classroom
theory through work experience. Students will spend four
and one-half months in an acceptable industry placement
and will be responsible to a specific industry supervisor.
Students' work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and industry supervisor, and students
will make a major presentation to the Department at the
conclusion of the co-op work term.

Special Programs
ASA
I PACIFIC MANAGEMENT
COOPERATV
I E PROGRAM
Contact: Barbara Hankin, 984-4981, Fax 984-4992

Instructional Faculty
Robert BAGSHAW, B. Comm., (UBC), M.A. (Colorado),
Coop Coordinator
Barbara HANKIN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.), Program
Coordinator
Richard HARTREE, B.A. (Hons.) (Cambridge), Diplome
(Geneva)
Toeti KAKIAILATU, B.A. (Indonesia), M.A. (UBC), Indonesian Language
Francis KIEM, B.B.A., Ph.D. Ed. (Jakarta), Indonesian Language
Scott MacLEOD, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Economic Geography
Louise MAY, B.A. (Brock), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC), Pacific &
Asian Studies
Billie NG, B.A. (Int'l Christian Univ.), Teach. Cert. Grad.
Master (Hong Kong), Language Teach. Cert. (UBC),
Chinese Language, Cross Cultural Communications
Noriko OMAE, B.A., M.A., Teaching Cert., (Osaka U. of
Foreign Studies), Japanese Language
Brian PENDLETON, B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D .(Alberta) Pacific &
Asian Studies
Hedy PEVECZ, B.Econ. (Budapest), Intern. Business
Jim PLACZEK, B.A.(Windsor), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D (UBC)
Thai Language
Pontip PLACZEK, B.A. (Thammasat), Thai Language
Charles PRIESTER, FCBA B.Comm.(Hons.), M.A.(UBC),
Intern. Finance/Business
Stephen TURNBULL, B.A., B.B.A. (SFU), Management
Studies (UBC), International Trade and Marketing
Ingher Wei, B.A. (Taiwan), M.A. (Missouri), Chinese
Language

General Information
This Diploma Program has been developed to offer
training to Canadians who are considering international
careers. It is a joint-venture in educational programming,
bringing Canadian employers together with students and
the College to form a unique blend of experiential and
academic training.
The emphasis is on Canada's relationships with PACIFIC
RIM COUNTRIES and our potential to extend our
network through trade, business, applied technology and
development projects.

The Program

This is a full-time program which offers an intensive
curriculum designed to serve the student in future international work. Each student will take the core courses in
Pacific and Asian Studies and International Business
Trade and Finance. In addition, students will choose an
Asian language such as Japanese, Chinese (Mandarin),
Indonesian or Thai. Other Asian languages may be
offered by special arrangement.
After two terms of study, eligible students will complete a
work placement. This co-op work term will normally be
for twelve months. Students will be evaluated by the
College and the employer, and this will become part of
the student's record.
Every effort will be made to secure co-op placements for
students. Jobs will be sought in Asian countries and in
international Canadian organizations. The work term will
end with a debriefing session.
Career targets of the current class include areas such as
Finance, International Marketing, Trade, Tourism, Human
Resources, Development, Education, Planning, Journalism, Urban Land Development, Government and NonGovernment organizations.
Inquiries for admission should be sent to the Asia Pacific
Management Cooperative Program office, telephone 9844981, FAX 984-4992.

Admission Requirements
Applications for admission are invited from:
a) Those who have completed a degree in Arts, Sciences
or a professional area such as Business Administration,
Environmental Science, Agriculture, Engineering,
Biotechnology, Forestry, or Computer Applications.
b) Those who are currently employed and who are
eligible for company sponsorship into this program.
Sponsorship may come from a wide range of business
and development organizations which have the
common factor of wanting their employees trained for
international work.
* Admission maximum is 32 students per year.
* Students are selected on the basis of their academic
record, relevant experience, a written submission and
an interview.
* Successful applicants will have strong written and
inter-personal communication skills.
* Applicants who demonstrate proficiency in language
acquisition and who have solid business experience
will have preference.

Students who are interested in a career in the Pacific Rim
will follow an integrated program of study which includes the historical, economic, political, cultural and
business dynamics of the region.

Special Programs — Asia Pacific Management

183

Program Content
FALL TERM
PASN 500
Asia Pacific Perspectives I
PASN 502
International Business, Trade and Finance I
Language Elective

guest experts from our business community and
abroad. Through these studies students will learn to
analyze and solve problems systematically, gain a
comprehensive understanding of the complexity of
international business, and develop wide sources of
business information.

SPRING TERM
PASN 501
Asia Pacific Perspectives II
PASN 503
International Business, Trade and Finance II
Language Elective

PASN 503
(6)
(6,0,2) (F,S)
International Business, Trade & Finance II

WORK TERM
Co-op I
Summer
Co-op II
Fall
Co-op III
Spring

PASN 505
(9)
Co-op Work Placement

(7.5,0,2.5) (F,S)

This is an interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint
students with the geography, economy, history, culture,
social and political structures of 18 Pacific Rim countries
from the period before Western contact to the First World
War. The course will make students aware of the national
and regional patterns of experience in the Pacific Rim.
PASN 501
(7.5)
Asia Pacific Perspectives II

(7.5,0,2.5) (F,S)

This is an interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint
students with the geography, economy, history, culture,
social and political structures of 18 Pacific Rim countries
from the first world war to the present day. The course
will make students aware of the national and regional
patterns of experience in the Pacific Rim.
PASN 502

(6)

(6,0,2) (F.S)

International Business, Trade & Finance I
1. Familiarizes students with the business environment of
Pacific Rim countries, in order that they can realistically determine the problems and prospects of developing mutually beneficial business relations with these
countries.
2. Delineates the problems and prospects of trade
between Canada and the Pacific Rim countries, in the
sense of which commodities would likely be most profitable and how trade can be carried out most effectively.
3. Economic geography analyzes the manner in which
global and Asian economic forces interact with local
contigencies. The course integrates political, environmental and economic analysis with current developments in Asia.The lectures will include a number of

Special Programs — Asia Pacific Management
184

(9,0,0) (Su, F,S)

Chinese 110
Intensive Chinese

Course Descriptions
PASN 500
(7.5)
Asia Pacific Perspectives I

Continuation of PASN 502

Course designed to maximize the acquisition of oral
fluency and comprehension. The course will lay the
foundation for further understanding and study in an
immersion environment.
Chinese 111
Intensive Chinese
Continuation of Chinese 110.
Indonesian 110
Intensive Indonesian
Course to develop basic oral and reading skills in Bahasa
Indonesian through the study of grammar, vocabulary
and culture.
Indonesian 111
Intensive Indonesian
Continuation of Indonesian 110.
Japanese 110
Intensive Japanese
Course to develop basic oral and written communicative
skills in Japanese, through the study of vocabulary,
grammar, culture and introduction to word processing.
Japanese 111
Intensive Japanese
Continuation of Japanese 110.
Note: Also, see listings under Chinese, Japanese and Thai
in the Academic section of the Calendar.

Non-Credit Programs and Courses
EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
Contact: 984-4901

Extension Courses
The College offers a variety of cost recoverable non-credit
and credit courses and programs through its Extension
Programs and Services Department. There are no prerequisites for admission to non-credit courses but occasionally a certain level of proficiency is recommended for
admission.
The majority of Extension offerings are an outgrowth of
the College's academic and career/vocational programs
whose faculties contribute to the high level of instructional competence of the programs. Courses and programs are drawn from the areas of arts, music, social
sciences, natural sciences, career development, business,
computer science, personal development, fashion, media,
and modern languages. Educational study tours are also
available through Extension Programs.

CANADIAN JOB STRATEGIES
These programs are wholly funded by Employment and
Immigration Canada and provide training allowances for
students. Some age restrictions may apply.
Automotive Job Entry

984-4982

Career Choices

984-1711

Deckhand Training

984-4901

Entry and Re-entry programs are also available at Sechelt
and Squamish. For information on occupational focus,
call 984-4901.
Note: These programs are offered subject to E.I.C.
funding.

ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
WORKSHOPS AND COURSES
Contact: 984-4945

Extension courses are not listed in the Calendar — they
are advertised in seasonal brochures distributed throughout the community, in newspaper ads and by direct mail.

The Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) offers free
workshops on learning skills for college success. Schedule and details are published separately each term.

Community Music School

Workshop topics include:

The Capilano College Community Music School offers
courses and programs for both children and adults in
Instrumental, Voice and Theory, at Capilano College and
in other community locations. Private music instruction
is also offered. The music school calendar is available by
phoning 984-4901. Programs for adults are listed in the
Extension Programs and Services calendar published
twice yearly.

Concentration
Exam Preparation
Mind Mapping
Learning from Texts
Improving Comprehension
Memory Training
Notetaking
Reading Efficiency
Researching a Term Assignment
Test Taking Strategies
Time Management
Introduction to Word Processing

Contract Education
Extension Programs and Services draws on a wide range
of educational resources to provide training for groups of
any size in all aspects of business and professional
development.

Co-sponsorship of Educational Activities
Organizations and societies are encouraged to co-sponsor
their educational activities with Capilano College. The
College can provide facilities, program design and
administrative services and welcomes the opportunity to
foster public understanding on social, business, artistic
and technological issues.
For further information on Extension Programs and
Services phone 984-4901 (lower mainland), 892-5322
(Howe Sound), or 885-9310 (Sunshine Coast). (For
Extension Programs and Services tuition fee policy, please
see page 15).

ARC also offers two 1.5 credit courses:
ARC 010
Learning and Study Skills
A 1.5 credit course to develop strategies for effective
study and time management.
ARC 201
Reading Dynamics
A 1.5 credit course in which participants learn and
practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing
reading comprehension are also included.
For further information, call 984-4945 or come to the
Achievement Resource Centre in B Building (accessed
through the Library).

Non-Credit Programs and Courses
185

Transfer Guide
This transfer guide is provided as a convenience to the
student and is correct at the time of printing. Information
on any courses not listed can be obtained from the
department concerned. Capilano College assumes no
responsibility for articulation changes made at the universities which invalidate this guide.

(For information regarding transfer credit to any of the
above, you may also contact the Business Management
Department of Capilano College.)

Students should be aware when using the guide that
Capilano College and Simon Fraser University are on a
semester system. The University of British Columbia and
the University of Victoria are on a yearly system. This
accounts for the apparent discrepancy in transfer credits.

Sociogy and Anthropology courses at Simon Fraser
University carry four semester hours credit, while college
courses generally carry three. To facilitate entry to the
program, the following exemptions will be granted to
students transferring 60 credits from a college:

NOTE: 11/2 units at UBC or UVic are equal to 3 or 4.5
Capilano College credit hours (see College Calendar
under course description for correct credits).

1. Completion of five Type 1 transfer courses in Sociology
and Anthropolgy (15 credits) will be judged as satisfying
the lower division Sociology and Anthropology requirement of five courses (20 credits), providing that program
prerequisites have been fulfilled.

Similarly, if two Capilano College courses are required, 3
units at UBC or UVic could equal 6 or 9 credit hours at
Capilano College. For example, Psychology 100 and 101
(three credit hours each) would equal 3 units at UBC.
This transfer guide is accurate as of January, 1991. If
further or updated information is required, please contact
one of Capilano College's counsellors or the institution
that you wish to transfer to.
SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY
Admissions Office
Burnaby, B.C. V5A 1S6
291-3224
UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
Registrar's Office
#204-2075 Wesbrook Mall
Vancouver, B.C. V6T1Z2
228-2844
UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA
Admissions Office
P.O. Box 1700
Victoria, B.C. V8W2Y2
721-7211
BRITISH COLUMBIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
3700 Willingdon Avenue
Burnaby, B.C. V5G 3H2
434-5734
CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS
1555 West 8th Avenue
Vancouver, B.C. V6J1Y5
732-1211
SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS
1575-650 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, B.C. V6B 4W7
687-5891
INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
1155 Melville Street
Vancouver, B.C. V6E4C4
681-3264

Transfer Guide
186

NOTES
#1 - SFU: SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

2. Completion of four Type 1 transfer courses in Sociology
and Anthropolgy (12 credits) will be judged as completion of four Sociology and Anthropology lower division
courses (16 hours), providing that program prerequisites
are being fulfilled. Such students will be required to take
one additional lower division Sociology and Anthropology course at Simon Fraser University in order to complete lower division Sociology and Anthropology requirements.
3. Completion of three or fewer Type 1 transfer courses
(nine credits or less) will warrant a department exemption
of one credit per course.
For further information, consult the Department of
Sociology and Anthropology.
#2 - UBC: ART

Students planning to enter the program leading to a B.A.
degree with a major in Fine Arts should normally apply
after four terms. Where Art (History and/or Studio)
courses are not available at the College attended, transfer
following only two terms would be advisable. Students
planning to enter the Studio program leading to the B.F.A.
degree should normally apply to the university following
two terms. Applicants with four terms will be considered.
The maximum credit possible for studio courses for a
student who has completed First Year will be three units
Fine Arts 181. A student who has completed Second
Year will be allowed a further six units of credit in studio
courses to correspond to a selection from Fine Arts 281290 (Fine Arts 281-290 or equivalent, to a total of 6 units, is
required for the B.F.A.). Students applying for the B.F.A.
are reminded that admission to the program is by selection based on standing and courses and an assessment of
a folio of art work. The year of admission whether second
of third year will be at the discretion of the Department.

The selection committee to screen applicants will meet
early in April prior to the session to which application
will be made. Applicants should contact the Department
of Fine Arts by mid-March to obtain the necessary information on application procedure. Late applicants for the
B.F.A. program will be considered at registration time if
places are still available.
Students who plan to transfer Fine Arts studio credit into
an Art Education Program must produce a representative
folio of work. The Adjudication Committee of the Art
Education program will determine if the work is of acceptable standard for transfer of credit.
#3 - SFU: LANGUAGE COURSES
1. Exemption from language courses will normally be
determined by a placement test or other assessment
procedure prior to registration. For further information on
assessment procedures, consult the appropriate language
department.
2. All students (except native speakers or complete
beginners) with prior knowledge of a language are
required to consult with the language department concerned, for a placement prior to or at registration. Native
speakers or students who received their secondary
education in a language taught at Simon Fraser University
will not normally be admitted to a language course, in
that particular language, numbered between 100 and 300
inclusive.
3. Total transfer and course challenge credit in basic
language courses may not exceed the limits given below:
French —13 semester hours
German —11 semester hours
Russian — 9 semester hours
Spanish —11 semester hours
Students interested in course challenge should contact the
appropriate language department.

Transfer Guide
187

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Anthropology 120

S A (3)

Anthropology (1.5)(1 st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 100 B (1.5)

Anthropology 121

S.A. (3)

Anthropology (1.5)(1st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 100 B (1.5)

Anthropology 120 & 121

SA170(3), SA(3)

Anthropology 200 (3)

Anthropology 100 B (1.5) &
(100 level)(1.5)

Anthropology 120
& Women's Studies 122

S.A. 170 (3), S A (3) or S.A. 170 (3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Anthropology 121
& Women's Studies 122

S A 1 7 0 ( 3 ) , S.A.(3)orS.A. 170(3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately,
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100(3)

Anthropology 123

Archaeology 101 (3)

Anthropology (1.5)(1 st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 240 (1.5)

Anthropology 124

Archaeology 131 (3)

Anthropology 240 (1.5)

Anthropology 100 A (1.5)

Anthropology 200

S.A. (3)(200 division)

Anthropology (1.5)

Anthropology (200 Level)(1.5)

Anthropology 202

S.A. (3)(200 division)

Anthropology (1.5)

Anthropology (200 Level)(1.5)

Anthropology 204

S.A. 203 (3)

Anthropology (1.5) (2nd year)

Anthropology (200 Level)(1.5)

Anthropology 205

S.A. (3)(200 division)

Anthropology 201 (1.5) or Sociology 201(1.5 Anthropology (200 level)(1.5)

Anthropology 206

S.A. 286 (3)

Anthropology 220 (1.5)

Anthropology (200 level)(1.5)

Anthropology 208

S.A. (3)

Anthropology (1.5)

Anthropology (200 level)(1.5)

Anthropology 241

Archaeology (6)

Anthropology (3)

Anthropology (200 Level)(1.5)

Anthropology 249

S A (3)

Anthropology (1.5)

Anthropology (200 Level)(1.5)

For further information on
Anthropology see Note #1 (page 173)
Art 150,151,152,154,156
157,158,164,166,167,171,
172,174,178,182,183,184,
185,189 (any two)

See individual courses

Fine Arts 181 (3)

See individual courses

Art 250, 255, 257, 262, 263,
265,271,272,274,282,
283

See individual courses

Fine Arts (Studio) (1.5) units each. Credit
may be granted from Fine Arts 281-290 (6)
after assessment of portfolio

See individual courses

Art 150

Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art (100 level) (1.5)

Art 151

Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 101 (1.5)

Art 152

Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 153

Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 154

Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 160

Art (100 level) (1.5)

Art 163

Art (100 level) (1.5)

Art 164

Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 166

Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 167

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art (100 level)( 1.5)
Art (100 level) (1.5)

Art 169
Art 171

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art (100 level) (1.5)

Art 172

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 110 (1.5)

Art 174

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 120 (1.5)
Art (100 level) (1.5)

Art 182
Art 183
Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 184

Art (100 level) (1.5)

Art 185
Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 188
Art 189

TRANSFER

188

Art 130 (1.5)

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

Art 204

G.E. Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 206

G.E. Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 216

G.E. Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 217

G.E. Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 250

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art 255

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 210(1.5)

Art 257

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art 262

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art 263

Visual Art (Studio) (2)

Art 220 (1.5)

Art 265

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art (200 level) (1.5)

University of B . C .

University of Victoria
Art 100 (1.5)

Art 268

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art 271

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 272

Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 273

...

...

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art 274

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art 282

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art 283

Art 232 (1.5)

Art 284
Art 300

Art (200 level) (1.5)
Visual Art (Studio) (3) For Sculpture

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art 301

Art (200 level) (1.5)

Art History 100

FPA166(3)

Transfers with 101

Transfers with 101

Art History 101

FPA167(3)

Transfers with 100

Transfers with 100

Art History 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Fine Arts 125 (3)

History in Art 120 (3)

Art History 104

FPA (3) Art History

Transfers with 105

F.A. (100Level)(1.5)

Art History 105

FPA (3) Art History

Transfers with 104

F.A(100Level)(1.5)

Art History 104 & 105

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Fine Arts 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers

Art History 106

FPA (3) VSAR History

Fine Arts 251 (1.5)

H.A. (100 level) (1.5)

Art History 107

FPA (3) VSAR History

FINA Art History (1.5) (precludes
credit for Fine Arts 261)

H.A. (100 level) (1.5)

Art History 210

Art History (3)

Fine Arts (1.5)(Not to be counted
toward the major)

Transfers with 211

Art History 211

Art History (3)

Fine Arts (1.5)(Not to be counted
toward the major)

Transfers with 210

Art History 210 & 211

FPA 167 (3) & FPA (3) VSAR Hist

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History in Art 260 (3)

Art History 220

G.E. VSAR HIST (3)

FINA Art History (1.5)

History in Art (200 Level)(1.5)

Art History 221

G.E. VSAR HIST (3)

FINA Art History (1.5)

History in Art (200 Level)(1.5)

Art History 220 & 221

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Art History (3) (may not receive credit
for Fine Arts 335)

History in Art (200 Level)(3)

Art History 250

GE VSAR (3)

FINA Art History (1.5)

History in Art (200 Level)(1.5)

Art History 251

GE VSAR (3)

FINA Art History (1.5)

History in Art (200 Level)(1.5)

TRANSFER GUIDE

189

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Biology 104

Bioscience 101 *{3)

Transfers with 105

Biology (100 Level)(1.5)

Biology 105

Bioscience 102*(3)

Transfers with 104

Biology (100 Level)(1.5)

Biology 104 & 105

These courses transfer separately
See individual numbers.

Biology (3)(no credit in Life Science
Departments)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 104 & 113

These courses transfer separately.

Biology (3)(no credit in Life Science
Departments)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 108

Bioscience (3)

Biology (100 level) (1.5)

Biology (150 partial credit) (1.5)

Biology 108 & 111

Bioscience 101 (3) & 102 (3)

Biology 150 MS (3)

Biology 150 (3)

Biology 110

Bioscience 101*(3)

Biology (100 level) (1.5)

Transfers with 111

Biology 111

Bioscience 102*(3)

Biology (100 level) (1.5)

Transfers with 110

Biology 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 150 A/B (3)

Biology 150 (3)

Biology 113

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with Biology 104

Biology (100)(1.5)

Biology 200

Bioscience 202 (3)

Biology (1.5)(no credit in Life Sciences
Departments)

Biology (300 Level) (1.5)

Biology 201

Bioscience (3)

Biology (1.5) (2nd year)

Biology (200 level) (1.5)

Biology 204

Bioscience 204 (3)

Biology 1.5 (2nd year) precludes credit for
Biol 302)

Biology 306 (1.5)

Biology 205

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Biology 206

Geography 215(3)

Biology (1.5) unassigned

Geography (200 level) (1.5)

Biology 212

Bioscience 306 (3)

Biology 205 (1.5)

Biology 206 (1.5)

Biology 213

Bioscience 316 (3)

Biology 204(1.5)

Biology 207 (1.5)

Biology 214

Bioscience 201 (3)

Biology 200 (1.5)

Biology 200 (1.5)

Biology 215

Bioscience 301 (3)

Biology 201 (1.5)(when accompanied
by Organic Chemistry)

Biochemistry 200 (1.5)

Biology 220

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with 221

Transfers with 221

Biology 221

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with 220

Transfers with 220

Bioscience 303 (3), Bioscience (3)

Microbiology 200 (3)

Microbiology 200 (3)

Biology 220 & 221

* Students obtaining C+ or
above in Biology 201/202 are
allowed to waive Biology 300
requirement for major.

' Students contemplating further work
in Biology should endeavor to take
Biology 110 & 111. Credit will not
be allowed for both Biology 104 &
110, or Biology 105 & 111.

Statistics (100 Level)(1.5)

Business Management 171
Business Mgt. 178 & 179

Commerce 253 (1.5)

Business 251 (3) (both courses

CSC (100 level) (1.5)

Business Management 180

Chemistry 104

Chemistry 104 (3) & 115(0)

Transfers with 105

Chemistry (100 Level) (1.5)

Chemistry 105

Chemistry105(3)&118(0)

Transfers with 104

Chemistry (100 Level) (1.5)

Chemistry 103 (3)

Chemistry 101 & 102 (1.5) each

Chemistry 104 & 105
Chemistry 108

Chemistry 102 (3) & 115(0)

Transfers with 111

Chemistry 100 (1.5)

Chemistry 108 & 111

These courses transfer separately.

Chemistry 120(3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 110(3)

Chemistry 102 (1.5)

See individual numbers.
Chemistry 109

Chemistry 103(3)8119(0)

Chemistry 108 & 109

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

TRANSFER

190

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Chemistry 110

Chemistry 102 (3) & 115(0)

Transfers with 111

Chemistry 101 (1.5)
1

Chemistry 111

Chemistry 103 (3)4115(0)

Transfers with 108 4 110

Chemistry 102 (1.5)

Chemistry 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 120(3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 200

Chemistry 251 (3)

Transfers with 201

Chemistry 231 (1.5)

Chemistry 201

Chemistry 252 (3)

Transfers with 200

Chemistry 232 (1.5)'

Chemistry 200 & 201

Chemistry 251 (3), 252 (3) 4 256 (0)

Chemistry 230 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 204

Chemistry 261 (3)4 218(0)

Transfers with 205

Chemistry (200 Level)(1.5)

Chemistry 205

Chemistry 232 (3)

Transfer with 204

Chemistry (200 level) (1.5)

Chemistry 204 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 205 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

' May take 3rd year organic courses if
213 taken as corequisite in Fall. Consult
Department replacement

Chinese 100 & 101

Chinese 100 4 101 (6)

Chinese 100 (3)

Chinese 100 (3)

Chinese 200 & 201

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Commerce 290

To be determined

Commerce 290 (2)

Statistics (100 level) (1.5)

Commerce 291

To be determined

Commerce 291 (2)

Economics 240 (1.5)

Commerce 292

Business 270 (3)

Commerce 292 (2)

Commerce 120 (1.5)

Commerce 293

Business 251 (3)

Commerce 293 (1.5)

Commerce 253 (1.5)

Commerce 294

To be determined

Commerce 294 (1.5)

Commerce 254 (1.5)

Commerce 296

To be determined

Commerce 296 (1.5

Commerce 100 (1.5)

Commerce 297

To be determined

Commerce 297 (1.5)

Communications 150
Communications 150 & 156

English (100 level) (1.5)
Communications (3)

Communications 153

...

Communications 190

Creative Writing (1.5)

Communications 280

Creative Writing (1.5)

English 115 (1.5)

...

COMPUTING SCIENCE

For Mathematics courses please refer to t ie "Mathematics" section of the guide

Computing Science 080

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Computing Science 102

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Computing Science 110

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Computing Science 111

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Computing Science 130

Computing Science 104 (1)

Computing Science 131

Computing Science 112 (1)

...

TRANSFER

GUIDE

191

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Computing Science 132

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Computing Science 222

Computing Science 201 (4)

Computer Science 210 (1.5)

Computer Science 115 (1.5)

Computing Science 223

Computing Science 205 (3)

Computing Science 220 (1.5)

Math 222 (1.5)

Computing Science 226

Computing Science 290 (3), 291 (1)

To be determined.

Computer Science (200 Level)(1.5)

Computing Science 231

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

*lf "B" grade achieved, credit will be
101 (4), if below a "B", credit will be
103 (4).

Criminology 101

Criminology 101 (3)

Sociology (100 level) (1.5)

Sociology (100 level) (1.5)

Economics 100

Economics 100 (3)

Economics (1.5)

Economics 100 (1.5)

Economics 101

Economics 101 (3)

Economics (1.5)

Economics 100 (1.5)

Economics 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 100 & (100 Level)(1.5)

Economics 120

Economics 150 (3)

Economics (1.5)

Economics (100 Level)(1.5)

Economics 121

Economics 152 (3)

Economics (1.5)

Economics (100 Level)(1.5)

Economics 200

Economics 205 (3)

Economics (1.5)(transfer students
taking Economics 100 at UBC may
not also obtain transfer credit for
one of Economics 200 & 201)

Economics 202 (1.5)

Economics 201

Economics 200 (3)

Economics (1.5)(transfer students
taking Economics 100 at UBC may
not also obtain transfer credit for
one of Economics 200 & 201)

Economics 201 (1.5)

Economics 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 211

Economics 201 (1.5)

Economics (200 Level)(1.5)

Economics 212

Economics 202 ((1.5

Economics (200 Level)(1.5)

Economics 211 & 212

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics (200 Level)(3)

English 010

English (3)

English 100

English 099 (2)
G.E. Engl. (1)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 115 (1.5)

English 1CX3 or 102,103,104,
105,106

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Any two: English 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 102

English 210(3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 115 (1.5)

English 103

English (3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English (100 Level)(1.5)

English 104

English 101 (3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 121 (1.5)

English 105

English 102 (3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 122 (1.5)

English 106

English 103 (3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 122 (1.5)

English 105 & 106

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English (100 Level)(3)

English 190

English (3)

Transfers with 191

Transfers with 191

English 191

English (3)

Transfers with 190

Transfers with 190

TRANSFER

192

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

English 190 8191

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Creative Writing 202 (3)(permission
to enter senior courses in Creative
Writing subject to assessment of
recent writing by UBC department)

Creative Writing 100 (3)

English 200

English 204 (3) (students may request
credit as English 205 (3) instead)

Transfers with 201

Transfers with 201

English 201

English 206(3)

Transfers with 200

Transfers with 200

English 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 201 (3)

English 200 (3)

English 202

English 221 (3)

Transfers with 203

English (200 Level)(1.5)

English 203

English 221 (3) or English (3)

Transfers with 202

English (200 Level)(1.5)

English 202 & 203

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 202 (3)

English 202 (3)

English 204

English 222 (3)

Transfers with 205

Transfers with 205

English 205

English 222 (3) or English (3)

Transfers with 204

Transfers with 204

English 204 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English (3)(2nd year literature)

English 203 (3)

English 206

English 103 or English (3)

English (1.5)

English (200 Level)(1.5)

English 208

English (3)

English 207 (1.5)

English (200 level) (1.5)

English 209

English (3)

English 205 (1.5)

English (200 level) (1.5)

English 210

English (3)

English 206 (1.5)

English (200 level) (1.5)

English 211

English (3)

English 204 (1.5)

English (200 level) (1.5)

English 212

English (3)

English (1.5)

English (200 Level)(1.5)

English 213

English (3)

English (1.5)

English (200 Level(1.5)

English 215

English (3)

English (1.5)(2nd year)

English (200 Level)(1.5)

English 216

English 102 (3) or English (3)

English (1.5)(2nd year)

English (200 Level)(1.5)

English 290

English (3)

Creative Writing (1.5)

Creative Writing 201 (1.5)(part credit)

English 291

English (3)

Creative Writing (1.5)

Creative Writing 202 (1.5)(part credit)

Music 154(1)

Music 180(1)

Ensemble 100 & 150
Ensemble 110 & 160

...

Music 150(1)

Music 180(1)

Ensemble 135 & 185

...

Music 164(1)

...

Ensemble 140 & 240

Music 162(1)

...

Ensemble 190 & 290

Music 162 (1)

Ensemble 200 & 250

Music 154(1)

Music 280(1)

Ensemble 210 & 260

Music 150(1)

Music 280(1)

Ensemble 235 & 285

Music 164(1)
Total allowable transfer credit
in large assembly (Music 150,152,
153,154) will be limited to 2 units.

French 100

French '(3)

Transfers with 101

Transfers with 101

French 101

French *(3)

Transfers with 100

Transfers with 100

French 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

French 105 (3)

French 100 (3)

French 120 & 121

French *(3) each

French 110 (3)

French 160 (3)

French 130 & 131

French '(3) each

French (3) (1st year)

French 100 (3)

TRANSFER GUIDE

193

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

French 170 & 171

French *(3) each

French 120 (3)

French 180 (3)

French 115 (3)

French 160 (3)

French 202 (3)

French 290 (3)

French 190 & 191
French 270 & 271

French *(3) each
'For information on the transferability
of any one of the following French
courses see Note #3 (page 174)

Geography 100

Geography 100 (3)

Geography 220 (1.5)

Geography 101 B (1.5)

Geography 101

Geography 102 (3)

Geography 110 (1.5)

Geography (100 Level)(1.5)

Geography 102

Geography (1.5)

Geography 106

Geography 265 (3)

Geography (1.5)

Geography (100 Level)(1.5)

Geography 108

Geography 162 (3)

Geography 190 (1.5)

Geography (200 Level)(1.5)

Geography 112

Geography 111 (3)

Transfers with 114

Geography 203 A (1.5)

Geography 114

Geography 214 (3)

Transfers with 112

Geography 203 B (1.5)

Geography 112 & 114

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Geography 101 (3)

These courses transfer separately.

Geography 200

Geography 221 (3)

Geography 260 (1.5)

Geography 201 A (1.5)

Geography 201

Geography (3)

Geography (1.5)

Geography 201 B (1.5)

Geography 205

Geography 263 (3)

Geography (1.5)

Geography (200 level) (1.5)

Geography 214

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Geography 221

Geography 250 (3)

Geography (1.5)

Geography (200 Level)(1.5)

Geology 110

Geography 112 (3)

Transfers with 111

Geology 100A (1.5)

Geology 111

Geography (3)

Transfers with 110

Geology 100B (1.5)

Geology 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.

Geology 105 (3)

These courses transfer separately.

German 100 & 101

German* (3) each

German 100 (3)

German 100 (3)*-

German 200 & 201

German* (3) each

German 200 (3)

German 200 (3)*

* For information on the transferability
of any one of the following German
courses see Note #3 (page 174).

* Must complete survey of German
Grammar. Grade of "C" or above
required.

History 100

History 216(3)

History (1.5) (precludes credit for
Classical Studies 100 or 331)

History 102

History 223 (3)

History (1.5)

History 240 (1.5)(part credit*)

History 103

History (3)(200 Division)

History (1.5)

History 240 (1.5)(part credit*)

History 102 & 103

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 120 (3)

History 240 (3)

History 108

History 212(3)

History (1.5)

History 210 (1.5)(part credit*)

History 109

History 213(3)

History (1.5)

History 210 (1.5)(part credit')

History 108 & 109

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 210 (3)

History 110

History 101 (3)

History (1.5)

History 130(1.5)(part credit*)

TRANSFER GUIDE

194

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

History 111

History 102 (3)

History (1.5)

History 130(1.5)(part credit*)

History 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 135 (3)

History 130 (3)

History (1.5)

History (200 Level)(1.5)(students
should not be permitted to take 355)

History (1.5)(precludes credit
for History 101)

History 236(1.5)(part credit*)

History (1.5)

History (200 Level) (1.5)

History 205
History 207
History 208

History (3)(200 division)
History (3)(200 division)
History (3)

' If half the course has been
completed students will not be
permitttedto takethe complete course
at UVic. For further information
contact tthe UVic.History Department.

Japanese 100

Japanese 100 (3)

Japanese 101

Japanese 101 (3)

Japanese 100 & 101

Japanese 102 (3)

Japanese 100 (3)

Japanese 110 & 111

Japanese 100 (3) & 101 (3)

Japanese 100 (3)

Japanese 100 or 149 (3)

Japanese 200

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Japanese 201

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Kinesiology 142

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Kinesiology 143

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Labour Studies 100

Economics (3)

Labour Studies 101

Economics (3)

Labour Studies 140

History 203 (3)

...

History (200 level) (1.5)

Labour Studies 142

History (3)

History (200 level) (1.5)
English (100 level) (1.5)

Labour Studies 170

Legal Assistant Studies 150

Political Science 151 (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 151

Criminology (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 258

Legal Studies (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 268

Criminology (3)

MATHEMATICS

luide.
For Computing Science courses please fer
n to the "Computing Science" section of the

Mathematics 010, 011,012

All three must be taken
Mathematics 100 (3)

Mathematics 099

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Mathematics 101

Statistics 101 (3)

Statistics 203' (1.5)

Statistics (100 Level)(1.5)
without Algebra 12 (0) credits

Mathematics 101 & 110

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics 105 (1.5) and
Mathematics 100 (1.5)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 102

Mathematics 302 (3)

FRST131 (1.5) with Math 101

Statistics 250 (1.5)

Mathematics 103

Mathematics 100 (3)

Mathematics 111 (3) with Math 108 or 110Mathematics 012(0)

Mathematics 105

Mathematics 100 (3)

Transfers with 108 or 110

...
...

All three must be taken
Mathematics 012(0)

Mathematics 012 (0)

TRANSFER

GUIDE

195

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B . C .

University of Victoria

Mathematics 105 & 108

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.
These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.
These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 111 (3)(1.5 units in
Faculty of Science)
Mathematics 111 (3) (1.5 units in
Faculty of Science)
Mathematics 111 (3)(1.5 units in
Faculty of Science)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.
These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.
These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers

Mathematics 103 & 110
Mathematics 105 & 110
Mathematics 107
Mathematics 107 & 108

Mathematics 110 (3)

Mathematics 108

Mathematics 157*(3)

Mathematics 140*(1.5)

Mathematics 102 (1.5)

Mathematics 109

Mathematics 158 (3)"

Mathematics 141* (1.5)

Mathematics (200 Level)(1.5)

Mathematics 110

Mathematics 151*(3)

Mathematics 100(1.5)

Mathematics 100 (1.5)

Mathematics 111

Mathematics 152(3) **
& Mathematics (1)

Mathematics 101 (1.5)

Mathematics 101 (1.5)

Mathematics 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 100(1.5), Math
101 (1.5) & Math (100 Level)(1)

Mathematics 152

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Mathematics 200

Mathematics 232 (3)

Mathematics 221 (1.5)

Mathematics 233 A (1.5)

Mathematics 205

Statistics 270 (3)

Mathematics or Statistics 205 (1.5)

Statistics (200 Level)(1.5)

Mathematics 111 (3) (1.5 units in Faculty
of Science).

Mathematics 215

Mathematics 242 (3)

Mathematics 220 (1.5)

Mathematics (200 level) (1.5)

Mathematics 230

Mathematics 251 (3)

Mathematics 200 (1.5)

Mathematics (200 level) (1.5)

Mathematics 231

Mathematics 252 (3)

Mathematics 201 (1.5)

Mathematics (200 Level)(1.5)

Mathematics 235

Mathematics 310(3)

Mathematics 315 (1.5) or
credit for Mathematics 255 (1.5)

Mathematics 201 (1.5)

' Credit is permitted for only one
of Mathematics 151 or 157.

* Not for faculty of Science or
Mathematics students.

" Credit is permitted only for
one of Mathematics 158 or 152.
Media 053

Film (Studio) (3)

Media 075

Film (Studio)(2)

Media 153

Film (3)

Media 171 &271

Communications (3)

Media 181 &182

Communications (3)

Media 183 & 185

Credit may be assigned after
portfolio interview with student.

Media 253

Film (Studio) (3)

Music 100

FPA (3) Music Studio

Music 100(1)

Music (100Level)(1)

Music 101

FPA (3) Music Studio

Music 101 (1) Transfers with 100

Music (100 Level)(1)

Music 100 & 101

FPA 104 (3) & FPA (3) Music Studio

These courses transfer separately

Music100A&100B(1.0 each)

Music 105

GE Music (1)

Music 107

FPA (1) Music Studio

Music 110 & 111

GE Music Studio (3) each

Music 102 (2)

Music (200 level) (1.5)

Music 112 & 113

Music Studio (1) each*

Music 105(1)

Music 170 (1.0)

Music 114 & 115

GE Music Studio (1) each

Music 141 (1)

Music 236 (1.5)

Music 120

Music History (3)

Transfers with 121

*

Music 121

Music Histoiy (3)

Transfer with 120

*

TRANSFER

196

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Music 120 & 121

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 120 and 121 (3)

*

Music 134,135

GE Music Studio (1) each

Music 154

GE Music Studio (3)

...

...

Music 170
Music 170 & 171

Music (3)

...

Music 180

Music (Studio) (1)

...

Music 181

Music (Studio) (1)

...

Music 180S 181

GE Music Studio (1)each

Music 184

Music (Studio)(3)

...

Music 185

Music (Studio)(3)

...

Music 184 & 185

FPA141 (3) & FPA (3)

Music 194 & 195

GE Music Studio (3) each

Music (100 Level)(1/2)

Music (100Level)(1)

Music 170(1)
Music 181 (1)
Music 100 A (1)

Music 200

Music (3)

Music 200(1)

Music 201

Music (3)

Music 201 (1)

Music 100 B (1)

Music 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately

Music 201 (2)

Music 205

GE Music (1)

Music 206

FPA (1) Music Studio

Music 207

GE Music Studio (1) each

Music 205, 206,207

GE Music Studio (1) each

Music 210 & 211

GE Music Studio (3) each

Music 122(1)

Music(200 Level)(1.5)

Music 212 & 213

Music Studio (1)each*

Music 205(1)

Music 270 (1.0)

Music 214, 215

GE Music Studio (1)each

Music 271 (1)

Music 236 (1.5)

Music 216, 217

GE Music Studio (1)each

Music 220

Music History (3)

Transfers with 221

*

Music 221

Music History (3)

Transfers with 220

•

Music 220 & 221

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 220 and 221 (3)

•

Music 220. 221, & 120,121

FPA 143 (3) & FPA (9) Music History

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers

Music 110 (3), Music (100 Level)(3)

Music 234, 235

GE Music Studio (1) each

Music 280,281,284,285

GE Music Studio (3) each

Music 294 & 295

...

Music 360

...

Music Education (1) (second year)
(Students granted this credit may not
take Mus. Ed. 336 for credit.)

Music 361

...

Music Education 400 B (1.5)
Music Education (1) (second year)
(Students granted this credit may not take
Mus. Ed. 335 for credit.)

•If Music 112,113,212, & 213
completed:
FPA 104 (3) and
Music Studio (3)

' Applicants for a major or concentration
in Music Education must have at least
65% (or equivalent) in both Music
Education 101 & 201.

TRANSFER

...

Music 181 (1)
Music Education 350 (1.5)

* if music 120 & 121 & 220 & 221
completed:
Music 110 (3)'Music (3) or
Music (100 level) (1)each

GUIDE

197

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B . C .

University of Victoria

Philosophy 101

Philosophy 100(3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Transfers with 102

Philosophy 102

Philosophy 120(3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Transfers with 101

Philosophy 101 & 102

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 100 (3)

Philosophy 100(3)

Philosophy 101 &210

Philosophy 100 (3), Philosophy (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

101 transfers with 102,210 transfers
separately. See individual numbers.

Philosophy 101,210 8,211

Philosophy 100 (3), Philosophy 203 (3)
Philosophy (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

101 transfers with 102. 210,211
transfer separately. See individual
numbers.

Philosophy 110

Philosophy 001 (3)

Philosophy (1.5)(precludes credit for
Philosophy 102)

Philosophy (100 Level)(1.5)

Philosophy 110 & 120

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 102 (1.5) & 103 (1.5)

These courses transfer separately.

Philosophy 111

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Philosophy 120

Philosophy (3)

Transfers with Phil 110

Philosophy (100 Level) (1.5)

Philosophy 130

Philosophy 244 (3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Philosophy 222A (1.5)

Philosophy 140

Criminology 135 (3)

Philosophy (100 level) (1.5)

Philosophy (100 level) (1.5)

Philosophy 141

Criminology 131 (3)

Philosophy (100 level) (1.5)

Philosophy (100 level) (1.5)

Philosophy 200

Philosophy (3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Philosophy 232 (1.5)

Philosophy 201

Philosophy 220 (3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Philosophy 326 (1.5)

Philosophy 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 201 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 202

Philosophy 210(3)

Philosophy 302 (1.5)

Philosophy 203 (1.5)

Philosophy 207

Philosophy (3)

Philosophy (200 level) (1.5)

Philosophy (200 level) (1.5) may
not take Phil 330 for credit

Philosophy 208

Philosophy (3)

Philosophy (200 level) (1.5)

Philosophy (200 level) (1.5) may
not take Phil 333 or ES 314 for
credits

Philosophy 209

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Philosophy 210

Philosophy 100 (3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Philosophy (200 Level)(1.5)

Philosophy 211

Philosophy 203 (3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Philosophy (200 Level)(1.5)

Philosophy 210 & 211

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 250 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 220

Philosophy 241 (3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Philosophy (200Level)(1.5)

Philosophy 221

Philosophy (3)

Philosophy (1.5)

Philosophy (200 Level)(1.5)

Philosophy 222

Philosophy 242 (3)

Philosophy (200 level) (1.5)

Philosophy (100 level)(1.5)

Philosophy 230

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Philosophy 231

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Physical Education 110

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Physical Education 161

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Physical Education 164

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Physics 104

Physics 100 (3)

Physics (1.5) not for credit in the
Science Faculty

Transfers with 105

Physics 101 (3), Physics (1)

Transfers with 111 or 115

Physics 105
Physics 108

Physics 103 (3) with Physics 104
Physics (100Level)(1.5)

TRANSFER

198

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Physics 108 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110 (3)

Physics 102 (3)

Physics 108 & 115

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110(3)

108 tranfers separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110

Physics 101 (3)

Transfers with 111 or 115

Physics (100 level) (1.5)

Physics 111

Physics 102 (3)

Transfers with 110 or 108

Physics (100 level) (1.5)

Physics 110 & 111

Students will be exempted from
Physics 131 (2)

Physics 110 (3)

Physics 102 (3)

Physics 110 & 115

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110 (3)

110 transfers with 111
115 transfers with 114

Physics 114

Physics 120 (3)

Transfers with 111 & 115

Physics (100 Level)(1.5)

Physics 115

Physics 121 (3)

Transfers with 108 or 110 or 114

Physics (100 Level)(1.5)

Physics 114 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110 (3)

111 transfers with 108 & 110
114 transfers with 115

Physics 114 & 115

Students will be exemped from
Physics 233(2)

Physics 115(3)

Physics 110/120 (3)

Physics 116

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Physics 200

Physics * (3)

Transfers with 210

Transfers with 210

Physics 201

Physics 221'(3)

Transfers with 211

Transfers with 211

Physics 200 & 210

These courses transfer separately.

Physics 213 (2)

Physics 217 (1.5)

Physics 201 & 211

These courses transfer separately.

Physics 215 (2)

Physics 216(1.5)*

Physics 210

Physics' (1)

Transfers with 200 or 211

Transfers with 200

Physics 211

Physics* (1)

Transfers with 201 or 210

Transfers with 201

Physics 210 & 211

Physics 234' (2)

Physics 239(2)

Transfers with 200 & 201

Physics 220

Physics* (3)

Transfers with 221

Physics 120 (1.5)

Physics 221

Physics 211* (3)

Transfers with 220

Physics 220 (1.5)

Physics 220 & 221

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 216 (2), Physics (1)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.
' Contact Department re:
Physics 214 waiver

' Students who have completed
Physics 200, 201, 210,211, 220, 221
at Capilano College will be prepared
to enter third year Physics courses
at SFU.

Political Studies 100

Political Science (100 level) (3)

Political Science (1.5)

Political Science (100 Level)(1.5)

Political Studies 101

Political Science 210(3)

Political Science 240 (1.5)

Political Science 202 (1.5)

Political Studies 102

Political Science 231 (3)

Political Science 220 (1.5)

Political Science 210(1.5)

Political Studies 103

Political Science 100 (3)

Political Science (1.5)

Political Science (200 level) (1.5)

Political Studies 104

Political Science 221 (3)

Political Science 200 (1.5)

Political Science (200 Level)(1.5)

Political Studies 201

Political Science 241 (3)

Political Science (1.5)

Political Science (200 Level)(1.5)

Political Studies 202

Political Science (3)(Can.)

Political Science (1.5)

Political Studies 203

Political Science (3) Intemat'l. Relations

Political Science (1.5)

Political Science 240 (1.5)

Political Studies 201 & 203

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Political Science 260 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Political Studies 206

Political Science 211 (3)

Political Science 280 (1.5)

Political Science (200 Level)(1.5)

Political Science 210(3)

Political Science 240 (1.5)

To be determined.

Political Studies 207

TRANSFER

GUIDE

199

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

PM1100 & 200
PM1101 & 201
PM1102 & 202

....

PM1103 & 203
PM1104 & 204

...

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)'

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music140or(100Level)(2)*

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1105 & 205

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1106 & 206

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1107 & 207

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100Level)(2)*

PM1108 & 208

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1109 & 209

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1110 & 210

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1111 & 211

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music (100 Level)(2)

PM1112 & 212

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music (100 Level)(2)

PM1113 & 213

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1114 & 214

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1115 & 215

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1116 & 216

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1117 & 217

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1118 & 218

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1119 & 219

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music (100 Level)(2)

PM1120 & 220

Music 107 (3)*

Music 105 or (100 Level)"

PM1150 & 250

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1151 & 251

Music 171 or 181 (2)'

PM1152 & 252

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1153 & 253

Music171 oe181 (2)*

PM1154 & 254

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1155 & 255

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1156 & 256

Music 171 or 181 (2)'

PM1157 & 257

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1158 & 258

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1159 & 259

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1160 & 260

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1161 & 261

Music 171 or 181 (2)'

PM1162 & 262

Music 171 or 181 (2)'

PM1163 & 263

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1164 & 264

Music 171 or 181 (2)'

PM1165 & 265

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1166 & 266

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1167 & 267

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1168 & 268

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PM1169 & 269

Music 171 or 181 (2)*

PMI 300 & 400

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

PMI 301 & 401

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

TRANSFER GUIDE

200

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

PMI 302 & 402

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

PMI 303 & 403

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI304 &404

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

PMI 305 & 405

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

PMI 306 & 406

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 307 & 407

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Muaic240or(200Level)(2)*

PMI 308 & 408

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 309 & 409

Music 272 or 282(2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 310 & 410

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 311 & 411

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music (200 Level) (2)

PMI 312 & 412

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music (200 Level) (2)

PMI 313 & 413

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 314 & 414

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 315 & 415

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 316 & 416

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 317 & 417

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 318 & 418

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 319 & 419

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music (200 Level) (2)

PMI 320 & 420

...

Music 207(3)'

Music 205 or (200 Level)(2)"

PMI 350 & 450

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 351 & 451

...

Music 271 or 281 (21)*

PMI 352 & 452

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)'

PMI 353 & 453

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 354 & 454

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 355 & 455

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 356 & 357

...

Music 271 or 281 *2)*

PMI 357 & 457

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 358 & 458

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)'

PMI 359 & 459

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 360 & 460

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 361 &461

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 362 & 462

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 363 & 463

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)'

PMI 364 & 464

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)'

PMI 365 & 465

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 366 & 466

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)*

PMI 367 & 467

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)'

PMI 368 & 468

...

Music 271 or 281 (2)'

PMI 369 & 469

•

Music 271 or 281 (2)'
'Credit to be confirmed by
examination for B.Music.

* As determined by the Admissions
and Auditioning Committee.
" To be determined after submission
of scores and tapes.

TRANSFER GUIDE

201

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Psychology 100

Psychology (3)

Psychology (1.5)

Psychology (100 Level)(1.5)

Psychology 101

Psychology (3)

Psychology (1.5)

Psychology (100 Level) (1.5)

Psychology 100 & 101

Psychology 101 (3), Psychology 102 (3)

Psychology 100 (3)

Psychology 100 (3)

Psychology 100 & 200

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
Sse individual numbers.

Psychology 100 & 204

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 (3)

Psychology 100 (3)

Psychology 100 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 200

Psychology 360 (3)

Psychology (1.5)(precludes credit
for Psychology 308)

Psychology (200 Level)(1.5)

Psychology 201

Psychology (3)

Psychology (1.5)(precludes credit
for Psychology 308)

Psychology (200 Level)(1.5)

Psychology (1.5) (precludes credit
for Psychology 312)

Psychology (210 partial credit)
(satisfies Psychology 210 requirement)

Psychology 203

Psychology 204

Psychology 351 (3)

Psychology (1.5) (precludes credit for
Psychology 301)

Psychology (100 Level)(1.5)

Psychology 205

Psychology 357 (3)

Psychology (1.5)

Psychology (200 Level)(1.5)

Psychology 206

Psychology 355 (3)

Psychology (1.5)

Psychology (200 Level)(1.5)

Psychology 210

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Psychology 211

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Psychology 220

Psychology 370 (3)

Psychology* (1.5)

Psychology (200 Level)(1.5)

Psychology 222

Psychology 340 (3)

Psychology* (1.5)

Psychology (200Level)(1.5)

Psychology 220 & 222

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 206*(3)

Psychology 220 (3)

Psychology 230

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

'Credit for Capilano Psychology 220
and/or 222 precludes credit for UBC
Psychology 300 and/or 305 respectively.
NOTE: Maximum advance credit
permitted in Psychology is 9 units.

Recreation 130 & 131

Kinesiology 143 (3)

Physical Education 103 (1.5)

Physical Education (100 level) (1.5)

Sociology 100

S.A. 150 (3)

Sociology (1.5)

Sociology 100 (1.5)

Sociology 101

S.A. 250 (3)

Sociology (1.5)

Sociology 210(1.5)

Sociology 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Sociology 200 (3)(1st or 2nd year)

These courses transfer separately.

Sociology 200

S.A. 100(3)

Sociology (1.5)

Sociology 203 (1.5)

Sociology 201

S.A. (3)

Sociology (1.5)

Sociology (200 Level) 1.5

Sociology 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Sociology 210(3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Sociology 210

Sociology (3)

Sociology (1.5)

Sociology (200 Level)(1.5)

Sociology 211

S.A. 263 (3)

Sociology (1.5)(2nd year)

Sociology (200 Level)(1.5)

Sociology 222

S.A. (3)

Sociology (1.5)

Sociology (100 Level)(1.5)

TRANSFER GUIDE

202

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Sociology 223

Communications 230 (3)

Sociology (1.5)(2ndyear)

Sociology (100 Level)(1.5)

For further information on Sociology
see Note #1 (page 173)

Spanish 100 & 101

Spanish*(3) each

Spanish 100 (3)

Spanish 100 (3)

Spanish 200 & 201

Spanish'(3) each

Spanish 200 (3)

Spanish 260 (3)

'For information on the transferability
of any one of the following Spanish
courses see Note #3 (page 174)
Thai 100
Thai 101

G.E. Thai (3)
G.E. Thai (3)

Taken together
Asian Languages 300 (3)

PACI (100 level) (1.5)
PACI (100 level) (1.5)

Theatre 100

Theatre (Studio) (1)

Theatre (1.5)

Theatre (100 Level)(1.5)

Theatre 101

Theatre (Studio) (1)

Theatre (1.5)

Theatre (100 Level)(1.5)

Theatre 100 & 101

Fine & Performing Arts 151 (3)

Theatre 160 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Theatre 105

Fine & Performing Arts (3) Dance Studio

Theatre 105 & 107

These courses transfer separately

Theatre 260 (1.5)
Theatre (100 or 200 level) (1.5) precludes
credit for Threatre 363

These courses transfer separately

Theatre 107

Fine & Performing Arts (2) Theatre Studio

Theatre 110

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Theatre 120

Theatre History (3)

Theatre (1.5)

Transfers with 121

Theatre 121

Theatre History (3)

Theatre (1.5)

Transfers with 120

Theatre 120 & 121

Fine & Performing Arts 150 (3) and
Theatre History (3)

Theatre 120 (3)

Theatre 100 (3)

Theatre 150 & 151

?

Theatre 150 (3)

Theatre 195 (3) or (1.5) each

Theatre 200

Assessed on individual basis

Theatre (1.5)

Theatre (200 Level)(1.5)

Theatre 201

Assessed on individual basis

Theatre (1.5)

Theatre (200 Level)(1.5)

Women's Studies 100

Women's Studies 100 (3)

Arts (1.5) precludes credit for Women's
Studies 222

Women's Studies 200 B (1.5)

Women's Studies 104

Women's Studies (200 level) (3)

Arts (1.5)

English (100 Level)(1.5)

Women's Studies 106

Women's Studies (200 level) (3)

Arts (1.5)

Women's Studies (100 level) (1.5)

Women's Studies 110

Women's Studies 203 (3)

Psychology (1.5) precludes credit for
Psychology 320

Women's Studies (100 Level)(1.5)

Women's Studies 122

Women's Studies 200 (3)

Anthropology (1.5)(1st or 2nd year)

Women's Studies 200 A (1.5)

Women's Studies 122
& Anthropology 120

S.A. 101 (3), S.A. (3)orS.A.170 (3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Women's Studies 122
& Anthropology 121

S.A. 170(3), S.A. (3) orS.A.170(3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Women's Studies 220

Women's Studies (200 level) (3) or
History (3)

History (1.5)

History (200 Level)(1.5)

TRANSFER

GUIDE

Theatre 250 (1.5)

c

A
ACADEMIC ADVISING
16
ACADEMIC POLICIES:
Grades
11
Transcripts
11
Diplomas and Certificates
12
ACADEMIC S C H E D U L E
4
ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY
TRANSFER
39
For Individual subjects see Course
Descriptions
ACHIEVEMENT R E S O U R C E
CENTRE:
Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish
16
Credit/Non-Credit Courses
33,185
ADDING C O U R S E S
8
A D D R E S S E S & PHONE NUMBERS O F
CAMPUSES
1
ADMINISTRATION
206
ADMISSION:
General Requirements
5
Application Procedure
5
International Applicants
5
Howe Sound & Sunshine Coast
7
Dates - Career & Vocational
6
ADMISSIONS ADVISING
16
ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/
FOUNDATIONS
34
ADVISING C E N T R E & HOTLINE
16
ALTERNATIVE C A R E E R TRAINING ....37
APPEAL OF GRADES
11
APPLIED INFORMATION T E C H
92
AQUACULTURE
97
ART P R O G R A M S :
General Information
99
Studio Art Program
100
Clay & Textile Arts
105
Crafts Instructor Training
108
Graphic Design and Illustration
109
ASIA PACIFIC MANAGEMENT
CO-OP
183
ATHLETICS
17
ATTENDANCE
10
AUDIT S T A T U S
10
AWARDS - See Financial Aid

B
BOOKSTORE
B.C. S T U D E N T ASSISTANCE
BURSARIES
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
PROGRAMS:
General Information
Administrative Management
Financial Management
Marketing Management
Merchandising Management
Business Computing
Accelerated Programs
International Business
Part-Time Evening Certificate
Programs
CGA, CA, CMA Transfer

INDEX

204

17
23
24

114
116
116
117
117
118
118
121
121
123

CAFETERIAS
CALENDAR FOR 1991/92
CANADIAN JOB STRATEGIES
CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY
CANASEAN INTERNATIONAL

18
4
185
41

PROJECT
19
"CAP CORNER" - See Student Store
CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE
18
CAREER/VOCATIONAL
PROGRAMS:
General Information
91
CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA
REQUIREMENTS
12
CHALLENGING C O U R S E S
9
C H A N G E O F NAME OR A D D R E S S
9
CHANGING REGISTRATION S T A T U S . 8
CHEATING & PLAGIARISM
13
C O L L E G E BOARD &
ADMINISTRATION
206
C O L L E G E FOUNDATION
23
COMMUNICATIONS
133
C O M P U T E R S Y S T E M MISUSE
14
COPYRIGHT POLICY
13
COUNSELLING
17
C O U R S E CHALLENGE
PROCEDURE
9
C O U R S E DESCRIPTION
CODE
10, 39, 91
C O U R S E DESCRIPTIONS:
A.R.C
33
Adult Basic Education
34
Anthropology
43
Applied Information Technology
92
Aquaculture
97
Art
99
Art History
44
Asia Pacific Management Co-op
183
Biology
46
Business Management
114
Chemistry
49
Commerce
51
Communications
133
Computing Science
52
Criminology
54
Early Childhood Education
135
Economics
55
Engineering
56
English
58
English as a Second Language
38
French
61
Geography
64
Geology
65
German
66
History
67
Japanese
68
Kinesiology
68
Labour Studies
69
Legal Assistant
144
Legal Secretary
170
Long Term Care Aide
139
Mathematics
71
Media Resources
149
Medical Office Assistant
173
Merchandising Management
117

Music
Music Therapy
Office Technology
Outdoor Recreation
Personal Care Attendant
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Studies
Psychology
Sociology
Spanish
Thai
Theatre
Tourism Management
Women's Studies
COURSE OVERLOAD
C O U R S E VERIFICATION
CREDIT F R E E C O U R S E S - See
Extension Programs & Services
CRIMINOLOGY

153
157
166
175
140
67
78
79
81
82
84
86
87
87
180
90
9
9

54

D
DEAN'S LIST
DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE
REQUIREMENTS
DISABLED STUDENT SERVICES
DISTANCE EDUCATION
Open Learning Agency
Knowledge Network
DROPPING C O U R S E S

31
12
18
18
18
8

E
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION ....135
E.C.E. Post Basic Program
136
ENGINEERING
56
ENGLISH A S A S E C O N D
LANGUAGE
38
ENGLISH E N T R A N C E
REQUIREMENTS
English Diagnostic Test
40
For International Students
6
English Proficiency
7
Ethnic/Cross-Cultural Relations
41
EXAMINATION PERIOD
13
EXEMPTION STANDING
91
EXTENSION P R O G R A M S AND
SERVICES:
General Information
185
Community Music School
185
Fees Policy
15
Contract Education
185
Co-sponsorship of Activities
185

F
FACULTY - Refer to specific Programs
and Course Areas
FEES
Tuition Fees
International Student Fees
Conditions of Registration
Fee Waivers for Seniors
Refunds

14
14
14
15
15

Fees Policy, Extension Programs
FINANCIAL AID
FIRST AID AND HEALTH
FITNESS & RECREATION
FOOD SERVICES

15
23
18
21
18

G
G E N E R A L C O U R S E INFORMATION .. 10
GRADES
11
G R A D E POINT A V E R A G E
11
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
12
GRAPHIC DESIGN &
ILLUSTRATION
109

H

I
11
9
184
16
5
19
20
20
183

MATH LEARNING C E N T R E
16
MEDIA R E S O U R C E S P R O G R A M
149
MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT
PROGRAM
173
MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT ...117
MERIT LIST
31
MUSIC PROGRAMS:
General Information
153
Commercial Music
154
Bachelor of Music Transfer
155
Music Therapy
157

22
185

0
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION:
General Information
165
Office Technology Program
166
Accelerated Office Training
168
Legal Secretarial Program
170
Medical Office Assistant
173
OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT
General Information
175
Wilderness Leadership
176
O V E R L O A D OF C O U R S E S
9

PARKING
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PLAGIARISM & CHEATING
PREPARATORY PROGRAMS
PRIORITY S E Q U E N C E FOR
REGISTRATION
PURE & APPLIED SCIENCE
DIVISION

J O B P L A C E M E N T - See Student
Employment

K
68

L
69
142
144
170
20
139
21

READMISSION
R E C O R D S , STUDENT
RECREATION & FITNESS
REFUND O F F E E S
REGISTRATION:
How & When to Register
Dates
REPEATING A C O U R S E

S E X U A L HARASSMENT
14
SOCIAL S C I E N C E S DIVISION
35
SPECIAL N E E D S SERVICES
16
SPECIAL P R O G R A M S
183
S P O R T S - See Athletics
SPORTSPLEX
21
SQUAMISH CAMPUS A D D R E S S &
PHONE NUMBER
1
S T U D E N T EMPLOYMENT C E N T R E ... 21
S T U D E N T IDENTIFICATION CARD
9
S T U D E N T LOANS
23
S T U D E N T NEWSPAPER
22
S T U D E N T NUMBER
9
STUDENT RECORDS
14
STUDENT SERVICES
16
STUDENT STORE
22
S T U D E N T SOCIETY
22
SUNSHINE C O A S T - See Sechelt

T
THAI
TOURISM MANAGEMENT
PROGRAM
TOWING
TRANSCRIPTS
T R A N S F E R GUIDE
T R A N S E R T O AND F R O M
O T H E R INSTITUTIONS:
Academic
Career
TUITION - See Fees

87
180
21
11
186

39
91

u

P
21
78
13
32

UNIVERSITY TRANSFER/ACADEMIC
PROGRAMS
39
UNIVERSITY TRANFER GUIDE
186

V

7

VISITORS

39

w

R

J

LABOUR STUDIES P R O G R A M
LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE
PROGRAM
LEGAL ASSISTANT P R O G R A M
LEGAL S E C R E T A R Y P R O G R A M
LIBRARY
Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish
LOANS - See Financial Aid
LONG TERM C A R E
LOST AND FOUND

M

NEWSPAPER, STUDENT
NON-CREDIT P R O G R A M S

Long Term Care Aide
139
Personal Care Attendant for
the Disabled
140
HEALTH SERVICES & FIRST AID
18
HIGH S C H O O L EQUIVALENCY - See
Adult Basic Education
HOLIDAYS IN 1991/92
4
HORTICULTURE
142
HOWE S O U N D C E N T R E - See Squamish
Campus
HUMANITIES DIVISION
39

KINESIOLOGY

1

N

HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES
- See Disabled Student Services
HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
PROGRAMS

T GRADES
IDENTIFICATION C A R D
INDONESIAN
INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
Application for Admission
General Information
International Exchanges
International Projects
Asia Pacific Management Co-op

LYNNMOUR C A M P U S :
Address & Phone

7
14
21
15

10

WAIT LISTS
8
W E L C O M E T O CAPILANO C O L L E G E ...3
WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP - See
Outdoor Recreation
WITHDRAWING FROM A C O U R S E
8
WOMEN'S STUDIES SPECIALTY
90
WRITING C E N T R E
22

7
8
11

s
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLASTIC AWARDS
SCIENCE. G E N E R A L
INFORMATION
SECHELT CAMPUS ADDRESS &
PHONE NUMBER
S E L F STUDY C O U R S E S
SENIOR CITIZEN F E E WAIVERS
SERVICES

26
23
42
1
32
15
16

INDEX

Governance and Administration
Capilano College Board

June Collins

Graham Crockart

The Board of the College,
established in conformity with
the College and Institute Act,
consists of 11 members
appointed by the Minister of
Advanced Education,
Training, and Technology.
These members serve as
trustees of the College. The
Nancy Farley, Chairman
responsible for
governing the College, and in that capacity determines the
policy by which the College operates and reviews the performance of the College and its component parts. Traditionally, the Board meets monthly to fulfill its statutory
responsibilities and to conduct its general business.
i s

Board Representatives:
A representative from the (OTEU Local 378)
Valerie Cochran, Faculty Association (CCFA)
Plus two representatives named by the Student Society
Bob Curry

Dan Devlin

Allen LaCroix

Jack McKeown

Peter Meredith

Dale Michaels

Arthur Tinker

Robin Wilson

Governance and Administration

206

Administration
David Brewer, R.C.P.P.; Director of Supplies & Services
Randi Duke, B. A., M. A.; Director of Resource Development
Steve Gallagher, B.A.; Manager, Computer Support
Services
Garry Gatley; Director of Personnel Services
Franklin C. Gelin, B. A., M. A., Ph.D.; Dean of Academic
Studies
Beverley A. Harnett, B.A. Bus. Ec, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Associate
Dean, Career/Vocational Programs
Geoff Holter, B.A., M.A.; Director of Employee Relations
Ken Hughes, Facilities Supervisor
Joseph Iacobellis, B.P.E., M.P.E.; Sportsplex Manager
Douglas K. Jardine, B.A.Sc. (Hons.) Ph.D.; President
Jon L. Jessiman, B.A., LL.B., Dip. Int. Law, LL.M., LL.D.,
D.Sc. Jur.; Associate Dean, Student and Instructional
Services
Marie Jessup, C.G.A.; Bursar
Greg F. Lee, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.; Dean,
Career/Vocational Programs
Janet E.M. Morris, Dip. Management; Administrator,
Bursar's Office
Alan Ng, B.Sc., C.G.A.; Comptroller
John Potts, B.A., M.P.A.; Associate Dean,
Career/Vocational Programs
Barb Robertson, B.Ed.; Associate Registrar
Donna Rudashy, Manager of Financial Systems
Alan P.D. Smith, B.A., M.A.; Director of Planning
Robert W. Turner, B.A., B.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D.; Dean,
Student and Instructional Services
John Waters, B.A. (Hons.), M.A.; Associate Dean,
Academic Studies
Frieda Wiebe, B.A. (Hons.), M.L.S., M.B.A.;
Head Librarian
David Woolley, B.Sc.; Registrar

207

208

Capilano College
2055 Purcell Way
North Vancouver
British Columbia
V7J 3H5

Phone 986-1911